(Harold Bloom) Elizabethan Drama (Bloom's Period S (BookFi)
(Harold Bloom) Elizabethan Drama (Bloom's Period S (BookFi)
Elizabethan Drama
The American Renaissance
Literature of the Holocaust
The Victorian Novel
The Harlem Renaissance
English Romantic Poetry
BLOOM’S PERIOD STUDIES
Elizabethan
Drama
Edited and with an introduction by
Harold Bloom
Sterling Professor of the Humanities
Yale University
Bloom’s Period Studies: Elizabethan Drama
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or utilized in any
form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording,
or by any information storage or retrieval systems, without permission in writing
from the publisher. For more information contact:
Chelsea House
An imprint of Infobase Publishing
132 West 31st Street
New York NY 10001
ISBN-10: 0-7910-7675-X
ISBN-13: 978-0-7910-7675-0
ISBN: 0-7910-7675-X
Chelsea House books are available at special discounts when purchased in bulk
quantities for businesses, associations, institutions, or sales promotions. Please call
our Special Sales Department in New York at (212) 967-8800 or (800) 322-8755.
Bang EJB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
vii
HAROLD BLOOM
Introduction
T H E J A C O B E A N H E R O -V I L L A I N
I
Why, I, in this weak piping time of peace,
Have no delight to pass away the time,
Unless to see my shadow in the sun
And descant on mine own deformity.
And therefore, since I cannot prove a lover
To entertain these fair well-spoken days,
I am determined to prove a villain
And hate the idle pleasures of these days.
O direful misprision!
I will not imitate things glorious,
No more than base: I’ll be mine own example.—
On, on, and look thou represent, for silence,
The thing thou bear’st.
1
2 Harold Bloom
Iago is no hero-villain, and no shift of perspective will make him into one.
Pragmatically, the authentic hero-villain in Shakespeare might be judged to be
Hamlet, but no audience would agree. Macbeth could justify the description,
except that the cosmos of his drama is too estranged from any normative
representation for the term hero-villain to have its oxymoronic coherence.
Richard and Edmund would appear to be the models, beyond Marlowe, that
could have inspired Webster and his fellows, but Edmund is too uncanny and
superb a representation to provoke emulation. That returns us to Richard:
Richard’s only earlier delight was “to see my shadow in the sun / And
descant on mine own deformity.” His savage delight in the success of his own
manipulative rhetoric now transforms his earlier trope into the exultant
command: “Shine out, fair sun, till I have bought a glass, / That I may see my
shadow as I pass.” That transformation is the formula for interpreting the
Jacobean hero-villain and his varied progeny: Milton’s Satan, the Poet in
Shelley’s Alastor, Wordsworth’s Oswald in The Borderers, Byron’s Manfred and
Cain, Browning’s Childe Roland, Tennyson’s Ulysses, Melville’s Captain Ahab,
Hawthorne’s Chillingworth, down to Nathanael West’s Shrike in Miss
Lonelyhearts, who perhaps ends the tradition. The manipulative, highly self-
conscious, obsessed hero-villain, whether Machiavellian plotter or later, idealistic
quester, ruined or not, moves himself from being the passive sufferer of his own
moral and/or physical deformity to becoming a highly active melodramatist.
Instead of standing in the light of nature to observe his own shadow, and then
have to take his own deformity as subject, he rather commands nature to throw
its light upon his own glass of representation, so that his own shadow will be
visible only for an instant as he passes on to the triumph of his will over others.
II
No figure in this tradition delights me personally more than Barabas, Marlowe’s
Jew of Malta, who so fittingly is introduced by Machiavel himself:
That, for a Jacobean, leaves not much, and is the prelude to the hysterical
eloquence of Tourneur’s Vindice the revenger:
III
Though the central tradition of the hero-villain goes directly from Shakespeare
through Milton on to the High Romantics and their heirs, we might be puzzled
at certain strains in Browning, Tennyson, Hawthorne, and Melville, if we had not
read John Webster’s two astonishing plays, The White Devil and The Duchess of
Malfi. Russell Fraser memorably caught Webster’s curious link to Marlowe,
whom he otherwise scarcely resembles:
Here is the death scene of Flamineo, and of his sister, Vittoria Corombona,
in The White Devil:
Vittoria Corombona rides her black ship to Hell without final knowledge,
but Flamineo is a knower, a Machiavel in the high Marlovian sense, which has its
Gnostic aspect. By beginning and ending “at myself,” Flaminio seeks to avoid a
final agon between his self-knowledge and a rival Christian knowledge: “While
we look up to heaven, we confound / Knowledge with knowledge.” And yet,
Introduction 9
Bosola’s final vision is of the cosmic emptiness, what the Gnostics called
the kenoma, into which we have been thrown: “a shadow, or deep pit of
darkness.” When Bosola dies, saying: “Mine is another voyage,” he may mean
simply that he is not suffering death for what is just, unlike those who have
“worthy minds.” But this is Bosola, master of direful misprision, whose motto
is: “I will not imitate things glorious, / No more than base; I’ll be mine own
example.” This repudiation of any just representation of essential nature is also
a Gnostic repudiation of nature, in favor of an antithetical quest: “On, on: and
look thou represent, for silence, / The thing thou bearest.” What Bosola both
carries and endures, and so represents, by a kind of super-mimesis, is that dark
quest, whose admonition, “on, on” summons one to the final phrase: “Mine is
another voyage.” As antithetical quester, Bosola prophesies Milton’s Satan
voyaging through Chaos towards the New World of Eden, and all those
destructive intensities of wandering self-consciousness from Wordsworth’s
Solitary through the Poet of Alastor on to their culmination in the hero-villain
who recites the great dramatic monologue, “Childe Roland to the Dark Tower
Came”:
The Machiavel spends a life training for the sight, and yet is self-betrayed,
because he is self-condemned to be “blind as the fool’s heart.” He will see, at the
last, and he will know, and yet all that he will see and know are the lost
adventurers his peers, who like him have come upon the Dark Tower unaware.
The Jacobean hero-villain, at the end, touches the limit of manipulative self-
knowledge, and in touching that limit gives birth to the High Romantic self-
consciousness which we cannot evade, and which remains the affliction of our
Post-modernism, so-called, as it was of every Modernism, from Milton to our
present moment.
MARLOWE’S BARABAS
I
Like Shakespeare, born only a few months after him, Marlowe began as an
Ovidian poet. Killed at twenty-nine, in what may have been a mere tavern brawl,
or possibly a political intrigue (fitter end for a double agent), Marlowe had the
unhappy poetic fate of being swallowed up by Shakespeare’s unprecedented
powers of dramatic representation. We read Marlowe now as Shakespeare’s
precursor, remembering that Shakespeare also began as a poet of Ovidian eros.
Read against Shakespeare, Marlowe all but vanishes. Nor can anyone prophesy
usefully how Marlowe might have developed if he had lived another quarter
century. There seems little enough development between Tamburlaine (1587) and
Doctor Faustus (1593), and perhaps Marlowe was incapable of that process we
name by the critical trope of “poetic development,” which seems to imply a kind
of turning about or even a wrapping up.
There has been a fashion, in modern scholarly criticism, to baptize
Marlowe’s imagination, so that a writer of tragic caricatures has been converted
into an orthodox moralist. The vanity of scholarship has few more curious
monuments than this Christianized Marlowe. What the common reader finds in
Introduction 11
“Finally reducible” is the crucial phrase here; is final reduction the aim of
reading or of play-going? As for “Marlowe’s themes,” they count surely rather
less than Marlowe’s rhetoric does, and, like most themes or topics, indubitably do
ensue ultimately from religion and morality. But Marlowe is not Spenser or
Milton, and there is one originality he possesses that is not subsumed by
Shakespeare. Call that originality by the name of Barabas, Marlowe’s grandest
character, who dominates what is certainly Marlowe’s most vital and original
play, The Jew of Malta. Barabas defies reduction, and his gusto represents
Marlowe’s severest defiance of all moral and religious convention.
II
Barabas (or Barabbas, as in the Gospels) means “son of the Father” and so “son
of God,” and may have begun as an alternate name for Jesus. As the anti-Jewish
tenor of the Gospels intensified from Mark to John, Barabbas declined from a
patriotic insurrectionist to a thief, and as either was preferred by “the Jews” to
Jesus. This is a quite Marlovian irony that the scholar Hyam Maccoby puts
forward, and Marlowe might have rejoiced at the notion that Jesus and Barabbas
were historically the same person. One Richard Baines, a police informer,
insisted that Marlowe said of Jesus: “If the Jews among whom he was born did
crucify him they best knew him and whence he came.” The playwright Thomas
Kyd, arrested after his friend Marlowe’s death, testified that the author of The
Jew of Malta tended to “jest at the divine Scriptures, gibe at prayers, and strive in
argument to frustrate and confute what hath been spoke or writ by prophets and
such holy men.” Are we to credit Baines and Kyd, or Kermode and a bevy of less
subtle scholars?
12 Harold Bloom
SALERIO:
Why, I am sure if he forfeit thou wilt not take his flesh.
What’s that good for?
SHYLOCK: To bait fish withal. If it will feed nothing else, it will
feed my revenge. He hath disgraced me, and hind’red
Introduction 13
“If you prick us, do we not bleed? If you tickle us, do we not laugh?”
Shylock himself is not changed by listening to these, his own words, and neither
are the audience’s prejudices changed one jot. No one in that audience had seen
a Jew, nor had Shakespeare, unless they or he had watched the execution of the
unfortunate Dr. Lopez, the Queen’s physician, condemned on a false charge of
poisoning, or had glimpsed one of the handful of other converts resident in
London. Shylock is rendered more frightening by the startling reminders that
this dangerous usurer is flesh and blood, a man as well as a devil. Jews after all,
Shakespeare’s language forcefully teaches his audience, are not merely
mythological murderers of Christ and of his beloved children, but literal seekers
after the flesh of the good and gentle Antonio.
Can we imagine Barabas saying: “If you prick us, do we not bleed? If you
tickle us, do we not laugh?” Or can we imagine Shylock intoning this wonderful
and parodistic outburst of the exuberant Barabas?
This would do admirably in a Gilbert and Sullivan opera, had the anti-
Semitic Gilbert (see The Bab Ballads) been willing to mock his own prejudices.
We do not know how the more sophisticated among Marlowe’s audience
received this, but properly delivered it has the tang and bite of great satire. A
more fascinating surmise is: How did Shakespeare receive this? And how did he
react to Barabas in what we can call the mode of Hemingway, sparring with his
holy friars?
We can say that Shakespeare refused the hint. Shylock’s grim repetitions
(“I will have my bond”) come out of a different universe, the crimes of
Christendom that Shakespeare had no thought of rejecting. This is hardly to say
that Marlowe was in any sense humane. The Jew of Malta is bloody farce, more
than worthy of Jarry or Artaud. Barabas emerges from the world of Thomas
Nashe and Thomas Kyd, Marlowe’s half-world of espionage and betrayal, of
extravagant wit and antithetical lusts, which was the experiential scene that must
have taught Shakespeare to go and live otherwise, and write otherwise as well.
III
The Australian poet Alec Hope, in a remarkable essay upon Marlowe, ascribes to
Tamburlaine “a thorough-going morality of power, aesthetics of power and logic
of power.” Hope is clearly right about Tamburlaine. I would go further and
suggest that there is no other morality, aesthetics or logic anywhere in Marlowe’s
writings. Where Hope usefully quotes Hazlitt on the congruence between the
language of power and the language of poetry, I would cite also the great
American theoretician of power and poetry, the Emerson of The Conduct of Life:
Like Marlowe, Hazlitt and Emerson are agonists who understand that
there are no accidents. In Marlowe, the implicit metaphysics of this
understanding are Epicurean-Lucretian. Barabas and Tamburlaine seek their
own freedom, and ultimately fail, but only because they touch the ultimate limits
at the flaming ramparts of the world. Edward II and Dr. Faustus fail, but they are
weak, and their fate does not grieve Marlowe. Indeed, the aesthetic satisfaction
Marlowe hints at is not free from a sadistic pleasure the poet and his audience
share at observing the dreadful ends of Edward and Faustus. Marlowe’s heroes,
Tamburlaine and Barabas, die defiantly, with Tamburlaine still naming himself
“the scourge of God,” and Barabas, boiling in a cauldron, nevertheless cursing
his enemies with his customary vehemence:
16 Harold Bloom
Jonson, burly Laureate, portly Master Poet, rather grandly had marched
into Scotland on foot, and greatly appreciated the Baconian compliment that
poesy and Ben were identical. If Bacon presumably preferred Jonson, The
Ancient, over Shakespeare, the Modern, this extraordinary evaluation was as
remarkably reciprocated when Jonson gave Bacon the accolade as essayist and
wisdom writer over Montaigne:
Such are all the essayists, even their master Montaigne. These, in all
they write, confess still what books they have read last, and therein
their own folly so much, that they bring it to the stake raw and
undigested; not that the place did need it neither, but that they
thought themselves furnished and would vent it.
I have thought upon the times we live in, and am forced to affirm the
world is decrepit, and, out of its age & doating estate, subject to all
the imperfections that are inseparable from that wrack and maim of
Nature.
(Stand in the ways, and look, and ask for the old
paths, where the good way is, and walk in it, and
find rest for your soul.)
Whitney interprets Jeremiah as meaning that “the right way is the old
way,” but that is to misread the prophet more weakly than Bacon did. Bacon’s
Stand in the old ways, and see which is the straight and good path, and walk in that,
omits asking for the old paths, because Jeremiah himself appears to mean that the
20 Harold Bloom
good way is only one of the old paths, and the prophet’s crucial emphasis is: “walk
in it,” which is the entire burden of normative Judaism. Bacon indeed is battling
against contemporary cultural undervaluation, including the Spenserians, with
their study of the nostalgias, and his polemical insistence is that the ancients were
the true moderns, and the moderns the true ancients, since those who arrived
later knew more, and Bacon himself knew most of all.
II
The contemporary critic-scholar Thomas M. Greene, who may be our very last
Renaissance Humanist, battles his own profound sense of belatedness in a
splendid essay on “Ben Jonson and the Centered Self”:
On this view, Jonson is more on the side of Ancients against Moderns than
his master Bacon was, and that must be right. But how could Jonson have
inaugurated English neoclassicism, when he seems to have held a Stoic or
cyclical theory of history? His identification with Horace, I suspect, was not
truly founded upon some supposed and rather dubious parallel between Roman
and English history, despite the persuasive arguments of Achsah Guibbory in
The Map of Time. Whatever Horace’s actual temperament may have been, we
know that the fierce and violent Jonson, burly Ben indeed, was not exactly a
Stoic. Can we not surmise that Jonson’s preference for the Ancients was
antithetical, against the grain, a correction of the most vehement sensibility ever
possessed by a major English poet? History, including the events of his own
time, disgusted the passionate moralist Jonson, who turned to Stoicism and the
Ancients so as to withdraw from what might have provoked him to madness of
no use to literature.
There is a great passage in Timber in praise of Bacon, “the late Lord Saint
Albans,” that can serve to sum up both of these great minds on the virtues of the
Ancients, and on the possibility of becoming an Ancient in your own time:
22 Harold Bloom
It was well noted by the late Lord Saint Albans, that the study of
words is the first distemper of learning; vain matter the second; and
third distemper is deceit, or the likeness of truth, imposture held up
by credulity. All these are the cobwebs of learning, and to let them
grow in us is either sluttish or foolish. Nothing is more ridiculous
than to make an author a dictator, as the schools have done Aristotle.
The damage is infinite knowledge receives by it; for to many things
a man should owe but a temporary belief, and a suspension of his
own judgment, not an absolute resignation of himself, or a perpetual
captivity. Let Aristotle and others have their dues; but if we can make
farther discoveries of truth and fitness than they, why are we envied?
Let us beware, while we strive to add, we do not diminish or deface;
we may improve, but not augment. By discrediting falsehood, truth
grows in request. We must not go about, like men anguished and
perplexed for vicious affectation of praise, but calmly study the
separation of opinions, find the errors have intervened, awake
antiquity, call former times into question; but make no parties with
the present, not follow any fierce undertakers, mingle no matter of
doubtful credit with the simplicity of truth; but gently stir the mould
about the root of the question, and avoid all digladiations, facility of
credit, or superstitious simplicity, seek the consonancy and
concatenation of truth; stoop only to point of necessity, and what
leads to convenience. Then make exact animadversion where style
hath degenerated, where flourished and thrived in choiceness of
phrase, round and clean composition of sentence, sweet falling of the
clause, varying an illustration by tropes and figures, weight of matter,
worth of subject, soundness of argument, life of invention, and depth
of judgment. This is monte potiri, to get the hill; for no perfect
discovery can be made upon a flat or a level.
III
Jonson’s magnificent vehemence carries him over to Volpone’s side, in defiance
of Jonsonian moral theory. Not that Volpone (and the plebeian Mosca even more
so) is not hideously punished. He—like Mosca—is outrageously overpunished,
which may be Jonson’s self–punishment for the imaginative introjection of his
greatest creation. Perhaps Jonson is chastising us also, knowing that we too
would delight in Volpone. The representation of gusto, when worked with
Introduction 23
Jonson’s power, becomes a gusto that captivates us, so that it scarcely matters if
we remember how wicked Volpone is supposed to be. Massively aware of this
paradox, distrusting the theatrical while creating Volpone as a genius of
theatricality, Jonson takes moral revenge upon Volpone, the audience, and even
himself. The imagination wishes to be indulged, and delights in being deceived.
No playgoer or reader wishes to see Volpone’s deceptions fail, and our delight is
surely Jonson’s delight also.
Robert M. Adams has some shrewd comments upon what I suppose we
might want to call Jonson’s ambivalences towards the theater:
Jonson might have observed that he was following Aristotle’s precepts, yet
a “physic of the mind” does seem stronger than a catharsis. You tend to receive
worse than you (badly) merit in Jonson, and that hardly purges you to fear. It is
something of a mystery anyway why Jonson believed Volpone and Mosca needed
to be so severely punished. Except for his exasperated attempt to rape Celia,
Volpone preys only upon those who deserve to be fleeced, and thus defrauds only
the fraudulent. Nor does Jonson represent Volpone’s failed lust for Celia as being
without its own imaginative opulence. As with Sir Epicure Mammom in The
Alchemist, we hear in Volpone’s mad eloquence the equivocal splendor of a
depraved will corrupting imagination to its own purposes:
It is difficult to believe that Jonson did not admire the superb audacity of
Volpone’s hyperboles, which out-Marlowe Marlowe. “Could we get the phoenix,
/ Though nature lost her kind, she were our dish,” is particularly fine, as that
Introduction 25
firebird, mythical and immortal, is always present only in one incarnation at any
single moment. Heroic in the bravura of his lust, the Ovidian Volpone charms us
by the delicious zeal with which he envisions Celia’s changes of costume. Sir
Epicure Mammon holds on always in my memory for his energetic “here’s the
Rich Peru,” but Volpone is positively endearing as he gets carried away in
transports of voluptuousness, and bursts into strains of Catullus in his exuberance:
Where can we find the Jonsonian ambivalence in this? Volpone indeed has
done nothing except entertain us, richly beyond most rivals. Barish strongly
remarks that when Jonson imposes a terrible punishment upon Volpone, we feel
betrayed. I would use a darker word, and say that we are outraged, though we
grant that Volpone is outrageous. Jonson’s moral aesthetic was not quite what he
thought it to be. His savage relish in Volpone’s tricks is also a savage relish for
the stage, and so also a savage appreciation for the savagery of his audience.
PETER HAPPÉ
From English Drama before Shakespeare. © 1999 by Addison Wesley Longman Limited.
27
28 Peter Happé
The years following the building of the Theatre yield far more information
about theatrical activities, and more London plays are recorded than ever before.
It is perhaps worth recalling that, just as this expansion was about to begin, the
old art of the mystery cycles was being brought to an end, largely by government
intervention. The last performance at Chester was in 1575, the last in York was
1569, with further unsuccessful attempts up to 1580.
In this chapter we shall look at the buildings, the companies, the audiences
and some conditions of performance which make up the context of the theatre in
the years immediately preceding the arrival of Shakespeare in London in the
early 1590s. This includes some of the physical changes which arose, and also a
look at the ways in which the profession of acting developed as a result of having
permanent theatres which could be the centres for many new undertakings. It is
significant that this third section of our study is as long as the two previous ones
even though it is centred on only fourteen well-packed years. In essence it is an
account of ways in which thinking about drama were renewed.
T H E AT R E S
Burbage’s Theatre was not the only kind of place for performance open in
London in 1576. There were amateur companies having various degrees of
continuity performing at the Inns of Court, and in private houses of the nobility.
There were productions at court which could draw upon extensive financial
support. These might be by the Children of St Paul’s or of the Chapel Royal
under the control of the Master of the Revels, who began operating on a
permanent basis from 1545. These two companies each had their own regular
place of performance within the precinct of St Paul’s cathedral and at Blackfriars
respectively. It was also customary for the court to reward adult companies for
putting on special performances of plays which had been written for other
contexts. At different times the great halls at Hampton Court, Greenwich and
Whitehall were used for such occasions. It is apparent that performances at court
took place annually at certain seasons. Most of these ways of presenting plays had
been going on for years.
The adult companies at work before 1576 may have been professional, in
the sense that some of the successful members earned most of their living from
acting, but it is apparent that the organisation was intermittent and that the
groups were too unstable to last very long. The instability was a feature of the
necessity to be itinerant. Such groups would have been responsible for less
prestigious performances at inns, some of which were within the City of London.
By 1576 players had performed at the Boar’s Head in Aldgate, the Saracen’s Head
in Islington, the Bel Savage on Ludgate Hill, the Red Lion in Stepney and the
Bell Inn in Gracechurch Street. Of these the Red Lion is most noteworthy, since
John Brayne, a grocer, paid in 1567 for a ‘wooden scaffold or stage for interludes
or plays’. The legal document in which this is mentioned gives the dimensions as
The Context of the Professional Stage—Burbage and Lyly 29
40 feet by 30 feet, and 5 feet high. Brayne was the brother-in-law of James
Burbage, and later he helped with the financing of the Theatre.1
Such performances may well have been quite frequent, though it seems
likely that the boothed stages they employed were movable. One feature of these
inns was that the open-air courtyards where performances took place could
accommodate spectators looking down from galleries and upper windows. These
performing spaces were shared with other forms of entertainment such as
displays of fencing or prize-fighting. The multiple use of buildings could also
have operated in reverse: it is possible that on the south bank of the Thames the
pits used for bull- and bear-baiting were used for plays, hired out to the company
for the occasion.
Burbage built his Theatre about a mile to the north of the City of London
in Holywell Lane, off Shoreditch, no doubt because he wanted to be free of the
jurisdiction of the City authorities which often bore heavily on players. It was an
open-air building, polygonal in shape, made largely of wood (Burbage was
trained as a carpenter), with three layers of galleries of seats surrounding the
paved central area where many stood to watch the play. Part of one of these layers
was designated a lords’ room for wealthy patrons. To one side of the central space
was the fixed stage, which was itself partly roofed by the ‘heavens’ supported on
pillars, and at the back of this was the tiring house for the players. The stage was
raised above the level of the courtyard and its back wall had doors into the tiring
house which were thus the primary means of entry on to the stage. The ‘heavens’
could accommodate lifting gear, and there was probably a trap in the stage floor.
From these details it is apparent that the Theatre was an imaginative
combination of features previously found in inn-yards, pits for animal baiting,
the screens of great halls, and the commonplace demountable booth stage. The
arena structure whereby an audience in a circular configuration looked down into
a performing area, as in an amphitheatre, is virtually too ancient and too
widespread to be attributed to any particular precedent. Burbage’s originality lies
in this very combination of preexisting elements: it proved so effective that the
Theatre became a model for other playhouses which were built in London in
succeeding years. They all followed the Theatre in being located outside the City
limits: most of them were on Bankside, which was accessible via London Bridge
or by boat across the Thames. Initially, and falling within the scope of this
volume, they were:
Later, as both the business and the art took greater hold, there came a second
phase of construction. These theatres were similarly outside the City and showed
30 Peter Happé
some variations derived from the experience of a generation of playing, but still
substantially they followed Burbage’s combination:
From a financial point of view, the Theatre had the enormous advantage
that access could be controlled and indeed graded according to entrance charges.
This method was much preferable to the traditional but uncertain collection
from the crowd, and it no doubt played a part in stabilising the companies. The
performance advantages, on the other hand, centred on a number of features
which undoubtedly left their mark upon how plays were to be written. There was
virtually no scenery, though furniture and properties could be brought on stage.
This helped rapid transitions between scenes. The location of scenes could be
very flexible, ranging from the virtually unspecified to the highly atmospheric,
conjured up chiefly by language. In this respect the plays at the Theatre followed
the practice of many earlier performances. The details given above about doors,
the heavens, and the trap indicate that entrances and exits remained a major
resource making possible such things as surprise, or indeed its opposite, as
comment could be made on characters approaching or leaving the action. It was
also possible to play on two levels, giving an important vertical dimension—one
found also in the use of pageant carts for mystery cycles—and this facility
contributed much to the convention which we shall consider in the two following
chapters of framing the action with fictionalised onlookers. The open stage
encouraged processions, marches and battles, including sieges: theatrical devices
going back as far as The Castle of Perseverance. One of the characteristics of the
Theatre which has emerged at the New Globe in recent months is that the actors
seem very close to the audience. This is made very plain if one stands on the stage
and looks up at ranks of spectators banked in the facing and surrounding
galleries. From such a position it is plain why soliloquies were so favoured.
Because of the entrance charges and the fact that the Theatre and its
progeny took in a socially diverse audience—whoever wished to pay—they have
come to be known as the public theatres. By contrast, the private theatres were
more selective in that they charged more. They were also roofed, and had smaller
audiences, who were all seated. Since they were inside it was also possible to use
scenery and to make the most of unexpected revelations and changes. That they
The Context of the Professional Stage—Burbage and Lyly 31
were under the control of the Master of the Revels may also have meant that
there was money for scenic effects, especially when productions were translated
to court.
Essentially, these private theatres were used by boys who were amateurs,
but since both the Children of the Chapel Royal and the Paul’s Boys came
together for the purposes of education as well as to sing at services, the role of
the schoolmasters who led them was very important. As these men tended to
serve for many years, their professional status gave continuity in management
and expertise. At St Paul’s the work of John Redford, author of Wit and Science
and associate of John Heywood, was continued by his successor Sebastian
Westcott, who was Master from 1547 until 1582. Working with the Chapel
Children, Richard Farrant took over the Blackfriars in 1576, where were
presented some of the plays of his associate, John Lyly, whose work we shall
consider later in this chapter.
Although the Paul’s Boys were well known and certainly attracted an
audience within the City, the exact location and nature of their playhouse is
somewhat obscure. In an accusation against Westcott in 1575 it is alleged that he
‘kepethe playes’ as though he had been doing so for some time. The playhouse
was somewhere in the precinct of old St Paul’s, probably in the cloister, partially
in the undercroft (‘the shrouds’) of the chapterhouse: almost certainly it was
completely roofed. In such a place, access could be fully controlled as in the
public theatres.2
The Children of the Chapel, together with their associate company, the
Children of the Windsor Chapel, performed in the Blackfriars: an upper storey
in the old Dominican priory within the west wall of the City. Richard Farrant
took this over in 1576 for the purpose of public performances by the Children.
He used it until his death in 1580, and his successor continued until trouble arose
over the lease in 1584. It was at this period that some of Lyly’s plays were done
at the Blackfriars. The Children of the Chapel were sometimes joined by the
Paul’s Boys and together they took performances of Lyly’s Campaspe and Sappho
and Phao to court. As the difficulties over the lease at the Blackfriars continued,
performances were stopped. For this brief period, 1576–84, this so-called First
Blackfriars offered entertainment to audiences drawn from within the City in
parallel with the Paul’s playhouse. Many years later, in 1609, the King’s Men,
Shakespeare’s company, under Richard Burbage gained access to a different part
of Blackfriars and used it as a seasonal alternative for their Globe: this is known
as the Second Blackfriars, but its history is beyond our scope here. The impact
of these private theatres must have been an important complement to that of new
public playhouses, even though the First Blackfriars, and presumably Paul’s, were
both quite small, accommodating up to 200 spectators. By contrast, the Rose is
thought to have had room for up to 2,000, and the Globe for 3,000.
The plays done at the First Blackfriars suggest that there was a raised
platform for the stage and that there were two doors at the back into the tiring
32 Peter Happé
house. There was probably an inner stage, as used for Sappho and Phao, and a trap
is required so that a tree can be raised in Peele’s The Arraignment of Paris.3 The
performances could take place after dark and in the winter, and the theatre had
the added advantage of being within the City. The private theatre arrangements
no doubt contributed a great deal to the development of drama at court, and
especially to the evolution of the court masque which was to be so successful after
the accession of James I.4
To return to Burbage, however, his creation at the Theatre was the central
act in a remarkable period of expansion: but the physical characteristics of these
buildings were not the only innovations. Because they concentrated players
together it became possible and necessary to develop new ways of operating the
financial business of acting; and there were also influential extraneous factors.
C O M PA N I E S
On 6 December 1574 an Act of Common Council was promulgated by the City
of London severely restraining the activities of players. It is an elaborate
document, which in its first part dwells upon perceived abuses encouraged by the
performing of plays in inns and public places.5 The hostility to acting exhibited
there may have been based upon some genuine difficulties, such as the
undesirability of allowing gatherings during times of plague, or even the
possibility that acting plays might encourage people not to go to work or not to
go to church; but there are also indications of further prejudice against acting on
moral grounds, a theme which, as we have seen elsewhere, can be traced far back
in Christian thinking. It was now re- surfacing in the developing Protestant, or
even Puritan, ethos. There is no doubt that the city housed many people who
were chronically circumspect if not hostile towards performing plays. The
prejudice was expressed, for example, by Stephen Gosson in The School of Abuse
(1579) and Plays Confuted in Five Actions (1582), and Philip Stubbes in The
Anatomy of Abuses (1583). Stubbes says, ‘Plays were first invented by the Devil,
practised by heathen gentiles, and dedicate to their false idols, gods and
goddesses.’6
Against this, it is manifest that there was a huge amount of dramatic
activity of many types all over the country, as the REED volumes indicate. One
of the chief means by which this was delivered was by the well-established
activities of itinerant companies of actors working under the patronage of the
nobility. Such patronage was a function of power and thus it served the political
ambitions of individual nobles as well as offering protection for the players
against criticism and interference. This meant that to preserve troupe solidarity
was desirable and necessary, and that patrons would continue to support it if
possible. The arrival of the Theatre implied the idea of a physical base for such
groups, and from then onwards the London-based acting companies carried out
a major role in the presentation of plays.
The Context of the Professional Stage—Burbage and Lyly 33
In the years immediately preceding the opening of the Theatre, there was
action by the government on a national scale which militated against the
activities of itinerant players. This manifested itself in the Statute against
Unlawful Retainers (3 January 1572), and the Act for the Punishment of
Vagabonds (29 June 1572) directed against Rogues and Sturdy Beggars, in which
the prescribed punishments for not having a proper licence to be on the roads
were gruesome, and ultimately capital. However, on 10 May 1574 the Patent
issued to Leicester’s Men enabling them to perform plays allowed by the Master
of the Revels in London and elsewhere may have helped to create an opportunity
for Burbage.7 Presumably it was the political influence of Leicester which
enabled him to go against the palpable trend towards suppression.
For some companies, like the Queen’s Men, established in 1583, or the
Admiral’s Men, first known to be active as Lord Howard’s at court at Christmas
1576, continuity over a long period was possible, but there were plenty of others
which came and went as patronage or business competence wavered. The records
show that the most successful companies performed at court regularly, had
opportunities to perform in the new public theatres, and were occasionally
licensed by the authorities to perform within limits of the City itself in spite of
the 1574 Act. They had many long and complicated itineraries throughout the
country taking in the houses of the nobility and gentry as well as being rewarded
for performances at inns and other public places. As time went by, there were
plenty of changes in the configuration of the companies, and they seem
sometimes to have co-operated and sometimes to have been rivals. For example,
the Admiral’s Men played at the Theatre at times, but after a quarrel with James
Burbage, Alleyn and others moved into the Rose in 1591, where they worked in
close association with Henslowe.8 So successful were these companies that by
1599 Thomas Platter reported:
The consumption of plays was enormous and the repertory was built up very
rapidly in the 1580s. Some popular plays were repeated, but by the 1590s
Henslowe was financing thirty-five new plays a year.10
The financial organisation of the companies depended upon a hierarchy in
which the ‘sharers’ formed the core and derived the largest financial benefit.
They hired journeymen for individual performances on a specific wage and made
arrangements for apprentices. The journeymen moved from company to
company and some of them had other employment, while the sharers’
investments kept them in the home company. The profits had to be shared with
the entrepreneur who leased the theatre to the company. This meant that he
34 Peter Happé
might take a large part in management, and it does appear that over the years
Henslowe became more and more involved in specifics. The evolution of such a
financial system was an indispensable part of the development of the professional
stage. Significantly, it is a direct development of the medieval guild structure. It
systematised the need to please audiences and in doing so it helped to set up a
remarkable feature of the Elizabethan stage: the sustaining of certain well-tried
plays, such as the anonymous Mucedorus and Kyd’s Spanish Tragedy, which came
to be favourites over a long period.
The main income of the companies was taken at the door of the theatres,
which were vulnerable to closure by the City authorities, usually on grounds of
the danger from plague. There is a formidable list of such interventions: plays
were restrained seven times between 1572 and 1583, and almost continuously
from August 1592 to the end of 1593.11 On such occasions there were two ways
of filling the income gap: by taking the company on tour, and by marketing play
texts. The long plague closure of 1592–93 was followed by a flurry of publication
in 1594 of plays many of which had been performed several years earlier, and
might otherwise have now been lost to us. For an extra attraction it was a
frequent recommendation on title pages to refer to performance by an eminent
company. It is apparent, however, that the plays as printed texts were given much
less recognition than the plays when performed, and sometimes the printed
versions were truncated and ill-prepared. As to the travelling, the details given by
E.K. Chambers (ES 3.1–261) show that the companies went up and down the
country in complicated journeys. Unfortunately we do not usually know how
many players went on each journey, and it is unwise to assume that the number
was consistent. This naturally would mean that texts were often cut or enlarged
in order to adapt them for local performance, a process which makes for
intriguing problems about the consistency of texts.
Before 1576, many plays had been printed with doubling schemes, the
number of players required varying from four to nine. After 1576, the companies
grew in size, presumably as a result of the settled base and the more sophisticated
organisation and finance. Doubling schemes appeared less frequently as a
recommendation for purchase. But the practice did continue in the new companies
even with their greater resources. The Queen’s Men comprised twelve members in
1583, and T.J. King has shown that the average number of players in the
performance of Shakespeare’s plays was just under ten adults with three or four
boys (apprentices, not sharers) for the women’s parts.12The number of sharers and
the number of players in a specific play need not necessarily be the same, but it is
clear that the new arrangements offered much greater freedom to playwrights.
AUDIENCES
Even though the theatres were placed outside the City of London, Burbage’s
intention must have been to attract city-dwellers, who formed his main
The Context of the Professional Stage—Burbage and Lyly 35
but an assembly of tailors, tinkers, cordwainers, sailors, old men, young men,
women, boys, girls and such like’. Take away his prejudice and this seems a very
varied audience.
Alongside the developing interest in drama there was naturally a variety of
other forms of entertainment. Many of these activities had a long ancestry, and
they were drawn into the city by the same concentration of people, wealth and
opportunity we have been considering for the plays. The Bankside housed bull-
and bear-baiting. There were frequent displays of warlike arts, including fencing
and archery. Magic, usually known as conjuring, and other demonstrations of
skills attracted attention. There was music in taverns and on the streets. Dancing
was popular, and perhaps one of the most interesting forms of entertainment was
the jig. Its origins lay in popular folk festivals before the middle of the sixteenth
century. It was a combination of song, in ballad form, with an accompanying
dance. It was much developed by Richard Tarlton, who included a variety of
popular entertainments in his performances as a clown. Many early plays contain
dances which are forms of jig, such as the dancing Devil and Vice in Like Will to
Like. In the 1590s, after Tarlton’s death, jigs were entered increasingly in the
Stationers’ Register. Sometimes they were performed as an after-piece of plays.
The following is a refrain from the dialogue between a lady and her lover in A
New Northern Jig called Dainty come thou to me, registered in 1591:
The activities of clowns and fools had been encouraged in the houses of the
nobility for generations. The Tudor monarchs had court fools, including the
famous Will Summers (d. 1560).16 No doubt these different forms of
entertainment were all available to playwrights. Indeed, all the ones mentioned
found their way into plays in some form or other.
Most of what has been said here concentrates upon the City of London.
The vigorous drama away from the capital must have been fed and stimulated by
the performances of the London companies on tour. Unfortunately, we do not
usually know exactly what the itinerant players brought to provincial towns, but
there are indications that the popular Mucedorus, for example, was performed
outside London. According to Nashe, Tarlton went on tour with the Queen’s
Men.17 Such performances were done under the auspices of the local civic
authorities, or in the houses of the affluent. It barely needs saying, however, that
there is hardly a watershed comparable with that in London to be found in the
provinces. Away from the capital the presentation of plays had for centuries
depended upon either local amateurs or travelling companies, and we have no
reason to suppose that these practices changed very much, except that the
The Context of the Professional Stage—Burbage and Lyly 37
companies from London now could bring richer and more varied fare. The May
games and the church ales continued, and Robin Hood was still popular. Some
of these para-dramatic activities, indeed, fed back into the popular plays of the
London stage, and we find traces of them in the repertory to be considered in the
next two chapters. Before turning to these, however, we shall consider the plays
of John Lyly, who made a significant individual contribution before 1590.
J O H N L Y LY
In many ways Lyly’s plays are a continuation of the work of playwrights like John
Heywood and John Redford, for all his surviving dramatic work is closely
directed towards court performance. Like these predecessors a generation
earlier, he worked with the boys’ companies, and it is probable that the
performances were given by boys with some adults in key roles—a practice which
Heywood is thought to have adopted. Only with Mother Bombie (printed 1594) is
evidence lacking of presentation at court: Campaspe and Sappho and Phao were
given there in 1584, Love’s Metamorphosis in 1586, Gallathea and Endymion in
1588, Midas in 1590, and The Woman in the Moon in 1593.18 As we have seen,
Lyly had the special advantage of being able to prepare some of his plays by
showing them beforehand to audiences at the Blackfriars. His response to the
circumstance of court performance followed the others in the sense of propriety
which governs all his writing. He was prepared to open up topical or delicate
issues, but his handling of them suggests that he was aware of the need to be
circumspect. In this he showed a courtier’s judgement comparable to
Heywood’s, though Lyly was not as successful at surviving in court circles as
Heywood had been.
The subjects of his plays revolve around characters and episodes drawn
from classical myth, and in this he shows his preoccupation with humanist
education such as was desirable for young men. Indeed, he is master of
managing events, topics, plots and language which were appropriate to this end.
But his interest in myth reveals one of its great strengths: its potential for use as
allegory. In this Lyly manifests his medieval inheritance, and shows that
allegorical modes could still be used successfully to expose philosophical issues,
and as a means of presenting and analysing characters or situations. There are
places where his use of allegory also has political dimensions, though it is not
apparent that all his plays, or that everything in any one of them, should
necessarily be read in this way.
The classical influence can be found in several aspects. All his plays are
comedies: though the endings are not necessarily smooth resolutions of all
difficulties, they are chiefly concerned with love, and often involve Cynthia,
Cupid and Venus. At times, as in Mother Bombie, the intrigue shows distinctly
classical motifs. Here, there are two wealthy fathers, one with a foolish son and
the other a foolish daughter, who wish their children to marry. There are also
38 Peter Happé
two other not so wealthy fathers of an intelligent son and daughter who wish to
marry their offspring to the wealthy but foolish heiress and heir. The sorting out
of this elegantly balanced plot is the result of the activities of the four pages who
work for each of the four fathers. Mother Bombie herself is a very wise English
woman who tells fortunes, but her predictions are given the authority of a
classical oracle.
In other plays, however, the classical setting shows itself in the
interaction of gods and goddesses in human affairs, and the familiar device of
the impact of dissension between them upon human affairs is the substance of
the plots. This is found in the even more elegant balances of the plot of Love’s
Metamorphosis, which turns on the conflict between Cupid and Ceres. This plot
is thought to be largely original, but its nature suggests the complexities and
attractions of classical myths. The setting is a pastoral one in which
Erisichthon (Gk: angry and earthy), a farmer, furious with Ceres, cuts down a
tree sheltering her nymph Fidelia whom he kills. He is punished by Famine,
who gives him an insatiable appetite. Nisa, Celia and Niobe, three other
nymphs devoted to Ceres, anger Cupid in disdaining their rural lovers, Ramis,
Montanus and Silvestris. This rejection is a material part of the play, giving
scope for witty and ingenious speeches explaining the grounds for rejection.
But the inventive ingenuity is situational as well as linguistic. Nisa is cruel,
Celia coy and Niobe inconstant. Cupid transforms them into symbols of these
Petrarchan dispositions as a stone, a rose (which fades), and a bird of paradise
(which, according to contemporary belief, lives only by air and dies if it touches
the ground). In doing this Cupid is moved by the faithful love exhibited by
Protea, daughter of Erisichthon, for her beloved Petulius. When Ceres begs
Cupid to relent, a bargain is struck whereby Erisichthon is pardoned in return
for the acceptance of their lovers by Ceres’ three nymphs. But at the last
moment the nymphs themselves resist the deal, and they are only persuaded to
relent when each of their lovers in turn accepts the respective natural flaws as
part of what he has to enjoy and love. Thus the psychology of love is cleverly
entangled with the quasi-mythic framework. For example, Celia and Montanus
finally agree to love in spite of difficulties:
are well within the capabilities of young male actors. The emotional range is
limited, and yet the powerful expression which relies heavily but dazzlingly upon
carefully modulated sentence structure is well suited to youngsters carefully
schooled in speaking as well as in singing. At the same time, it is obvious that
here and elsewhere Lyly is able to exploit the physical presence and attributes of
these young men. The overall effect, therefore, is that the ideas about love and
its discomforts are intellectually well explained, while the appearance of the
young actors in costume exhibit elegance and attractiveness. It must have been a
very effective dramatic mixture. No doubt the sexual aspects of these
characterisations were played up, and, though it is always difficult to be certain
about matters of taste, it would seem that this was a much enjoyed combination
since the plays were done so frequently at court.
At the same time, there is a political dimension which does much to explain
both their success and Lyly’s motivation. In several plays there are powerful
authoritarian figures, either monarchs, gods or goddesses, who dominate the
action. There have been attempts to identify Cynthia in Endymion and Sappho in
Sappho and Phao with Queen Elizabeth and other figures, in consequence with
courtiers interacting with her, but these have not proved convincing. The only
real exception is Midas, whose ambition to conquer the islands north of his
kingdom, whose lust for gold and whose folly can be identified with Philip II of
Spain. Midas was performed at court not long after the Armada of 1588.
Nevertheless, the plays are often concerned with the relationships between
the superior and powerful and those of lesser stature as with Cynthia, the goddess
who is loved by Endymion, and Sappho who is presented as a princess loved by
Phao, a humble ferryman. In such cases the social distance between the two
lovers is material: Endymion is rescued from his sleep by a kiss from Cynthia, but
she does not love him in return, and Sappho, though she did return the love of
Phao, cannot respond to it fully and she lets him go:
Alexander the Great does love Campaspe, one of his Theban captives, and the
action of the play shows how the great conqueror pauses briefly in his military
campaigns to show how she has impressed him. But when she, in her turn, falls
in love with Apelles, whom Alexander has commissioned to paint her portrait,
Alexander withdraws and continues with his conquests, finally seeing love as
beneath him:
That Lyly took plays dealing with such situations to court is an indication
that he is concerned with more than trifles. The politics there were still
intimately involved with Elizabeth’s political and psychological exploitation of
her femininity, even though the possibility of marriage receded during the 1580s
on the grounds of her age. There was still flirtation in her affairs, and there was
also the question of how those seeking to influence her—mostly men—could
manage a situation dominated by a woman. To entertain such a person with
elegant fictions about love and to show the pains and perhaps the rewards of
amorous relationships between those of unequal rank was more than titillating.
It must have been an attempt to use such material to win influence for Lyly
himself, or perhaps for his patron the Earl of Oxford who supported the court
performances.
The plays exploited the imagery surrounding the Queen, especially by
their humanist tone, with the discussion of such philosophical issues as chastity
versus true love. They show characters, human as well as divine, struggling with
virtue and honour in their love affairs. These are accompanied by a discourse of
power, but the interesting dramatic aspect of this is that the Queen herself was
expected to be present at performances and to see an image of herself both as
monarch and woman in the business of the plays. She is to be complimented by
the action, though her direct involvement in it, as in Peele’s Arraignment of Paris,
is avoided.
Lyly goes near to idealism. He presents a partly magic and partly
supernatural world which is simplified. There are a few touches of earthy realism,
but in general he portrays a rarefied society concerned with honour and
perfection. Much of the action of the plays is verbal exploitation of ideas in
highly decorative ways, often using repetitive devices which turn ideas inside out
and upside down. Yet the flaws in this world, the love affairs uncompleted, the
rage and frustration, the disappointed affections, suggest that the superficial gloss
is a deliberate artifice—attractive in itself no doubt—aimed at hinting or
reflecting an underlying disturbance.
One of these is the failure of court life to meet the real aspirations of Lyly
himself. It has been rightly noted that his exploitation of it was ultimately
unsuccessful and that some of the plays show a disenchantment in spite of the
apparent elegance. The elaboration of the plays betrays a high intelligence, one
which might be expected to see through the worship of the chaste Queen, to
perceive the power struggle underneath in the court intrigues. He was not the
only court poet to have played with idealism and to have presented grim
authority. He may even have been partly concerned to support such a structured
hierarchy even though he was conscious of flaws within it.
The Context of the Professional Stage—Burbage and Lyly 41
Such passages illustrate how skilfully Lyly adapted the decorative prose style he
had used in his Euphues novels (1578–80) to dramatic speech. Though Cupid is
42 Peter Happé
disgraced by the power of Diana, in the end she herself is matched by Venus who
represents true love, differentiated from lust. This philosophical framework is
presented wittily and ironically in the play, so that the idea of love is at least
ambivalent. The same may be said for the love between the two girl-men: they
approach each other warily and distrust their own feelings. Here Lyly makes the
audience fully aware of the circumstances so that their hesitancy is appealingly
comic, but he is careful to keep the tone light, and here he avoids the bawdy
suggestiveness which is found elsewhere in the play among the male
characters.19 Part of the dramatic effectiveness lies in the way each mirrors the
other, giving a typical balance to their dialogue:
not really matter how far Cynthia has to walk. The effect, however, may be to
change the perspective and in this way to enhance the balance between parts of
the play, which was so important in Lyly’s dramatic style. In Love’s Metamorphosis,
Gallathea, and Endymion Lyly makes various uses of a tree so as to suggest that it
was the same property which could be invested in different but appropriate
meanings from play to play. The contrast in Campaspe between Alexander’s palace
and the studio of Apelles on either side of the stage has an imaginative
significance. As to the houses themselves, some of them had interiors, as is
implied in the stage direction—Sappho in her bed (3.3.1)—from which she speaks.
Endymion needed to disappear within the bank on which he fell asleep, for he
had to age before being ‘discovered’ in order to be awakened.
The plays are rich in musical elements, and no doubt the boys would be
adept in singing. The Master of the Chapel had the right to recruit boys from
anywhere in the kingdom, a bit like a press-ganging. In Act 5 of Campaspe there
is provision for one character to do some tumbling and for another to dance.
This variety of activities suggests that Lyly realised the importance of
entertainment in commanding attention at court. It is a striking enhancement of
the intellectual pleasure of debate and the emotional ones which would arise
from seeing boys evoke the conduct and experiences of women.
NOTES
1. The legal plea is given in full by J.S. Leongard, ‘An Elizabethan Lawsuit:
John Brayne, his Carpenter, and the Building of the Red Lion Theatre’,
Shakespeare Quarterly 34 (1983), 298–310.
2. R. Gair, The Children of Paul’s: The Story of a Theatre Company, 1553–1608
(Cambridge, 1982), pp. 44–9.
3. I. Smith, Shakespeare’s Blackfriars Playhouse (London, 1964), pp. 137–43.
4. D. Lindley, Court Masques (Oxford, 1995).
5. The Act is printed in full in ES 4.273–6.
6. Substantial passages from these works are in ES 4.203–5, 213–9, and
221–3; see also p. 223. For the link between theatre-going and the perceived and
dangerous loss of social identity, see J.E. Howard, The Stage and Social Struggle in
Early Modern England (London, 1994), pp. 26–40.
7. Details of this legislation are in ES 4.268–72.
8. ES 2.138. In fact Alleyn was married to Henslowe’s step-daughter.
9. Travels in England, pp. 166–75, quoted in A. Gurr, Playgoing in
Shakespeare’s London (Cambridge, 1987), p. 213. For afternoon performances, see
ES 2.543.
10. Gurr, p. 118.
The Context of the Professional Stage—Burbage and Lyly 45
11. ES 4.346–9.
12. ES 2.106; and for later years T.J. King, Casting Shakespeare’s Plays: London
Actors and their Roles, 1590–1642 (Cambridge, 1992), pp. 254–5.
13. On hearing as opposed to seeing, see Gurr, pp. 85–97.
14. Gurr, p. 54.
15. C.R. Baskervill, The Elizabethan Jig (Chicago, 1929), pp. 107, 377–8; for
further information, see pp. 12 (origins), 81 (types) and 85 (plays).
16. E. Welsford, The Fool: His Social and Literary History (London, 1935), pp.
159–70.
17. A. Gurr, The Shakespearean Stage 1574–1642 (Cambridge, 1980), p. 86.
18. References are to Campaspe and Sappho and Phao, edited by G.K. Hunter
and D. Bevington (Manchester, 1991); Endymion, edited by D. Bevington
(Manchester, 1996), and for the remainder, The Complete Works of John Lyly,
edited by R.W. Bond, 3 vols (Oxford, 1902).
19. The playing of women’s parts by boys attracted unfavourable comment
from Puritans: ‘When I see ... young boys, inclining of themselves unto
wickedness, trained up in filthy speeches, unnatural and unseemly gestures, to be
brought up by these schoolmasters in bawdry and idleness, I cannot choose but
with tears and grief of heart lament’, Antony Munday; A Second and Third Blast of
Retreat from Plays and Theatres (1580), ES 4.212.
20. See the edition of a slightly earlier English version of Terence’s Andria:
Terence in English: That Girl from Andros, ed. M. Twycross (Lancaster, 1987), pp.
1–5.
MARTIN WIGGINS
‘Modern drama’ began late for the Elizabethans. The time of Stephen Gosson
may have bequeathed the theatrical institutions within which it took place, but it
was not until the second half of the 1580s that the playhouses achieved their first
durable popular successes, plays which not only defined audience taste for years
afterwards, but were also individually memorable in their own right. The earliest
to appear was probably Thomas Kyd’s The Spanish Tragedy (c. 1586), which dealt
with crime, politics, and imperialism in a fictitious modern court of Spain, the
mightiest of the secular states of sixteenth-century Europe. Tamburlaine the Great
soon followed in 1587, dramatizing the rise to power of a Tartar bandit turned
would-be world conqueror; and its author, Christopher Marlowe, went on to co-
write (with an unknown collaborator) another major success in Doctor Faustus, a
tragic morality play in which, for once, the magic-fixated protagonist is not saved
at the end but goes to hell. Conjuring Faustus, mighty Tamburlaine, and The
Spanish Tragedy’s grieving, vengeful Hieronimo, were to become part of the
period’s common cultural discourse, as familiar in casual allusion as figures like
Hercules and Aeneas, Adam and Jesus, from England’s inherited mythologies.
These are plays on the cusp of a seismic shift in drama which was more or
less complete by the time Shakespeare began his writing career in about 1590. In
some respects they look back to the theatre of the recent past. This is most
obvious in Doctor Faustus, which not only inhabits the conceptual world of the old
allegorical drama but also uses many of its stage devices, like the Good and Evil
Angels that prompt the devil-ridden hero towards sin and repentance. But The
From Shakespeare and the Drama of His Time. © 2000 by Martin Wiggins.
47
48 Martin Wiggins
Spanish Tragedy and Tamburlaine the Great too were inheritors of the age of
Gosson, at least in their subject matter: Kyd was not the first English dramatist
to write about murder and revenge, and the lost play The Sultan (anonymous,
1580) testifies to an interest in eastern potentates even before Marlowe made
them a subject of fashionable fascination. Yet these were also plays which seemed
to their first audiences so radically, excitingly new that they all but erased the
memory of Stephen Gosson and his colleagues.
At the most superficial level, one reason for this sense of novelty was simply
that the writing of Marlowe and Kyd sounded new. The plays of the late 1570s
which their work displaced would seem comically crude to ears that are
accustomed to the mellifluous dramatic verse of Shakespeare and his
contemporaries. They were usually written in rhyming couplets, as Gosson
avers: ‘the poets send their verses to the stage upon such feet as continually are
rolled up in rhyme at the fingers’ ends, which is plausible [pleasing] to the
barbarous’. A few were written in prose (Gosson mentions the exceptional case
of ‘two prose books [i.e. scripts] ... where you shall find never a word without wit,
never a line without pith, never a letter placed in vain’),’ but the surviving texts
show most playwrights using a hodge-podge of often irregular verse forms,
especially ‘fourteeners’: ‘I was so troubled in my mind with fright of sudden fear
| That yet I feel my sinews shake and tremble everywhere.’ (Fedele and Fortunio,
647–8) Less than four years after those lines were written, Marlowe sneeringly
dismissed this sort of thing, in the prologue to Tamburlaine the Great, as ‘jigging
veins of rhyming mother wits’.
Though a skilful rhymer in his non-dramatic poetry, Marlowe wrote for
the stage in blank verse, using stately, five-beat iambic pentameter lines like
these from his first play, Dido, Queen of Carthage: ‘Now, Dido, with these relics
burn thyself, / And make Aeneas famous through the world / For perjury and
slaughter of a queen.’ (5. 1. 292–4) This was avant-garde writing when Lyly’s
boys first presented the play in 1586. For all Marlowe’s condescension in
Tamburlaine, rhymed fourteeners had, only five years before, been considered
good enough for the standard Elizabethan translation of Seneca. Blank verse
was a minority literary form, little used and less understood; yet its simplicity
and economy made it an ideal medium for serious dramatic writing compared
with the clunky over-elaboration that fourteeners can encourage. To the
Elizabethans, Marlowe’s plays must have had all the aural impact of a
symphony orchestra taking over from a barrel-organ. And not only did this
new verse form sound excellent, it also offered the ideal rhythm to suit the
acoustic conditions of the London amphitheatres, as modern performances at
the reconstructed Globe have shown. By the end of the 1580s, it had become
the usual metre for plays, whatever their venue and audience: the lush
referentiality of Marlowe’s writing and the powerful emotion of Kyd’s set a new
standard of artful, thrilling rhetoric which other playwrights strove to rival;
even Lyly, who had previously written his comedies exclusively in an polished,
New Tragedies for Old 49
filigree prose, turned to blank verse for his last play, The Woman in the Moon (c.
1592). The sound of drama had changed forever.
If their subject matter was old, moreover, Kyd and Marlowe breathed into
it a new commercial life. The impact of Tamburlaine the Great in particular was
immediate and awesome, and the first to exploit it was Marlowe himself: ‘The
general welcomes Tamburlaine received / When he arrived last upon our stage /
Have made our poet pen his second part,’ begins the prologue to the sequel, The
Second Part of Tamburlaine, written only months after the original was first
performed. A slew of lesser imitations followed, evoking the glamour of conquest
in far-off lands, while others addressed the guilty fascination of magic, after
Doctor Faustus, or the social, ethical, and political dilemmas of revenge, after The
Spanish Tragedy; in the last years of its existence even Lyly’s boy company, better
suited to a less robust repertory, attempted to climb the conqueror bandwagon
with The Wars of Cyrus (anonymous, 1588). Just as they had to learn to write in
blank verse, older playwrights, left over from the London theatre’s first decade,
had to extend their range to satisfy the new fashions: George Peele, the Oxford
dramatist who had begun his professional career writing witty pastorals for the
boy actors, ended it with blood-and-thunder tragedy in the style of Christopher
Marlowe.
its poetic treatment of landscape, as in the words with which Tamburlaine woos
his prisoner and future wife, the Egyptian princess Zenocrate:
Both the weakness and the strength of the imitation can be seen in those millions
of Moors: compared with Tamburlaine’s hundred Tartars, the numerical
exaggeration offers only crude overstatement; yet the playwright has also homed
in astutely on another level of appeal beyond opulence and vicarious tourism.
Just as Tamburlaine offers Zenocrate not only sight but ownership, so here the
jewels of the earth are not only seen and enjoyed as part of a rich, exotic vista:
they are mined. And in the image of Moors forced to slave in their millions to
find them, we become uneasily aware of the fantasy’s baser aspect.
In Marlowe’s sequel, The Second Part of Tamburlaine, one of the subject
kings, vassals and emulators of Tamburlaine himself, revealingly describes his
adventures in Africa, which have included a trip to Zanzibar,
New Tragedies for Old 51
This is no travelogue fired by the thrill of discovery: the new geography of the
region seems incidental, and the absence of any population moves the explorer
on. He conquers the rest of the dark continent; Zanzibar escapes only because
there is not a human soul there for him to subjugate. It is relevant that some of
the most memorable and most copied images in the two plays focus on acts of
humiliation against defeated potentates: Bajazeth, once Emperor of the Turks,
now confined to an iron cage and fed with scraps on the end of his master’s
sword, and, in the sequel, Tamburlaine’s entrance onto the stage in a chariot
drawn by conquered kings instead of horses. Both landscape and people are
figured as things to be dominated, and the audience is imaginatively aligned with
the hero who grasps so eagerly for dominion: part of the play’s appeal is that of
a fantasy of power.
Tamburlaine presents his ambition as a given fact: nature, he says, ‘Doth
teach us all to have aspiring minds’ (2. 7. 20). This was the more challenging in
coming from a protagonist of humble origins. Tamburlaine is a shepherd by birth
and a bandit by inclination, but he refuses to accept the lowly status imposed in
those roles: ‘I am a lord, for so my deeds shall prove, / And yet a shepherd by my
parentage.’ (1. 2. 34–5) This must have been a startling assertion in 1587. An
Elizabethan shepherd could not normally expect to become a gentleman, let
alone a lord: the rigidly stratified society of contemporary orthodoxy was
organized as an ascending hierarchy of allegiance and responsibility, culminating
in the immense and centralized might of the crown; peasants and aristocrats each
had their place and were expected to remain in it, their lofty or lowly status
defining the nature of their actions. This is the principle by which Tamburlaine’s
enemies always calculate: they construe him as an ignorant peasant and his Tartar
army as ‘greedy-minded slaves’ (2. 2. 67), who will, for instance, easily be
distracted by treasure strategically scattered across the battlefield. In the event,
however, his soldiers are not, as planned, cut to pieces while stooping for riches,
and in consequence Tamburlaine wins his first major victory. The action
consistently validates his position as he goes on to defeat progressively mightier
opponents: his success comes through refusing to act true to type, through
disdaining the base behaviour that is presumed to go with base birth; in that
sense, his deeds do indeed prove his lordliness.
The plot of Tamburlaine the Great, showing the hero’s ruthless ascent to
power, has a simplicity which seems to be belied by the closing words of the
prologue: ‘View but his picture in this tragic glass / And then applaud his
fortunes as you please.’ Before the action begins, the audience is told the play’s
52 Martin Wiggins
genre, tragedy, and its subject matter, Tamburlaine’s fortunes. Tragedy, in the
definition which the Elizabethans had inherited from the middle ages, dealt with
the fall of great men, sometimes destroyed by the heavens in retribution for their
overweening arrogance, and sometimes overthrown by the capricious and
uncontrollable actions of Fortune: whether it emphasized the randomness of fate
or the purposive working-out of providential history, it was a highly moral genre
within the terms of contemporary dramatic criticism. So in its statement that the
play is tragic, the prologue initiates an unseen context which ironizes the hero:
Tamburlaine’s career can be read as an exemplary illustration of pride, with the
expectation that he will himself be the last of the story’s great men to fall, his own
fate foreshadowed in the treatment he metes out to his vanquished enemies. Such
a conclusion would have enfolded the play safely back into contemporary social
orthodoxy by showing the eventual punishment of excessive ambition. The play
was most radically, shockingly new in withholding that expected moral ending:
though his destruction is insistently telegraphed throughout, Tamburlaine
finishes the play as the undefeated master of Asia. If the prologue seems to invite
an interpretation according to the period’s moralistic theories of drama, the
conclusion calculatedly frustrates this—and the more you thought you knew
about how tragedies worked, the more you would be wrong-footed by this one.
Marlowe faced several problems when box-office imperatives required a
sequel. One was that he had already dramatized almost every significant
element in the Tamburlaine story: all that was left was the conqueror’s eventual
demise. Accordingly the action is a long march to death, with the usual
violence and victory enroute. These elements were necessary because the appeal
of commercially driven sequels is that they reproduce, with minor variations, the
exciting experience of the original: audience demand traps their action within the
parameters of the work which created that demand. That was the other problem:
it might be easy enough to overturn the peaceful conclusion of Tamburlaine the
Great and give playgoers the conquering hero they were paying to see, but the
genre-shattering surprise of the first play’s conclusion was obviously not directly
reproducible; indeed, ending the sequel with the central character’s death could
all too easily reopen the whole story to the moralistic, exemplary reading so
deliberately excluded from the available responses to the first play.
The Second Part of Tamburlaine is, accordingly, much more aggressive than
its predecessor in unsettling the conventional moral positions which can inform
an audience’s casual reaction. Such pieties are exposed as mere expedient
hypocrisy: the play’s Christian characters are dishonourable and corrupt,
anticipating Marlowe’s fuller treatment of Christian perfidy in The Jew of Malta
(1589); and though Tamburlaine’s son refuses to fight on conscientious
grounds—‘I take no pleasure to be murderous’ (4. 1. 29), he says—he is shown
really to be just a coward and voluptuary. The conclusion builds on this
disruption by giving Tamburlaine a death that is temptingly legible as an act of
nemesis: he burns a holy book, provocatively invites supernatural reprisals, and
New Tragedies for Old 53
minutes later is struck by the sickness which kills him. Marlowe would have
known from his studies at Cambridge the logical principle usually expressed in
Latin as post boc non est propter boc (subsequently doesn’t mean consequently), and
in Tamburlaine’s death he taunts the kind of literary interpretation which
supposes otherwise; for the holy book the conqueror profanes is the Koran, and
it is Muhammad whom he invites to take vengeance. Tamburlaine is guilty of
sacrilege only in Islamic terms alien to playgoers who were Christian by law and
habit even if not by zealous personal conviction, and so there can be no easy
moral reading to guide the audience: it must, in the words of the previous play’s
prologue, applaud his fortunes as it pleases. It is the first attempt at an openness
in the tragic conclusion which Marlowe was soon to push to its farthest extreme.
T H E M E TA P H Y S I C S OF CALAMITY
The Spanish Tragedy can also look like a story of exciting human empowerment,
albeit with a more reluctant hero than Tamburlaine. Its central character,
Hieronimo, is presented as a victim of the unequal power relations in his society:
he has no legal redress for his son’s murder because, though he is himself a senior
judge, the murderer, Lorenzo, is a member of the royal family, unassailable by
public indictment; for him as later for Hamlet, the only available satisfaction is a
private revenge. The narrative structure is accordingly very different from that
of Tamburlaine, which develops through successive acts of military power
constituting the stages of the ambitious hero’s ascent to ultimate supremacy. The
focus of Kyd’s play is on a single, climatic act of destruction when Hieronimo
irrevocably steps outside the law and takes a revenge that results in five deaths
and destabilizes the kingdoms of Spain and Portugal by leaving them without an
heir: the action leads towards a subordinate man’s cataclysmic appropriation of
power beyond his station.
What complicates this interpretation is the existence of another level to the
action, continuously present but invisible to the characters: the main events are
watched by an on-stage audience who ‘serve for chorus’ (1. 1. 91) and discuss the
plot at the end of the play’s acts. These are supernatural figures: the allegorical
personification of Revenge has brought the ghost of Don Andrea to earth to
witness the destruction of his killer, the Portuguese prince Balthazar. But what is
perplexing, for the theatre audience as much as for the ghost, is that this declared
plot seems not to match the actual events: the play seems more centrally
concerned with the bereaved Hieronimo’s vengeance than it is with Andrea’s
grievances, and Balthazar is at best a secondary character. Perhaps
understandably, the ghost spends much of the entr’acte dialogue complaining
that events are not following the course he expected, but diverting into a further,
independent murder and its own separate revenge action. Revenge’s consistent
response is to demand patience—‘Thou talkest of harvest when the corn is green’
(2. 5. 7)—and ultimately the action does indeed reach the desired outcome; as
54 Martin Wiggins
one character says, ‘The heavens are just, murder cannot be hid. / Time is the
author both of truth and right.’ (2. 4. 119–20) But the route by which that truth
is revealed and that right achieved is obscure to human eyes, including those of
the play’s audience. Because Revenge lives in eternity, the whole action is already
synoptically present to him as it cannot be to the human characters, including the
ghost, who exist in time and can only see the events in sequence as they happen.
What Revenge necessarily underestimates is the temporary experience
which, for him, is subsumed in the overall pattern: it is ironic that he should tell
the ghost, ‘imagine thou / What ’tis to be subject to destiny’ (3. 15. 25–6),
because that is precisely what he cannot imagine himself. Unlike Tamburlaine,
whose hero proclaims his own mastery of fate—
—the central dynamic of The Spanish Tragedy is human submission to fate. Its
poetry also includes set-piece landscapes, but these are not, as in Marlowe,
invigorating vistas, nor can they be possessed: they feature in narratives of a
journey to hell, first told by Don Andrea (1. 1. 18–85) and later by Hieronimo (3.
13. 108–21), and their focus is on a human figure who is alienated and powerless
in his uncanny environment. The central experience which the play dramatizes
is the frustration and psychic suffering that arise from the characters’ absolute
dependence on mechanisms of justice which seem not to be operating.
Hieronimo knows intellectually that he has two avenues of redress, first the King
and then providence, and though his access to the former is blocked, he can still
rely on the biblical assurance of God’s justice:
Yet such patience is stressful beyond mortality’s tolerance: it drives him over the
edge into a madness which alienates him from his public identity as the state’s
principal executive officer of justice, but which also makes him, as a private
revenger, the agent of a higher, super-natural justice. His vengeance destroys not
only Lorenzo but Balthazar: it is the medium through which unseen powers have
executed their very different purposes. The pity of it is that this process had, as
it were, to go the long way round: it took a second murder to raise up an
New Tragedies for Old 55
but the created world in which he exists: there is no new learning available to him
because scholastic writers have told the truth about human existence, and he has
already mastered their works. Both his folly and his desire spring from a
conviction that there must be more to life than there really is: in a sense, he goes
to hell because he is mistaken. This is the point at which we have to choose
between orthodox and radical readings, between the old tragedy and the new. If
the play reinforces conventional, conservative morality by condemning Faustus
absolutely, then by implication it also condemns wishing for a better world. But
if it does not condemn him, it must perforce call into question the world that is,
and the presiding godhead that decrees damnation: if there is no justice, there
can only be tyranny. It is sixteenth-century drama’s most challenging dilemma.
In the ensuing years, the crown was a subject of obsessive interest among stage
villains: Stukely the ambitious Englishman can think of nothing else in The Battle
of Alcazar (Peele, 1589), and in the anonymous Edmond Ironside (c. 1592) the
58 Martin Wiggins
Machiavellian schemer Edricus even claims to value it above his own life.
Shakespeare’s reworking of Marlowe’s lines, spoken by Richard of Gloucester in
Henry VI, Part 3 (1591), is especially interesting in the way it develops their
mythological apparatus: ‘How sweet a thing it is to wear a crown, / Within whose
circuit is Elysium / And all that poets feign of bliss and joy.’ (1. 2. 29–31)
Tamburlaine, who cites the rise of Jove to the throne of the gods as an analogue
for his own aspiration to an earthly crown, seems oddly respectful in comparison
with Richard’s assertion that bliss, the condition of the soul in heaven, is only a
poetical fiction whose equivalent in reality is the satisfaction of kingship. This
independence of supernatural sanction must have been shocking to early
audiences; and it is an important part of the dynamic of ambition in these plays.
Richard’s immediate problem as a would-be king is the existence of his
elder brothers and their male issue, who stand between him and the throne
according to the usual laws of succession. In Richard III (1592–3) he expresses this
in terms of physical restriction: their deaths will ‘leave the world for me to bustle
in’ (1. 1. 152), as if selective depopulation will give him more elbow-room.
Atheism does much the same in existential terms. The title character of Robert
Greene’s Turkish conqueror play, Selimus (1592), who determines ‘to arm myself
with irreligion’ (304), is even more explicit than Richard in his denial of hell: ‘I
think the cave of damned ghosts / Is but a tale to terrify young babes, / Like
devil’s faces scored on painted posts.’ (424–6) Without the prospect of eternal
punishment, there is no check on transgressive human action, and with no God
there can be no purposeful providence but only the haphazard arbitrariness that
a character in Henry VI, Part 2 (1591) calls ‘Fortune’s pageant’ (1. 2. 67).
Moreover, if there is no higher power to which humanity is necessarily subject,
a man can be the maker of his own destiny. Selimus articulates the point in
metaphorically describing himself as a cardsharp:
Human willpower can subjugate the impersonal force of chance just as shuffling,
usually a randomizing act, here ensures that Selimus will get the card, or the
royal status, he wants; and with no supreme being, there is no absolute morality
to call it cheating. In turn, those who fail to take the initiative and accept their
lowly station in life are not principled but contemptibly pusillanimous: as
Richard says, ‘Conscience is but a word that cowards use’ (5. 6. 39). These
characters free themselves by, as it were, emptying out the universe of its
New Tragedies for Old 59
Yet if this is attractive, there is another side to rebellion. Elizabethan stage mobs
are typically portrayed as capable of atrocities such as killing people for their
literacy, as in Henry VI, Part 2, or even, in Julius Caesar (1599), for being a bad
60 Martin Wiggins
has himself a developed sense of the tragic, which here activates the same
disappointment, even before he continues, ‘to me what is this quintessence of
dust?’ (309–10). We can see his mind’s eye turning downward when he says that
man, who bears comparison with angels and with gods, is also the paragon of
animals, for that is humanism’s dangerous trapdoor. The period’s orthodoxy,
inherited from medieval Christianity, gave mankind a comfortingly fixed place in
the cosmic hierarchy between angels and beasts, but the humanist thinkers,
whose protean creation myth Hamlet echoes, offered the more glorious and
more frightening prospect of self-definition: man could rise to the perfection of
divinity, but only with the corollary that he might alternatively degenerate to the
ranks of the beasts; to use Hamlet’s own terms, he could be Hyperion or a satyr.
It is the same vertical scale that runs between Tamburlaine and tragedy, and the
meaning of either depends on the contrasting possibility of the other: whereas,
in the older conception of the genre, the mere fact of going down to destruction
was tragic in itself, in Doctor Faustus damnation is tragic because there is also
salvation. The essence of the experience is our sense of shortfall, of the disparity
between the central character’s potential and his achievement.
This is one reason why the tragedies of the period often focus on heroic
characters. Many are war heroes like Tamburlaine: Titus Andronicus, Macbeth,
and Coriolanus all return home early in their respective plays having taken a
decisive part in winning a military victory, and Othello too has a formidable
battlefield reputation. Others have a comparable superiority of imaginative or
intellectual capacity, like Hamlet or, arguably, Brutus. Before Kyd and Marlowe,
the greatness of office alone was enough to define a tragic hero, because all he
had to do was fall from that high estate; but in the new tragedy, the heroes have
a greatness of inherent character which defines their human potential and so
marks out the extent of the tragic loss and waste which their fall entails. ‘O thou
Othello, that was once so good’ (5. 2. 297): the sense of the superlative and the
past tense in which it is mentioned are both to the point.
The tragedies which are usually felt to be easiest to analyse in this respect
are the ones which have an early focus on a single, momentous act of will, like
Lear’s giving away his kingdom, or Faustus’ signing away his soul, which creates
the circumstances that lead on to destruction. This is a development of Aristotle’s
analysis of tragedy as proceeding from an act of significant error which he called
hamartia. In the old tragedy, this might be a hubristic act which calls down the
punishment of the gods; Tamburlaine’s burning the Koran alludes to this concept
in order to undermine it. In the new, however, it is a deed which fundamentally
reduces a character’s future options, delivering a previously free agent into the
bondage of circumstance: there is an emphasis first on the process of choosing—
to kill, to conspire, to conjure, to be or not to be—which is dramatized in the
hero’s soliloquies, and then on the consequences of that choice. Tragedies of
crime are especially clear-cut in this respect, because the hamartia, usually
murder, is both a moral rubicon and an event which overtly requires further
62 Martin Wiggins
NOTES
1. Gosson, Plays Confuted and The School of Abuse, 181, 96–7.
2. Quoted by Thomas Lodge, Wits Miserie, and the Worlds Madnesse
(London: Cuthbert Burby, 1596), 114.
E U G E N E M . WA I T H
Marlowe’s power as a writer has never been doubted, and that power has
commonly been associated with the portrayal of the passions. Shortly after his
death, he was described by Peele as “Fitte to write passions for the soules
below,/If any wretched soules in passion speake.”1 Drayton spoke of him as a
prototypical poet, inspired by a prototypical furor poeticus:
Toward the end of the last century A. W. Ward wrote in much the same vein of
Marlowe’s power to move pity and terror:
But during his brief poetic career he had not learnt the art of
mingling, except very incidentally, the operation of other human
motives of action with those upon which his ardent spirit more
especially dwelt; and of the divine gift of humour, which lies so close
to that of pathos, he at the most exhibits occasional signs. The
element in which as a poet he lived was passion ... 3
From Patterns and Perspectives in English Renaissance Drama. © 1988 by Associated University
Presses, Inc.
65
66 Eugene M. Waith
No scene in all ten acts of this play depicts more clearly Tamburlaine’s lust
for power. Is this a passion which Marlowe shares or commends? Does he expect
the audience to thrill with Tamburlaine at the prospect of more bloody victories,
more cruel jokes? The questions are unexpectedly difficult to answer with
assurance. The connotations of the triumphal chariot itself are various—glory,
cruelty, pride. Many years before, the young gentlemen of Gray’s Inn had been
entertained with a classical tragedy of Jocasta, in which there occurred a dumb
show of a king sitting in a chariot, “drawne in by foure Kinges ... Representing
unto us Ambition....”5 Running counter to any such moral interpretation of
Tamburlaine’s chariot, the rhetoric points to the chariot of the sun, bringing light
or even enlightment, and to the taming of wild mares by Hercules as one of his
labors. There is cruelty in that story too, for King Aegeus is thrown to the wild
mares to be devoured, but Marlowe reminds us that this wicked king had made
them “wanton” by feeding them on human flesh. The violence of Hercules is
both appropriate punishment and homeopathic cure, for immediately after
feasting on King Aegeus, the mares become tame; a natural order has been
restored. The allusion to these mares of the Thracian king has a special interest,
68 Eugene M. Waith
since it probably points to the source of Tamburlaine’s first words in this scene.
It has been pointed out that Golding, in his translation of Ovid’s story of the
taming of the wild mares, called them “pampered jades of Thrace.”6 This labor
of Hercules must be very close to the center of the meaning of Tamburlaine and
his royal team.
There is nothing heroic, however, about the brutality of Tamburlaine’s
henchmen to the other captive kings, nor about handing out their concubines to
the soliders like so many pieces of candy. These episodes color the whole
enterprise with a savage humor which rapidly degenerates toward farce as the
soldiers presumably chase the concubines around the stage and then run off with
them—a burlesque rape of the Sabine women. One recalls the statement of the
printer of Tamburlaine that he has omitted some “fond and frivolous gestures”
which in his opinion detracted from the play but made a great hit in the theater.
Were there some of these high jinks here? And if so, did Marlowe devise them,
or did the eager actors of bit parts? All we can say for sure is that the text we have
certainly invites comic treatment, and thus, momentarily at least, undercuts
Herculean nobility. Then, as you will recall, the theme of Tamburlaine’s
immortal longings is sounded fortissimo, as his imagination soars from a roster
of yet unconquered kingdoms to his entry into the heavens.
In this scene both Tamburlaine and his enemies give vent to strong
passions, but I hope you will agree that in presenting them Marlowe has
contrived to make the response to them complex. Excitement and awe mingle
with revulsion and possibly even contempt. Thus the dramatist, like his hero,
seems to whip forward with one hand while he reins in with the other, always
determining the speed and guiding the direction of his chariot.
Certain of his devices for exerting artistic control have already become
apparent. His use of allusion, his strange juxtapositions, and his unexpected
strokes of humor will bear further examination, but there are also other devices
to be examined; one is the use of a dramatic introduction. Marlowe’s earliest play,
Dido, Queen of Carthage, may have been written while he was still at Cambridge
University, and its title page proclaims the collaboration of his fellow
Cantabrigian, Thomas Nashe, though there are no clear evidences of Nashe’s
work in the play as it stands. I shall refer to it as Marlowe’s play. The theme, of
course, is the familiar love tragedy of Dido and Aeneas in Virgil’s epic. There can
be no secret for any literate member of the audience about the nature of the story
he is about to see; it must be heroic in so far as it concerns the high destiny of
Aeneas and pathetic in its portrayal of his desertion of Dido, who is to be the
principal character. Knowing this much, one is startled by the un–Virgilian
opening scene in which Jupiter is discovered “dandling Ganymede upon his
knee,” pulling feathers out of Mercury’s wing to give his young favorite, offering
these and other presents in return for love, and defying Juno to spoil his fun. The
tone of the scene is flippant, worldly, and satirical. This is the way Jupiter
disports himself when he is supposed to be ruling heaven and earth. When Venus
Marlowe and the Jades of Asia 69
enters, she loses no time in rebuking her father for his lascivious neglect of duty
while her son Aeneas is being tossed about by a storm arranged by Juno. Goaded
into responsibility, Jupiter goes about his business, though taking Ganymede
along.
Virgil’s story is now launched, but after this opening we no longer know
what to expect. It might seem likely that all the rest would be in the vein of
burlesque, though in fact nothing could be farther from the truth. When we have
reached the funeral pyre, the bitter prophecy of the Punic Wars, and the triple
suicide with which the play ends, we may look back to ask why the play starts as
it does.
Marlowe accmplishes several things with his introduction. Its novelty has
in itself some virtue—the suggestion of a fresh look at an old story. Its comic
realism may also suggest that the author knows how the most respected gods and
men behave, and can be trusted not to falsify his play with idealized characters.
However, the chief effect of the introduction is to put the main story in
perspective, not merely by showing, as Virgil does, how dependent human affairs
are upon the whims of the gods, but also by adopting temporarily the viewpoint
of gods, concerned but aloof. After Jupiter’s departure, we move with Venus from
Mount Olympus to near Carthage, where she disguises herself and hides to
observe Aeneas and Achates. With her asides she maintains direct contact with
the audience while the hero converses with his friend and looks for some trace of
human habitation. We seem to see them through her eyes, and only when she
leaves do we get what might be called a close–up of Aeneas. The effect of
perspective is strengthened by a series of parallels which extend from the
introduction into the main story in a disconcerting way. As Jupiter promises
treats and gifts to his “little love,” so Venus lures Ascanius, when she is abducting
him, with similar offers, and so Dido takes Cupid in her lap, thinking he is
Ascanius, and promises him to love Aeneas for his sake. Later on, it is Aeneas
himself to whom she offers every luxury in return for his love. It is daring to
present the great hero as the last in this sequence of love–objects, preceded by
three spoiled boys. The emphasis is thereby thrown on the power of infatuation
rather than on the greatness of the hero, and since this is Dido’s story, the
adjustment is appropriate. Her consuming passion is what counts. To the extent
that Aeneas is analogous to Ganymede, Dido, of course, is analogous to Jupiter,
and if her infatuation makes her oblivious of everything else, she is hardly more
irresponsible than he is. What is merely pastime for Jupiter, however, is fatal to
her, and thus the comparison of comic and tragic infatuation may lead to a
somber reflection on human, as opposed to divine, existence. What Pope might
have called the “machinery” of the play reveals and requires a complex attitude
to Dido’s passion.
Closely related to the device of an introduction is the presenter, who
appears in three plays. In Tamburlaine he is called the Prologue, in The Jew of
Malta he is Machiavel, and in Doctor Faustus Chorus. In each case he works in a
70 Eugene M. Waith
different way. The Prologue of Tamburlaine, Part 1 is the envoy of the author
and the players who commends the play to our attention with the equivalent of
a brief “commercial”: this is to be a serious play in elevated language, a better
buy than the standard fare. But he commits himself to no judgment upon the
hero:
In Part 2 there is a little more publicity when he tells us that the great success of
Part I encouraged the author to write a sequel, in which “death cuts off the
progress of his pomp/ And murderous Fates throws all his triumphs down”
(Prologue, II. 4–5). Again the attitude toward the hero seems neutral except for
the suggestion that his fall may be an aweinspiring spectacle.
In contrast to this Prologue, the Machiavel of The Jew of Malta, expounds
his cynical views with engaging frankness, and having thus taken us into his
confidence, makes his sympathy for the hero apparent. To be sure, we are told to
“grace him as he deserves,” but also urged: “And let him not be entertained the
worse/Because he favors me” (Prologue, II. 33–35). The Chorus of Doctor Faustus
again represents the players (“we must now perform/The form of Faustus’
fortunes”), but also makes an unequivocal judgment upon the hero, “swoll’n with
cunning of a self-conceit,” and “falling to a devilish exercise” (Prologue, II. 7–8,
20, 23). At his appearance during the course of the play, the Chorus confines
himself to narrative, but at the end he draws the moral:
But then we may also contrast him with his daughter. Abigail is treated as
badly as the innocent heroine of any melodrama, and her father is the chief
offender. Much as he claims to love her, she is no more than a means to his ends,
as we see in often quoted lines which inspired an even better known passage in
The Merchant of Venice. When Abigail rescues Barabas’s money bags for him, he
cries, “O my girl,/My gold, my fortune, my felicity ... ” and then: “O girl! O gold!
O beauty! O my bliss!” as he “hugs his bags” (2.1.47–48, 54). It is a marvellously
humorous moment in which his confusion of values stigmatizes him beyond
doubt. When Abigail, in love, is compelled to be the means of luring her
Christian lover to his death, the pathos of her plight is more marked and the
cruelty of her father’s behavior more repellent. If a certain grandeur in his
character stands out in the company of his friends, it is meanness that we notice
in his dealings with Abigail.
Her part in the story comes to an abrupt end when she decides to become
a Christian and Barabas poisons her along with a conventful of nuns. Marlowe’s
attitude to this event is an uneasy blend of opposites. The girl is given an
affecting little soliloquy just before her entry into the convent. Then at the
moment of death she confesses to a friar, and pleads that her father’s crimes be
kept secret. In both instances pathos dominates, but the tone of the death scene
suddenly shifts to something resembling Ruthless Rhymes for Heartless Homes:
The comment of Barabas is more poetic: “How sweet the bells ring now the nuns
are dead” (4.1.2). If incongruity is the soul of comedy, this must be one of the
most intensely comic of situations, yet it is an uncomfortable kind of laughter
that the scene produces. After such a buffeting by contrary winds one may
wonder, “What next?” In this play Marlowe anticipates such devotees of the
sudden change of mood as Bertolt Brecht.
The most interesting of all Marlowe’s manipulations in The Jew of Malta is
his regulation of the amount of individuality his hero is allowed to have at a given
moment. Constant readjustments cause Barabas to appear now as a stock
figure—melodramatic villain or comic butt—now as an aspiring and suffering
man. Bernard Spivack and Douglas Cole have written well about Barabas as a
morality play Vice, as a stage Jew, and as a Machiavel.7 At the very outset the
Marlowe and the Jades of Asia 73
prologue leads us to expect a stereotype, and the initial stage image of the Jew,
possibly in the traditional red Judas-wig, counting over his heaps of gold, can
only confirm the expectation. Then the long first speech with its glittering
references to “fiery opals, sapphires, amethysts,” and “beauteous rubies” stamps
the portrait of an individual upon the stereotype. To express the goal as the
enclosure of “infinite riches in a little room” is to reveal an intensity of spirit
which goes beyond routine avarice and what was thought to be
Machiavellianism. The contrast between Barabas and his Jewish friends further
stresses individuality. Next there is a scene with Abigail and a friar, in which
Barabas feigns to be angry with her, while in asides he tells her how to fool the
Christians and get some of his money back. Here he is obviously playing a part,
but in doing so he is also becoming more of a Machiavel. As the man disappears
beneath the disguise, the individual begins to disappear into the stereotype.
In the following scene he enters alone and once again reveals something of
his inner feeling, in this case the anguish of his present situation:
Then comes the scene with Abigail and the money bags, in which the stereotype
takes over. Soon he is schooling himself to play the role of the villainous deceiver:
His speech to the slave Ithamore, when he tells how he kills sick people groaning
under walls and goes about poisoning wells, seems almost a caricature of
Machiavellianism, as if the stereotype were deliberately put on by Barabas to test
the reactions of Ithamore. And shortly after this, he tells Abigail to behave “like
a cunning Jew” in order to deceive the Christians. These suggestions that
Barabas is aware of acting in accordance with the common stereotype of a Jew
and a Machiavel add further complexity to the portrayal.
Ithamore, a basically simple character, is never anything but a Machiavellian
villain, whose heartlessness is even more outrageous than that of Barabas, but so
automatic that it is less shocking. Barabas refers to him as his “second self”
(3.4.15) and, though not sincerely fond of him, makes the surprising, nearly fatal
mistake of trusting him. Here and in the later trusting of Ferneze there appear to
be chinks in the Machiavellian armor, but it is hard to say whether they have any
meaning beyond their obvious contribution to the plot.
74 Eugene M. Waith
In the latter part of the play Barabas is almost as completely the stereotype
as Ithamore. There is no longer any pathos in his complaints about being
tormented as he plans his poisonings; for he and his enemies are clearly “weasels
fighting in a hole.” The ending, where Barabas drops into the cauldron prepared
for the Turk, is farce of a savage kind, as Eliot recognized years ago. Only
Barabas’s indomitable vitality remains to draw us to him, and that is not enough
to balk applause and a heartless laugh. Marlowe’s shifting attitudes towards his
protagonist are fascinating, but they seem at last to warp rather than add depth
to the characterization.
The mixture of humor with pathos or horror, one of the conspicuous
features of The Jew of Malta, poses, if possible, an even more difficult problem of
interpretation in Doctor Faustus, where comic scenes of various sorts seem to
come near destroying the effects created by the poetry. I shall not try to deal with
the much discussed problem of the authorship of the comic scenes, but in my
opinion Marlowe might have written most of them. The author of a special
version of the play in which almost all comedy has been cut out poses the
problem even more clearly than he may have supposed in saying:
Indeed this version is far too short, and it is doubtful that “entertainment” of the
sort envisaged would be any improvement over the comic scenes which have
been excised. Whether or not Marlowe himself wrote these scenes, he must have
intended to have something of the sort in the play. Most of the material, like that
of the serious scenes, comes directly from the so-called English Faust Book.
There are two sorts of comedy to be considered. The first consists in
burlesque of the main action, as in those scenes where clownish minor characters
undertake some conjuring on their own. This kind of comedy belongs to a
tradition going back at least to the Second Shepherds’ Play. It is thoroughly
congruent with other devices Marlowe uses for forcing a shift of point of view.
Another sort of comic effect appears in the scenes where Faustus is found
using his powers for no more exalted purposes than playing tricks on the Pope,
putting horns on the head of a doubting knight, or scaring a horse-courser.
These are the scenes which are most likely to contain non-Marlovian additions;
yet the disparity to which they point is an essential part of the story, for there is
a basic frivolity in the learned doctor. Confusion of values is the source of his
tragedy. The trouble with these scenes, artistically speaking, is that they prolong
the mood of trivial fooling until the fate of Faustus’s soul is almost forgotten.
Marlowe and the Jades of Asia 75
The point which this second sort of comic scene should make is presented
elsewhere more subtly and more satisfactorily by other means. In the early
scenes, which everyone attributes to Marlowe, we can see how he balances the
opposed characteristics of his hero. The poetry does full justice to the dynamics
of aspiration, encouraging us to share Faustus’s feelings as he says:
But when he adds, “How am I glutted with conceit of this!” his words equate
aspiration with appetite as surely as the conventional comments of the chorus,
who says, “glutted now with learning’s golden gifts,/He surfeits upon cursèd
necromancy.” When he plans to have spirits bring him gold and fruits, read him
strange philosophy, wall Germany with brass, and clothe students in silk, his
want of discrimination shows that he is not only young in heart but also in
brain—boyish if not infantile. In the scene where Faustus questions
Mephistophilis about hell and accuses him of taking it much too seriously, it is
the devil who has the orthodox and sensible scale of values and, in shocked tones,
accuses Faustus of frivolity. Mephistophilis here plays the eiron to Faustus’s
alazon. The man who will not know what to do with his power when he gets it
is plainly set forth, and the sympathy we have for him is qualified by awareness
that he is making a fool of himself.
The final presentation of this fatal confusion of values is the scene at the
end of the play where Faustus requests torture for the Old Man who has given
him godly counsel and then addresses his magnificent lines to Helen of Troy. In
context this speech functions precisely to show the choice of the lesser good
dressed in all the beauty which sensitivity and imagination can contrive. Helen
and the Old Man are emblematic as the representatives of Pleasure and Virtue
who came to Hercules, but Faustus makes an un-Herculean choice, for “all is
dross that is not Helena” (5.1.105). The lesson is crystal clear to the audience,
and yet, thanks to Marlowe’s poetry, so is the attraction of Helen. In all the best
scenes of Doctor Faustus a delicately balanced view of the hero is maintained.
In The Massacre at Paris and Edward II Marlowe divides the interest among
several characters instead of focussing so exclusively on one, as in Tamburlaine,
The Jew of Malta, and Doctor Faustus. It is characteristic of him that he exploits
this division of interest to achieve a multiplicity of points of view. The Duke of
Guise, the Duke of Anjou (later Henry III), Catherine, the Queen Mother, and
Henry of Navarre are all major characters in The Massacre at Paris. I shall deal
with only the first two. In the present state of the text not much can be
concluded, but it is at least apparent that an aspiring individual, one who lusts
after political power like Tamburlaine, is here set in a context which guarantees
76 Eugene M. Waith
disapprobation of his goal. The Duke of Guise is shown as the chief instigator of
the massacre of Protestant leaders which took place on the feast of St.
Bartholomew about twenty years before the writing of the play. He is introduced
dispatching poisoned gloves to an enemy in the best Machiavellian tradition.
However, immediately afterward, he reveals his ambitions in a speech worthy of
Tamburlaine:
Even the most Protestant and the most English man in the audience could hardly
resist some slight quickening of the pulse. It is rhetoric of the sort that Edward
Alleyn knew how to make thrilling. There is, alas, very little more of it in the play
as we have it, but this sample shows what Marlowe was up to. It is as if he had
chosen to elicit some measure of admiration in the most difficult circumstances
possible.
We get another glimpse of his plan in the treatment of the Duke of Anjou.
At first he is shown participating with Guise in the appalling massacre, though
not sharing in the rhetorical splendor of mighty aspirations. He is eager enough
for power but always takes the easiest path, and appears as something of a
voluptuary, infatuated with his minions. At the end of the play, however,
Marlowe exploits the very national and religious feelings which tell against the
perpetrators of the massacre to swing opinion around to the dying Henry III.
Murdered at the instigation of the Guise family, Henry turns against Rome and
with his last breath sends greetings to the Queen of England: “ ... tell her Henry
dies her faithful friend.” How Marlowe loved such turns! Because the play as it
stands is crudely articulated, they are all the more apparent.
In Edward II the manipulation of feelings toward the main characters is
accomplished with far greater subtlety. This dexterity, added to the structural
sophistication and the highly effective portrayal of frustrated passion, makes
the play one of Marlowe’s most impressive. Its whole design is to give dramatic
substance to the suffering of the King—to make the audience experience them
with an immediacy which transcends moral judgment. In Holinshed’s history,
Marlowe and the Jades of Asia 77
I agree with such recent critics of the play as Harry Levin, Clifford Leech, and
Douglas Cole, that the main emphasis of Marlowe’s play does not fall here.10
However, if Edward’s personal tragedy is to be made persuasive, judgments of
him as a ruler and as a man must be dealt with, and Marlowe does so by forcing
revaluations of every important character—of those by whom and because of
whom the King is judged, and of the King himself.
In the opening scenes the faults of the King are ruthlessly exposed. He is
tactless, irresponsible, and self-centered, willing to disregard the feelings of the
queen and the good of the state to indulge himself with his minion Gaveston. He
appears to have no redeeming virtues. As the play progresses, however, it
becomes possible to feel differently about King Edward as a result of Marlowe’s
treatment of other characters. Gaveston, for example, is revealed in the first
speech as an opportunist, planning to exploit the King’s homosexual infatuation
for him. Edward’s feelings, however ill-advised, seemed at least to be sincere.
The more outrageously Gaveston behaves, the more Edward seems to be a
victim. Then, when the barons, fiercely opposed to Gaveston, succeed in
capturing him, his behavior changes surprisingly, and he gives some evidence of
a genuine emotional commitment. His last moments are pitiful, and through him
some of the pity is directed toward the King. The career of his successor, the
younger Spencer, is almost identical in shape though not so fully portrayed. He
too starts as an exploiter and ends as an admirer. When, toward the end of the
play, he is captured with the King and Edward is led off to prison, Spencer is
given the most eloquent praise of the King to be found anywhere.
The character of the Queen becomes another instrument for altering the
opinion of the King. Pathetic at first, when Edward has turned from her to
Gaveston, her loyalty to him only makes his behavior the more despicable. She
even intercedes with the barons to have Gaveston recalled, hoping thus to win
her husband’s approval. But as he continues to neglect her she drifts into an affair
with Mortimer and then into plots against the King. Similarly Mortimer, at first
a sincere patriot whose concern for England makes Edward seem irresponsible,
becomes increasingly interested in power for himself, and after seducing the
Queen, aspires to the throne. By the time that these two have Edward in their
power, and Mortimer is planning the King’s murder, the sympathy we had for
them at first has been transferred to their victim. Kent, the King’s brother, is an
excellent indication of the shifts in feeling which an audience might be expected
78 Eugene M. Waith
This is not a better king than the one who wanted only to frolic with his
Gaveston at the opening, but Marlowe has made us painfully aware of his
sufferings—of that inward bleeding caused by Edward’s years of frustration. Our
initial feelings have been eradicated.
Tamburlaine provided an approach to this topic by way of a symbol for
Marlowe’s guidance of his chariot. Another passage from the same play suggests
a way of summarizing the evidence for Marlowe’s control of his material. In a set
piece in the last act of part 1, Tamburlaine reflects on beauty:
Here is the aspiring poet who longs like his hero to conquer more and more
territory, though he knows that there will always remain some unconquered
region. No doubt the true meaning of the passage is very general: that no poetic
endeavor can achieve absolute perfection; but it may be permissible to find a
special application to Marlowe, suggested particularly by the word “restless.” In
the seven plays he wrote in his very brief career he appears as a vastly ambitious
and gifted experimenter. No two of them use quite the same techniques. If
something of his vision failed to be digested into words, if the conquered kings,
those “jades of Asia,” tired after going only twenty miles, Marlowe yet showed
himself to be a remarkable coachman.
NOTES
1. The Minor Works of George Peele, ed. David H. Horne (New Haven: Yale
University Press, 1952), p. 246.
2. “To Henry Reynolds Esq.,” The Works of Michael Drayton, ed. J. W. Hebel
(Oxford: Blackwell, 1932), 3: 228–29.
3. A History of English Dramatic Literature (London: Macmillan, 1875), p.
203.
4. II Tamburlaine, 4.4.1–4, 7–16; The Complete Plays of Christopher Marlowe,
ed. Irving Ribner (New York: Odyssey Press, 1963). All references to Marlowe
are to this edition.
5. The Complete Works of George Gascoigne, ed. J. W. Cunliffe (Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1907), 1: 246.
6. M.M. Wills, “Marlowe’s Role in Borrowed Lines,” PMLA 52 (1937):
902–3.
7. Bernard Spivack, Shakespeare and the Allegory of Evil (New York:
Columbia University Press, 1958), pp. 346–53; Douglas Cole, Suffering and Evil
in the Plays of Christopher Marlowe (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1962),
pp. 123–44.
8. Doctor Faustus in a special version by Basil Ashmore (London: Blandford
Press, 1948), p. 99.
9. Chronicles (London, 1587), p. 342.
80 Eugene M. Waith
Doctor Faustus
In The Tragical History of the Life and Death of Doctor Faustus Marlowe draws upon
some of the oldest, most traditional elements from the morality play—The Good
and Bad Angels, the Heavenly Man-Worldly Man dual-protagonist scheme
unevenly embodied in the Old Man and Faustus, the spectacle of the Seven
Deadly Sins, and the dragon, devils, and traditional gaping hell beneath the
stage. Among these he placed a protagonist who seeks out damnation more
explicitly than any morality play character had done, and who dies in a torment
more terrible than anything the morality playwrights had dared to represent
onstage. In the evolution of English drama, Doctor Faustus can be viewed as a final
rejection of the original morality pattern, with its assurance that divine
forgiveness remains always within reach. For a society that sought everywhere
for signs of election, Faustus was the ultimate “other,” deliberately embracing
damnation in a blasphemous parody of Christ’s sacrifice for man.
If Doctor Faustus were simply a didactic demonstration of the proud man’s
rebellion against God, it would lose much of its interest for scholars and
audiences alike. What makes Marlowe’s play so fascinating is its dramatic
treatment of one of the most important issues of its day. At the core of the play
is the same central paradox which defines Elizabethan Puritanism: predestined
election to salvation or damnation determines the spiritual state of each soul at
birth, yet repentance is everywhere and at all times possible and to be
encouraged. Faustus is at once free to damn or redeem himself, yet he is
constrained by a devil with whom he makes an irreversible pact. For the
From The Doctrine of Election and the Emergence of Elizabethan Tragedy. © 1984 by Princeton
University Press.
81
82 Martha Tuck Rozett
Elizabethans, the haunting fear that they were living a life predetermined to end
in damnation—a fear of becoming the evil selves of their most terrible
imaginings—made Faustus’ life a tragic reflection of what their own could be.1
Repentance, before Calvin, had been the easy remedy for despair; by the 1580s
and 1590s, it could be presented as the unattainable tragic ideal.2 More than any
other play of its age, Doctor Faustus confronts the essential question of man’s
freedom of choice, and the problematic relationship between free will and
predetermined fate.
Marlowe also explores another related subject about which the
Elizabethans were deeply ambivalent. Initially, much of Faustus’ complexity as a
character results from the audience’s uncertainty about whether to enjoy or
disapprove of his aspiration. A brilliant scholar, Faustus possesses the yearning
for greatness that the Elizabethans admired. Spurred onward by a desire for
knowledge, and the power that knowledge confers, he resembles some of the
most admired aspiring minds of his age, men whose boldness and ambition could
be signs either of damnation or election. He aims not downward at those things
commonly associated with sin and wickedness, but upward at powers possessed
by God and thus not at all wicked in themselves. Nor does he deny God’s
possession of them; like Tamburlaine, who styles himself the scourge of God,
thereby implicitly acknowledging God’s power and authority, Faustus aspires to
godhead, thereby affirming God’s omnipotence. Assuming God’s uppermost
position in the ordered hierarchy, both Tamburlaine and Faustus strive to acquire
that position for themselves. In a sense, they are most blasphemous even as they
are most orthodox, as Philologus was in The Conflict of Conscience. The fact that
heroic striving was sometimes indistinguishable from blasphemous presumption
made Faustus’ dilemma a tragic one.
As in the case of the Tamburlaine plays, a fortunate discovery of a
contemporary prose narrative gave Marlowe the basic outlines of his play. Faust,
like Tamburlaine, was a legendary figure of more than human stature, around
whom a body of material had begun to accumulate in the mid-sixteenth century,
finally appearing in print in 1587 as the Spies Faustbook. The scholar, vagabond,
and reputed magician named John Faust who lived and traveled in Germany in
the early sixteenth century was, as the modern editors of the Faust material
observe, “merely the lodestone about which gathered in time a mass of
superstition which in turn is the deposit of centuries.”3 Accounts of earlier
magicians, in particular the legends of Simon Magus and Theophilus, the first
magus to enter into a compact with Satan, were widely known throughout the
Middle Ages. These legends contributed specific elements to the Faust story,
and, more important, created a set of conventional attitudes toward the Faust
figure which Marlowe could use as he played upon his audience’s expectations.
By the time it was formulated in the Spies Faustbook, the Faust legend had
come to reflect the Lutheran condemnation of ungodly speculation, even as it
continued to delight its readers with accounts of Faustus’ exploits. The
Doctor Faustus 83
unidentified “P. F.” translated the Spies Faustbook into English sometime before
the end of 1592 (possibly before 1590), and it was this version of the legend that
Marlowe used as his source.4 The History of the damnable life and deserved death of
Doctor John Faustus, as its title suggests, is markedly moralistic in bent, and the
narrative voice comments freely and frequently on the doctrinal implications of
Faustus’ actions and the lessons learned therefrom. P. F. has no doubts about
Faustus’ state of election, as his observations at the end of the first chapter
indicate:
It is written, no man can serue two masters : and, thou shalt not
tempt the Lord thy God : but Faustus threw all this in the winde, &
made his soule of no estimation, regarding more his worldly pleasure
than ye ioyes to come : therefore at ye day of judgement there is no
hope of his redemptio (p. 136).
I. T H E P U R S U I T OF D A M N AT I O N
In choosing Faustus as his protagonist, Marlowe gave his audience a character
whose reprobation depended not merely on the subjective judgment of his
condemners, but on a contract with the devil—an act performed onstage. This
would necessarily create a relationship between audience and character which
was quite different from the shifting sense of moral distance that the audience
had felt for Tamburlaine. Even Philologus, the most explicitly damned morality
play protagonist (in the original version), was not visibly and irrevocably damned,
as Faustus seems to be after the completion of his contract with Mephostophilis.
Indeed, Philologus’ self-proclaimed reprobation was subject to all of the
84 Martha Tuck Rozett
Yet they are much overseene that write of him as a damned creature.
For first, who can tell whether he despaired finally or no? Secondly,
in the very middest of his desperation, hee complaineth of the
hardnesse of heart: and the feeling of corruption in the heart, is by
some contrary grace; so that we may conveniently thinke, that he was
not quite bereft of all goodnesse: though hee neither felt it then, nor
shewed it to the beholders.7
The “who can tell” of Perkins’ argument was an objection which could
legitimately be lodged whenever a mortal presumed to pronounce upon the state
of election of another mortal. Marlowe’s audience knew this, and thus the
theatrical effect of the contract signed in blood, with its implied parody of the
communion ceremony, gave Faustus’ transformation into the “other” a certainty
and definition which never occurred in real life.
For the Elizabethan audience, Faustus’ status as a reprobate depended not
only on the scene in which his damnation is acted out literally in Act II; just as
important are the preceding scenes in which he knowingly and deliberately seeks
out damnation. Faustus embraces damnation not by blindly and impulsively
committing a crime or succumbing to irresistible lusts, but, rather, as the result
of a reasoned intellectual debate with himself. He begins by vowing to “live and
die in Aristotle’s works,” but then impatiently rejects the art of logic because it
affords “no greater miracle” than disputing well (I, i, 5, 9). The desire to effect
miracles leads him to consider medicine, but he is dissatisfied with his ability to
cure desperate maladies, and wants instead to be able to resurrect the dead. He
then rejects the study of law, which merely “fits a mercenary drudge/ Who aims
at nothing but external trash” (34–35). As he reviews these forms of knowledge
he is urged onward by the desire to transcend human limitations, to be more than
“but Faustus and a man” (23). And so he arrives at what the audience would have
regarded as the admirable conclusion that “When all is done, divinity is best”
(37). But of course this is not a conclusion, for, with hardly a pause, Faustus
advances still further, toward a rejection of the Christian belief in salvation. He
does so not out of ignorance, as a Turk or a Jew might do, but by entering into
precisely the same activity in which Protestant preachers and laymen alike were
zealously engaged—the reading of scripture and the piecing together of
arguments from well-known tags and phrases.
Faustus rejects divinity on the strength of a syllogism based upon two
frequently used verses from the Bible, each taken out of context:
The passages in their entirety read as follows in the Revised Standard Version:
For the wages of sin is death; but the free gift of God is eternal life
in Christ Jesus our Lord.
(Romans 6:23)
By omitting the corollary phrase of each text Faustus has entered into no daring
and exotic apostasy such as Marlowe himself was accused of in the Baines note,
but rather has stumbled in a familiar way by failing to consider the text as a
whole.8 As Kocher notes, the two parts of the passage from I John readily lent
themselves to syllogistic treatment. In the “Dialogue Between the Christian
Knight and Satan,” by Thomas Becon, Satan accuses the Knight of not having
kept the Ten Commandments and uses the words that Faustus quotes in an
attempt to convince the Knight that he will be damned forever. The Knight
rejoins by posing the gospel against the law, arguing that he can simultaneously
acknowledge that he is a sinner “guilty of everlasting damnation,” and believe in
Christ, “by ... [which] faith all my sins are forgiven me. ...”9 Whereas Becon’s
dialogue represents the dominant strain in Elizabethan Protestantism, Faustus, it
has been suggested, takes the extreme Calvinist position; his “we” includes only
the reprobate, and his fatalistic doctrine “What will be, shall be” excludes the
Semi-Pelagian view so frequently invoked to temper the bleakness of the
doctrine of election (i.e., that the believer, through his own efforts, can help
bring about his salvation).10
As he proceeds to gloss his text, Faustus advances by means of questions
and exhortations through stages of knowledge to an acceptance of God’s word—
86 Martha Tuck Rozett
and beyond. But, instead of moving toward an understanding of the spirit behind
the text, as a preacher would do, Faustus rejects the words of the Bible and seeks
out their diabolical counterpart, the metaphysics of magicians and their
“heavenly” necromantic books. These books, Faustus believes, will elevate him
above emperors and kings, making him the ruler of a dominion that “Stretcheth
as far as doth the mind of man,” a dominion as unlimited as the ambitions of the
Elizabethan aspiring mind. Faustus ends his speech with a conclusion based on
another faulty syllogism: “A sound magician is a demi-god./ Here try thy brains
to get a deity!” (I, i, 62–64.)
And so Faustus embarks on the “otherness” of damnation as a result of
pursuing the “otherness” of Godhood; he descends to magic in hopes that it will
get him a deity. Earlier in the speech Faustus had sought in physic the ability to
“make men to live eternally,/ Or, being dead, raise them to live again” (I, i,
24–25), in a perhaps unconscious wishful identification with Christ (this curious
identification reappears when Faustus completes his signing of the bond with
Christ’s words on the cross, “Consummatum est”). Though the audience would
have recognized the presumption inherent in Faustus’ desire for a deity, they
would also have known that the other objects of his aspirations were, in
themselves, neither wicked nor prohibited. The “world of profit and delight,/ Of
power, of honor, of omnipotence” which he describes is not so very different
from the promises which John Udall extends to the godly in Two Sermons upon
the Historie of Peters denying Christ (1584):
Solomon ... sheweth what the word of GOD shal bryng unto the
lovers thereof: namely honour, ryches, long life and such like: which
indeede figureth unto us al ioyes whatsoever, whyche the Godlye
shall have in the lyfe to come.11
and order it; by inclining the will in milde and easie manner with fit and
convenient objects, and that according to the condition of the will.”13 The Good
and Bad Angels do not speak to Faustus in the manner of the virtues and vices of
the moralities. Rather, they articulate the inner vacillations that Faustus
experiences at crucial moments in the play, without his conscious awareness of
their presence on stage.14 In a sense, they are part of the ongoing dialogue or
debate he has been engaged in from the beginning of the long opening
monologue (in which he addresses himself by name seven times). Perhaps
because Faustus is unable to imagine a merciful God who extends the possibility
of salvation to all, his Good Angel’s initial efforts to win him over contain no
mention of God’s mercy but only His “heavy wrath” (I, i, 73).15 The Good Angel
urges him to lay aside “that damned book” (i.e., damning book) and to read the
Scriptures instead, as if to tell him that by reading on he would discover the
fallacy of his syllogism. The Bad Angel offers promises rather than threats, and
inclines Faustus’ will in the direction of godhood: “Be thou on earth as Jove is in
the sky,/ Lord and commander of these elements” (77–78).
The distinction that Marlowe makes between “Good” and “Bad” as
embodied in the two angels is deceptively simple, and ironically at odds with the
far subtler moral ambivalence that the audience feels toward the desire Faustus
continues to describe after the angels exit. Of the list of extravagant commands
he plans to give the spirits his magic will summon, the first is to “Resolve me of
all ambiguities,” a longing which many among his audience must have shared
(81). He also wishes for gold and pearls (which recalls both the “external trash”
of “mercenary drudge” he rejected earlier and the wealth Udall views as a
prefiguring of heavenly joys), but plans to use his wealth to levy soldiers to drive
out the Prince of Parma, a Spanish governor of the Low Countries in the 1580s
and hated enemy of the Elizabethan audience. The magicians whom Faustus
summons for his instruction also appeal to the audience’s anti-Spanish
sentiments: Valdes says, “shall they [the spirits] drag huge argosies” from Venice,
“And from America the golden fleece/ That yearly stuffs old Philip’s treasury,/ If
learned Faustus will be resolute” (I, i, 131–34).
To this Faustus replies: “Valdes, as resolute am I in this/ As thou to live ...”
(135–36). This phrase echoes ominously as the play continues: Faustus urges
himself to be resolute again just before the signing of the deed in blood.
Resolution was a quality he shared with the believers who remained firm in
their conviction that they were among the elect. As William Burton told his
listeners:
... in Gods service we must neither doubt of that which we do, nor
waver in the perfourming of our uowes, neither must we do it
fainedly, but with ful consent of heart and mind. Resolution is the
thing indeed that we are here taught. Resolution in Gods matters is
very requisite, as it is for a souldier in the field.16
88 Martha Tuck Rozett
But Faustus’ resolution parodies that of the elect, just as Tamburlaine’s assurance
does: in each case Marlowe gives his protagonist qualities which his audience
admired, but directs them to blasphemous ends. This resolution, rather than a
predestination over which he has no control, is what prevents Faustus from
repenting. Marlowe thus presents his audience with a paradox which in itself is a
parody of the religious paradoxes of his age: had Faustus been weaker, he might
have been saved. It is worth noting that P. F.’s Faustus lacks this resoluteness in
the chapters that correspond to the early scenes of Doctor Faustus. He hesitates to
commit his soul to Lucifer according to Mephostophilis’ conditions, and, after
the bargain is completed and he hears of the pain awaiting him in hell, he
repeatedly becomes sorrowful and tries to repent. As M. M. Mahood points out,
the Faustbook devils withhold Faustus from repentance by brute strength,
whereas Marlowe’s Faustus is always at liberty to repent.17
The resoluteness of Marlowe’s Faustus is given even more emphasis by
comparison with the remarkably human and hesitant Mephostophilis who
appears as a result of his conjuring and blasphemy in Act I, scene iii. Using parts
of three different discussions of hell in the Faustbook, Marlowe presents his
audience with a tempter whose first act is an attempt to dissuade his prey from
persisting in his pursuit of damnation. Marlowe ironically makes Mephostophilis
more orthodox than Faustus in this scene: he speaks of the “Saviour Christ” and
man’s “glorious soul,” while Faustus, in return, confounds “hell in Elysium” (I,
iii, 48–49; 60). The questions which Faustus then proceeds to ask are a brilliantly
transformed condensation of seven chapters in the Faustbook, which occur after
the signing of the contract, rather than before.
Faustus begins by asking about Lucifer, whose fall from heaven because of
his “aspiring pride and insolence” is being reenacted at this very moment by
Faustus himself. Faustus then asks “And what are you that live with Lucifer?”
The echoing effect of Mephostophilis’ response summons up powerful,
reverberating sensations of the eternal doom from which Mephostophilis is
trying to avert the oblivious Faustus:
Marlowe has taken his cue from a didactic speech in his source, in which
Mephostophilis tells Faustus that if he were a man, he would “humble my selfe
vnto his Maiestie, indeuouring in all that I could to keepe his Commaundements,
prayse him, glorifie him, that I might continue in his fauour, so were I sure to
eniuy the eternall joy and felicity of his kingdome” (p. 158). The Faustbook
description of hell is a compendium of physical description, vividly evoking the
suffering of the damned, but without any sense that Mephostophilis has himself
experienced suffering. Marlowe transforms these moralistic pronouncements
into a fascinating depiction of damnation as “an ongoing process to the ultimate
destiny,” reflecting the Protestant’s emphasis on the immediacy of damnation.
As Douglas Cole observes, never before in English drama had a devil acted in
this way.19
Marlowe’s daring characterization of Mephostophilis emphasizes the
diabolical nature of Faustus’ pursuit of knowledge. Like Dent’s reprobate in A
Pastime for Parents, whose knowledge “doth puffe up,” Faustus is “swoll’n with
cunning of a self-conceit” (prologue, 20). He shares this preoccupation with self,
as we have seen, with some of the most pious men of his age, yet the distortion
implied by the word “swoll’n” alerts the audience to the degree of excess
involved. The imagery of swelling is related to the motif of gluttony and surfeit
and engorgement which, as C. L. Barber and others have shown, runs through
the play.20 But while food and drink appear in the play at a number of points, the
appetite which Faustus most longs to satisfy is a craving for knowledge. As soon
as the bargain with Mephostophilis is sealed, he begins asking questions about
hell. The only true knowledge Mephostophilis offers him is based on his own
experience of hell, and it is a definition, significantly, that can only describe hell
as the absence of heaven.
certain” knowledge reserved for the elect. The knowledge of the reprobate is
contained in the book Mephostophilis gives him, which the audience would
recognize as a substitute for the Bible cast aside in Act I, scene i (the book is an
important prop in this play). The shallowness of Faustus’ newly acquired
knowledge becomes evident as his efforts to “reason of divine astrology” are met
with elementary and unsatisfying responses. Faustus’ final question, “who made
the world,” cannot be answered at all, for the knowledge that God made the
world is, again in Dent’s terms, “spirituall and practiue, that is ioyned with
obedience,” and thus inaccessible to the reprobate.21
One of the most ironic uses Marlowe makes of the morality tradition is his
transformation of Mephostophilis into the tempter in reverse. The devil with a
fainting soul was an unprecedented concept in Elizabethan England. By
presenting Mephostophilis in this way, Marlowe reminds his audience that all
devils are ultimately instruments of God, just as scourges are. As George Gifford
told his readers in a tract published in 1587,
Among the greatest and “general mischiefes” of the Devil, Gifford observes, is
his ability to “hold men from turning unto God by repentance.” Lucifer and
Beelzebub, Marlowe’s more conventional devils, and the Bad Angel assume this
role.
As Gifford’s tract on devils makes clear, the fact that Faustus comes under
the influence of the devil does not mean that he is reprobate. Gifford notes that
... these wicked fiends doe also set upon the faithful and elect people
of God, for God useth them also as instruments for their triall, they
tempt and trie them, they doe wrestle and fight against them, they
buffet them, every way seeking to annoy and molest them both in
bodie and soule.22
Faustus thus remains both potentially elect and potentially damned until the final
moments of the play, and, despite the fact that many members of the audience
probably knew how the Faust story ended, they must have been caught up in the
dramatic suspense. As they waited to see whether Faustus would repent before
his twenty-four years ran out, they gave vent to some of their own anxieties about
election.
II. R E P E N TA N C E OR D E S PA I R
Repentance and despair are the central theological issues in Doctor Faustus, and
critics continue to debate about whether Faustus could have repented, and about
the doctrinal implications of his inability to do so.23 Faustus’ opening soliloquy
in Act II powerfully reveals how torn he is between the despair in God to which
he is resolved and a lingering desire to repent:
This soliloquy demonstrates the increasing skill at rendering the inner conflict of
a morally and emotionally complex character that begins to appear in the
tragedies of the 1580s and 1590s. In his dialogue between the “I” and the “thee,”
Faustus vacillates between his commitment to despair and its opposite, turning
to God. The Elizabethan audience must have noticed the way Faustus aligns
despair, trust in Beelzebub, and resolution against going “backward” toward
God. This is the antithesis of repentance, which entails trust in God and a
resolution to go forward. The speech rises to a peak of hope at its midpoint, with
the repeated phrase “turn to God again,” then falls downward, with Faustus’
stark conclusion, “He loves thee not.” His blasphemous love of Beelzebub, false
church and altar, and pagan rite of bloodshed will replace the God, Church, and
communion ritual of the orthodox Christian, or so at least he tells himself.
92 Martha Tuck Rozett
And if, with his wily and uiolent temptations, hee [Satan] carrie you
into anie sinne, let him be sure that he shal answere it, & not you: it
shall be set on his score at the day of iudgement: because he was ye
author of it & forced you against your wil as he did that holy man
Job....25
How one makes sure that Satan answers for his temptations is not absolutely
clear, however. As the audience undoubtedly knew, the cool reasonableness of
Linaker’s argument is seldom so easily accessible to the soul in torment.
Faustus’ inability to shift the blame to Mephostophilis becomes clear in
Act II, scene ii. The scene begins with Faustus repenting and cursing
Mephostophilis, claiming that he has been deprived of the joys of heaven. To this
Mephostophilis replies: “Twas thine owne seeking, Faustus; thank thyself” (II, ii,
4). Mephostophilis then quickly changes the subject, unlike his predecessor in
the Faustbook, who, at the end of his account of what he would do if he were a
man, reproaches Faustus at length:
... yea wickedly thou hast applyed that excellent gift of thine
vnderstanding, and giuen thy soule to the Diuell: therefore giue
none the blame but thine owne selfe-will, thy proude and aspiring
minde, which hath brought thee into the wrath of God and vtter
damnation.
To Faustus’ rejoinder that “it were time enough for me if I amended,” the
Doctor Faustus 93
Faustbook Mephostophilis replies: “True ... if it were not for thy great sinnes,
which are so odious and detestable in the sight of God, that it is too late for thee,
for the wrath of God resteth vpon thee” (pp. 158–59). One wonders what
Linaker would have advised Faustus to say to so eloquent and moralistic a devil.
Marlowe deliberately makes his Mephostophilis much less forceful on this point,
confident, perhaps, that his audience did not have to be told that Faustus’ self-
will and aspiring mind has brought him to his present condition. Nor does he
wish to be so definite about what Faustus’ present condition is; like Linaker, he
lets the audience believe that Faustus may yet successfully shift the blame and the
punishment—to Mephostophilis. Not until the very end of the play does
Marlowe finally resolve the dramatic suspense which surrounds Faustus’ state of
election.
Rather than preach to Faustus as does his predecessor, Marlowe’s
Mephostophilis tries to divert him from thoughts of repentance, using the same
kind of deceptive logic Faustus himself had used in Act I. Heaven was made for
man, he tells Faustus; therefore man is more excellent than heaven. But his
argument misfires, and Faustus concludes from it: “If heaven was made for man,
’twas made for me./ I will renounce this magic and repent” (II, ii, 10–11). At the
mention of the possibility of repentance, the angels reappear. The Good Angel
speaks first, urging Faustus to repent and promising that God will pity him.
Faustus holds up against the first assault of the Bad Angel, who tells him, “Thou
art a spirit; God cannot pity thee,” by responding “Be I a devil, yet God may pity
me;/ Yea, God will pity me if I repent.” The Bad Angel rejoins ominously, “Ay,
but Faustus never shall repent,” sounding a note of predestined doom. Faustus
abruptly shifts direction, and agrees: “My heart is hardened; I cannot repent./
Scarce can I name salvation, faith, or heaven” (18–19). Thus the dialogue ends
with Faustus hardened of heart and resolved not to repent. The same kind of
rhythm, in reverse, can be observed in the sermons and tracts: the despairing
believer, led step by step by the preacher, is brought to an assurance of his
election.
After another round of astronomical questions and answers, Faustus again
begins to waver in his allegiance to the powers of hell. When Mephostophilis
brushes aside his question with: “Thou art damned. Think thou of hell,” Faustus
responds, addressing his errant self: “Think, Faustus, upon God that made the
world.” He repeats his accusation against Mephostophilis: “’Tis thou hast
damned distressed Faustus’ soul./ Is’t not too late?” The angels reenter, but, this
time, the Bad Angel speaks first. “Too late,” he echoes, to which the Good Angel
responds, “Never too late, if Faustus will repent.” Swept along by the Good
Angel’s assurance, Faustus reaches a conventional turning point in the process of
redemption as he calls out, “O Christ, my Savior, my Savior,/ Help to save
distressed Faustus’ soul” (73–84).26
This heart-rending cry brings not comfort, but instead Lucifer and a
slightly clownish Beelzebub, who with ease extract from Faustus his vow never
94 Martha Tuck Rozett
to look on heaven or name God. They reward him with the extraordinarily crude
and unconvincing display of the Seven Deadly Sins, whose talk of wenches’
smocks and gammons of bacon, raw mutton, and fried stockfish seems hardly
capable of delighting the soul of the Faustus, who earlier in the scene had
recalled the sweet pleasure of Homer and Amphion’s songs. Even if the spectacle
could divert Faustus from thoughts of God, it could hardly convince the
audience to do likewise; as they watched—and maybe enjoyed—the procession,
their thoughts might have lingered upon the falsity of Lucifer’s pronouncement
that “Christ cannot save thy soul, for he is just./ There’s none but I have interest
in the same” (II, ii, 85–86). Christ, they knew, was the champion of that mercy
which transcended and, if need be, overruled justice. Faustus’ immediate
acquiescence here is as doctrinally misguided as his original reading of Scripture;
had he persisted a little longer, defying Lucifer instead of deferring to him,
Christ would indeed have come to his aid—or so Marlowe’s audience might have
been tempted to think.
The interchange between Faustus and Lucifer that leads up to this turning
point could easily have been a deliberate parody of the instructive dialogues that
the preachers were fond of writing. In 1586, Marlowe’s last year at Corpus
Christi College, William Perkins, who was also in Cambridge, published “A
treatise tending vnto a declaration, whether a man be in the estate of damnation,
or in the estate of grace: and if he be in the first, how he may in time come ovt
of it: if in the second, how hee may discerne it, and persevere in the same to the
end.” This treatise contains a series of dialogues between Satan and Christians of
varying degrees of strength, or resolution. Here is the beginning of “A dialogue
containing the conflicts between Sathan and a Christian”:
Satan goes on to list the Christian’s sins in lurid detail, but the Christian “dares
to presume” on God’s mercy, and insists that his afflictions are a sign of his
salvation. The dialogue ends when the Christian asserts with finality: “I have true
saving grace.”27
Doctor Faustus 95
a cat or a mouse, or a rat, or anything,” provide the audience with a set of familiar
character types with whom to take refuge from Faustus’ “otherness.” Wagner
and the clowns, after all, remain alive and unscathed at the end, despite their
experiments with conjuring. They belong to the normal, everyday world, where
the devil is only a character in a costume frolicking on the morality play stage.
In the midst of the final comic episode, the horse-courser scene, Faustus
speaks his first soliloquy since Act II:
There is a deliberate echo here of the line “Yet are thou still but Faustus, and a
man” from the long monologue of Act I, scene i: Faustus’ pact with
Mephostophilis, he recognizes, makes him no less subject to death than before.
He comforts himself with a trust in divine providence which his audience would
have known to be presumptuous, for they had been taught that those who despair
of forgiveness and those who gamble on God’s mercy, expecting last-minute
forgiveness, are equally damnable.28 This reflective moment over, Faustus
returns to his conjuring and mischief, which culminates in the appearance of
Helen to the scholars. Their awed reaction to her “heavenly beauty” and
gratitude for “this blessed sight” (V, i, 32, 35) are ironic reminders of the death
which, as Wagner tells the audience in a prologue to the scene, rapidly
approaches. Even more ironic are the first scholar’s parting words of thanks:
“Happy and blest be Faustus evermore” (36). The encounter with Helen, as
Marlowe seems to suggest, makes Faustus momentarily happy, but damned
forevermore.
At this point Marlowe introduces a new character, the Old Man, whose
sudden and unprepared-for appearance is derived from the Faustbook incident in
which Faustus dines with an old neighbor who tries to persuade him to repent.
The Old Man is not of the same order of reality as the other human characters
in the play; rather, he is an allegorical embodiment of divine love and mercy. He
pleads with Faustus to turn away from magic, assuring him that his soul is still
“amiable,” or potentially elect, and that repentance is thus possible. Such is the
Old Man’s extra-human spiritual insight that he can see an angel hovering over
Faustus’ head, offering to pour a vial of grace into his soul (61 ff.). In a visual
echo of the conflicting appeals of the Good and Bad Angels, the Old Man’s
presence onstage and his envisioned vial of grace are counterbalanced by
Mephostophilis and the dagger, a symbol of despair, which he wordlessly offers
Doctor Faustus 97
Faustus. Torn between the two, Faustus resumes the dialogue with himself in
which he had been engaged in Acts I and II. Hell strives with grace for conquest
of Faustus, and hell wins. Accused by Mephostophilis of disobedience to “my
sovereign Lord” (as distinct from the sovereign Lord), Faustus quickly inverts
true repentance and “repents” having offended Lucifer. Moreover, he seeks
pardon for his “unjust presumption.” This phrase is pointedly ironic, for Faustus
has not presumed enough, and in the proper way, upon God’s ability to forgive.
What Faustus calls presumption has been in fact the absence of the godly
believers’ boldness and assurance in the face of all temptation. Similarly, the
unlawful aspiration to godhood with which he embarked upon damnation is in
fact the source of his unjust presumption.
In the Good Friday sermon of 1570, John Foxe assured his audience thus:
“Be you willing to be reconciled, and you shall speede: come and you shall be
received, holde out your hand to take what he will geue, and you shall have.”29
Like Foxe, the Old Man has presented the availability of salvation in the most
generous of terms, but he has made it clear that salvation must be actively, not
passively, sought out. For a moment, Faustus “feels” the comfort which the Old
Man’s words have attempted to convey, but, instead of holding out his hand, he
succumbs to despair, the ultimate source of defeat to the human spirit. The
preachers knew how easily the impulse to repent could turn into despair and
warned most urgently against the pitfalls of “over-sharpe sorrow.” As Perkins
explained:
When the spirit hath made a man see his sins, he seeth further the
curse of the Law, and so he finds himselfe to be in bondage under
Satan, hell, death, and damnation: at which most terrible sight his
heart is smitten with feare and trembling, through the consideration
of his hellish and damnable estate. ... All men must take heed, lest
when they are touched for their sinnes, they besnare their owne
consciences: for if the sorrow be somewhat over-sharpe, they shall
see themselves even brought to the gates of hell, and to feele the
pangs of death.30
The Old Man’s reappearance serves as an echo of the visual contrast of the
preceding scene, in which the Old Man and Mephostophilis represented the
alternatives of repentance and despair. Now the Old Man embodies salvation,
and Helen, by contrast, can stand only for damnation. The Elizabethan audience
certainly would have recognized that the final triumph of the scene, greatly
overshadowing Faustus’ delight in Helen, is the Old Man’s, as he and the heavens
laugh to scorn the proud Satan and ambitious fiends who torture him (the
physical antithesis of Helen’s embrace). As he flies unto God, the audience is
perhaps reminded of the Icarus image as well as Faustus’ flights in pursuit of
knowledge and experience in Act III. To make the contrast explicit, Marlowe has
the Old Man observe that Faustus has begun his doomed and inexorable descent
to hell by flying away from “the throne of his [God’s] tribunal seat.”
The Old Man’s exit is virtually an allegorical action; once he is gone,
Faustus’ damnation seems unavoidable. Yet, paradoxically, when Faustus takes his
leave of the scholars, he is in many respects a more sympathetic character than
he is at any other point in the play. Tragically, he understands with utter clarity
the implications of his deed:
And what wonders I have done, all Germany can witness—yea, all
the world—for which Faustus hath lost both Germany and the
world, yea heaven itself, heaven the seat of God, the throne of the
blessed, the kingdom of joy, and must remain in hell for ever. (V, ii,
46–49)
The scholars urge him to call on God and he does, but ineffectually: “Ah, my
God, I would weep, but the devil draws in my tears” (54–55). And so, knowing
that his time has come, he dismisses the scholars, with a concern for their safety
that makes him seem almost noble.
Doctor Faustus 99
This speech has no counterpart in the Faustbook, unless one counts a very early
speech of the Faustbook Mephostophilis in which he tells Faustus that when the
devils saw him despise divinity and seek to know the secrets of hell “then did we
enter into thee, giuing thee diuers foule and filthy cogitations, pricking thee
forward in thine intent, and perswading thee that thou couldst neuer attaine to
thy desire, vntill thou hast the help of some diuell” (p. 153). But Marlowe’s
Mephostophilis waits until his last speech to assume responsibility for Faustus’
initial act of despising divinity. The renowned scholar thus is transformed into a
puppet whose very act of reading is determined by the devil.
Critics have suggested that Mephostophilis’ speech may not have been part
of Marlowe’s original design. W. W. Greg, for example, finds it hard to believe
that Marlowe wrote this section, with “its piety and its frequent rimes,” and
concludes that the 1604 text, by omitting these speeches, “undoubtedly
heightens the effect of the human tragedy.” The 1616 text, on the other hand,
keeps the action on “what can perhaps best be described as an allegorical plane”
by including them. This plane is clearly inconsistent with the final tragic
soliloquy. Greg suspects that the soliloquy in its present form was a second draft
of an earlier, more conventional, speech, and that in the process of writing it
Marlowe realized that the “morality” tone of the earlier section was
inappropriate and that the dialogue with Mephostophilis and the Angels would
have to be cut.31 Certainly the tragic involvement Marlowe has cautiously
reinforced in the farewell to the scholars is undermined by the reproaches of the
two angels. Conventional pronouncements like “He that loves pleasure must for
pleasure fall” (V, ii, 127) encourage the audience to see Faustus from a moral
distance and judge him in simple and moralistic terms which do injustice to the
complexity of his motives. The image of hell which the Bad Angel gleefully
elaborates upon (accompanied, according to the stage direction, by a physical
100 Martha Tuck Rozett
finally realized that the offers of salvation extended by the Good Angel were
illusory. As William Perkins observed, God does give the commandment “Repent
and believe” to those who lack the requisite grace to do so. He explains that
... though in the intent of the Minister it have onely one end; namely,
the salvation of all, yet in the intention & counsell of God, it hath
diverse ends. In them which be ordained to eternall life, it is a
precept of obedience: because God will enable them to doe that
which he commandeth; in the rest it is a commandement of triall or
conviction, that to unbeleevers their sinne might be discovered and
all excuse cut off. Thus when the precept is given to beleeve, and not
the grace of faith, God doth not delude, but re-prove and convince
men of unbeleefe, and that in his justice.32
Perhaps this cutting off of all excuse was the Good Angel’s intent when he
encouraged Faustus to repent. Yet this is a judgment that an audience could only
make in retrospect; when the words were originally spoken, it would have been
an act of ungodly cynicism to doubt their sincerity.
Even if Faustus’ damnation was predestined, he remains subject to the
central paradox of Puritanism, which declares him morally and intellectually
responsible for his own fall. Faustus acknowledges this in the final soliloquy, at
least for a moment; after cursing his parents for engendering him, he corrects
himself and says “No, Faustus, curse thyself.” But in the next breath he adds
“curse Lucifer/ That hath deprived thee of the joys of heaven” (178–79). Yet
significantly, his last line contains still another reversal. With the final desperate
offer to “burn my books” Faustus seems to recognize the causal link between his
desire for knowledge and his damnation. His offer brings the play full circle to
the very first words of the Good Angel: “O Faustus, lay that damned book aside.”
That “damned book” was laid aside only to be replaced by a still more damned
one, which Faustus, at the end of Act II, scene ii, vowed to “keep as chary as my
life” (171). Tragically, he failed to act upon his apparent disappointment with its
contents when they fell short of the absolute and perfect knowledge he so
desired. And just as tragically, he failed to realize that keeping the book meant
relinquishing his life. That the final significance of this not be lost, Marlowe
reminds his audience of Faustus’ stature before the events of the play began. The
final chorus, though it warns against his hellish fall, nevertheless pronounces
Faustus to have been a learned man in whom “Apollo’s laurel bough,” the
emblem of knowledge, once grew.
which has, in a sense, violated certain expectations its audience had brought to
the theatre. As in Tamburlaine, Marlowe has taken a conventional literary form
and inverted it: just as his audience might have expected Tamburlaine to undergo
a well-deserved downfall, a sign of God’s just retribution against the over-
reacher, so that same audience could have awaited Faustus’ final repentance as a
sign of God’s infinite mercy to the most hardened sinner. In writing Doctor
Faustus, Marlowe assumed his audience’s acquaintance with the logical
counterpart of the de casibus formula, the fall and reformation of the flawed but
eventually redeemed Christian. This was the dominant pattern of the morality
play, as we have seen, despite the variations which were introduced during the
final years in which the genre flourished. It was also a recurring structure in the
published didactic literature of the Elizabethan age, much of it inherently
dramatic in character, and very likely influenced indirectly by the religious
drama.
One literary form which Doctor Faustus inverts is the saint’s life, with its
pattern of fall and repentance. As Susan Snyder has pointed out, the parody of a
saint’s life in Doctor Faustus is too consistent to be accidental. Faustus is
“converted” to the devil after an orthodox early life, seals his pact with a
diabolical sacrament, is “tempted” by the Good Angel and his own conscience
and then “rescued” by his “mentor” Mephostophilis, performs “miracles,”
experiences a “heavenly” vision, and is received at death by his “master,”
Lucifer.33 Marlowe and his audience were undoubtedly familiar with any number
of saint’s lives, including possibly some cast in characteristically Puritan terms. A
good example is the account of the fourth-century Church father Eusebius,
which Perkins presents in dialogue form in his treatise “whether a man be in the
estate of damnation or in the estate of grace ...” (the source of the dialogue
between Satan and the Christian quoted earlier). The story had long been
popular among Protestant writers, evidently. Perkins’ subtitle indicates that it
was “gathered here and there out of the sweete and savourie writings of Master
Tindall and Master Bradford.”
The dialogue begins as Timotheus, the interlocutor, asks Eusebius to
describe to him “how it pleased God to make you a true Christian, and a member
of Christ Iesus, whom I see you serve continually with a fervent zeale?” Eusebius
answers that:
The fall of Adam did make me the heire of vengeance and wrath of
God, & heire of eternall damnation, and did bring me into captivity
and bondage under the divell: & my governour, and my prince, yea,
and my God. And my will was locked and knit faster unto the will of
the divel, than could a hundred thousand chaines bind a man unto a
post. Unto the divells will did I consent withal my heart, with all my
minde, with all my might, power, strength, will, and life: so that the
law and will of the divell was written as well in my heart, as in my
Doctor Faustus 103
members, and I ran headlong after the divell with full saile, & the
whole swing of all the power I had; as a stone cast into the ayre
commeth downe naturally of it selfe with all the violent swing of his
owne waight. O with what a deadly and venemous heart did I hate
mine enemies? With how great malice of mind inwardly did I slay
and murther? With what violence and rage, yea with what fervent
lust committed I adultery, fornication, and such like uncleannesse?
With what pleasure and delectation like a glutton served I my belly?
With what diligence deceived I? How busily sought I the things of
the world? Whatsoever I did worke, imagine, or speake, was
abominable in the sight of God, for I could referre nothing unto the
honour of God: neither was his law or will written in my members,
or in my heart, neither was there any more power in me to follow the
will of God, then in a stone to ascend upward of it selfe.
Eusebius, like Faustus, has consented to the devil’s will, although not explicitly
out of aspiration to knowledge and god-like power. When the turn toward
repentance first begins he resists it vigorously:
The preaching of the law, Eusebius explains, was “the key that bound and
damned my conscience,” but “the preaching of the Gospel was another key that
loosed me againe.” First the law
... pulled me from all trust and confidence I had in my selfe, and in
mine owne workes, merits, deservings, and ceremonies, and robbed
me of all my righteousnesse, and made mee poore. It killed me in
sending me downe to hell, and bringing me almost to utter
desperation, and prepared the way of the Lord, as it is written of Iohn
104 Martha Tuck Rozett
Baptist. For it was not possible that Christ should come unto mee as
long as I trusted in my selfe, or in any worldly thing, or had any
righteousnesse of mine owne, or riches of holy wordes. Than
afterward came the Gospel a more gentle plaister, which suppled and
swaged the wounds of my conscience, and brought me health: it
brought the Spirit of God, which loosed the bands of Satan, and
coupled me to God and his will through a strong faith and fervent
love. Which bands were too strong for the divell, the world, or any
creature to loose.
After listening to his long account, Timotheus protests that “you doe too much
condemne your selfe in respect of sinne.” But Eusebius responds that “my nature
is to sinne as it is the nature of a serpent to sting ... we are of nature evill,
therefore doe we evill, and thinke evill, to eternall damnation by the law....”
Timotheus explains that his experience has been different: “As yet I never
had such a feling of my sinnes as you have had, and although I would be loath to
commit any sinne, yet the Law was never so terrible unto mee, condemning mee,
pronouncing the sentence of death against mee....” To this Eusebius answers: “A
true saying it is, that the right way to go unto heaven, is to saile by hell, and there
is no man living that feeles the power & vertue of the blood of Christ, which first
hath not felt the paines of hell.”
And he continues “But the Lord which bringeth forth even to the borders
of hell his best beloved when they forget themselves; knoweth also how well to
bring them backe againe.” In response to further questioning from Timotheus
about his earlier life Eusebius describes how “the divell himselfe (as I now
perceive) did often perswade my secure conscience that I was the child of God,
and should be saved as well as the best man in the world: and I yeelded to his
perswasion, and did verily thinke it.” This confidence then gave way to despair,
as “the divell changed both his coate and his note, and in fearefull manner cryed
in my eares, that I was reprobate, his child: that none of Gods children were as I
am, that this griefe of my soule was the beginning of hell. And the greater was
my paine, because I durst not open my minde unto any for feare they should have
mocked mee, and have made a jest of it.”
Finally he went to a godly learned preacher, and after two or three days
received promises of mercy, shown to him in “the booke of God.” Now, says
Eusebius: “I have had some assurance (in spite of the divell) that I doe appertaine
to the kingdome of heaven, and am now a member of Iesus Christ, and shall so
continue for ever.” Timotheus then asks: “How know you that God hath forgiven
your sinne?” Eusebius answers: “Because I am a sinner, and he is both able and
willing to forgive me.” Timotheus’ questions persist, but Eusebius stoutly
maintains: “I am certainly perswaded of the favour of God, even to the salvation
of my soule.”34
I quote from this at such length because I feel that the character of
Doctor Faustus 105
Eusebius reveals much about the Elizabethan audience’s response to Faustus. His
account of his bondage to the devil has the same stubborn energy which Marlowe
translates into a powerful drama, though Marlowe, following the legend he
inherited from the Faustbook, makes it clear that Faustus’ bondage to the devil is
chosen, not inherited. Eusebius’ subsequent disillusionment and bitter protest
against the law of Moses corresponds to Faustus’ rejection of Christianity after
reading the two fragments from Jerome’s Bible; this is perhaps Marlowe’s most
important addition to his source. The successive periods of confidence and
despair which Eusebius experiences under the influence of the devil also have
their counterparts in Doctor Faustus. Though Faustus never has the confidence of
election that Eusebius had possessed, he is encouraged by Mephostophilis to feel
a somewhat analogous sense of security at many points in the play. As in
Eusebius’ story, this encouragement ultimately changes to a bitter taunting.
Faustus’ despair is given far more emphasis than his security, and, significantly, it
too derives in part from the kind of arrogance associated with unjustified
confidence in election. Ironically, Faustus has a conviction of election in reverse:
“The serpent that tempted Eve may be saved, but not Faustus” (V, ii, 42). It is
this inverted assurance that prevents his final repentance, a repentance which
some members of the audience might still have anticipated in the final moments
of the play, accustomed as they were to accounts like Perkins’ in which the
protagonist is on the very brink of hell when the reversal takes place. Faustus’
soliloquy frantically explores many forms of escape from the inevitable
damnation that awaits him—but not repentance. And so, though like Eusebius he
“lived as though there were neither heaven nor hell, neither God nor divell,”
Faustus dies a damned soul.
NOTES
1. Cf. Robert G. Hunter in Shakespeare and the Mystery of God’s Judgments
(Athens, Georgia, 1976). Hunter believes that tragedy emerged from the fear
that one is living a life predetermined by an apparently unjust God, a fear of hell.
Whether this is a belief or just fear of a possibility, “it can be evoked as tragic
terror and coped with through the familiar therapeutic process of tragedy” (p.
34). On our fear of becoming our evil selves as part of our response to Doctor
Faustus, see Constance Brown Kuriyama in Hammer and Anvil (New Brunswick,
New Jersey, 1980), p. 133.
2. Robert Potter, The English Morality Play (London, 1975), p. 129.
3. Philip Mason Palmer and Robert Pattison More, The Sources of the Faust
Tradition from Simon Magus to Lessing (New York, 1936), p. 4.
4. Palmer and More believe that a reference to Pope Sixtus in the present
tense in the English Faustbook indicates that the translation was made before his
death in August, 1590 (The Sources of the Faust Tradition, p. 177). An early date for
106 Martha Tuck Rozett
the Faustbook would support the theory that Doctor Faustus was written right after
II Tamburlaine, in 1588 or 1589. Paul H. Kocher is the major advocate for an
early date for Doctor Faustus; his argument appears in “The English Faust Book
and the Date of Marlowe’s Faustus,” Modern Language Notes, 55 (1940), 95–101.
W. W. Greg is the major spokesman for the theory that Doctor Faustus was
written in 1592; his argument appears in the introduction to his parallel text
edition of the play, Marlowe’s Doctor Faustus: 1604–1616 (Oxford, 1950), and has
been accepted by a majority of recent critics and scholars. However, Samuel
Schoenbaum, in his revision of Alfred Harbage’s Annals of English Drama:
975–1700, states that the argument for the early date has been “recently urged
again” (p. 56), suggesting that Greg’s word is by no means the last. Both the 1604
and the 1616 texts of Doctor Faustus borrow freely from the Faustbook: for
example, the details of the conjuring scene, the magic circle, the thunder and
lightning, the spectacular appearance of Mephostophilis in the form of a dragon
and then his reappearance as a friar—all these come from the Faustbook. So do
the visit to the papal palace and the snatching of the Pope’s meat and drink (but
not the escape of Bruno) and the appearance of Alexander and his paramour at
the request of the Emperor. Marlowe also borrowed the tricking of the sleeping
knight and his attempted revenge, the incident of the detachable leg, the
deception of the Horse-courser, the pregnant Duchess of Vanholt’s request for
grapes, and the appearance of the beautiful Helen (who quite explicitly becomes
Faustus’ “bedfellow” in the Faustbook and bears him a child).
5. All quotations from Doctor Faustus are taken from The Complete Plays of
Christopher Marlowe, ed. Irving Ribner (New York, 1963). For occasional
distinctions between the 1604 text (“A text”) and the 1616 text (“B text”) I have
used W. W. Greg’s parallel text edition. I have tried to keep my critical
interpretation of the play free from textual arguments and based on passages
shared by the two texts, following the advice of Constance Brown Kuriyama in
“Dr. Greg and Doctor Faustus: The Supposed Originality of the 1616 Text,” ELR,
5 (1975), 171–97. Kuriyama believes that it is likely that both texts are “bad” in
very different ways, but is inclined to agree with Fredson Bowers that the 1616
text is closer to Marlowe’s original. Bowers’ arguments appear in “Marlowe’s
Doctor Faustus: The 1616 Additions,” Studies in Bibliography, 26 (1973), 1–18.
6. Max Bluestone, “Libido Speculandi: Doctrine and Dramaturgy in
Contemporary Interpretations of Marlowe’s Doctor Faustus,” Reinterpretations of
Elizabethan Drama: Selected Papers from the English Institute, ed. Norman Rabkin
(New York, 1969), p. 35.
7. William Perkins, A Golden Chaine (London, 1635), p. 378.
8. Faustus’ failure to complete the text in his syllogism was first noted by
Helen Gardner in “Milton’s ‘Satan’ and the Theme of Damnation in Elizabethan
Tragedy,” Essays and Studies, I (1948), reprinted in Elizabethan Drama: Modern
Essays in Criticism, ed. Ralph J. Kaufmann (New York, 1961).
Doctor Faustus 107
terror of thy soule ...” (p. 154). In Doctor Faustus, this becomes instead the terror
of Mephostophilis’ fainting soul.
19. The phrase “an ongoing process to the ultimate destiny” is Richard
Waswo’s; as Waswo points out, this attitude toward damnation was a clear
departure from the medieval concept of damnation, which emphasized
punishment after death (“Damnation, Protestant Style,” p. 71); Douglas Cole,
Suffering and Evil in the Plays of Christopher Marlowe (Princeton, 1962), p. 205.
20. C. L. Barber, “ ‘The form of Faustus’ fortunes good or bad,’ ” Tulane
Drama Review, VIII, 4 (Summer, 1964), pp. 106 ff.
21. Arthur Dent, A pastime for Parents: or A recreation, to passe away the time;
contayning the most principall grounds of Christian Religion (London, 1606), STC
#6622, sig. C6v. The emphasis on the book is more pronounced in the A text;
Faustus requests the book of astronomical knowledge from Mephostophilis, but
when he receives it, and Mephostophilis turns the pages, he says to himself, “O
thou art deceived.”
22 .George Gifford, A Discourse of the subtill Practises of Deuilles by witches and
Sorcerers. By which men are and haue bin greatly deluded. (London, 1587), STC
#11852, sig. D2r, H2v, D2r.
23. Kocher uses contemporary sources to show that Faustus could have
repented and that he becomes one of those willful men who resist grace, a view
also reflected in the Faustbook. This means that the audience is meant to view
Faustus, not from the Calvinist perspective, according to which God hardens
men’s hearts, but from a more moderate Protestant perspective, according to
which the initiative must come from man, who will not be damned unless he
actively resists the grace God offers him (Christopher Marlowe, p. 110). Similarly,
Lily B. Campbell sees Faustus as “one whose fate was not determined by his
initial sin but rather as one who until the fatal eleventh hour might have been
redeemed.” See “Doctor Faustus: A Case of Conscience,” PMLA, LXVII (1952), p.
239. Marlowe’s insistence on ambiguity in respect to whether Faustus can or does
repent is stressed by Susan Snyder in “Marlowe’s Doctor Faustus as an Inverted
Saint’s Life” Studies in Philology, 63 (1966). Snyder notes that the play exhibits
two patterns simultaneously, that fallen man cannot initiate repentance, and that
repentance is a constant possibility (p. 565). This approach is also discussed by
Max Bluestone, who regards Faustus as “neither repentant nor reprobate”
(“Libido Speculandi,” p. 79).
24. R. Linaker, A Comfortable Treatise, for the reliefe of such as are afflicted in
Conscience (London, 1607; first edition, 1590), STC #15640, pp. 9, 22, 23.
25. Linaker, A Comfortable Treatise, p. 81.
26. Robert G. Hunter sees this moment as the peripeteia in Doctor Faustus; at
this point, the play could become either “a comedy of forgiveness or a tragedy of
God’s judgment.” Hunter notes that to the Calvinists in the audience, Faustus
Doctor Faustus 109
has been damned all along, while to the non-Calvinists, his contrition is not
sufficient (Shakespeare and the Mystery, pp. 55–56).
27. Perkins, A Golden Chaine, pp. 405 ff.
28. Cf. the official Elizabethan homily “How daungerous a thing it is to fall
from God,” cited in Cole, Suffering and Evil, p. 218.
29. John Foxe, A Sermon of Christ Crucified (London, 1570), STC #11242,
p. 10.
30. Perkins, A Golden Chaine, p. 364.
31. W. W. Greg, Marlowe’s Doctor Faustus: 1604–1616, pp. 126–32.
32. Perkins, A Golden Chaine, p. 724 (misnumbered 745).
33. Snyder, “Marlowe’s Doctor Faustus,” p. 566
34. Perkins, A Golden Chaine, pp. 381 ff.
PAT R I C K C H E N E Y
From the perspective of the present study, the dramatic poles of Edward II
become two similar theatrical representations. In the opening scene, Gaveston
plans to stage ‘Italian masques by night’ in order to ‘best please his majesty’ (I.i.
54, 70); and, in the penultimate scene, Mortimer commissions the henchman
Lightborn to stage an ‘Italian’ rape by night in order to best kill his majesty
(V.v).1 Both the opening and the closing ‘Italian masque’ are at once
Machiavellian and Ovidian, the synthesis of policy and play, as both Gaveston
and Mortimer are adept in the ‘arts’ of both Italian plotters. If Gaveston plans like
a Machiavel to stage the Ovidian ‘comed[y]’ (I.i.55) of ‘Actaeon peeping through
the grove’ (66) in order to seduce his sovereign, Mortimer schemes like a
Machiavel when relying on Lightborn in order to stage an Ovidian ‘tragedy’
(V.v.73) of bestiality and rape so horrible in its historical reality that not even
Seneca could think of it: ‘was it not bravely done’ (115), Lightborn asks his
accomplices, Gurney and Matrevis, before they kill him. We may wish to brood
over the significance of this bifold, ‘Italian[ate]’ structure because it provides a
clue as to how we are to situate Marlowe’s Machiavellian ‘play of policy’ within
his Ovidian career.2
For one thing, the bifold, Italianate structure permits us to account for
what may seem most curious in a play nominally about an English sovereign:
Marlowe allots space to a second ‘tragic’ hero, as the title page to the 1594
edition advertises: ‘The troublesome raigne and lamentable death of Edward the
second, King of England: with the tragicall fall of proud Mortimer.’ Rather than
From Marlowe’s Counterfeit Profession. © 1997 by the University of Toronto Press, Inc.
111
112 Patrick Cheney
simply alerting us to a dual tragedy about the named principals, this printer’s cue
also reveals a dual representation of ‘tragedy’ in the rival ‘arts’ of Edward’s
primary favourite, Gaveston, and his primary competitor, Mortimer, as they vie
for (Machiavellian and Ovidian) power over the king. Conceived in these terms,
Edward II stages a narrative in which a Machiavellian schemer, Mortimer, uses an
Ovidian plot to suppress and eliminate an Ovidian and Machiavellian schemer,
Gaveston, as well as his ‘successors, Spencer and Baldock’ (Cartelli 131). This
narrative consumes nearly the whole of the play—up until its last scene, when the
Machiavellian Mortimer himself suffers a ‘tragicall fall.’3
None the less, we need to come to terms with Marlowe’s complete design.
Although he emphasizes Mortimer’s suppression of Gaveston, he briefly
concludes with young Prince Edward’s suppression of Mortimer. In this design,
we can discover a model for Marlowe’s poetics, including its fate, within
Elizabethan culture. Edward II is a tragedy about ‘the play of policy,’ but it joins
other late works—The Jew of Malta, The Massacre at Paris, Doctor Faustus, Lucan’s
First Book, and Hero and Leander—in emphasizing the individual’s loss of libertas,
his suppression by orthodox powers.4
In Edward II, Marlowe writes a ‘tragedy’ but conceals a strategy for
overcoming his problem as a writer: with such heterodox views, how can he
acquire authority as England’s new counter-national artist? Gaveston’s Ovidian
art relying on Machiavellian policy, we shall see, inscribes a metatheatrical
representation of Marlovian unorthodox theatre linking sex and politics; and
Mortimer’s Machiavellian policy relying on Ovidian play inscribes a
metatheatrical representation of an orthodox art linking politics and sex that
would seem to pertain to a rival or rival faction. In 1591 or 1592, who would
these competitors be? Two rivals long known to Marlowe scholars suggest
themselves: Spenser and Shakespeare. In the rivalry between Gaveston and
Mortimer for possession of Edward, then, Marlowe may be implicating his own
rivalry with his two colleagues for the ear and eye of Queen Elizabeth.
As the only play in the Marlowe canon putting an English king on the
stage, Edward II writes nationhood more directly than Dido, the two Tamburlaine
plays, or The Jew of Malta—plays that stage an African queen, an Eastern
monarch, and a Maltese governor. ‘Know,’ agonizes Edward to Lightborn, ‘I am
a king’ (V.v.88). As we saw in the introduction, Richard Helgerson argues that
Shakespeare’s history plays differ from those of Henslowe’s playwrights: whereas
‘Shakespeare’s history plays are concerned above all with the consolidation and
maintenance of royal power,’ Henslowe’s playwrights were preoccupied with ‘the
innocent suffering of common people’ (Forms of Nationhood 234–5). By contrast,
Spenser abandons a nationhood of ‘absolute royal power’ for a nationhood
organized around ‘aristocratic autonomy’ (Helgerson 55). Edward II broods
precisely over this tripartite structure. Our earlier glance at Gaveston’s opening
speech, however, revealed that Marlowe is not writing simply a nationhood of
royal power, of the people’s power, or of aristocratic power. Rather, he is writing
Machiavellian Policy and Ovidian Play in Edward II 113
of poetic rivalry. In this play, we can detect some changes from Tamburlaine.
First, Marlowe no longer feels the need to ‘plagiarize’ Spenser in order to
deconstruct him; he can proceed with more subtlety, relying on what Derrida
calls ‘trace[s]’ (26).7 Second, as with the more famous case of Shakespeare, here
Marlowe has enough confidence to pay homage to Spenser, even as he tries to
eclipse him. Finally, most complex of all, Marlowe now unfolds his traces of
Spenser into both halves of the competition for the sovereign’s will—both
Mortimer and Mortimer’s victims, Spencer and Gaveston.
Along with poetic rivalry, Marlowe matures in his reading of Spenserian
nationhood. From Dido to The Jew, Marlowe sees Spenser writing a nationhood
of royal power; in Edward II, he appears to recognize Spenser’s ‘ambivalence
concerning absolute royal power’ (Helgerson, Forms of Nationhood 55). If Spenser
does end by championing ‘aristocratic independence’ (57), Marlowe may have
come to discern an analogue, perhaps a conjunction, between his own Lucanic-
and Ovidian-based nationhood of libertas and Spenser’s nationhood of
aristocratic power.8
W A N TO N P O E T S ’: G AV E S TO N ’ S M A R L O V I A N T H E AT R I C S
In the first part of his strategy, Marlowe introduces Gaveston as a successful
Ovidian artist relying on Machiavellian policy.9 The opening scene, showing
Gaveston alone, then in dialogue with ‘three Poor Men’ (s.d.), then alone again,
functions as the play’s prologue, with Gaveston ‘[d]ramatically positioned in the
role of the play’s Presenter’ (Cartelli 123–4). Initially, Gaveston appears ‘reading
on a letter that was brought him from the King’ (s.d.); this is the first instance of what
Marjorie Garber calls ‘the material embodiment of the concept of countertext as
counterplot’ (‘“Here’s Nothing Writ”’ 301), and it occasions the opening part of
Gaveston’s soliloquy:
repetition of Edward’s ‘words,’ and in his own phrase for his sovereign’s
language: ‘amorous lines.’ As the mention of Leander indicates, however,
Marlowe contextualizes his metadiscourse in terms of his own ‘Ovidian’ career.
Although we cannot tell whether ‘Leander’ refers to a Hero and Leander he has
already written or advertises its advent, we inescapably find a self-reference.10
As if to emphasize the Ovidian career context of his historical tragedy,
Marlowe presents his figure out of English chronicle voicing a well-known
historical event (the ‘decease’ of Edward’s ‘father’ and the recall of Edward’s
‘dearest friend’) as a revoicing of a famous Marlovian line. Critics have long
observed that Edward’s quoted lines repeat with a difference the famous lines
from ‘The Passionate Shepherd to His Love’ (Forsythe 699–700)—a repetition
(or anticipation) that we have seen in Dido, the Tamburlaine plays, and The Jew of
Malta: ‘Come, Gaveston, / And share the kingdom with thy dearest friend.’
Marlowe’s self-imitation functions as a meta-imitation, and it inaugurates the
Ovidian tragic mode, the ‘amorous line,’ which constitutes the political problem
both in and of the play: what happens when an English sovereign reads Marlowe?
He ceases to speak in his own regal or political voice (recorded in Holinshed); he
breaks into Marlovian discourse. From the outset, the playwright contextualizes
‘English history’ in terms of Marlovian tragedy. The ‘Edward’ whom Gaveston
enunciates is neither the ‘historical’ king who ruled between 1307 and 1327 (alas,
he lies cold as stone in his grave), nor even Holinshed’s ‘Edward, the second of
that name, the son of Edward the first’ (rpt. in Thomas and Tydeman 351);
rather, he is Marlowe’s ‘King, upon whose bosom [Gaveston wants to] ... die’
(I.i.14). More technically, this sovereign is Gaveston’s ‘pliant King,’ who ‘[m]ay
[be] draw[n] ... which way ... [Gaveston] please[s]’ (52), since Gaveston, not
Edward himself, speaks Edward’s words—‘words that make [Gaveston] ... surfeit
with delight!’ By opening the play with a character in a dramatic fiction
(Gaveston) voicing the words of a sovereign (Edward), who himself imitates an
English chronicle writer (Holinshed), but who in fact imitates the play’s own
author, Marlowe alerts his audience to the most elemental passion of his play: not
early fourteenth-century English politics or sodomy, but the complex literary
system of communication that can best represent the problematic conjunction of
politics and sodomy in late sixteenth-century England.
When Gaveston speaks in his own words, he does not extricate himself
from this system, but clarifies what Garber calls, echoing Harry Levin, ‘the play’s
overreaching author, Christopher Marlowe’ (320). Quoting ‘Marlowe’ even
more precisely than Edward does, Gaveston reproduces the key active words that
echo through ‘The Passionate Shepherd,’ Dido, the Tamburlaine plays, and The
Jew; these words succinctly represent the Marlovian conversion of an Ovidian
ethics (come, live) into an Ovidian ontology (be): ‘live and be the favourite of a
king? / Sweet prince I come.’ Syntactically, Marlowe bookends the linguistic sign
of ontology with twin signs from an Ovidian ethics: live ... be ... come. Ontology
loses its virginal telos, imprisoned as a hapless mediator for sexual desire. Not
116 Patrick Cheney
Gaveston here projects his production of a ‘masque’ about the Ovidian story of
Diana and Actaeon as a Machiavellian strategy for wooing his sovereign.14
If in Gaveston’s first soliloquy Marlowe uses self-reference and self-
quotation to identify Gaveston as a Marlovian Ovidian poet, in this one he offers
a kind of ‘dumb-show’ of the Marlovian Ovidian art itself (cf. Sunesen). Among
the rhetorical elements of this show, a few deserve attention. The first pertains
to audience and purpose. Marlowe views his art as a form of political rhetoric,
designed to persuade the power structure, especially the sovereign. Within the
‘play,’ that sovereign is English, yet few critics have contextualized Marlowe’s
politics in terms of his English sovereign.15 Yet recent political critics do see
Marlowe generally ‘foreground[ing] ... the idea of patronage’ and ‘question[ing]
... the concept of the mis-advised monarch’ (Shepherd 118, 122); or they see
him boldly ‘represent[ing] ... the execution as well as the deposition of a
monarch,’ localizing Mortimer through ‘topical, or Elizabethan, associations’ as
‘contemporary preachers’ who ‘attacked theatrical excess’ and who criticized
‘Ralegh, Essex, Hatton and the others who devoted themselves to gaining and
118 Patrick Cheney
retaining, Her Majesty’s pleasure’ (Sales 113, 123–4, 126). We may endorse these
comments but refocus them on Marlowe’s subversion of monarchical power and
his topical representations of Puritan attacks on the theatre and outbursts against
the Queen’s favourites. In Edward II, Marlowe challenges a writer like Spenser
who was using his art to promote himself as a servant of a wise and just queen.16
To discover how Marlowe uses Gaveston’s ‘Italian masques by night’ to
function as a model of his Ovidian art designed to affect Elizabeth, we can
profitably turn to an arresting element in Gaveston’s soliloquy: the myth of
Actaeon.17 As Leonard Barkan observes, ‘the story of Actaeon is one of the
paradigmatic episodes in the Metamorphoses.’18
In the famous autobiographical poem, Book II of the Tristia, Ovid pauses
to brood over the event he does not name because it compelled Augustus to
banish him: ‘Why did I see anything? Why did I make my eyes guilty? Why was
I so thoughtless as to harbour the knowledge of a fault? Unwitting was Actaeon
when he beheld Diana unclothed; none the less he became the prey of his own
hounds’ (103–8). Instead of answering the questions, Ovid lapses into myth.
When we desire historical event, Ovid gives us timeless mythology. And yet our
foiled expectation helps us to establish our own equation: we are to see Ovid as
an Actaeon who ‘[u]nwitting[ly]’ spied a divine figure in a way that compromised
that deity’s privacy, and therefore his own identity as a (human) poet.
We do not know the chronological relation between Ovid’s penning of the
Actaeon story in the Metamorphoses and the Actaeon-like espial that secured his
banishment; hence, we lack access to Ovid’s intent in placing the story within his
counter-Virgilian epic.19 Luckily, we need not solve the question for Ovid; we
need only observe what Marlowe could have seen. By reading the Tristia into the
Metamorphoses (as modern critics themselves do), Marlowe could see a
representation of Ovid’s own fate in the Augustan literary system: his playful use
of an amorous art that becomes subjected to political tyranny—‘the mercilessness
of absolute power’ (Otis 145). For Marlowe, as indeed for his own
contemporaries, the Actaeon myth becomes the paradigmatic myth of Ovid’s
literary career.20
What is remarkable is not that Marlowe would appropriate the Actaeon
myth to identify himself as an Ovidian poet par excellence (any astute writer
could do that), but that his use of the myth in the prologue-like opening to
Edward II should communicate so hauntingly our sense of his art near the end of
his life. First, we often understand his art as an Ovidian ‘comed[y]’ of play
redefined through the homoerotic vehicle of the Elizabethan theatre, in which ‘a
lovely boy in Dian’s shape’ works to ‘hide those parts which men delight to see’;
hence, under Gaveston’s direction, the terribly unjust and haunting tale that
Ovid tells in the Metamorphoses becomes the source for witty verbal play: the
phrase ‘By yelping hounds pull’d down, and seem to die’ linguistically converts a
tragedy ending in mutilation into a comic myth arriving at orgasm, as the well-
Machiavellian Policy and Ovidian Play in Edward II 119
noted Elizabethan pun on ‘die’ reveals (Deats, ‘Fearful Symmetry’ 246). Second,
we see that Marlowe is predicting the necessarily tragic conclusion of such a
project, as Gaveston dramatizes. By letting the second and the first conclusions
collide, we can arrive at a third—a construct for Marlowe’s paradigmatic
representation of his art: paradoxically, he uses ‘Sweet speeches, comedies, and
pleasing shows’ to ‘peep ... through the grove.’ Fusing the comic to the tragic, he
uses erotic play to peer into the privacy of the Queen’s political policy, making
‘the goddess’ angry. Ovidian play both masques and masks Machiavellian policy
in order to fulfil Ovidian fate, not to conceal it.21
That Marlowe presents Gaveston as an Ovidian dramatist using an erotic
art to move the sovereign may be confirmed by one subsequent ‘career’ image
familiar from Ovid’s Elegies, Dido, and the Tamburlaine plays: that of the chariot
cursus. Gaveston tells Edward, ‘It shall suffice me to enjoy your love, / Which
whiles I have, I think myself as great / As Caesar riding in the Roman street /
With captive kings at his triumphant car’ (I.i.170–3). This is a bold thought, but
a daring declaration, especially to a sovereign, and it situates Marlowe among
contemporaries like Spenser, who were using their art to equalize themselves
with their sovereign through self-presentation: the ‘sovereigne of song’
(November 25). The Ovidian origins of Marlowe’s image emerge in scene iv of Act
I, when Mortimer Senior quotes Ovid to refer to Gaveston’s fate, ‘Quam male
conveniunt!’ (13: ‘How ill they suit’ [Met II.846–7]), with Warwick adding,
‘Ignoble vassal, that like Phaeton / Aspir’st unto the guidance of the sun’ (16–17).
While Gaveston’s linking of ‘love’ and ‘car’ has Ovidian origins, the image of the
‘triumphant’ Caesar also recalls Lucan—and so may subtly prepare for, and even
trope, a Marlovian meta from tragedy to epic.22
‘I S E E M Y T R A G E D Y W R I T T E N I N T H Y B R O W S ’:
M O RT I M E R ’ S C O U N T E R -M A R L O V I A N T H E AT R I C S
In the second part of his dramatic strategy, Marlowe reconfigures Holinshed’s
depiction of Mortimer’s ‘tragic fall’ via Machiavelli and Ovid in order to depict
the counter-force to Gaveston’s Ovidian comedy. In fact, the most significant
change Marlowe makes to Holinshed lies in depicting Mortimer as Gaveston’s
enemy. To do so, Marlowe takes Holinshed’s interspersed comments on Edward’s
revelry and makes them the topic of Mortimer’s complaint against the king.23
What is most notable is that Marlowe transfers Holinshed’s ‘antitheatricality’
entirely to Mortimer in order to dramatize the motive for an antagonism that is
itself the product of Marlowe’s fancy.24
We can scrutinize Mortimer’s indictment against Gaveston’s and Edward’s
theatricality in terms of Marlowe’s rivalry with ‘the truly political animal among
English sixteenth-century poets’ (Crewe, Hidden Designs 89): Spenser.25 The
most significant borrowing for understanding Spenser’s presence in the play lies
in the phrase ‘deads the royal vine.’ Marlowe’s phrase comes from the written
120 Patrick Cheney
‘message’ spoken by the Herald, who has ‘com’st from Mortimer and his
complices’ (153), and it is addressed to Edward:
The lyricism or golden imagery here—‘branch ... vine ... golden leaves ... diadem
... brightness’—has the general tenor of Spenserian discourse, but Charlton and
Waller were evidently the first to alert us to an actual borrowing from Spenser.
In The Teares of the Muses, published in the 1591 Complaints volume, and
thus available to Marlowe, Thalia, the Muse of Comedy, laments the defacing of
English comedy by those who turn the genre to ‘a laughing game’ (204). She
then pauses to lament the death of one individual who excelled in comedy: ‘Our
pleasant Willy, ah is dead of late: / With whom all joy and jolly meriment / Is also
deaded, and in dolour drent’ (208–10). We do not know the identity of ‘pleasant
Willy.’26 What is initially striking, however, is the possibility that Marlowe is
imitating a line topical in its significance: Spenser is praising a writer of comedies
whom he considers to be in his own literary circle.
The ‘pleasant Willy’ lines are part of a larger passage in which Spenser uses
Thalia to decry a group of poetasters ruining English comedy; the lines
immediately following read:
As in the case of ‘pleasant Willy,’ we do not know here who Spenser has in mind.
William Renwick can avoid the obvious inference, that Lyly and the University
Wits are under attack, only by claiming that the passage was ‘written about
1578–80’ (209)—a conclusion rejected by recent scholars.27 Indeed, the
penultimate and final lines look to be a troping of the University Wits, with their
‘Learned’ art of making organized around pride in the self, wit, and ultimately
will, as described by G.K. Hunter in his fine book on Lyly. The phrase ‘scoffing
Scurrilitie’ may suggest Nashe in his debate with Spenser’s friend Gabriel
Harvey, which was raging in the bookstalls at precisely this time (see Moore), but
Machiavellian Policy and Ovidian Play in Edward II 121
The Ovid quotation comes from the story of Niobe, the wife of Amphion, in
Book VI of the Metamorphoses: ‘I am too great for Fortune to harm’ (195)—just
before Fortune strikes her down, killing her husband (Amphion commits
suicide) and their seven sons. Evidently, Marlowe finds the Machiavel in Ovid,
and it does not bode well for his own Ovidian Machiavel, who is using his secret
affair with a queen to bring about the downfall of a king. ‘Fair Isabel,’ he
caresses her earlier, ‘now have we our desire ... / Be rul’d by me, and we will rule
the realm’ (ii.1–5).
Thus both the penultimate and the final scenes of the play ‘underwrite’ an
Ovidian ‘tragedy’ in the Machiavellian mode. In Act V, scene v, the murder
scene itself, Lightborn begins and ends with self-reflexive delight in the
deception he is enacting, rehearsing the principle of theatricality articulated by
Stephen Greenblatt with respect to Barabas: ‘he seems to be pursuing deception
virtually for its own sake’ (‘Marlowe, Marx’ 52). Lightborn begins with a
cheerful soliloquy: ‘So now must I about this gear; ne’er was there any / So
finely handl’d as this king shall be’ (38–9). And afterwards, he exclaims to the
two men about to kill him, ‘Tell me sirs, was it not bravely done?’ (115)—the
word ‘bravely’ functioning as a theatrical term (Cole, Christopher Marlowe 118).
As with Barabas, critics have identified Lightborn as a figure for the Marlovian
dramatist himself, constructing savage plots.39 We may add that Lightborn is
constructing savage plots against both his sovereign and the sovereign of song.
Thus the king himself sees that he is being underwritten by Lightborn’s
Marlovian ‘tragedy’: ‘I see my tragedy written in thy brows’ (73). It is worse than
this, for Marlowe relies on Holinshed to out-Seneca Seneca: the tragedy is written
in his bowels:40
they came suddenly one night into the chamber where he lay in bed
fast asleep, and with heavy featherbeds or a table (as some write)
being cast upon him, they kept him down and withal put into his
fundament an horn, and through the same they thrust up into his
body an hot spit, or (as other have) through the pipe of a trumpet, a
plumber’s instrument of iron made very hot, the which passing up
into his entrails, and being rolled to and fro, burnt the same, but so
as no appearance of any wound or hurt outwardly might be once
perceived. (Holinshed, Chronicles, rpt. in Thomas and Tydeman 369;
emphasis added)
‘N O W ... B E G I N S O U R T R A G E D Y ’:
E D WA R D III’ S C O U N T E R -M A R L O V I A N T H E AT R I C S
In the play’s final scene, Marlowe inscribes the final part of his strategy. He
dramatizes the suppression of Mortimer by orthodox forces, represented in the
126 Patrick Cheney
new king, the young Edward III. Here Marlowe pauses to juxtapose Edward’s
‘tragedy’ with Mortimer’s, as the Queen speaks it: ‘Now, Mortimer, begins our
tragedy’ (V.vi.23). The director of this final drama is himself self-consciously
theatrical, as the young king reveals when the Lord enters ‘with the head of
Mortimer’ (s.d.): ‘Go fetch my father’s hearse, where it shall lie, / And bring my
funeral robes’ (V.vi.94–5). Young Edward’s directive recalls Dido’s directive to
Aeneas at the beginning of Marlowe’s dramatic career: ‘Warlike Aeneas, and in
these base robes! / Go fetch the garment which Sichaeus ware’ (Dido II.i.79–80).
In the later play, we may discover a metadiscursive pun on ‘hearse’—as Spenser
had employed it famously in his Melpomene-inspired funeral Song of Dido in
the November eclogue: ‘O heavie herse, ... O carefull verse’ (60, 62). Thus we may
relish the theatricality dramatized when the boy calls for his actor’s ‘robes.’ The
final utterance of the play, spoken once the new king has his hearse and wears his
robes, also resounds with the Senecan ghost of Marlowe’s Ovidian and
Machiavellian theatre:
Wilbur Sanders notes ‘the unfinished air of the concluding lines’ (128), and no
modern critic has rested comfortably with them. What Frank Kermode says of
Shakespeare’s achievement in Romeo and Juliet (Introduction, Riverside
Shakespeare 1057), we may counterfeit for Marlowe’s profession in Edward II: that
the play has a strong professional interest is clear; but Marlowe has now passed the
stage when one could say, without too much injury to the work, precisely what
that interest may have been.
NOTES
1. Cf. Deats, ‘Fearful Symmetry’: ‘the play opens and closes with two
similar rituals, the funeral of an older Edward and the assumption of royal power
by an heir of the same name’ (241). My approach differs from this and other
structural approaches (Fricker; Waith, ‘Shadow of Action’; McCloskey; Thurn,
‘Sovereignty, Disorder’; see Forker’s review [66–82]). Kocher, Christopher
Marlowe, notes Marlowe’s ‘poetic realizations of the schemes of Mortimer and
Gaveston’ (205; see 291; Cutts, Left Hand of God 200-1; Brandt, Christopher
Marlowe 156–9; and Deats, ‘Fearful Symmetry’ 255), but no one has isolated this
rivalry in terms of Marlowe’s Ovidian career.
2. Things have not changed much since Bakeless: ‘All critics are generally
Machiavellian Policy and Ovidian Play in Edward II 127
agreed that this is the maturest of Marlowe’s plays and ... the latest’ (2:4). On
dating, which most assign to 1591–2, see Merchant xi–xii; Forker 14–17; and
Rowland xiv–xv. Critics usually identify Edward II as a ‘Machiavellian play of
policy,’ and they find a number of Machiavellian plotters, especially Gaveston
and Mortimer (Cartelli 121–3, 128–33), but also Queen Isabella (Summers,
Christopher Marlowe 172–4). Less often, critics mention Ovid (F.P. Wilson 133;
Zucker 170–3; and Deats, ‘Myth and Metamorphosis’ 309, 311, 314, 316); but
we need to take Marlowe’s cues more seriously: Gaveston’s Ovidianism; the
recurrent references to myths from the Metamorphoses (I.iv. 16,172–3, 178–80,
407, II.ii.53–4, III.iii.82–3, etc.); and two lines quoted from Ovid’s epic (I.iv.13
from Met II.846–7; and V.iv.69 from Met VI.195). As J. Bate remarks, ‘Edward
II sometimes seems to require an extremely detailed recall of Ovid’s Latin’(44).
Of course, Marlowe mediates his synthesis of Machiavelli and Ovid with Seneca,
as his quotation from Thyestes hints (IV.vi.53–4 from Thy 613–14; see H. Levin
99, 101).
3. Marlowe invents the rivalry between Gaveston and Mortimer. In
Holinshed, Mortimer does not appear until after Gaveston is dead, when the
Earl of Lancaster is ‘the chief occasioner of his death’ (rpt. in Thomas and
Tydeman 360). See Fricker: ‘for the first time in Marlowe’s plays the hero
[Edward] is confronted with an enemy of equal stature, namely Mortimer’ (206).
Critics debate the question of genre; Ribner’s phrase, ‘Historical Tragedy,’ fuses
the elements usually identified. See Clemen, ‘Edward II’ 138; Bevington and
Shapiro 263; and Forker’s review (85, 86–91).
4. Cf. McCloskey on Edward II as ‘the odd play out’ (35). I do agree that
‘Edward’s story illustrates ... how circumstances in the world constrain human
action and conspire to destroy human agents’ (36). McCloskey identifies the loss
of ‘freedom’ as ‘the pattern of experience central to his play’s meaning’ (43),
although she does not contextualize that ‘story.’
5. See McCloskey, who examines the play’s ‘divided structure’ (37), with ‘the
play break[ing] ... radically at Gaveston’s death’ (37, n. 3). On Edward III in the
play, see Tyler 61–2.
6. On Marlowe’s debt to Shakespeare in Edward II, see Forker’s review
(17–41). Although a few critics supply clues for Marlowe’s debt to Spenser, no
one has examined the topic.
7. For this thought, I am indebted to Chad G. Hayton, in an unpublished
essay, ‘Spenser, Marlowe, and the Dangerous Supplement’: ‘It should not come
as a surprise that the traces of Spenser’s influence on Marlowe become less visible
as he matures as a poet. It would be a mistake, however, to assume that because
Spenser’s influence is less obvious it is less profound. Rather, we should take
more pains to uncover the evidence of Spenser’s influence’(3).
8. Lucan’s obsession with libertas traces to his nostalgic desire to return
128 Patrick Cheney
Rome to the days of the Republic, where the correlate of the Elizabethan
aristocracy, the Roman nobility, reigned sovereign.
9. See Forker: ‘Edward II becomes more than usually significant as a piece
of evidence in the ongoing study of Marlowe’s perennially discussed but
puzzlingly obscure psyche’ (86). Greenblatt discusses ‘Marlowe’s implication in
the lives of his protagonists’ (Renaissance Self-Fashioning 221). In addition to
Gaveston (Cartelli 127, 131), critics find Marlowe in Edward (Poirier 185),
Baldock (H. Levin 104), the French spy Levune (Archer 80), and Lightborn
(Cartelli 133–3).
10. Martindale observes: ‘Meaning ... is always realized at the point of reception;
if so, we cannot assume that an “intention” is effectively communicated within
any text’ (Redeeming the Text 3). I am to contextualize Garber’s deconstructive
model, in which ‘the act of writing or signing conveys ... a struggle for mastery
of stage and text between the playwright and his inscribed characters’ (301). Like
Garber, I isolate ‘the trope of writing and unwriting’ (318), but I veer from her
conclusion: that Mortimer is ‘ultimately cancelled or slain by [his] own hands: ...
by writing against the hand of the playwright’ (320). Marlowe’s use of written
documents may derive from Holinshed, but the playwright alters the chronicler
in representing the most important document—the letter containing the Bishop
of Hereford’s ‘sophistical form of words’ issuing Edward’s murder, which
Marlowe assigns to Mortimer: ‘Edwardum occidere nolite timere bonum est’ (rpt. in
Thomas and Tydeman 368–9; Ed II V.iv.11)
11. On Gaveston as intersecting Marlovian ‘desire’ and ‘theatricality,’ see
Belsey, ‘Desire’s Excess’ 88–9. Bullen long ago noted Marlowe’s ‘admirably
drawn’ portrait of Gaveston (rpt. in MacLure, ed., Marlowe 139); and Bullen’s
anonymous reviewer added, ‘“Edward the Second” might have been called “The
Tragedie of Piers Gaveston”’ (rpt. in MacLure 145).
12. Two of these conjunctions come from the prologue to Faustus,
confirming the idea that the Gaveston scene functions as a prologue. Moreover,
the Faustus prologue also includes an itinerary of works, including Edward II (see
chapter 9). I respond to Cutts: ‘Edward’s missive to him [Gaveston] may sound
like “Come live with mee ...,” but it is not a Jupiter calling for a Ganymede to
dangle on his knee. Gaveston likens himself to a Leander swimming across the
English Channel of a Hellespont ..., but unlike Marlowe’s own Leander,
Gaveston gasps upon the sand ... Gaveston confounds London in Elysium,
however, every bit as much as Faustus confounds Hell in Elysium’ (Left Hand of
God 203).
13. As Emily C. Bartels observes, the effect is to tie the discourse even more
to issues of the state (personal communication, April 1996).
14. On this soliloquy, see Cartelli 123–7; and Bartels 167–70. I disagree with
Tyler: ‘Gaveston ... has elaborate plans for frivolous entertainments to keep “the
plaint king” under his influence’ (57).
Machiavellian Policy and Ovidian Play in Edward II 129
matters touching the benefit of his country, should be defamed by those that are
ignorant in th’affairs he went about’ (qtd. in Nicholl 92). Riggs reminds us that
the record also includes the tragic version: in a letter of August 1593, Sir Thomas
Drury wrote to Anthony Bacon that ‘the notablest and vildest articles of atheism
[written by Marlowe] ... were delivered to Her Highness, and command given by
herself to prosecute it to the full’ (rpt. in Nicholl 304; Riggs, ‘Marlowe Learns to
Write,’ MLA Convention, 1995). Nicholl’s conclusion to The Reckoning resonates
with the Actaeon myth: ‘the cause of Marlowe’s death was a perception—perhaps
a momentary perception of political necessity. He died in the hands of political
agents: a victim, though not an innocent victim, of the court intrigues that
flourished in this “queasy time” of change and succession’ (329).
22. In their editions, W.D. Briggs (114), Charlton and Waller (78), and
Forker (152) all cite Peele’s Edward I, while Rowland cites The Massacre at Paris
and Tamburlaine (94). Yet Marlowe’s linking of Phaethon with Caesar constitutes
a virtual signature for the translator of Ovid and Lucan.
23. See Sanders 123. Thrice Holinshed describes Edward’s behaviour in
theatrical terms: Edward ‘counterfeited a kind of gravity ... ; forthwith he began
to play divers wanton and light parts’; ‘the king might spend both days and nights
in jesting, playing, banqueting’; and his revenging army is ‘more seemly for a
triumph’ (rpt. in Thomas and Tydeman 351, 352, 356).
24. On Mortimer’s theatricality, see Leech, Christopher Marlowe 127; and
Cartelli 133–4.
25. In his detailed list of Marlowe’s borrowings from his colleagues, Bakeless
excludes Spenser (2: 27–40). None the less, criticism has turned up several
borrowings (citations from the play differ from editor to editor; I cite Gill, ed.,
Plays, but give page numbers for other editions). Schoeneich identifies seven
borrowings (99–101), although only the first four look like probable echoes, and
only the second of real significance: (1) FQ I.vi.2 for Edward’s ‘wander to ... Inde’
at I.iv.50; (2) Mother Hubberds Tale 487–99 for Spencer’s courtly advice to Baldock
at II.i.31–43; (3) FQ II.i.10 for Edward’s ‘earth ... mother’ at III.ii.128; (4) FQ
III.ix.35 for Isabella’s ‘channel overflow with blood’ at IV.iv.12; (5) FQ II.ix.48 for
Edward’s ‘famous nursery of arts’ at IV.vi.17–19; (6) FQ III.ii.15 for Edward’s
‘gentle words might comfort me’ at V.i.5–6; and (7) FQ II.i.13 for Isabella’s
‘wrings his hands’ at V.vi.18. Steane glosses two passages with ‘the Spenser of The
Shepheardes Calender’ (208): II.iv.25–6 and II.ii.61–2. Both Godshalk (62) and
Zucker (169) find Acrasia, the Bower of Bliss, and Spenser’s idea of bestial
transformation in Gaveston’s dream of staging the Actaeon myth for Edward.
And G. Roberts compares Spenser’s use of Circe/Duessa at FQ I.viii.14 with
Marlowe’s use of Circe/Isabella at I.iv.170–4 (433–4). Among editors, W.D.
Briggs accepts the first four of Schoeneich’s seven borrowings (122–3, 134–5,
158–9, 171), cites Schoeneich 77 on the Spenserian origin of ‘Renowmed’ at
II.v.41 (151), mentions one incidental comparison (144), and introduces one
Machiavellian Policy and Ovidian Play in Edward II 131
substantial borrowing: FQ I.v.28 for ‘iron car’ at IV.iii.42–3 (171). Charlton and
Waller accept the borrowings of ‘Inde’ (89), ‘Renowmed’ (134), and ‘iron car’
(160–1), add one incidental comparison with Mother Hubberds Tale (136), a
potential borrowing of FQ III.i.39 for ‘Whilom’ at IV.vi.13, and another of
March 76 and FQ I.i.3 for ‘earns’ at IV.vi.70 (173), but then introduce one
borrowing of great significance: Teares of the Muses 210 for ‘deads the royal vine’
at III.ii.163 (146). Forker mentions Spenser twice, citing Charlton and Waller on
Teares 209–10 for ‘deads’ at III.ii.163; and Briggs on FQ I.v.28 for ‘iron car’ at
IV.iii.42–3. Finally, Rowland adds three Spenser origins: FQ IV.x.27 and III.xii.7
for ‘Hylas’ at I.i.43 (94); Virgils Gnat 339–44 on ‘Tisiphon’ at V.i.45 (119); and
FQ I.x.57 on ‘youngling’ at V.ii.109 (122). All told, Marlowe critics have turned
up around twenty potential borrowings from Spenser, with several significant
indeed. These figures are not definitive; Chad G. Hayton discovers two more
significant ones: FQ I.x.63:1–5 for IV.vi.17–23; and FQ I.xi.55: 8–9 for
IV.vi.19–22. These figures indicate that at the end of his dramatic career, as at the
beginning, Marlowe is contending with his first great precursor.
26. Speculation includes, in the 1928 words of Renwick, ‘the names of
Shakespeare, T. Wilson, Alabaster, and Sidney,’ as well as ‘Richard Tarlton,’
though Renwick rules out all of these, because none is ‘a writer of comedies’; he
introduces the possibility of George Gascoigne, who first translated Ariosto’s
comedy Suppositi (210). More recently, Oram sees Willy as Sidney (Oram et al.
277), while Maclean sees a more ‘plausible’ allusion to Lyly (182).
27. Oram thinks a later date likely—in the early ‘1590s’ (Oram et al. 263,
277n), and Maclean cites ‘Thalia’s lament and that of Euterpe’ as evidence of ‘at
least’ some late revision (182–3).
28. Rowland glosses Marlowe’s ‘deads’ also by referring to ‘Marivell’s “lively
spirits deaded quite” (Faerie Queene IV.iii.20)’ (III). He means Marinell, and the
line comes from canto xii. He could also have cited VI.vii.25. The peculiar usage
appears to have been a favourite of Spenser’s.
29. On the textual problem of Spenser’s ‘braunches,’ see Smith and de
Sélincourt 1: 520.
30. Thomson sees this principle working in ‘Shakespeare’s English history
plays’: ‘Among the courtiers who watched these in performance would have
been many descendants of the Knights and Earls who made up the dramatis
personae’ (28).
31. Spenser’s contemporaries used several epithets to describe him and his
poetry, but ‘sweet’ is especially recurrent. Citations with dates in the following
catalogue come from Cummings’s Critical Heritage volume: ‘sweete Facry
Queene’ (Gabriel Harvey [1592] 53); ‘sweete Poet’ (Harvey [1593] 55); ‘saith
most sweetely’ (William Webbe [1586] 56); ‘sweete brest’ (H.B. [1590] 64);
‘sweet hunnie vaine’ (Watson [1590] 70); ‘saith most sweetly’ (Francis Meres
132 Patrick Cheney
[1598] 96); ‘Sweete Spenser’ (John Weever [1600] 101); ‘A sweeter swan ...
sweetly of his Faiery Queene he song’ (anon., The Returne from Parnassus [1606]
116, 117); ‘sweet singer’ (Richard Niccols [1610] 124); and ‘sweet Spencer’
(William Browne [1616] 134). Among the list, Robert Salter’s note ‘Mr. Edmund
Spenser’ (1626) is historically perhaps the most important, since he transfers the
epithet from Spenser’s poetry to his person: ‘The great contentment I sometimes
enjoyed by his Sweete society, suffereth not this to passe me, without Respective
mention of so trew a friend’ (Cummings 146, n.). In his edition of Edward II,
Merchant reminds us that the 1594 edition spells the name ‘Spencer’ as
‘Spenser’: ‘There are some curious features in the speech-prefixes of the texts on
which the present edition is based ... SPENCER is spelt Spenser’ (5).
32. As noted, Schoeneich and others find Marlowe borrowing from Spenser
just a few lines before the ‘deads’ passage, when Edward speaks of ‘earth, the
common mother of us all’ (128); ef. FQ II.i.10: ‘earth, great mother of us all.’
Thus, within thirty-seven lines—between the ‘earth’ and ‘deads’ passages
(128–65)—we can detect four borrowings or allusions to Spenser, to which I shall
add two more, bringing the total to six, supplying overwhelming evidence that
Marlowe is concerned with Spenser in the ‘Spencer’ scene. As we shall see in
chapter 9, critics find Marlowe imitating the third Spenser passage in Doctor
Faustus. Further evidence emerges in Schoeneich’s discovery that Spencer’s
advice to Baldock to ‘cast the scholar off, / And learn to court it like a gentleman’
(II.i.31–2) borrows from Mother Hubberds Tale, when the Priest teaches the Fox
deception (488–99). Marlowe’s lines ‘making low legs to a nobleman, / Or
looking downward, with your eyelids close’ (38–9) resemble Spenser’s lines
‘look[ing] ... lowly on the ground, / And unto everie one doo curtesie meeke’
(498–9). See also Bredbeck: Marlowe’s Spencer ‘works through the channels of
orthodox monarchical power’ (73). In this light, Spencer looks to be a
photograph of the Spenser who privileges a nationhood of royal power. To
complicate things further. I observe that Marlowe’s portrait of the theatrical
Gaveston appears to be indebted to Spenser’s description of the first two
masquers in Busirane’s Masque of Cupid in FQ III.xii.7–8: ‘Fancy, like a lovely
boy’ and ‘amorous Desyre, / Who seemd of riper years, then th’other Swaine.’
As we have seen, Rowland cites the Hylas reference here for Marlowe’s Hylas,
and it is not hard to understand Marlowe’s attraction to this homoerotic passage.
Elsewhere, Sir John of Hainhalt’s comment on the game of bidding base, ‘We
will find comfort, money, men and friends / Ere long, to bid the English King a
base’ (IV.ii.66–7), may have an origin in the October eclogue, when Piers refers to
Cuddie’s poetic art: ‘In rymes, in ridles, and in bydding base’ (5). Spenser and
Marlowe are referring to the game of Prisoner’s base, ‘in which a player was safe
only so long as he remained at his base’ (Merchant 71; on Spenser, see Oram et
al. 171). Finally, it seems striking that Marlowe should twice refer
anachronistically to the St George legend: ‘St. George for England’ (III.iii.33,
35). Forker explains the ‘anachronism’: ‘St. George was not adopted as the
Machiavellian Policy and Ovidian Play in Edward II 133
patron saint of England until the reign of Edward III’ (233); as Merchant puts it,
‘This is Marlowe’s addition’ (65).
33. On Mortimer as a figure for the poet, see esp. McElroy 216, 218, 219.
34. Cf. Tyler: Mortimer’s ‘principal objection is that Gaveston is low-born (a
point stressed by Marlowe but not by his sources)’ (57). Voss suggests that
‘Gaveston, and later Spencer, come to represent a challenge to the traditional
hierarchy of birth which is the basis of the peers’ social position and the
backbone of the entire English state’ (520), but he does not recall that Edmund
Spenser repeatedly supports this hierarchy in The Faerie Queene.
35. See Sales on Proteus and acting (125–6). On Mortimer’s speech, see
Summers, Christopher Marlowe 166–7. Spenser had linked Proteus with the
theater through his portrait of the enchanter Archimago (FQ I.ii.10).
36. Poirier links this allegory with vogues in Elizabethan literature but
specifically to the one created by Lyly: ‘when he [Mortimer] describes the imprese
chosen by the noblemen, he refers to the custom of his own time and conforms
to the vogue of euphuism’ (187).
37. In this part of the scene, Mortimer repeatedly accuses Edward of
subjecting himself to literariness; see II. 156–9, 176–7, and 187–94.
38. Thurn sees ‘a perverse allegory of homosexual rape’ (‘Sovereignty,
Disorder’ 136); Bartels notes that Lightborn ‘smacks of allegory’ (158); and
Forker links Lightborn with the ’emblematic figure’ of ‘good and evil’ (88). H.
Levin originally suggested that ‘Lightborn’s name reveals ... “Lucifer”’ (101).
39. See Cartelli 133–4. Kocher, Christopher Marlowe, remarks: ‘the humor of
the play ... is summed up and made incarnate in Lightborn’ (291).
40. See Bredbeck: the spit ‘can be seen as an attempt to “write” onto him the
homoeroticism constantly ascribed to him’ (76).
M.C. BRADBROOK
1. A RT I F I C I A L C O M E D Y : LY LY
It is not merely because his work, alone among that of early dramatists, survives
in fair quantity and in good texts, that Lyly ranks beyond the other comic authors
of his day. The plays are still actable, though not often acted.1 In his own time
their significance as a foundation for other men to build upon established them
with the poems of Sidney and Spenser. Lyly set a standard, and shaped a model;
and his limitations were part of his achievement.
Vigour was the chief virtue of early Elizabethan comedy; what was needed
was a strong infusion of order and of grace. This was Lyly’s gift, and it came to
him in part from the Court Revels.
Since Lyly’s plays partook of the peculiar intimacy of the Revels, he could
afford coolness and the reserve of his elaborate style. In revels and masques,
actors and audience were literally joint performers for both took part in the final
dances, and the chief spectators were often reflected in the slight story which
served to support the spectacle and musical shows. Masque was the Elizabethan
From The Growth and Structure of Elizabethan Comedy. © 1955 by Chatto & Windus.
135
136 M.C. Bradbrook
form of cabaret; the plays of Lyly, deputy master of the Children of St. Paul’s,
might be described as a cross between a floor show and a prize-day recitation.
The plays, however, as Professor Harbage has observed,3 are not masques,
but were intended to give the feeling of court entertainment to a wider public—
though they were written with a special eye to complimenting Elizabeth. If some
of the older theories on their ‘inner meaning’ now appear far-fetched, there is no
doubt that at least Sapho and Phao, Endimion, and Midas had such significance.
Like Euphues, the work on which their author’s reputation was chiefly based, the
plays also provided a model of elegant speech, and a mirror of manners. The
appeal is to a critical and selected few. Negations and prohibitions are important;
there is no fighting, no excitement, and no true love, but only wooing games.
There is likewise no broad jesting; Lyly, alone among Elizabethan playwrights,
observed decorum in the modern as well as the older sense.
The organization of Lyly’s comedy depends on the symmetrical grouping
of parts; the fable often seems a chess-play with animated chessmen. His role
dictates the way in which any one character can move; none can modify, but
metamorphosis, like the taking of a piece, transforms the pattern.4 Women are
turned into trees, birds, stones, monsters—ruled by the planets—constrained by
the charms of a sorceress, or controlled by an old wise-woman. It is a world in
which the rules of movement are fixed, but the powers governing them work
arbitrarily. So, in real life, a courtier’s role was fixed; his fate depended on luck
and the uncertain temper of the great. The debate between Concord and
Discord in The Woman in the Moon might apply to any of the plays; it is resolved
by the goddess Nature, in a truly Lucretian fashion.
life. But variety and control in language, and order in construction, were
essentials which the drama had hitherto lacked, and these Lyly supplied.
Learning joins with old wives’ tales; jargon and proverbs with a clear central
norm of speech. The earlier plays such as Sapho and Phao and Endimion, interlace
two or three stories very loosely: the characters are hardly connected, and the
plays fall into a succession of long tirades. Midas and Campaspe are Ovidian
Romances in dramatic form; but the chatter of witty page-boys, riddles, jests, and
songs break up their monotony of style. In Love’s Metamorphosis and Gallathea,
which are even more Ovidian, the extraordinary predicaments of the disguised
and transformed lovers produce logical dilemmas: the fable now predominates.
Even the clowns of Gallathea and the familiar setting on the banks of Humber do
not destroy the play’s artifice; the pace quickens, moving towards fantasy and
farce. In the last plays, Mother Bombie and The Woman in the Moon, lovers, clowns,
and pages are strongly contrasted in speech; the writing is richer and more varied
than before. There is much more boisterous jesting: Pandora, compared with
Midas, is made ridiculous by her transformation. Elegant courtly love is thrust
into the background.
Lyly indeed always treats love as a disease which transforms, captivates, and
makes its victims absurd. Though inescapable, it is really preposterous. Even
when they are taken as models of elegant speech and correct sentiment, the
lovers attract no sympathy. Endimion and The Woman in the Moon are the only
plays to satirize women; yet Lyly always supplies the poison and antidote, Amor
and Remedium Amoris, together. In his prologues he displays a diffident irony
about his own intentions and, perhaps not altogether truthfully, disclaims all
purpose of bestowing a shape upon the fancies of his audience.
This obbligato continues for another fifty lines. In its irony and not quite
trustworthy assumption of worldliness it may be compared with the attitude of
Congreve’s Angelica or Wilde’s Mrs Allonby.
She that marries a fool, Sir Sampson, forfeits the reputation of her
honesty or understanding: and she that marries a very witty man is a
slave to the severity and insolent conduct of her husband. I should
like a man of wit for a lover, because I would have such a one in my
power; but I would no more be his wife, than his enemy. For his
malice is not a more terrible consequence of his aversion, than his
jealousy is of his love.
Love for Love, 5, 2
There are later Elizabethan plays which have something of the wit and
sparkle of Lyly, such as Humour out of Breath: there are others which have only a
comparable symmetry, such as The Wit of a Woman:7 but there are none which
combine so gracefully an artificial form and a clear governing intention. Lyly,
however, scarcely achieves full drama: the plays remain dramatic recitative. Each
type of character has its appropriate speech, which is shared with the others of
the group. The pages’ retorts could be interchanged, as the lovers change their
identity or even their sex, or as the gods turn mortal and reassume godhead.
Constancy in change, unity in contrast, is the governing structural principle: yet
in the final plays there is an approach towards popular form. In Mother Bombie,
the setting is Rochester, and there is good store of homely proverbs: the play is
cut to the English Plautine pattern of Gammer Gurton’s Needle rather than the
Italian Plautine of The Comedy of Errors. All the characters are countrified, and
the theme is Crabbed Age and Youth.
2. P O P U L A R C O M E D Y : P E E L E , G R E E N E , N A S H E
Lyly at last approached popular drama: the ‘merriness’ of ‘old Mother Bombie’
became almost proverbial. Meanwhile, the men’s companies were putting on
plays which embodied much more directly the old traditions of the romances,
whether saints’ lives or tales of wandering knights.11 Peele and Greene are the
two authors most definitely associated with the attempt to raise popular comedy
towards a simple form of art; the one a Londoner, son of the clerk to Christ’s
Hospital, the other the son of a Norwich saddler, both had reached the
Universities, and therefore wrote themselves gentlemen. In their comedies, a
variety of experiments proclaimed that comic form was as yet but inchoate. Yet
comedy, though fluid, was not amorphous. The work of these men was in a
common style which makes it impossible with any confidence to assign an exact
contribution to each, and the popular comedy of the eighties is best considered
as a whole. The shadowy contribution of Nashe, and the yet more shadowy one
of Lodge12 still leave several plays unfathered. A number were ascribed to
Shakespeare, including the most popular of all, Mucedorus. These were comedies
belonging at the time of publication to Shakespeare’s own company; they reflect,
however faintly, the popular view of Shakespeare’s work; and they place him,
where he was placed by Webster, in the line that leads from Peele and Greene to
Dekker and Heywood.
In the most shapeless and primitive of such popular plays, Greene’s Orlando
Furioso, some foreshadowings of Shakespeare may be found. Less a gallimaufry
than a farrago, this play has often been dismissed as hopelessly corrupt: yet
within the popular kind it has a unity of its own—the unity of an old wives’ tale.
Orlando is a ‘wandering knight’ [2, 1, 638], one of the Twelve Peers of
Charlemagne, and these worthies appear in the final scene, when the disguised
Orlando fights with three of them before he is recognized as the man they seek.
In the opening scene a parade of monarchs from the four corners of the earth
appears to woo Angelica, with pompous Marlovian terms that in each case
conclude with the same modest vaunt:
His madness is induced by the wicked Sacrapant’s hanging elegies and love
poems upon the trees of the grove, which suggest that his lady is unfaithful: it is
Shakespeare’s Inheritance 141
not as close to As You Like It as the opening scene is to the stately wooing of the
Lady of Belmont. When her rejected suitors make war upon Angelica’s father,
and Orlando in the disguise of a poor soldier appears to win the day and to effect
Angelica’s rescue, as she is about to be executed at the demand of the peers of
France, there seems to be a yet more distant glimpse of Posthumous and the sons
of Cymbeline. The madness of Orlando, which leads to a good deal of low
comedy, is finally dissolved by an unexplained Good Fairy who, appearing in the
disguise of a poor old woman, charms him asleep with her wand and proceeds to
recite her spell in Greene’s best Latin. Orlando himself breaks into Italian, but
only in the height of his madness. He beats the clowns, leads an army equipped
with spits and dripping-pans to victory, and as a climax enters dressed like a poet,
prepared to storm both heaven and hell, comparing himself to Hercules and
Orpheus.
This attempt to unite old fairy tales with an Italian plot, scraps of Latin and
Italian learning, Spenser, and the fashionable Ariosto, is held together by stage
devices, such as the procession of kings—Orlando’s rivals—at the beginning, and
the combats of the Twelve Peers—his companions—at the end. It has been made
without any ambition to impose a general design. The natural harmony lies in
the kind, which is the fairy-tale;13 in Lyly, this had been the minor ingredient and
the Italianate form had predominated. Here the naïve attempt to put in
something for everybody is justified only by the literal treatment of Lyly’s
theme—Love’s Madness. This binds the play together and distinguishes it from
such utterly shapeless monstrosities as The Cobbler’s Prophecy. But it is still very
close to the old romance.
The magician Sacrapant from Orlando mingles with The Golden Ass and
legends of the English countryside in Peele’s Old Wives’ Tale, but here, as the title
suggests, there is a greater degree of critical consciousness. The play has indeed
been sometimes taken as a parody upon the kind of Orlando Furioso: but more
modern critics have recognized its genuine ‘dream quality’, its ‘fairy-like
atmosphere of enchantments and transformation’.14 In his earlier court play, The
Arraignement of Paris, Peele had experimented in the adaptation of masque to
drama: here he presented a series of riddles, shows, and songs, beautifully and
subtly set in the humble frame of a cottage kitchen. Three benighted revellers
are sheltered by Madge, the Old Wife whose tale forms the main play.
of disguises, false spectres, and actions at cross-purpose which sustain the efforts of
two Welsh princes to win their brides are so breathlessly crowded upon each other,
that the effect is less like a poet’s dream than a drunkard’s double vision.
The patriotic note is most firmly struck in George-a-Greene the Pinner of
Wakefield, where all the characters from the centenarian Musgrove to the infant
Ned-a-Barley are aflame with heroism: George-a-Greene himself conquers the
rebels single-handed, fights a bout with Robin Hood, and lives to feast the king,
who in turn honours the Shoemakers of Bradford. In this play the characters
have a solidity perfectly in keeping with the lively but well-planned action. There
are a number of minor episodes, where the strength, fidelity, and true love of
George are shown in turn. Bettris, his love, defines her role ballad-wise in the
third speech she makes:
At the end of the play, George refuses a knighthood from the king, preferring to
live a yeoman as he was born. Sturdy preference for kind hearts rather than
coronets is typical of Comical History as a whole, and is always endorsed by the
king, who himself relaxes among his subjects, in the style that Shakespeare
revives for Henry V on the field of Agincourt.
The fashion of the Comical History was now almost completed. A king or
prince revelling and giving his friendship to a particular craft, or a particular
town: a strong love interest and a popular hero, magic and horseplay, songs and
shows. The Shoemakers’ Holiday descends from George-a-Greene, as The Merry
Devil of Edmonton does from Friar Bacon and Friar Bungay.
A simple definition of comedy is given in the Induction to the popular
success Mucedorus, where the figure of Comedy is opposed by Envy, who
promises in the play martial exploits, severed legs and arms, and the cries of many
thousands slain. It sounds indeed as if Envy had originally been Tragedy.
Comedy replies:
At the end, this Demon King owns himself defeated by the Fairy Queen, and
144 M.C. Bradbrook
indeed the play contains nothing more daunting than a bear, which the hero slays
as easily as Shakespeare’s Orlando slays his lion. Prince Mucedorus is disguised as
a shepherd for this feat; in his later disguise of a hermit he slays a cannibal by a
cunning device to win his faithful princess Amadine. The clown falls over bottles
of hay, runs away with a pot of ale, and keeps up a set of merriments, as well as
making all the mistakes possible to the servant of the only villainous character in
the piece. This pretty little romance, played before King James by Shakespeare’s
company, was printed more frequently than any other play of the time. It received
additions, apparently at the time of the Poets’ War, when Envy was given a poetic
ally, a figure shaped in the likeness of Envy-Macilente from Every Man Out of his
Humour—that is, Ben Jonson, the only begetter of the new satiric comedy.16
Mucedorus, boldly attributed in the third Quarto of 1610 to William Shakespeare,
relies simply on the ancient formula of true-love, disguise, wanderings in search
of adventure, and ‘such conceits as clownage keeps in pay’.
Transplanted into the hall of a great house, and exposed to the criticism of
a learned audience, popular comedy dissolved into pageant. Nashe’s Summer’s
Last Will and Testament, coming at the very end of this early season of comedy, is
more like Spenser’s procession of the months than it is like a full-fledged play.
Spring with his morris dancers and songs –
—may play the prodigal, but such figures as Solstice, Orion the Hunter, Bacchus,
and Harvest, though they appear in sequence, have none of the dramatic vitality
which rules the disorder of The Old Wives’ Tale. At far too great length, all the
seasons are condemned; Summer makes his will to the sound of the dirge
Only in the figure of Will Summers, King Henry VIII’s jester, who provides the
Induction and acts as critic, can true dramatic energy be found. Will emphasizes
the artificiality of the whole masque: he addresses the actors and tells them how
to behave, jeers at their speeches and their roles, mocks the author, and appeals
Shakespeare’s Inheritance 145
even to the prompter. The voice is that of Nashe himself; it is recognizable even
as he comes in, pulling on his fool’s coat ‘but now brought me out of the laundry’.
Here can be seen the first germ of the new critical comedy that appeared only
after the great interregnum, of which this play, performed in October 1592 in the
seclusion of Croydon, the Archbishop of Canterbury’s country house, is a sharp
memento. For, at the end of summer, in September 1592, the old order of
comedy had come to an end. The Council declared a state of emergency. The
plague had struck London: and all theatres were closed. For two long years the
players tramped the countryside, acting among the simpler audiences such
versions of the London repertories as they could collect. Companies broke, plays
were allowed into print; and more important, playwrights disappeared. Marlowe
was killed: Greene died theatrically cursing the players: Peele had sunk into
illness and was to end by piteously appealing for charity to the deaf ears of Lord
Burleigh: Lyly, in his poor lodging within the precincts of St Bartholomew’s
Hospital, was surrounded by brawling washerwomen and plague-struck inmates:
Nashe took refuge first with the Archbishop of Canterbury at Croydon, then in
the Isle of Wight with the Hunsdons: and Lodge, who in a later visitation of the
plague, as practising physician, was driven to protest against the quacks who
battened upon misery, went for a second voyage sailing the coasts of South
America with Thomas Cavendish. None of these returned to the writing of plays.
3. T H E S H A K E S P E A R E A N S Y N T H E S I S
The years 1592–4 mark a crucial turning-point in the history of the Elizabethan
theatre. The one playwright who returned to London when at last the Council
relaxed their ban was Shakespeare. At the first tentative opening performances of
his company in June 1594, four plays were given: Esther and Ashuarus, Hamlet,
Titus Andronicus, and The Taming of a Shrew. These plays were staged far out on
the Surrey side, at Newington Butts, a mile beyond Southwark, and after ten days
the company departed for their summer tour of the provinces. But hardly had the
company returned than theatre building began, and by now not only Henslowe,
but also such respectable citizens as Francis Langley, goldsmith by trade and
member of the Drapers’ livery, began to invest in a splendid new building. It was
named the Swan, and stood in Southwark, for in his capacity as citizen and Draper
of London it behoved Francis Langley to oppose playacting. Meanwhile, under the
eyes of disapproving citizens, something very like two new livery companies
emerged. The Chamberlain’s Men at the Theatre and the Globe, the Admiral’s
Men at the Rose and the Fortune, were ahead of all competitors in talent, wealth,
and popularity. The one company was led by Burbage, the other by Alleyn: both
catered for mixed audiences of courtiers, citizens, and foreign visitors. The Earl of
Worcester’s Men came in a very poor third.
The two leading companies offered very different conditions to
playwrights. It is from the date of his association with the Chamberlain’s Men
146 M.C. Bradbrook
that Shakespeare emerges clearly into greatness. He was their chief writer, a full
shareholder; this gave him stability and security; his great series of comedies and
histories followed.
Those playwrights who wrote for the Admiral’s Men were not in so happy
a case. Henslowe, the financier, Alleyn’s father-in-law, drove them hard, and they
had no voice in the production. About half a dozen authors collaborated, cut
down, rewrote, and expanded old plays. Speed was essential. Shakespeare
produced two plays a year: Dekker and Heywood each produced about one a
month. Their company billed one new play almost every week. The Admiral’s
kept to the older, simpler style of plot based on legend, folkstory, chronicle, and
broadsheet. Later they became Prince Henry’s Men, and after his death they
soon broke. The kind of tradition they represented had had its day by 1612. The
King’s Men, as the Chamberlain’s had now become, developed new interests at
their private theatre, the New Blackfriars; but with Shakespeare’s retirement they
too had reached the end of an era. The period 1594–1616, the most important
phase in English dramatic history, is one in which the old and the new, the
traditional and the critical forms of drama grew into each other and through each
other. This covers the span of Shakespeare’s working life; it is also a period of
unparalleled general fertility.
Before the interregnum, Shakespeare appears to have been the Johannes
Factotum that Greene so angrily berated. His Lancastrian historics were popular
enough; but some of his plays were even more artificial than Lyly’s. If Egeon of
The Comedy of Errors is to us a little too tragic for the Plautine tradition, he is no
more so than the heroes of the learned Richard Edwards’ Damon and Pithias, a
play which Shakespeare evidently knew.17 The elegance of the youthful
Shakespeare’s work is that of one who aspired to learning, and who inclined
towards the great for patronage. After two years of trudging the roads,
Shakespeare returned to sink his own interests in those of his company, and to
become the poet of A Midsummer Night’s Dream and Romeo and Juliet, plays of
lyric beauty and low comedy wherein it is no longer possible to distinguish
separate strands of the older kinds of play, for Shakespeare is here creating his
own. These two plays are as original in form as his English history.18 A tragedy
which is based on the officially ‘comical’ and lowly subject of the loves of two
private persons, and a May Game which is also artificial, are hybrids. Whether
Shakespeare preferred acting to playwriting, as Saladin Schmitt has suggested, or
whether he kept his roots in the little Warwickshire town where his family
dwelt,19 he remained a popular writer. If Mucedorus were wrongfully ascribed to
him, he was capable, even at the end of his career, of refashioning that symbol of
barbarity, Pericles, to his own ends. His plastic mind, absorbing and transforming
the whole comic tradition as it had evolved up to that time,
NOTES
1. Campaspe has been beautifully produced at Redlands School, Bristol.
2. Enid Welsford, The Court Masque (1927), p. 281.
3. Alfred Harbage, Shakespeare and the Rival Traditions (New York, 1952), p.
81.
4. Cf. below, Chapter VI, p. 79. On the physical level, Lyly clearly made full
use of the resources of his stage. See, for examples, Richard Southern, The Open
Stage, p. 110.
5. In this way, the sonnet form replaced the medieval religious allegory, in
which almost any subject social, personal, or theoretical could be incorporated. It
could also, of course, decorously conceal a particular story which might be far
from decorous. The interpretations of Lyly’s Endimion includes possible stories
of bloodshed and adultery; my own interpretation of The Women in the Moon
would link it with the story of Sir Henry Lee and his beautiful but flighty
mistress, Anne Vere.
6. These three authors represent the purest artificial comedy of the English
stage; it will be noticed that each of their three speeches comes from a woman,
and that in Congreve and Wilde, while the romantic values are permitted
ostensibly to triumph, neither the sermons of the reformed Angelica nor of the
equally angelic Woman of No Importance can be compared with the tartness and
vitality with which love is mocked.
7. For Humour out of Breath, see below, p. 170: it is about ten years later than
Lyly and from Whitefriars. The Wit of a Woman is an early Jacobean play: the
company is unknown. Its symmetry is of a much simpler kind: a quartet of girls,
a quartet of young lovers, and a quartet of amorous old fathers, on the Plautine
model. ‘It is plotted like a catch’, as K. M. Lea observes.
8. Compare the immaturity of Campaspe:
Sylvius: Dost thou believe that there are any gods, that thou art so
dogged?
Diogenes: I needs must believe there are gods: for I think thee an
enemy to them.
Sylvius: Why so?
148 M.C. Bradbrook
Diogenes: Because thou has taught one of thy sons to rule his legs
and not to follow learning; the other to bend his body every way and
his mind no way.
Perim: Thou dost nothing but snarl and bite like a dog.
Diogenes: It is the next way to drive away a thief.
5.1.18–29.
9. Cf. below, Chapter VI, p. 78, and above, Chapter IV, p. 47. Lyly is the
only English comic writer mentioned by Ben Jonson in his tribute to
Shakespeare prefixed to the First Folio—except Chaucer.
10. T.S. Eliot, “Tradition and the Individual Talent’ (Selected Prose, ed.
Hayward, p. 25).
11. For tales of wandering knights, cf. Chapter II, note 1. The list of lost
plays of the seventies and early eighties in Alfred Harbage, Shakespeare and the
Rival Traditions, pp. 61–62, contains many names which suggest such themes. See
also the reading of Captain Cox (Chapter II, note 10).
12. Nashe, son of a clergyman, was at St. John’s College, Cambridge, with
the other East Anglian, Greene. Lodge was the son of a Lord Mayor of London,
and eventually became a landed squire himself. Only one drama by Nashe
survives, and none entirely by Lodge; both collaborated in one or two other
plays, but their dramatic gifts were negligible.
12a. The plot is that of Italian tragicomedy; it is roughly the same as that of
W. Taylor, The Hog hath lost his Pearl.
13. See the Life of Peele by R. Horne, Works, ed. C.T. Prouty, Yale, 1952, vol.
I, p. 90.
14. Peele’s city pageants with the nymphs, soldiers, etc. resemble nothing so
much as an animated Albert Memorial. The Collection of Merry Jests of George
Peele, most of which are old stories, may be compared with the more famous
Hundred Merry Tales (cf Benedick’s taunt, Much Ado About Nothing, 2.1.134), or
the Book of Riddles (Merry Wives of Windsor, 1.1.229), both aids to
conversation much favoured by dull wooers.
15. Mucedorus was first issued in 1598, but belongs to the earlier decade. The
third Quarto contains the addition at the end of the final exchange of Comedy
and Envy which forms part of the War of the Theatres, and seems to be directed
against Jonson. Since it emanated from Shakespeare’s company, and
Shakespeare’s name was first associated with the enlarged play, this could have
been the purge which he is said to have administered to Jonson. See below,
Chapter VII, p. 101.
16. The thrice three Muses mourning for the death of Learning late deceased
in Beggary (Midsummer Night’s Dream, 5.2.52–53) appear in this play mourning
for the imminent death of Pithias. See Chapter IV, p. 50. Egeon’s adventures
with his two sons remind me faintly of the story of that lost play of ‘Placy Dacy’
Shakespeare’s Inheritance 149
(St. Eustace) which Manly discusses (see note 11 above) and which was given at
Braintree, where Udall was vicar in 1534. Egeon is, however, derived from that
medieval storehouse, Gower’s Confessio Amantis.
17. For the idea that Shakespeare invented the English History see F.P.
Wilson, Marlowe and the Early Shakespeare, Oxford 1953, pp. 106–108.
18. Cf. Chapter IV, p. 53. For Schmidt see note 19 to Chapter IV.
Shakespeare lived in lodgings throughout his London career, whereas all the
other established actors led highly domestic lives. Indeed, without a household
in which a boy could be received, it was impossible for an actor to take a
‘prentice.
19. Janet Spens, Elizabethan Drama, 1922 p. 32. Miss Spens lays great stress
on Shakespeare’s debt to festival games and the popular tradition in general. See
the chapter ‘Munday and the Apocrypha’. Munday wrote for the rival company,
the Admiral’s.
PA U L J . V O S S
From Elizabethan News Pamphlets: Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser and the Birth of Journalism. ©
2001 by Duquesne University Press.
151
152 Paul J. Voss
M A R L O W E ’ S N AVA R R E
On 1 August 1589, a Jacobin friar named Jacques Clément assassinated King
Henry III of France.2 Accounts of the assassination reached England quickly.3
Some time after the murder, Christopher Marlowe began writing The Massacre at
Paris, in which he dramatizes the murder and depicts Henry III, despite a
warning from his minion Epernon, receiving the assassin-friar without concern:
In answer, the friar stabs the king.5 As Henry III dies, he names Henry of
Navarre as his heir. The king curses his enemies and asks Navarre to avenge his
death. His final words reflect the bitterness and anger caused by the extended
civil wars of religion:
Julia Briggs notes a potential irony in the oath for “those in the know.” In reality,
Henry III did not praise Elizabeth, England, or Protestantism, and he did not
plead for vengeance against Rome, but urged instead Navarre’s conversion to
Catholicism.6 Despite the (rather significant) departure, Marlowe’s play, written
and performed in England at a time when thousands of English soldiers traveled
across the channel to assist the beleaguered king, ushered in a brief but intense
literary preoccupation with French current affairs and the captivating personality
of Navarre.
Before dying, Marlowe’s Henry III gives one final set of instructions,
coupled with a hopeful prayer, to Navarre and his lords:
The hopes of the fictional Henry III notwithstanding, the reign of Henry of
Bourbon, King Henry IV of France, began with bloodshed and war. In printed
poems, news quartos, ballads, and on the stage, Navarre was indeed the “valiant
prince” to English audiences. In Marlowe’s play, Henry III dies shortly after his
pronouncement, allowing Navarre to stand alone as the hope for a new future
in France and a symbol of stronger ties with England. Indeed, in the
“unfortunate theater” of real-life France,7 a France not recreated in Marlowe’s
play, a renewed cycle of bloodshed and death involved England much more
intimately than previous conflicts. Wars between the competing factions were
frequent and bloody for the next three years. Thousands of soldiers lost their
lives in battle, families were torn apart, and great cities were destroyed. In
England, these dramatic events, presented in Marlowe’s play and performed at
the Rose theater, also found expression in the compelling narratives of the
Elizabethan news quartos.
About eight months after Henry of Navarre became the king of France, two
friars attempted to assassinate the new monarch. Although this attack resembles
that against Henry III in a number of ways, including the involvement of friars, the
resolutions do not. A news quarto reports the thwarted attempt against Henry IV:
And his grace, being setled in his lodging, espied in the chamber of
presence three men walking in the habit of gentlemen, whome hee
knew not, but his hart gave him that they were not his friends ...
These men being uppon the sodaine thus examined not knowing
what to answer, kept such a faultering in their wordes, that therby
they were suspected of evill, and their countenance declared ... where
154 Paul J. Voss
He must have been well acquainted with the political and religious
turmoil in France in this period. He was, in short, well qualified to
write a play dealing with events so contemporary that, within two
months of his death, its ending was to be overtaken by the final irony
of Henry of Navarre’s conversion to Catholicism in order to claim
the throne of France.11
The Massacre, the first and only extant French chronicle history play of
Elizabethan England, deviates from the conventions of English chronicle history
plays in significant ways.12 Unlike other chronicle history plays, the “chronicle”
used by Marlowe was not finished: the refashioning of France literally remained
a work in progress. So while Hall and Holinshed present a largely unchanging
pre-Tudor history for dramatists to adapt and recreate, a history of people long
deceased and events long concluded, the fluid history of France remained a
Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Fictive Navarre 155
moving, unpredictable subject for both playwright and audience, a perfect study
for a mercurial and unpredictable playwright like Marlowe.
This poses an intriguing question. Why was Marlowe the only Elizabethan
playwright to employ contemporary French history for dramatic purposes?
Hundreds of news quartos, ballads, essays, and commissioned prayers, not to
mention the thousands of English soldiers who traveled across the Channel,
demonstrate a prevailing, near-obsessive, interest in the French civil wars of
religion. Yet Marlowe alone incorporated, without camouflage or allegory of any
type, the religious and political turmoil of France into tragedy. The conspicuous
absence of any additional surviving plays covering such a compelling subject
suggests that adapting contemporary political affairs into a play carried potential
for conflict and was perhaps best avoided. Marlowe’s daring and fearlessness, so
clearly exhibited in Dr. Faustus and Tamburlaine, take on another dimension in
The Massacre.
Unfortunately, the only surviving edition of The Massacre raises many more
questions about Marlowe’s dramatic art than it answers. The corrupt version of
the play, likely a memorial reconstruction, compresses seventeen years of French
history into about 1250 lines of verse.13 Curiously, such a short play requires a
large number of actors. According to Scott McMillin, the play calls for 20
different speaking parts in the first 500 lines alone; only seven extant plays from
the period call for more.14 The garbled state of the undated octavo hinders both
poetical and rhetorical evaluations, but still allows for an analysis of a
contemporary English understanding of French history.15 As many scholars
note, the play as printed divides into two sections. Scenes 1–12 depict the St.
Bartholomew’s Day Massacre of 1572 and scenes 13–24 present events from
1587, concluding with the murder of Henry III in August of 1589. Marlowe
obviously wrote the play after August 1589 and prior to his own death on 30
May 1593.
Based upon extant records, The Massacre was an extremely popular play
when first performed. The Lord Strange’s Men initially performed the play at the
Rose Theater in January 1593. McMillan believes that this company “courted
controversy and sensation more willingly than any other company of the 1580s
and 1590s.” The Lord Strange’s Men often staged “drastic plays—drastic in
dramaturgy and in political boldness, for they seize on controversial subjects and
vivify them with new techniques of stagecraft that could not help but draw
crowds.”16 This strategy obviously worked well with the intended audience.
According to H. S. Bennett, although an outbreak of the plague closed the
theaters a few days after the initial performance, the play grossed 3 pounds, 4
shillings, the highest of the season and nearly three times the average taking.17
Given the extraordinary interest in the French wars and the attractiveness of the
charismatic Navarre, this popularity, and the Lord Strange’s willingness to stage
the play, can be expected. Indeed it is odd that such an important and high profile
turn of events did not spawn more plays.18
156 Paul J. Voss
Like the real war across the channel, the action quickly turns bloody in
The Massacre. Marlowe uses a variety of means, including poisoning, strangling,
shooting, and stabbing, to effect 18 murders on stage. The deaths include the
infamous slaughter of French Huguenots (witnessed by Sir Philip Sidney), the
assassination of Henry, Duke of Guise, and the assassination of King Henry III,
all of which occur prior to the accession of Henry of Navarre. Most of these
events were reported in varying detail in both French and English pamphlets,
and Marlowe obviously followed the events with interest. Penny Roberts argues
that “Marlowe’s depiction of events in France remains surprisingly true to the
historical record” while it “acts as both a lesson and a warning to monarchs of the
consequences of their actions.”19 Paul H. Kocher also traces the influence the
early pamphlet literature had on Marlowe’s play. Kocher suggests that Marlowe,
in constructing his plot, “kept quite close to the facts of French history as the
Protestants understood them.” Kocher estimates that 50 pamphlets were written
prior to Marlowe’s death in 1593, but he makes no distinction between the
political essay and the news quarto, or between French and English pamphlets.
However, Kocher implies that Marlowe read the English versions, which were
universally pro-Protestant, rather than the French pamphlets, many written by
supporters of the Catholic League.20
Julia Briggs questions Kocher’s analysis and his reading of the play as a
piece of blatant Protestant propaganda. Briggs believes the play treats the
murder of the Duke of Guise, the most visible member of the Catholic League
prior to his death, with greater sympathy than acknowledged by Kocher. Briggs
rejects reading the play solely as a polemical harangue directed at Rome. She
contrasts the various acts of bloodshed between the Catholic and Protestant
factions: “The rabid attacks on Catholics, Rome, and the Pope with which the
play ends rather resemble a compulsive reopening of unhealed wounds than a
pious manifesto for the future.”21 Debora Shuger agrees, arguing that “the
Protestants are either helpless victims of prelatical malice or, in Coligny’s case,
no less cruel than their Romanist adversaries. As in the passion narratives, both
villains and heroes deconstruct into interchangeable victims and avengers.”22
Indeed, to an audience in 1594, whether Protestant or Catholic, the cruel
murders of the Huguenots, the Duke of Guise, and Henry III must have seemed
in vain, for France once again served a Catholic king. Despite considerable
bloodshed, the promise of a new France was momentarily thwarted.
Clearly, contemporary French history taught, warned, and informed
English readers and theatergoers; English thinkers urge others to learn from the
French conflict.23 One contemporary document expresses just this belief: “The
afflictions of France, may be Englands looking glasses, and their neglect of peace,
our continuall labour and studie how to preserve it.”24 In 1594, Robert Persons
also cautioned that England might suffer from civil strife similar to France’s after
Elizabeth’s death.25 The pages of the quartos continually use the crisis in France
as an example for the English nation to avoid. Taken together, the warnings and
Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Fictive Navarre 157
cautionary tales juxtapose France and England in revealing ways. Many quartos
begin with a brief homily against rebellion and disobedience. Authors frequently
cite the miseries of Paris as effects of disobedience: “I coulde doe no lesse but lay
it open to the view of the whole worlde that all the Cities in Christendome may
take example by the same, and feare hereafter to attempt the like inhumane,
unnatural, and most ungodly actions.”26
Marlowe’s use of French history in The Massacre, while direct, causes some
confusion. It is quite clear, however, that Marlowe emphasizes Navarre’s vow.
The play, in fact, begins and ends with an oath spoken by Navarre. The initial
oath, Navarre’s marriage vows with Margaret, sister of then French King Charles
IX, provides historical context and perhaps a bit of irony given the notorious
philandering of Navarre.27 Charles begins the play by calling attention to the
ceremony:
in the French wars, not to mention the hundreds of printed texts describing the
convoluted political scene, the names were undoubtedly familiar to most
Elizabethans: King of Navarre (Henry not Ferdinand); Berowne (Armand de
Gontant, Marshall Biron); Longaville (Henry of Orleans, the Duke of
Longueville); Dumain (Charles of Lorraine, the Duke of Mayenne); Marcade
(the Duke of Mercoeur); Boyet (Boyset, leader of the Huguenot forces).
Allusions to a Holofernes, often dismissed as merely a stock character, also
appear in tracts about Navarre, Mayenne, and the French civil war.38 Both
Navarre and Mayenne received considerable exposure in the quartos. Biron,
described as “that valiant soldier & honorable man at armes,” and Longaville also
appeared in numerous quartos and other sources.39 Scholars have long
recognized the contemporary origins of the names, but few fully plausible
explanations have been put forth.
Historical studies based upon source materials were once quite common.
While Geoffrey Bullough’s work remains valuable, such studies now appear
infrequently, and some scholars discredit the attempts.40 Recently, however,
source studies have once again appeared. Graham Bradshaw, for example, states
that looking at departures from source material can lead to very productive
questions, which may lead to equally productive answers: “Noticing such
departures can alert us to things in the play we had not noticed, and common
sense suggests that they can provide a guide to dramatic intentions ... not to what
we must think, but to what we are being given to think about.”41 Bradshaw’s
prudent remarks illustrate what is already accepted. Shakespeare often borrowed
plots, characters, even entire passages from sources like Plutarch, Holinshed, and
Ovid. Recognizing such borrowings and significant departures, additions, and
omissions, offers a door into the mind of the dramatist. Yet such doors may close
as well as open understanding. Recognition and proper appreciating of a topical
allusion stands as a double-edged sword.
David Bevington, and more recently Richard Levin, notes the dangerous
excesses that plague many source studies and topical readings. Bevington
chronicles the “inglorious” history and often misplaced efforts of such literary
detective work.42 Equating dramatic characters with historical personages,
whose identities can be determined only by unraveling mysterious clues and
subtle allusions, too often produces a tangled web of suspect value. The evidence
collected by Frances Yates in A Study of Love’s Labour’s Lost, while impressive,
serves as a reminder of the dangers of too exact a topical reading. Yates creates a
labyrinth of allusions and allegories, finding exact historical analogues to all
characters and events in the play. Yates begins with the assumption that
“Shakespeare, as a topical dramatist, is always indirect and subtle, never obvious
and crude.”43 As Bevington points out, this assumption, while demanding an
equally indirect and subtle modus operandi, creates a host of problems. Moreover,
such a method asserts, curiously, that the names actually given by Shakespeare to
the characters, apparently too “obvious and crude,” are less meaningful than
162 Paul J. Voss
names not actually present in the drama, names uncovered only through diligent
study. The search for mysterious topicalities, still with mixed results,
continues.44
Levin also cites common problems associated with “a more prominent
branch of the old historicism known as topicalism, which tries to show that a
literary work is designed to allude to actual people or events of the time that are
not presented in it.” Levin demonstrates a major flaw in the numerous
attribution studies. Simple enumeration, merely finding all the positive
similarities between, say, Polonius and Lord Burghley, can be of use only if the
analysis also considers differences in characterization as well. According to
Levin, “an approach that simply enumerates ... positive evidence is thus fatally
flawed, no matter how many items it enumerates.”45 Without considering the
“negative evidence,” enumeration alone becomes a self-confirming rather than a
self-correcting system. Further, a topical reading that merely finds passing
similarities between the character and the individual, especially correspondences
that may be attributed to large numbers of people (like fathers who impart advice
to their sons), has severe limitations for literary analysis.46
In this sense, Love’s Labor’s Lost is not a topical play at all. The play freely
provides the names of the characters, complete with the setting in France, to the
audience. No secret puzzles need solving; no mysterious allusions need
identification. In other words, a literary analysis that considers the currency of
these names, the concerns of the playwright, the attitudes of the audience, and
the prevailing cultural ethos is not a topical analysis per se. In another sense,
however, Love’s Labor’s Lost stands as Shakespeare’s most topical play. It is
difficult, in fact, to image how the play, whether written and revised in 1589,
1592, or 1595, could avoid being topical. How could a dramatist, for example, set
a current play in Washington, D.C., mention prominent world leaders and
adversaries, and still remain untopical? Would it be possible to stay wholly off
topic and ahistorical using such important and widely recognized names? How
could an audience watching the play in the 1590s condition themselves to ignore
completely the dominant culture, church sermons, printing press, and ongoing
events in France?
If, as Stephen Greenblatt suggests, one aim of literary criticism is to
“enable us to recover a sense of the stakes that once gave readers pleasure and
pain,”47 the topical, or recognition of important, even life and death matters
circulating within a given culture, must be explored. What about the play gave
the audience pleasure and pain? Any number of variables. Could the depiction of
Navarre and the bittersweet history surrounding the French King, be free from
all irony, all editorializing, all conflict? Modern theories and common sense tell
us no. According to the old historicism, it remains the job of scholars and critics
to reconstruct, as nearly as possible, the rhetorical, philological, and dramatic
techniques of the author, which, in turn, allow for greater appreciation of any
given piece of literature. According to the new historicism, it remains the job of
Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Fictive Navarre 163
scholars and critics to be sensitive to all aspects of the play, the conspicuous and
the less so, while focusing upon the various cultural forces at work in literary
production. For both old and new historicists, part of that work concerns the
historical record as Shakespeare and his audience understood and experienced it.
While Louis Montrose perceptively asserts that “Shakespeare’s comedies
insist upon their fictive status,”48 any historical or new historical analysis of Love’s
Labor’s Lost needs also to consider Shakespeare’s decision to use names of such
visible (and living) persons as Navarre, Biron, Longaville, and Mayenne in the
play. The fictive and the factual can coexist; bridges often span the historical and
the literary. As discussed below, Spenser directly, if apologetically, addresses the
controversy surrounding Navarre’s broken oath and conversion. Not
insignificantly, Shakespeare’s play also directly addresses the role of oath making
and oath breaking. Andrew Kirk does not recognize this important component
when he suggests that Love’s Labor’s Lost “merely adopts names from
contemporary French historical figures.”49 By “merely” adopting the names,
Shakespeare also adopted, to some extent, the accumulated actions associated
with the names. As no characterization exists in a vacuum, the actions of Navarre
and company need to be considered in relation to other representations also in
circulation. No single source mentions the characters more prominently than the
news quartos.
Love’s Labor’s Lost, with its many contemporary allusions, has long puzzled
critics. Perhaps such difficulty stems from a confused historical context. While
the quartos may not explain every facet of this complex, even ambiguous play,
consulting the quartos may answer some troubling questions and dismiss some
unpersuasive speculations. One such speculation should be discounted
immediately: Despite the frequency of inside jokes and erudite puns, the play was
not written exclusively or intended primarily for a coterie audience or members
at court. Although the title page to the 1598 quarto of the play proclaims that the
play was “presented before her Highnes this last Christmas,” the evidence
strongly suggests a more popular audience. In fact, interests that apply to large
groups of people, allusions that mention current events, and the existence of
more “universal” themes like the battle of the sexes or courtship rituals, make
Love’s Labor’s Lost one of Shakespeare’s most “popular” plays. Considering both
the sources and contexts, any audience watching the play in a public theater in
the 1590s would know more about current French politics than about other
source material used by Shakespeare, including fourteenth century English
history, Plutarch, or Ovid. The names of Navarre, Dumain, Longaville, and
Berowne would be more recognizable than Hippolyta, Troilus, Shylock, or Sir
Topas. Moreover, this audience would recognize a departure from a current
source more easily than from the chronicle histories of Hall and Holinshed. It is
also likely that Shakespeare, an “upstart” playwright in the early 1590s, would
capitalize upon the widespread interest in France to attract an audience. How the
young Shakespeare, a relative outsider to the workings of London, could begin
164 Paul J. Voss
writing for the more select audience of the coterie theater is more difficult to
explain, especially when no coterie theaters existed between 1591 and 1598.
Aware of the conspicuous use of well-known names, many scholars
attempt to date and read the play in light of French politics.50 While the news
quartos alone cannot date the play, they do provide evidence helpful in
correcting mistaken assumptions. H. B. Charlton, whose essay remains a most
thorough attempt to date the play, places composition in the later part of 1592.
However, Charlton’s flawed presupposition that English interest in the French
wars peaked with the largely unspectacular Essex expedition of 1591/92 unduly
influences his conclusions. The expedition, while closely followed at the court,
received little attention in the popular press: only one news quarto chronicled
the largely unsuccessful mission. If the Essex voyage marks the apex of public
interest in the French wars, printers and publishers of the news quartos and
other written matter failed to capitalize on this interest. Prior to the expedition,
Charlton argues, public interest in the wars would not, could not, and did not
justify the writing of a play starring Navarre and company. To support his
conclusions, Charlton relies on the works of Harvey and Nashe as indicative of
the popular tastes of Elizabethan society. While both men were deeply steeped
in the literary culture, selecting Harvey and Nashe as the barometer of public
interest is misleading. Charlton believes that “casual references” by either
Harvey or Nashe in print support a post-1591 composition date: “We do not
believe that English interest in the war was at this time [from late 1589 to mid
1591] sufficiently compelling to suggest any topical reference ... Neither the
English populace nor the English court felt themselves concerned vitally:
throughout 1589 and 1590 their interest was lukewarm.”51 Charlton’s subjective
criterion aside, extant documentation suggests a high level of English interest in
France during all 1589, 1590, and early 1591. If publication after publication
counts as evidence, the printers and publishers selling scores of quartos,
sermons, prayers, and ballads did not gauge public interest to be “lukewarm”
during those years.
Many quartos were printed in the 18 months prior to Essex’s departure;
Elizabeth had already sent thousands of English troops to aid Navarre. The
pamphlets themselves, even excusing the hyperbole surrounding the reports,
already see the importance of the conflict in a larger context. One early pamphlet
from 1590, months before Charlton sees any “compelling” interest, describes
Navarre’s improbable victory over Mayenne and the Catholic League at Ivry in
bombastic terms:
The entry, while correct in its broad outlines, does not explain why Shakespeare
used the name of a known enemy, often depicted as evil in the news quartos, in
a comedy of love. Many English soldiers died fighting against Mayenne. Merely
asserting that such an “inconsistency” did not bother an original audience fails to
engage the issue. How, for example, could this indifference be accurately
166 Paul J. Voss
in early 1590 and chronicle the famous battle of Ivry, well before Charlton or
others see any English interest. This could easily place the moments of English
interest and the composition of the play (if composition and public interest are
linked in a causal manner) much earlier, around the summer of 1590 and well
before the Essex expedition. Based upon source considerations and historical
conditions, an earlier date of original composition of the play (i.e., mid-1590)
cannot be discounted.
Perhaps the accepted division of three good guys (Navarre, Berowne, and
Longaville) and one bad guy (Dumain) needs reformulation. This grouping,
often troubling to critics, elides a more nuanced and historically accurate
understanding of the characters. Although fighting against the Catholic League,
Longueville, a loyalist Catholic, also served under Henry III and grew
increasingly weary of the noncommittal Navarre.62 Biron and Henry differed on
many issues, including payment of soldiers and military strategy. Mayenne stood
as the most visible member of the Catholic League. Taken together, the
characters delineate a wide spectrum of political and religious opinions. They
represent the divisions “so many and so intricate” mentioned by Francis Bacon
in his assessment of the French civil wars, from the staunch Catholic to the
ardent Protestant, led, not surprisingly, by the most mutable and changeable of
men, Henry of Navarre.63
Shakespeare’s experimental drama, or perhaps “imaginative journalism,”
might actually be suggesting a way to end the wars—with poetry and not pikes,
sonnets not swords.64 The instruments of war in the battle of sexes—poetry and
flattery—are less destructive than other forms of artillery. Though romantic war
replaces religious war, the combatants in both arenas strive for victory. The
targets of the barbs in the play, all the male parties involved with the wars, need
to learn a lesson. The literary war between the sexes, like the civil war raging in
France, does not end in the play. Berowne’s famous lines—“Our wooing doth not
end like an old play; / Jack hath not Jill: these ladies’ courtesy / Might well have
made our sport of comedy” (5.2.866–68)—emphasize the failed negotiations of
the lovers. The one year period, a romantic detente, must be observed before any
marriage takes place. Distinct from all other comedies written by Shakespeare,
the play provides no happy ending, no feast of celebration, no consummation.65
While this lack of resolution often puzzles critics, it does more than merely
challenge generic definitions: it mirrors the ongoing battles in France quite
accurately, although quite differently than Marlowe. While the play may not be
exactly a “work in progress,” the relationships between the characters, like the
peace negotiations and ongoing battles, certainly were.
The names of the characters should be considered as they exist in the
play and not explained away as if they were an accident. Moreover, the
combination of enemies and the array of political positions they embrace
should cause us to look more closely at the play. As in his departures from
established literary sources, Shakespeare’s departure from a familiar
168 Paul J. Voss
the breaking of an oath, appears 54 times in Shakespeare, but in no single play does
the word appear more frequently than the 17 times in Love’s Labor’s Lost.71 The
question of broken oaths and justification for broken oaths saturates the play from
the initial gathering of the lords to the departure of the ladies.
This simple observation, that Shakespeare repeatedly calls our attention to
oaths and the breaking of oaths, not only links the play with both Marlowe and
Spenser, it also helps establish a date of revision. The broken oaths of Navarre
suggest that Shakespeare either, quite amazingly, anticipates the king’s
abjuration, or that the revision of the play took place after July of 1593. The lack
of printed matter about Henry after this date contrasts sharply with the hundreds
of extant documents, including news reports, broadsides, ballads, dedications,
and plays written prior to that time. Writing a new play about Navarre after this
date makes little sense; revising an older play to reflect new realities seems more
plausible. Love’s Labor’s Lost, with Navarre as King, predates his conversion.
Subsequent revision, which the 1598 quarto alludes to (“newly corrected and
augmented”), took place after the king’s conversion and the reopening of the
theaters in 1594.72 A recognition of Navarre’s oath breaking also underscores the
importance of the names. Appreciating the dramatic importance of the oath, and
the significance of the names, saves a historical analysis from a reductive
topicalism. The characters’ names were part of the a larger literary context, as
was the discussion of oaths and, more specifically, Navarre’s forsworn oath.
The play begins with words spoken by Navarre about oaths and
immortality. Making a vow to live a certain austere life, reasons the King, will
insure lasting fame and memory:
The misguided quest for fame relies upon an equally misguided pledge to remain
in the academy for three years, fasting once a week, sleeping only three hours per
night, and forgoing the company of women. Despite such rigors, Navarre
reiterates the importance of personal vows to Berowne, Dumain, and Longaville:
Navarre calls attention not only to the oath, but to the binding nature of the oath
and the indignity of breaking such a vow.
Shortly after the serious discussion about honor and oaths, Berowne
reminds Navarre of the impending visit by the French King’s daughter. After
reconsidering the diplomatic importance of the visit (he makes no mention of the
romantic dimension), Navarre makes an exception to the recently sworn vow:
“We must of force dispense with this decree; / She must lie here on mere
necessity” (1.1.146–47, emphasis added). The word “necessity,” the exact word
Spenser later has Burbon [Navarre] use to justify his broken oath, captures the
attention of Berowne, the most vocal critic of the proposed conditions.
Berowne, acting as a semi-choric figure, objects to much of the unnatural
oath. Berowne, like the audience, understands the harshness of the pact. The
audience expects the vows to be broken, for, as William Slights suggests, “we
know that this way of combating ‘cormorant devouring Time’ is doomed to
failure by the very nature of courtly young gentlemen.”73 Berowne sets up this
expectation by noting that the vow, however conceived, will make them all
promise breakers by necessity:
While the courting remains harmless enough, each male makes a vow of eternal
love to the wrong woman and once again must admit to romantic perjury. The
sentence imposed by the women, a one year period of abstinence, ironically
recalls the initial vow so casually forsworn. In this battle of the sexes, the women
prevail, handing out the sentences at the end of the play. They leave the scene in
full control of the action—past, present, and future. Inconstancy and broken
oaths are not perceived as terms of endearment, nor are the oath makers and oath
breakers redeemed.
While other male characters in the play, including Moth, Armado, and
Nathaniel, also receive sharp criticism from the ladies and the audience, Navarre
and the lords incur the most stinging rebuke. The foolish Navarre and his
followers are easy targets for the ladies; the words of the men and their tokens of
love seem insincere and rushed. The women have little trouble overcoming the
various expressions of love (sonnets, bracelets, gloves) and remain steadfast in
their denial of the proposed affections.
Shakespeare may have returned to mocking Navarre in a later play as well.
David Womersley argues persuasively that Shakespeare lampooned Navarre in
Henry V. Womersley notes that during the summer of 1599, Henry IV, suddenly
mentioned as a probable contender for the English crown, once again attracted
the attention of English writers. At this moment, the argument goes,
Shakespeare felt free to make the French king into an object of satire: “When
Shakespeare put an image of Bourbon on a literal stage, he twisted that dignified
self-image into a buffo counterpart to the embodiment of true regality he
fashioned in the character of Henry V.”74 Although Womersley does not
acknowledge the Navarre of Love’s Labor’s Lost, Shakespeare had already put a
courting, oath breaking buffo Henry IV on stage some years prior.
The oaths that link the living Henry of Navarre and the fictitious Navarre
from Love’s Labor’s Lost, like the names of the characters themselves, serve both a
historical and literary function. Shakespeare could not set his play in France, use
real names of real people, and highlight oath breaking without making some
statement about the recently concluded actions across the channel. The
captivating events in France afforded Shakespeare an opportunity to capitalize on
the most discussed issue of the time while modifying the events to suit his
comedic purpose. Far removed from the direct and combative Marlowe or the
172 Paul J. Voss
“sage and serious” Spenser, Shakespeare combines bitter enemies and transforms
religious perjury into more benign romantic perjury, all the while turning oath
swearers into oath breakers and men in love into fools. Unique among
Shakespeare’s plays, Love’s Labor’s Lost examines contemporary events considered
important by large numbers of people and, once again, surprises us with the
outcome.
SPENSER’S BURBON
William Ponsonby published books 1–6 of Spenser’s epic poem The Faerie Queene
in 1596. The woodcut illustration of St. George slaying the dragon discussed in
chapter three tacitly introduces Navarre’s presence into the poem, for the
identical illustration appeared in some news quartos praising the French king.
Navarre appears more conspicuously as Burbon in book 5 of The Faerie Queene.
The relatively short “Burbon episode” covers only 23 stanzas (43–65) in canto
11. In the passage, Spenser represents Navarre’s conversion with surprising
candor. The episode stands as a significant anomaly in the poem: only this once
did Spenser clearly identify and allegorize a still-living political figure other than
Elizabeth I. The historical allegory surrounding Burbon’s story, while
embellished, does not attempt to hide the recent religious turmoil in France or
Navarre’s controversial abjuration. In fact, as Alison Shell argues, allegory “was
potentially more open than other literary convention to topical or polemic
interpretation.”75 Like Marlowe, Spenser confronts both the causes and effects
of apostasy, climaxing with Burbon’s abandonment of the shield of true religion.
The inclusion of such recent, ongoing events, runs counter to the epic tradition
and the role of the “poets historical” cited by Spenser in the “Letter to
Ralegh.”76
The epic poets mentioned by Spenser—Homer, Virgil, Ariosto, and
Tasso—all largely refrained from including current events in their narratives.77
According to the Letter, Spenser chose Arthur as his hero because the king stood
“furthest from the danger of envy and suspicion of present time.”78 In other
words, Spenser needed to devise a hero free from the usual infighting often
associated with court politics, a protagonist acceptable to all political factions of
the day. If Alistair Fox correctly (albeit cynically) argues that the “whole of
Spenser’s literary career, in fact, can be constructed as a concerted effort to gain,
not simply monetary reward, but preferment at Court,” the decision to cast
Arthur as his hero displays prudence as well.79 Any treatment of topical issues
risked making enemies within the various factions of the Elizabethan court.
Lessons of lasting political or moral value are harder to discern in the current
event, disputes much more likely, and feelings more easily hurt: For the epic
poet, historical perspective increases understanding. Selecting a relatively
popular and largely unoffensive hero displays poetic understanding and political
sophistication.80
Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Fictive Navarre 173
The harsh words Spenser uses to describe the loss of the shield (blame,
recreant, shame) register the pain of betrayal felt by many in England and
France after Navarre’s conversion. The shield, given to Burbon “by a good
knight, the knight of the Redcrosse,” which clearly links Burbon with St.
George and the Order of the Garter, magnified “his noble name.” Moreover,
the fellow “Knights” heaping opprobrium on Burbon for his displaced shield
may allude to the Knights of the Order of the Garter to which Henry of
Navarre belonged at the time of his conversion. While James W. Broaddus
equates the loss of the shield with Burbon’s lost “moral authority,” creating a
“clear example of a nation that is out of control, a society in which degree is no
longer maintained,” the shield represents more than individual virtue.84 Not
only did the knight lose his faith and spiritual compass (“that it most safety to
him gave”), he also lost the respect and honor of all other knights. While
Spenser acknowledges the “forced” nature of the decision, the overall tenor
strongly condemns Burbon’s actions.
It is only after the terrible deed that we learn the knight’s name. Spenser’s
Burbon (Navarre, of course, was the first Bourbon king) introduces himself with
a sense of guilt and regret over the misplaced shield and the loss of Flourdelis
(the royal arms of France):
Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Fictive Navarre 175
Burbon openly acknowledges his fallen reputation, noting how some “late
mischiefe” had “blemisht” his once glorious name. To this point, the account
closely parallels the fall of Navarre’s reputation in England. Michael O’Connell
argues that “in the allegorization of Henri of Navarre’s change of alliance, the
reader can see the almost comic doggedness of the poet’s fidelity in pursuing the
actual.”85 The allegory, however, does not end with stanza 49; Spenser’s narrative
goes beyond a rendition of actual historical events.
Artegall (often seen as an allegory of Essex, a friend and comrade in arms
of Navarre) condemns the embattled knight in no uncertain terms for his
decision to drop the shield of true religion given him by the Redcrosse Knight:
Artegall’s words (“greatest shame and foulest scorne”) clearly denounce Burbon’s
actions. Burbon then provides his justification for dropping the shield:
Ultimately, Burbon claims the decision was not an act of “will,” but rather
“inforcement.” Like his historical counterpart Henry IV, Burbon had little
choice in the matter. The poem continues with Burbon’s explanation of why he
abandoned the shield of true religion:
176 Paul J. Voss
Despite the apparent sincerity of Burbon, and the difficulty of his situation, the
narrator continues to use the language of condemnation. Artegall responds with
a direct challenge:
Speaking as an experienced soldier and knight, Artegall faults Burbon for his
actions, reminding him that a true knight should be willing to die rather than
face potential dishonor. The strong language and the unequivocal chastisement
Burbon receives from Artegall notwithstanding, Spenser does not fully side with
the Knight of Justice. After the lecture, Spenser allows Burbon to speak once
again in self-defense, something that the English press did not allow the
historical Navarre.
Burbon’s response holds the key for understanding the entire episode. The
embattled warrior, while admitting his error, also admits to a higher plan: a desire
to recapture both Flourdelis and his shield once again. In the stanza, Burbon
replies to Artegall’s bold assertion that a valiant knight should prefer death to
shame and apostasy (“Dye rather, then doe ought, that mote dishonour yield”).
In a striking moment, Spenser allows Navarre both a rationale for past events
and the hope for future action as well:
Not so; (quoth he) for yet when time doth serve,
My former shield I may resume againe:
Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Fictive Navarre 177
“Necessitie,” the very word spoken by Navarre and Berowne in Love’s Labor’s
Lost, stands at the heart of the matter. Burbon’s plan, according to Spenser,
requires waiting and patience. At some undetermined moment in the future,
“when time doth serve,” Burbon hopes once again to pick up the shield of true
religion, his Huguenot faith. Although Artegall calls such action “forgery,” it was
the best-case scenario English Protestants and French Huguenots could
envision. The important point, “to temporize is not from truth to swerve,” a
simulacrum, perhaps, of the frequently discussed Jesuit doctrine of equivocation,
allows Burbon an explanation, a defense for his actions while granting his wistful
supporters a ray of hope.
The invocation of “necessitie” thematically joins with the idea of
“inforcement” from stanza 52. Both terms suggest a strong unwillingness on
Burbon’s part. The proverbial words “necessity hath no law” were frequently
used in conjunction with oath-breaking. Oath breaking as a result of necessity
has a very long history in Roman law and Germanic practice. In the sixteenth
century, many such discussions took place, especially around debates of
Machiavellian and anti-Machiavellian practices. In the fifteenth chapter of The
Prince, Machiavelli writes that “[h]ence a prince, in order to hold his position,
must acquire the power to be not good, and understand when to use it and when
not to use it, in accord with necessity.”87 Robert Bireley investigates how
numerous thinkers of the sixteenth century, including anti-Machiavellian writers
Giovanni Botero and Justus Lipsius, viewed the practices expressed in The
Prince.88 The Flemish humanist Lipsius, well known to Navarre and invited to
become a professor at the Calvinist academy of Bearn, was the “initiator and
main proponent of the Neostoic movement.”89 Lipsius’ 1584 work, De
Constantia, translated into English and published in 1594 as Two Bookes of
Constancie (STC 15694.7), advocates the virtue of remaining true to one’s
convictions. Against this backdrop, Navarre’s inconstancy looms even larger.
The concept of necessity factored prominently into Spenser’s analysis of
Navarre’s conversion. From the perspective of “necessity,” Catholics and
Protestants viewed Navarre’s conversion quite differently. For Catholics,
Navarre’s conversion, a sincere and freely willed activity, did not come under
duress or “necessity” of any kind. For Catholics to follow the former Huguenot,
no evidence of any guile would be tolerated: the king either accepted the primacy
of the Roman faith or he did not. Many Catholic preachers in fact, especially the
friars in Paris, protested Navarre’s conversion over fears of sheer hypocrisy and
dissimulation.90 Protestants, on the other hand, tended to cite “necessity” as a
primary mover in the conversion, with the implication that Navarre only
178 Paul J. Voss
observed the external trappings of conversion and his sentiments remained, like
those of many English Protestants, with the Huguenots.91 Protestant apologists
who still defended Navarre resorted to this argument: outward conformity need
not measure individual faith. Viewed from this perspective, Navarre’s actions,
while still deplorable to Artegall and others, would appear less deplorable to a
Protestant audience.
Spenser provides an interesting account of the events in France. No longer
the “poet historical,” Spenser emerges as the “poet-publicist.” According to
Spenser’s version, Burbon acted foolishly, cowardly, and erroneously, but he also
acted under duress, under “necessitie.” Once the situation improves and the wild
rout of the Catholic League and Spain no longer threatens his life, Burbon can
again pick up the shield of true religion and rectify past wrongs. Spenser’s
optimistic presentation, a literary form of revisionist history and political spin
control, gave the French king a rare opportunity in England: Burbon was finally
allowed to present his side of the story. Few other forums existed for the
rehabilitation of Navarre’s damaged reputation.92 As noted above, the news
quartos no longer found the dashing Frenchman so attractive; poems and ballads
covering his victories also disappeared.
David Womersley notes that after the conversion, Henry became
increasingly a symbol of change and mutability. Womersley argues that Navarre
“had become an object of suspicion. His recent actions revealed him to be a
monarch without principle or gratitude.”93 One text published shortly after the
conversion, The Mutable and Wavering estate of France, from the yeare of our Lord
1460, until the yeare 1595, actually makes Henry into the image of mutability:
This noble and famous Prince who had for the space of foure or five
and twentie yeeres so valiantly and fortunately defended the Gospell,
and that with the hazard and perill of his owne life, freely exposing
his royal person, his treason, his friends, and all other means
whatsoever for the maintenaunce thereof, beganne to waxe calme in
the defence of his profession, and to encline to that false and
superstitious Religion of Rome, to the high displeasure of almightie
God, the great dishonour of his princely Majestic, and to the extreme
greefe and astonishment of all Protestants.94
The rueful yet philosophical story of French history presented in the book,
published in England one year after Spenser’s 1596 Faerie Queene, provides an
illuminating context for the Burbon episode. In the space of two pages, constancy
transforms into mutability:
Thus this noble and renowned Monarke, the hope (as it were) of al
that favored Gods truth, whom God had beautified with so many
excellent graces and notable vertues, as courage, wisedom, zeale, and
Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Fictive Navarre 179
constancy i[n] so many apparent dangers ... and to the admiration and
wonderment of all men continually protected him in despight of all
those who sought his ruine and overthrow, is another argument of the
mutabilitie and interchangeable estate of all things in the world.95
The history of France ends within a couple of paragraphs, but not before leaving
the reader with the impression of the complete and utter mutability of the
French nation.96
As the book suggests, the growing consensus in England, and among
Protestants on the continent, was that Navarre, beset with the self-inflicted
wounds of shame and dishonor, could not be trusted. Spenser’s form of history
attempts to rehabilitate Henry IV after his conversion. However, Richard
Mallette correctly states that “Burbon, of course, is freed from his assailants, at
least temporarily, but the episode lacks the aura of final victory or the conclusive
emergence of the good.”97 Through Burbon, Spenser provides an obvious
explanation for the lack of a “final victory”: Burbon must once again recapture
his lost shield before the final chapter can be written. Only then will the
“emergence of the good” take place.
Spenser’s treatment of the Burbon episode works on a number of different
levels simultaneously. Spenser clearly condemns the French king, noting the
dishonor and shame engendered by his actions. Yet the poet also offers a softer,
more humane, more sympathetic form of history.98 By giving the apostate king
a chance to speak in self-defense, Spenser’s historical fiction provides an avenue
previously unavailable to Navarre. No dramatic form of rehabilitation
materialized: Marlowe was dead; Shakespeare employed irony. In the 1596 Faerie
Queene, rehabilitation stems from the hope that someday, after the civil strife and
turmoil in France subside, the proposed heir to the mantle of St. George may
once again reclaim his role as cleanser of the faith. The “Letter to Ralegh”
anticipates this move. In the Letter, Spenser differentiates between the “poets
historical” and the mere historiographer. The poet historical enjoys a freedom to
move about, for the “Poet thrusteth into the middest, even where it most
concerneth him, and there recoursing to things forepaste, and divining of thinges
to come, maketh a pleasing Analysis of all.”99 However, Navarre’s future return
to his Protestant faith, the “divining of thinges to come” spoken of in the letter,
never actually came to fruition. So while in real life St. George does not always
slay the dragon, likewise, the epic poet, despite the best public relations effort,
could not always make a pleasing analysis of all.
T H E F I C T I O N A L N AVA R R E
Marlowe, Shakespeare, and Spenser depicted a dynamic and fluid Navarre in
various ways. This fascinating nexus grants the modern reader an opportunity to
consider the subtle and not so subtle characterizations of an intriguing
180 Paul J. Voss
NOTES
1. The Order of Ceremonies observed (STC 13138; 1594), A2v.
2. The term “Jacobin,” often used to describe Jacques Clément, is another
word for Dominican, one of the four primary orders of friars. “Jacobin”
specifically referred to French Dominicans, a group of friars often accused of
arrogance. One contemporary states:
The dessention might in time come to bring great damage to all orders
of begging friars, amonst them the Jacopins [sic] were the chiefe and most
esteemed, and presumed themselves to be the best. (STC 17450.3, F4).
The fact that Clément was a Jacobin friar certainly did not enhance their
reputation among Protestants, but greatly endeared the Jacobins to fellow
Catholics.
3. Shortly after the event, many accounts of the assassination were printed
in England. According to the Stationers’ Register, Edward Aldee entered a ballad
on 4 September entitled “A Ffrenche mans songe made upon the death of the
Ffrenche kinge whoe was murdered in his owne courte by a traterous ffryer of
Sainct Jacobs order on the first daie of August 1589.” The ballad, apparently, no
longer exists; some years later, Aldee printed Marlowe’s A Massacre at Paris. A
later document from 1591, with the long title of A second replie against the
defensory and Apology of Sixtus the fift late Pope of Rome, defending the execrable fact
of the Jacobine Friar, upon the person of Henry the third, late king of France (STC
24913), repeated the refrain: “A Monke hath slaine the king, not painted or
Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Fictive Navarre 181
pictured upon a wall, but the King of Fraunce, in the middle of his armie” (C3v).
Years later, anti-Catholic literature printed in England still recounted the event.
See, for example, Christopher Muriell’s An Answer unto the Catholiques
Supplication, an extended argument to King James I against Catholic toleration
(STC 18292.3; 1603), which asks the question: “Did not a cursed Friar of France
murder with a poysoned Pen-knife the last diseased French King?” (B4).
4. All citations to Marlowe’s play are taken from The Massacre at Paris, ed.
H. J. Oliver (London: Methuen, 1968).
5. For a more complete treatment of friars on the Renaissance stage, see
Paul J. Voss, “The Antifraternal Tradition in English Renaissance Drama,”
Cithara 33 (November 1993): 3–16.
6. Briggs, “Reconsideration,” 271. A. J. Hoenselaars, in Images of Englishmen
and Foreigners in the Drama of Shakespeare and His Contemporaries (Rutherford:
Fairleigh Dickinson UP, 1992), argues that “The Massacre at Paris ... was intended
more to convey a sense of panic than to serve as a platform for national self-
glorification” (79).
7. I borrow the phrase “unfortunate theater of France” from the news
quarto Remonstrances to the Duke of Mayne (STC 5012; 1593). The various and
anonymous writers of the quartos often employed theatrical metaphors to
describe the protracted wars in France.
8. A Briefe Declaration of the yeelding up of Saint Denis to the French King the
29. of June, 1590 (STC 13128), Bl –Bl v.
9. According to Vivien Thomas and William Tydeman, eds., in Christopher
Marlowe: The Plays and Their Sources (London: Routledge, 1994), “any discussion
of the sources of the second half of the play must necessarily be tentative and
conjectural. There is a great deal of pamphlet material and it is difficult to
establish how much of it Marlowe knew” (253).
10. R. B. Wernham, “Christopher Marlowe at Flushing in 1592,” English
Historical Review 91 (1976): 344–45. For additional biographical information on
Marlowe, see Constance Brown Kuriyama, “Marlowe’s Nemesis: The Identity of
Richard Baines,” in A Poet and Filthy Play-Maker: New Essays on Christopher
Marlowe, ed. Kenneth Friedenreich, Roma Gill, and Constance B. Kuriyama
(New York: AMS, 1988), 343–60.
11. Thomas and Tydeman, Plays and Sources, 252.
12. In 1598, Michael Drayton wrote three now-lost plays on the topic. The
tone and content of the plays can only be surmised. Henry IV returned to the
English stage in George Chapman’s Byron’s Tragedy (1608).
13. The Malone Society reprint of The Massacre at Paris, ed. W. W. Greg
(New York: AMS, 1985), runs just under 1600 lines. Clifford Leech, in
Christopher Marlowe: Poet for the Stage, ed. Anne Lancashire (New York: AMS,
182 Paul J. Voss
1986), calls the octavo “one of the worst of the ‘bad’ Elizabethan dramatic texts”
(147). See also the important discussion found in Laurie E. Maguire,
Shakespearean Suspect Texts: The “Bad Quartos” and Their Contexts (Cambridge:
Cambridge UP, 1996), esp. 279–81.
14. Scott McMillin, The Elizabethan Theater & The Book of Sir Thomas More
(Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1987), 57. McMillin notes that “only twelve texts out of a
total of 146 call for twenty or more speaking roles” (55).
15. Kristen Poole, in “Garbled Martyrdom in Christopher Marlowe’s The
Massacre at Paris,” Comparative Drama 32 (1998), argues that the garbled speech
actually exists as “a narrative feature of the play” (6). The printing of the play
(STC 17423) in an undated octavo is unusual as the vast majority of Elizabethan
plays were printed in quarto.
16. McMillin, The Elizabethan Theater, 60.
17. H. S. Bennett, ed., The Works and Life of Christopher Marlowe (New York:
Gordian, 1966), 169.
18. Leech, in Poet for the Stage, notes that “in a sense The Massacre was a god-
given subject for the dramatists of Elizabeth’s later years, and it is surprising that
this is our only extant play on the subject” (157).
19. Penny Roberts, “Marlowe’s The Massacre at Paris: A Historical
Perspective,” Renaissance Studies 9 (1995): 441.
20. Paul H. Kocher, “Contemporary Pamphlet Backgrounds for Marlowe’s
The Massacre at Paris,” Modern Language Quarterly 8 (1947): 151. The real
difficulty for Kocher is “the sketchiness of the literature dealing with the years
1573 to 1589” (165).
21. Briggs, “Reconsideration,” 278.
22. Shuger, Renaissance Bible, 120.
23. For an analysis of the influence of French history and political events on
the development of English political thought, see Parmelee, Newes From Fraunce.
24. The Mutable and wavering estate of France, dedication.
25. Robert Parsons, Conference about the Next Succession to the Crown of Ingland
(STC 19398; 1594), 216v.
26. STC 19197, A2. As discussed in chapter one, many other quartos warn
English readers, implicitly and explicitly, that the civil unrest in France could
happen in England as well. See, for example, STC 6878; 10004; 11273.5; 11285;
11287.5; 11727; 13128; 13139; 13147.
27. For a discussion of Navarre’s well-known adultery, see Mary Ellen Lamb,
“The Nature of Topicality in Love’s Labor’s Lost,” Shakespeare Survey 38 (1985):
49–59.
28. Andrew M. Kirk, “Marlowe and the Disordered Face of French History,”
Studies in English Literature 35 (1995): 205; Briggs, “Reconsideration,” 272.
Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Fictive Navarre 183
53. See, for example, a song of praise written by Saluste du Bartas and
translated by Joshua Sylvester entitled A Canticle of the victorie obteined by the
French King, Henrie the fourth. At Yurie (STC 21669). The document was entered
to John Wolfe on 15 April and 19 May 1590. The poem was also reissued as part
two of The Triumph of Faith (STC 21672; 1592). Also see An Excellent ditty made
upon the great victory, which the French King obtayned against the Duke de Maine, the
fourth of March (STC 13135).
54. G. B. Harrison, The Elizabethan Journals (New York: MacMillan, 1939).
55. Charlton, “Date,” 263.
56. Charles Boyee, Shakespeare A to Z (New York: Facts on File, 1990),
164–65.
57. Hugh M. Richmond, “Shakespeare’s Navarre,” Huntington Library
Quarterly 42 (1979): 203.
58. Not quite knowing what to do with the character of Dumain, Charlton,
“Date,” states: “The English contingent in Brittany in 1592 fought in
conjunction with and for some time under Marshall Daumont. It is not at all
difficult to imagine a confusion in soldier’s ears between De Mayenne and
Daumont: at all events it is easier to imagine this than to find a reason for
including De Mayenne in the King’s fellowship” (260 n. 2). Charlton is,
moreover, incorrect about the reception of news in sixteenth century England.
Publication and distribution of the thousands of quartos certainly received a
much wider audience than talk of returning soldiers, especially if, as Charlton
claims, only 1000 of the original 4000 of Willoughby’s army returned home
alive.
59. Exact figures are difficult to establish. Guy, Elizabeth I, 42–44, notes that,
geographically, conscription rates were evenly distributed throughout the
country, while socially, the lowest stratum of the population contributed the
highest percentage of soldiers. Howell A. Lloyd, in The Rouen Campaign,
1590–1592 (Oxford: Clarendon, 1973), notes that for the Rouen campaign,
“exactly one half of the English shires were involved. All those of the south coast,
and all the south-western shires, were omitted” (88). The government did not
want to weaken the areas most immediately exposed to a possible invasion.
60. See, for example, A Journall, wherein is truely sette downe from day to day,
what was doone, and worthy of noting in both armies (STC 11277.5), entered 20 May
1592; A Discourse and true recitall of everie particular of the victorie obtained by the
French King, on Wednesday the fourth of March, being Ash Wednesday (STC 13131),
entered 6 April 1590; A recitall of that which hath happened in the Kings Armie, since
the taking of the suburbes of Paris (STC 13139), entered 22 January 1590. All three
quartos contain the names of the four principals from Love’s Labor’s Lost
(Navarre, Berowne, Longaville, and Dumaine) as well as other soldiers and battle
information.
186 Paul J. Voss
95. Mutable Estate, N3v. Emphasis added. The British Library copy of The
Mutable and Wavering Estate contains some interesting marginalia. A brief
notation on the title page, “K. Henry 4 turned papist after he had 24 y.
defe[n]ded ye Gospels,” perhaps written by W. Dowling in 1646, displays both
the blatant anti-Catholicism of seventeenth century England and the enduring
legacy of Navarre’s conversion.
96. Henry IV was not, of course, the first Frenchman to be charged with
inconstancy. In the 1550s, Thomas Wilson, The Arte of Rhetorique, ed. G. H.
Mair (1560; reprint, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1909), stated that Italians were
known for their wit, the Spanish for nimbleness of body, and “the Frenchmen for
pride and inconstancie” (179).
97. Mallette, “Elizabethan Apocalypse,” 148.
98. Prescott, in “Spenser’s Burbon,” states that “in making Burbon a
timeserver, Spenser either agreed with Henri’s papist enemies that the king was
a liar or retained a frail hope that he was biding his time” (206).
99. Spenser, Faerie Queene, 738.
A LV I N B . K E R N A N
Although the facts are well known, it seems still not to be well understood that
the English Renaissance dramatists, Shakespeare and Jonson included, were the
first writers to work in the market-place situation which has since become the
characteristic social and economic condition of the literary artist. The building
in London in 1576 of the first of many English public theatres, the establishment
of large resident playing companies with star actors, the regular performance of
plays in the capital six days a week before large paying audiences, and the
consequent need for a great number of plays which would attract an audience of
various tastes, provided for the first time a true market-place for poetry. The
social historian, Christopher Hill, describes the new conditions for plays
produced in the theatre in the following way:
191
192 Alvin B. Kernan
I don’t believe that Hill quite realises how serious those ‘drawbacks’ must
have seemed to a contemporary writer, who, without preparation, was forced for
the first time to think of his writing as work, of his poetry as a product produced
for sale to the actors who controlled the theatres, bought the plays outright from
their authors, and changed them at will. Nor were the authors familiar with a
system in which their art became a commodity to be sold in a public place where
its saleability depended on its attractiveness to a diverse audience with widely
varying tastes drawn from all levels of society. In these new circumstances, no
question was more persistent or more worrisome to them, judging by the
evidence of the plays, than the nature and response of the new theatrical
audience. Poets writing for a patron or for a small circle of friends addressed a
limited group with shared values and an educated interest in poetry, particularly
its style and its elegant expression of idealised themes in a manner approved by
the courtly world. But the new audience of the public theatre was very different.
First of all, it was large. Alfred Harbage, in his remarkable and still authoritative
book, Shakespeare’s Audience (1941), estimates that the public theatres had an
average capacity of between 2500 and 3000 people, that the average daily
attendance in one year, 1595, in the Rose Theatre was about 1000, and that about
21,000 people, about 13 per cent of the London population, went to the theatres
in a given performance week in 1605—the one year for which he is able to work
out the figures. This is a mass audience, and if we take into account all the varied
evidence, it seems to have been a truly democratic audience, a cross-section of
the population. Most contemporary descriptions of the audience were written
from a hostile Puritan point of view and portray the ‘common haunters’ of the
theatre, as Henry Crosse put it in 1603, in Virtue’s Commonwealth, as
the leaudest persons in the land, apt for pilferie, perjurie, forgerie, or
any rogories, the very scum, rascallitie, and baggage of the people,
thieves, cut-purses, shifters, cousoners; briefly an unclean
generation, and spaune of vipers: must not here be good rule, where
is such a broode of Hell-bred creatures? for a Play is like a sincke in
a Towne, whereunto all the filth doth runne: or a byle in the body,
that draweth all the ill humours unto it.[2]
Harbage’s view about the make-up of the audience is, when all the evidence
is considered, surely the most correct one; but it is not clear that the playwrights
shared his enthusiasm for this first national audience, and I would like to look at
the ways in which Jonson and Shakespeare reflected upon the people in the
audience on whom they were dependent for their livings. About Jonson’s
relationship with his public-theatre audiences there is little question. On the
whole, they seem not to have liked his plays, hissing several of them from the
stage, and he in turn, as Jonas Barish points out, ‘far from conceding anything to
the preferences of his audiences ... defiantly administered a double dose of what
they had already spat out, as though to coerce them into swallowing his medicine
even if they found it unpalatable, on the presumption that he knew better than
they what was good for them’.[4] Barish catches precisely the characteristic
Jonsonian stance towards his audience, lecturing, thundering at them, keeping
‘schole upo’ the Stage’,[5] ridiculing lower-class clowns like Onion in The Case is
Altered and gossips like Tattle, Expectation and Censure in The Staple of News. He
is equally scathing towards young men of fashion, the ‘Brave plush, and
velvetmen’[6] who are advised, ironically, ‘when you come to Playes, be
humorous, looke with a good startch’t face, and ruffle your brow like a new boot;
laugh at nothing but your owne jests, or else as the Noblemen laugh’.[7] And in
Bartholomew Fair, the audience at Lantern Leatherhead’s puppet show, Jonson’s
reductive summary image of the public theatre, contains not one intelligent
spectator in a full range of very common humanity, from the whore and
pickpocket to the idiotic young gentleman Cokes, the zealous Puritan Zeal-of-
the-Land Busy, and the thundering magistrate Overdo.
Jonson’s openly scornful attitude towards his audiences dictated the
methods he used to instruct them in their deficiencies and teach them the true
values of theatre. In prologues, inductions, addresses to the reader, intermeans,
and in internal scenes, such as the puppet show in Bartholomew Fair or the scene
in The Case is Altered (I. ii) where Onion the clown praises the plays of Antonio
Balladino (Anthony Munday), Jonson portrays the audience as ignorant, vain,
childishly delighted with spectacular stage effects, fascinated with a good story,
proud of their own unlearned judgements, quick to censure, sheeplike in their
acceptance of the views of critics, wedded to the stock characters—fool, devil,
vice—of the old theatre, faithful to such ancient get-pennies as Andronicus and
The Spanish Tragedy, eager to sniff out scandal by identifying the characters as
representatives of famous people, and in general indifferent to the values offered
194 Alvin B. Kernan
by a serious playwright like Jonson. In the place of such sensational fare he tried
to force upon them the neo-classical standards which he believed, not altogether
rightly, his own plays to represent: ‘deeds and language such as men do use’,
carefully wrought and well-structured plays obeying the laws of classical drama,
new and up-to-date materials, a revelation of folly designed through laughter to
bring about moral improvement.
But of course it never worked, and the best relationship Jonson could
imagine between himself and his audience was that of a legal contract, offered in
the Induction to Bartholomew Fair, in which the author promises to present ‘a
new sufficient Play ... merry, and as full of noise as sport; made to delight all and
offend none’ (Induction, 81–3). In return he merely asks the audience to exercise
its own true judgement, not to expect the play to repeat all the stale spectacular
conventions of the stage, to indulge in no more censure than the price of their
seat entitled them to, and to find no hidden references to actual people in the
characters. Even this modest contract did not work, and at the end of his life,
indignant at the ‘malicious spectators’ and ‘the vulgar censure of his Play’, The
New Inn, he wrote the ‘Ode to Himself ’ in the opening lines of which he declared
the absolute antagonism between himself and his audience:
he is in truth a nobleman who has been mad for a number of years and only
dreamed that he was a drunkard breaking up the local alehouse. Sly has never
seen a play before, thinking that a ‘comontie’, as he calls it, is like a ‘Christmas
gambold or a tumbling trick’, but now he not only participates in one, but serves
as the audience to another, The Taming of the Shrew, which is performed before
him by a group of travelling players. In the internal Shrew play, Petruchio works
on Kate in the same theatrical way that the Lord has worked on Sly, pretending
that she is the opposite of what she in fact is, sweet of voice rather than railing,
inviting rather than frowning, amorous rather than shrewish. The result on both
these most unpromising audiences is nothing short of miraculous, at least in the
simplest understanding of the play, for Kate the shrew is transformed by theatre
into a loving wife, while Sly the drunken tinker at least believes he is become a
lord:
There is surely some naiveté here, some warning about the danger of being so
completely caught up in the illusion of theatre as to take it for reality, which is
underscored in the old play, The Taming of A Shrew, where Sly finds himself in
the end back in the mud again and sets off to tame his shrew in the way that
Petruchio handled Kate. But in Shakespeare’s play, though Sly concludes his
speech about being a lord indeed with a request for ‘a pot o’ th’ smallest ale’, he
is left inside his transformation, and we are left to consider the possibility even
the crudest and most ignorant parts of humanity may be improved by a play
which shows what man potentially can be.
Shakespeare’s next stage audience, the young gentlemen of the court of the
King of Navarre, and the Princess of France and her ladies in Love’s Labour’s Lost,
are of much higher social station than Christopher Sly, but are a much less
satisfactory audience. The internal play to which they are audience is ‘The
Pageant of the Nine Worthies’, that ‘delightful ostentation, or show, or pageant,
or antic, or firework’ presented in the posterior of the afternoon by several local
rustics and pedants at the request of the King of Navarre to entertain the
Princess. The Pageant is hideously miscast—no more unworthy Worthies could
be imagined—and performed with epic ineptitude; but what might only be an
embarrassing amateur theatrical made tolerable by the goodwill of the actors and
their desire to show off and please their social betters is transformed into a
complete rout by the bad manners of the young noblemen in the audience.
Perceiving the ludicrous pretensions of the clown, the schoolmaster, and the
196 Alvin B. Kernan
curate to be Pompey, Alexander and Hector, the young lords hoot at the actors,
interrupt their lines, argue with them, cause them to forget their parts, drive
them from the stage in confusion, and bring the performance to an end by
encouraging a fight between two of the actors. The mild remonstrance of one of
the actors, Holofernes the schoolmaster, ‘This is not generous, not gentle, not
humble’, goes unheeded by the stage audience, but it does remind the other
audience in the theatre of the responsibility that an audience always has in
making even the most wretched play work as well as it can by good manners,
forbearance and a tolerance born of sympathy for those who are trying to serve
and entertain them. In Love’s Labour’s Lost this sympathy is required not only
because it manifests the good manners required of any audience with a pretence
to civility, but because in ‘The Pageant of the Nine Worthies’ the stage audience
is watching an image of its own ineptitude. The young nobles throughout the
play have also been ‘a little o’erparted’ in trying to play a series of heroic parts,
philosophers searching for eternal fame through study, lovers and Muscovites,
parts which they have played about as foolishly as the rustics play their pageant.
Some humility about our own deficiencies as players of our own self-chosen
heroic roles in life, Shakespeare seems to be saying, ought to form a sympathetic
bond between audiences and players, no matter how bad. We are all players, and
not such very good ones either, and the theatre is the place where we come face
to face with our own the—atrical selves. The experience if rightly understood
should make not for a feeling of distanced superiority but of identification and
sympathy.
This theatrical perspective is openly staged in A Midsummer Night’s Dream,
where Theseus and Hippolyta and the young lovers sit on their wedding night
watching Bottom and his company of artisans turned actors make a ‘tedious brief
scene’ and ‘very tragical mirth’ of a play of Pyramus and Thisbe. The play is as
bad as can be imagined, ‘not one word apt, one player fitted’, but Theseus knows
the necessity of the truly noble-minded audience giving the players
‘Noble respect’ also knows that the imagination of the audience must make up
for the deficiencies of the players; ‘The best in this kind are but shadows; and the
worst are no worse, if imagination amend them.’ But noble respect, courtesy and
imagination of this audience cannot quite, to use Theseus’s word, ‘apprehend’
‘Pyramus and Thisby’ as Bottom and his company play it, and so despite the best
intents the noble audience chatters away loudly during the performance, making
cruelly witty remarks about the players, and calling attention to themselves and
Shakespeare’s and Jonson’s View of Public Theatre Audiences 197
their own superiority. Their bad theatrical manners do not help the play—but
then what could harm it?—and their self-centred in attention surely does not
deprive them of any meaning of the play, for what meaning could it possibly
have? So at least it seems on the stage; but from the auditorium, where another
audience sits, the scene looks remarkably different. We see not a group of real
people laughing at a group of wretched actors in a ridiculous play, but a group of
actors somewhat deficient in the imagination needed to apprehend the fantastic
world of love and fairies and magic they have moved through, watching, without
any self-consciousness whatsoever, another group of actors without any
imagination whatsoever completely missing the point of the mysterious story of
love and tragic death they are trying to present. Since both the stage players and
the stage audience are imaginatively deficient, taking their own sense of reality as
absolute, the audience in the theatre is inevitably reminded that they too may be
somewhat too secure in turn in their own sense of reality, and that full
apprehension of Shakespeare’s play, A Midsummer Night’s Dream, and its fantastic
events requires of us both good-mannered tolerance of its performance and some
suspension of our own disbelief, some imaginative willingness to consider the
play as an alternative image of the world, no more fantastic, no more make-
believe, than the image of ourselves and our existence we call reality.
One of the major defences of the English theatre during this period was that
it had a positive moral effect upon its audience, and in Hamlet Shakespeare tests
this contention directly by showing the reactions of an audience to a play
presented in the King’s palace, the very moral centre of the kingdom, before the
King and Queen and the royal court, and depicting a crime directly affecting the
welfare of the state. The audience’s reactions to ‘The Mousetrap or The Murder
of Gonzago’ are so baffling and unexpected that critics and producers have
consistently invented additional actions and motivations for the characters in the
stage audience. But if we take the text literally, it is clear that we have here a
variety of inadequate and unsatisfactory audience reactions to a play which
presents a close parallel to the murder of the old king of Denmark by the present
ruler. The Queen, Gertrude, like the rest of the court, who are later identified by
Hamlet as ‘mutes or audience’ to his death, gives no sign that she understands the
relevance of the play to her own conduct or to events in Denmark. It may be, and
is probable, as the evidence of the rest of the play suggests, that she knows nothing
of the murder of her first husband, and that she is therefore unmoved by either
the dumb-show or the action of the play depicting that murder. She is sensitive,
however, to her ‘o’erhasty marriage’, but when the Player Queen vows eternal
faith to her first husband in terms unmistakably bearing on Gertrude’s situation,
she either misses the reference to herself altogether or passes it off with an easy
remark—‘the lady doth protest too much, methinks’—which suggests that the
play has not bitten very deeply into her moral consciousness, as very little does.
Claudius does, of course, know what is going on, probably from the
beginning of the dumb- show which opens the play and certainly by the time that
198 Alvin B. Kernan
the murder is acted out on stage, and he rises in passion to call for lights. In the
best manner of the moral theory of drama, the staging of his crime forces him to
look inward to his heart, and he retires to the chapel to examine his conscience
and pray for his soul. But there he concludes that he cares so much for the
kingdom and the queen he has stolen that he cannot give them up, and so he
plots another murder to protect himself and secure his worldly gains.
Even Hamlet, who has such elevated theories about playing and such scorn
for the wrong kind of audience, ‘who for the most part are capable of nothing but
inexplicable dumb shows and noise’, turns out to be a most unsatisfactory
audience. Like the young nobles who, to the often-voiced distress of the
playwrights, frequently sat upon the public stage during performances to show
off their fine wit and dress, he intrudes upon the play, baits the actors, criticises
their style, and comments in an audible voice on the action. Nor does the play
have the desired moral effect upon him, any more than on Claudius, for while it
confirms Claudius’s guilt, it does not cause Hamlet to sweep to his revenge. After
a period of fury, during which he stabs Polonius by mistake, he allows himself to
be led tamely off to England. It can even be argued that Hamlet really misses the
more general or philosophical meaning of ‘The Murder of Gonzago’, for the
major portion of that play is taken up not by scenes relating directly to historical
events in Denmark but with a long old-fashioned exchange between the Player
King and Player Queen about the failure of human purpose in time and, in
general, the lack of human control over fate. Hamlet eventually comes to the
point of view offered by the Player King, accepting the divinity that shapes our
ends and the providence in the fall of a sparrow, but though this sombre view of
fate and will is the centre of the play the actors perform in Elsinore, it is not what
Hamlet hears or understands at the moment of performance. His own self-
absorption and preconceptions make him a poor audience and cause him to miss
what the play might have told him.
Theatrical conditions are for once almost ideal in The Tempest where the
playwright is a magician, his actors a band of spirits doing his immediate bidding,
and his audience so ‘charmed’ that they accept the illusions he stages for them as
full reality. Through his art and his spirit-actors, Ariel and his ‘meaner fellows’,
Prospero is able to stage shipwrecks, emblematic banquets, a masque in which
the gods are revealed and speak to men, and a tableau in which Ferdinand and
Miranda play at chess. Through all these, and Prospero’s many other theatrical
contrivances such as Ariel’s songs or the animal chase of Caliban and his
companions through the woods, the various ‘audiences’ are perfectly protected
from any real danger: ‘Not a hair perish’d / On their sustaining garments not a
blemish, / But fresher than before ... ’ (I. ii. 217–19). But so complete is the
theatrical illusion of reality on the magical island that the ‘charmed’ audiences
are ‘spell-stopped’ and so completely absorbed in the spectacles they see that
they are frequently drawn into the action. As a result, the play-wright is able to
work his will on them and they experience fully and are morally transformed by
Shakespeare’s and Jonson’s View of Public Theatre Audiences 199
the terror of shipwreck, the isolation of separation and exile, the wonder of the
appearance of the gods of plenty. Ferdinand is brought to an understanding of
the necessity for restraint and order. Alonso is brought to sorrow and repentance,
and the playwright Prospero is brought by his own productions to forgive past
injustices.
But even on this magical island, a geographic realisation of Hamlet’s
‘sterile promontory’, where Shakespeare constructs his absolute ‘idea of a
theatre’, the audience, like the playwright, theatre and actors, is finally not
perfect. In their determined realism Sebastian and Antonio remind us of other
Shakespearian stage audiences like Theseus and his court, or the King of Navarre
and his companions, who through their unwillingness to suspend disbelief are
unable to enter into the spirit of the play and are therefore unmoved by it. On
the other hand, Caliban, Stephano and Trinculo, the groundlings in every sense
of Prospero’s theatre, are incapable of suspending belief, like Sly or Bottom and
his fellows; and while they take the various performances Prospero arranges for
them—for example, the dressing up in the stage costumes Ariel puts in their
way—entirely literally, being ‘red-hot with drinking’, they too are not
transformed, though Stephano does, rather oddly to my mind, phrase one of the
major lessons of the island, albeit in a somewhat imperfect way, ‘Every man shift
for all the rest, and let no man take care for himself; for all is but fortune’ (V. i.
256–8). The depressing effect of Caliban’s literal-mindedness on theatre is made
clear when his approach with his fellows Trinculo and Stephano causes the
Masque of Juno and Ceres to ‘heavily vanish’, with ‘a strange, hollow, and confused
noise’.
Shakespeare knew very well what Ulysses tries to teach Achilles in Troilus
and Cressida, in terms specifically suggesting the theatre (III. iii. 115–23):
This is what the playwright in the public theatre, as well as Achilles the soldier
hero, had to learn, and in his various presentations of stage audiences
Shakespeare was obviously trying to instruct his actual audiences in the part they
finally had to play in making the theatre ‘like an arch, reverb’rate / The [play’s]
voice again’. By looking at images of themselves on the stage, he seems to have
thought, an audience could become self-conscious about its own role in making
200 Alvin B. Kernan
theatre work and learn the importance of simple good theatrical manners: not
talking while the performance is in progress, not sitting upon the stage and
making sneering critical remarks on the actors, not breaching the circle of
theatrical illusion, and, more positively, piecing out the crudities of spectacle or
performance with imagination and supporting it with sympathetic understanding
of the actors’ desire to please. But Shakespeare went far beyond these mild, and
usually humorous, remonstrances, for his stage audiences, taken in total, are
designed to make a real audience at least consider, usually by means of negative
example, the proper way to approach and conceive of a play. To take it too
literally, to take it for reality, like Sly, Bottom, Caliban and even to some extent
Hamlet, is to miss the real point and to interfere, as these audiences always do,
with the effectiveness of the performance. To be too sceptical, however, like the
King of Navarree, Theseus, or Sebastian and Antonio, and not to allow the play
even the status of temporary illusion, is equally destructive. Too much disbelief
breaks off Shakespeare’s internal plays as frequently as too much belief.
To be fully effective and work the transformations of which it is ideally
capable, Shakespeare seems to be saying, theatre must be felt by the audience to
be a fragile illusion, at once real and unreal, requiring for its success not only the
art of the playwright and the skill of the actors but a complex attitude on the part
of the audience in which they accept and are moved by the play as if it were real,
while at the same time knowing that it is not literally true. This theatrical
epistemology, and the theatrical manners which are required by it, are supported
and enforced by what we might call a theatrical metaphysic, which Shakespeare’s
internal plays again and again put before the stage audiences and the real
audiences for their consideration. To put it most simply, all Shakespeare’s stage
audiences are themselves necessarily actors in fact, finally no more real in their
assumed identities and actions than are the players and plays they scoff at and
interfere with in various ways. And while the actors who make up the stage
audiences are usually better actors than the players in the internal plays, they are
totally unaware of their own status as actors, totally sure of their own reality, and
completely insensitive to the fact that they have their existence only in plays
which, while they maintain illusion more effectively, are no more real than the
oftentimes silly and ineffective plays-within-the-play which they are watching.
This perspective is maintained most subtly and extensively in Hamlet where all
the world, not just ‘The Murder of Gonzago’, is ‘a stage / And all the men and
women merely players; / They have their exits and their entrances; / And one
man in his time plays many parts’. But it appears most obviously in A Midsummer
Night’s Dream where Theseus, Hippolyta and the young lovers sit laughing at
Bottom and his company performing the wretched ‘Pyramus and Thisby’, totally
unaware that they are themselves merely players in the Lord Chamberlain’s
Company who exist in a play about Athenian dukes and Amazon queens, lovers
and fairies, of which many in the real audience might well say, as Hippolyta does
of ‘Pyramus’, ‘This is the silliest stuff that ever I heard.’
Shakespeare’s and Jonson’s View of Public Theatre Audiences 201
Since these stage audiences are images of the actual audience, Shakespeare
has contrived matters in a much more indirect way than Jonson to make his
audiences consider whether their scepticism about Shakespeare’s plays may not
finally be as unwarranted as that of the stage audiences about the internal plays.
Perhaps we too, we are forced to see, are only players unselfconsciously playing
the roles of Smith and Jones in a larger play we arrogantly title Reality. Once an
audience’s certainty about itself and its world is unsettled in this way, and it is
forced to consider itself as a group of actors, then it is in the proper theatrical
frame of mind, poised between belief and disbelief, to accept the fiction of the
play as both real and unreal. Real because it is worthy consideration as an
alternative and possible image of the world, unreal because all images of the
world, including the audience’s, are no more than fictions, the ‘baseless fabric of
[a] vision’. If the revels end and the actors melt into air, so do
nobles like Theseus and a Prince of Denmark, who sits upon the stage making
cynical remarks, dallying with his mistress, and putting the players out, ‘leave thy
damnable faces and begin. Come; the croaking raven doth bellow for revenge.’
While it seems inescapable that there is some distrust of audiences in all
this, it is not certain that Shakespeare disliked and scorned his audiences, though
we should note that such an attitude corresponds to the general sense of
uneasiness about the public theatre audiences expressed by the other
playwrights of the time, such as Jonson and Beaumont, but also, more indirectly,
Kyd and Marlowe. But we can come somewhat closer to glimpsing, while
probably still not pinning down, Shakespeare’s own feelings about his audience
and theatre by looking for a moment, in closing, at the standard configuration
of his internal plays. In every case the play-within-the-play involves an upper-
class aristocratic audience viewing with varying degrees of scorn and
condescension a play, usually old-fashioned in style and awkward, or at least not
totally satisfactory, in performance, put on by lower-class players, either
amateur or professional. This structure appears most clearly in Love’s Labour’s
Lost, A Midsummer Night’s Dream and Hamlet; and in the latter two plays the
philosophy or aesthetic underlying the upper-class scorn of the common players
is made explicit: in Theseus’s attack on imagination—‘the lunatic, the lover, and
the poet’—and in Hamlet’s speech to the players. The configuration is less
apparent in The Taming of the Shrew and The Tempest, but still in both cases there
is an aristocratic presence, the lord who picks the drunken Sly out of the mud
and arranges both internal plays simply for his own amusement, and the duke
turned playwright, Prospero, who even while he practises his art scorns it as a
‘vanity’ and an ‘insubstantial pageant’, refers to the players, Ariel and his
‘quality’, as a ‘rabble’ of ‘meaner fellows’, and in the end abjures his ‘rough
magic’, breaks his staff, drowns his book, and leaves his island stage to return to
the more serious business of his dukedom in Milan.
The same pattern appears even in the briefer and less formally bracketed
internal plays in Shakespeare. The Prince of Wales stands mockingly by while
Falstaff, ‘as like one of these harlotry players’ as ever Mistress Quickly saw, plays
the part of the King in an old-fashioned style, ‘in King Cambyses’ vein’. And Hal,
of course, finds Falstaff ’s performance inadequate—‘Dost thou speak like a
king?’—and goes on to play the part superbly. Nothing seems more debasing to the
Queen of Egypt than that her life and loves should be shown on the public stage:
NOTES
1. Christopher Hill, Reformation to Industrial Revolution: A Social and
Economic History of Britain, 1530–1780 (Harmondsworth, 1969) p. 89.
2. Quoted in Alfred Harbage, Shakespeare’s Audience (New York, 1941)
p. 4.
3. Ibid., p. 159.
4. Jonas Barish, ‘Jonson and the Loathed Stage’, in A Celebration of Ben
Jonson, ed. W. Blissett, Julian Patrick and R. W. Van Fossen (Toronto, 1973) pp.
31–2.
5. The Staple of News, Intermean after Act I, line 50.
6. ‘Ode to Himself ’, line 32, appended to The New Inn.
204 Alvin B. Kernan
Licensed Fools:
the 1598 Watershed
The policy of the Elizabethan government (which, for practical purposes, means
the Privy Council) towards the business of playing is not always easily defined. It
often has to be inferred from actions they either did or did not take, while
anything they put into writing may need to be seen as a negotiating posture (in
relation, say, to the City of London authorities) rather than as a settled will. In
fact, it is probably a mistake to assume that they were consistent in their
approach to these matters, which almost certainly never figured very highly
among their most pressing concerns, or that they were all of one mind about
them. Certain Councillors appear to have taken more of an interest at certain
junctures, and perhaps nudged policy in a particular direction for a time. But the
effects may only have been temporary.
I mention this as a prelude to a reconsideration of the Privy Council’s
actions in 1597–98, when they appear to have intervened in the theatre business
more decisively than at any other time: first ordering the destruction of all the
playhouses and latterly restricting London playing to two ‘allowed’ companies.
In fact, rather bewilderingly, nothing came of the first order at all, while the
terms of the latter unravelled somewhat in subsequent years. Nevertheless I want
to argue that this was a decisive watershed, not in every particular but in laying
down a framework of policy for handling the actors which would essentially
remain in place down to the closing of the theatres in 1642. In these terms it was
more significant, for example, than the taking of the major acting companies into
royal patronage in 1603–4. And, as I shall argue, the actors and dramatists
From Licensing, Censorship, and Authorship in Early Modern England. © 2000 by Richard Dutton.
205
206 Richard Dutton
recognised this significance in the ways that they alluded to it in the plays of the
period. Scott McMillin and Sally-Beth MacLean have established with detail and
conviction what previous scholars had only inferred: that the Queen’s Men, put
together in 1583 by Edmund Tilney, Master of the Revels, were a product of
deliberate court policy, instigated primarily by the Earl of Leicester and Sir
Francis Walsingham (McMillin and MacLean). They were created as the largest
and most prestigious company of the era to fulfil at least two functions: as a
touring company (often dividing into two separate troupes) they were meant to
show a repertoire of intensely loyalist and Protestant-orientated plays as widely
as possible. And in the festive season, settled at least for a time in London, they
were to supply the court with high-quality entertainment, their precedence
putting an end to the rivalry between the patrons of other troupes for the
prestige of performing there. In this latter capacity they dominated court
entertainment between their inception and 1588.
In all of this ‘the central government seemed ready to take charge of this
burgeoning actors’ industry and send it along calculated directions’ (McMillin
and MacLean, p. 17). This is what concerns me here, since the creation of the
Queen’s Men must be seen as the first step along the road towards the regulation
of London-based playing which took something like final shape between 1598
and 1600. Yet in the 1580s the Privy Council had not yet settled on a definitive
game-plan, since after 1588 the primacy of the Queen’s Men was allowed to
diminish; they ‘began to share the court calendar with other companies in the
seasons of 1588–9 and 1589–90, and ... lost the court advantage drastically in
1591–2’ (McMillin and MacLean, p. 55). The reasons for this are not entirely
clear: the company continued to tour until the end of the reign, and if its quality
had been diminished it remained open to Tilney to reinforce it from other
companies. But he did not do so, and we must suspect that this was not
unconnected with the deaths of those Lords of the Council who had backed the
company in the first place, Leicester in 1588 and Walsingham in 1590.
The other members of the Privy Council made no apparent effort to
pursue alternative ‘calculated directions’ for the theatrical profession at this time.
Strange’s Men and Pembroke’s Men enjoyed court precedence in the early 1590s;
though their patrons were both influential men, neither was a Councillor, and it
is not easy to discern anything resembling policy behind the prominence their
companies achieved. It was only with the major reorganisation of the companies
precipitated by the plague of 1593–94 (but perhaps not left to unfold randomly)
that a new and more settled sense of policy emerged. When the theatres re-
opened the Admiral’s and Chamberlain’s Men had been shaped as predominant
companies, in ways that commercial practice alone would not explain. As Andrew
Gurr puts it, ‘In effect, from May 1594 onwards the Admiral’s and Lord
Chamberlain’s companies knew themselves to be based in London as part of the
government’s policy, with accompanying privileges’ (Gurr, 1996, p. 67). They
were the only ones to act at court between December 1594 and February 1600.
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 207
Unlike the Queen’s Men, however, there is no evidence that their repertoires
were deliberately propagandist in nature; nor was provincial touring a primary
element of their agenda.
As Gurr suggests, these arrangements arose from the concerted policy of
the patrons of the two companies concerned, Lord Admiral Howard and Lord
Chamberlain Hunsdon. Both were Privy Councillors, both were first cousins of
the Queen, and Howard was, moreover, Hunsdon’s son-in-law. Between them
they seem to have dictated what was effectively Privy Council thinking on court
and London theatre at this juncture, negotiating on behalf of their favoured
companies with the city authorities who would have preferred to eradicate
activities which they themselves could not control. But this fell far short of
blanket support for the acting profession. By 1596 companies were denied the
regular use of inn-yard theatres within the City of London’s jurisdiction (which
may have pleased the city authorities but certainly limited the number of acting
venues).1 And that year the Privy Council prevented the Burbages from using the
Blackfriars as a theatre, following a petition from local residents—who included
Hunsdon’s own son. The Howard/Hunsdon exclusivity was disrupted, moreover,
when Hunsdon died in 1596, to be replaced as Lord Chamberlain by Lord
Cobham, a circumstance which may well have left its traces in the
Falstaff/Oldcastle revisions in the Henry IV plays, since Oldcastle was an ancestor
of the Cobhams (G. Taylor, 1985, 1987). The situation reverted to something
like its earlier symmetry early in 1597 when Cobham in turn died, to be replaced
as Lord Chamberlain by the second Lord Hunsdon.
Yet later that year the theatrical profession faced apparently the gravest of
all the crises that beset it during Elizabeth’s reign. Perhaps stung by the Isle of
Dogs affair (the sequence of cause and effect is debatable), and urged on yet again
by the City of London authorities who demanded ‘the present staie & fynall
suppressinge of the saide Stage playes, as well at the Theatre, Curten, and
banckside, as in all other places in and abowt the Citie’ (28 July), the Privy
Council that very day temporarily suspended playing for the summer (which was
not unusual, given the threat of plague) but ordered ‘that also those play houses
that are erected and built only for such purposes shalbe plucked downe ... and so
to deface the same as they maie not be ymploied agayne to suche use’ (Dutton,
1991, pp. 107–8).
Even Howard and Hunsdon signed the orders; and it is far from clear why
they were not carried out.2 Yet the eventual outcome of all this may suggest that
it was never the Privy Council’s intention to eradicate playing altogether, but
rather to impose a more formal framework on the Howard/Hunsdon
arrangements. The Chamberlain’s Men, after all, had already lost the use of the
Theatre in their dispute with the lease-holder, Giles Allen, and may yet have
hoped for permission to use the Burbages’ Blackfriars theatre. The Rose, where
the Admiral’s Men performed, was already sinking into the marsh on which it had
been built. If all other public theatres were destroyed, but the duopoly were given
208 Richard Dutton
authority to start again in new premises, the purposes of the Privy Council and
those they patronised would have been ideally met. Indisputably, as William
Ingram (1971–72) has argued, those who lost most in this crisis were Francis
Langley, the owner of the new Swan Theatre, and Pembroke’s Men who put on
The Isle of Dogs there: parties outside the charmed circle, and competitors to it
(three of the sharers in the Admiral’s Men, indeed, had defected to Pembroke’s).
Langley, moreover, had incurred the wrath of another Privy Councillor, Sir
Robert Cecil, in an entirely different matter. So the Privy Council order to
destroy the theatres may effectively have been a smoke-screen for putting the
Swan, in particular, out of business without publicly singling it out. Certainly, it
was rarely used for playing after this. As for Pembroke’s Men, just how ‘lewd’ The
Isle of Dogs actually was we have no way of knowing, but the demonstrable effect
of the Privy Council’s investigation into it (largely conducted by the notorious
torturer Richard Topcliffe) was that the company disintegrated before they had
any chance of establishing themselves in London.
The following year a series of measures were instituted which perhaps
made explicit what the Privy Council intended all along. Firstly (9 February)
Parliament passed a new Acte for punyshment of Rogues Vagabondes and Sturdy
Beggars, prescribing ever more vicious punishments for masterless men—
explicitly including unlicensed players. Ten days later the Privy Council issued
directives to the Middlesex and Surrey Justices, and to the Master of the Revels,
for the first time publicly restricting the number of allowed acting troupes in the
London area to two. The letter to Tilney specifies:
It also requires Tilney to suppress an unnamed third troupe, who are neither
‘bound to’ him nor can be said to be rehearsing plays for performance at court.
What is not clear from the letter is whether the Privy Council were
referring to an essentially new situation when they assert that ‘licence hath bin
granted’, or whether they meant arrangements as they had in effect largely
pertained since 1594, which they were in effect re-instating. Strictly speaking
these precise arrangements could not have been in place all this time, since when
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 209
old Hunsdon died the company turned to his son as a patron rather than to Lord
Cobham, and there was a period when the younger Hunsdon was neither a Privy
Councillor nor Lord Chamberlain. But they may simply be glossing over the
details. Strikingly, the letter carries the authority of the whole Council, though
it relates specifically to actors patronised by only two of its members, ‘us, the
Lord Admyral and Lord Chamberlaine’. This needs to be set alongside the new
Vagrancy Act; this reconfirmed the provision of the 1572 act, limiting licensed
companies to those ‘belonging to any Baron of this Realme, or any other
honorable Personage of greater degree’, but removing the provision that
companies might be licensed locally for performance by Justices of the Peace.
That is, taking the two measures together, the rights of the nobility to
patronise acting companies were not infringed, but the privilege of such
companies to perform in and around London (as Pembroke’s Men and indeed
Hunsdon’s Men had done, probably quite legitimately, in 1596–97) was restricted
to those patronised by members of the Privy Council itself. This privilege was
explicitly associated with the fiction that these companies were rehearsing against
the possibility of being invited to perform at court, and this made the Master of
the Revels their logical regulator. The idea that public acting might be deemed
to be rehearsal for court performance was an old fig-leaf deployed in the past by
the Privy Council to protect the actors from the City authorities: it was used by
them, for example, in April 1582, and was explicitly challenged by the Lord
Mayor in 1592 when he sought Archbishop Whitgift’s advice about eradicating
the actors, enquiring ‘if by any means it may be devised that hir Majestie may be
served with these recreations as hath ben accoustomed (which in our opinions
may easily bee don by the privat exercise of hir Majesties own players in
convenient place)’ (Dutton, 1991, pp. 49, 78–9).
What is new in 1598 is the very explicit limiting of companies permitted to
perform on these grounds to two, that these two are to be patronised by Privy
Councillors who are senior members of the royal household, and that they are
explicitly under the authority of the Master of the Revels. This in fact defined
Tilney’s public role for the first time. Although his Special Commission of 1581
had given him plenipotentiary powers over the theatrical world, it is apparent
that in practice his dealings had only been with companies (their number
unspecified) who stood a serious chance of performing at court. As late as 1589
the Privy Council proposed that he join with a church representative and
someone appointed by the Lord Mayor of London in a joint commission to
censor plays, which indicates that he was not in fact licensing all plays in the
London region at that time. Indeed, he is not mentioned at all in respect of the
Isle of Dogs affair, presumably because he had not licensed the play: that would
have fallen to the Surrey magistrates. Uncompromised by that affair, Tilney was
henceforth explicitly the controller of all permitted London playing. As a distant
cousin of Hunsdon and a rather closer one of Howard (the Lord Admiral had
originally secured the Revels Office for him), Tilney was an ideal intermediary
210 Richard Dutton
between the privileged London companies and those in the Privy Council who
looked out for their interests.
An order of 22 June 1600 attempted to tighten the already very strict 1598
conditions: it reiterated the exclusive licences of the Admiral’s and Chamberlain’s
Men, but restricted their playing to their ‘now usual houses’, respectively the
Fortune and the Globe. There was a further ban on playing ‘in any Common Inn
for publique assemblie in or neare about the Cittie’ and moreover ‘forasmuche
as these stage plaies, by the multitude of houses and Companie of players, have
bin too frequent ... It is likewise ordered that the two severall Companies of
Plaiers assigned unto the two howses allowed maie play each of them in their
severall howse twice a weeke and no oftener’ (Dutton, 1991, p. 111).
Nothing, it would seem, could be clearer or more categorical. But in
practice things were nowhere near as clear-cut as this, as the Lords of the
Council acknowledged when they concluded the order with the admonition to
the Lord Mayor and the Justices of Middlesex and Surrey, to whom it was
addressed: ‘these orders wilbe of litle force and effecte unless they be dulie putt
in execution by those to whom yt appertaineth to see them executed’. Indeed,
already by this date the duopoly of the Admiral’s and Chamberlain’s Men had
been breached by the resuscitation of the boy companies, Paul’s Boys and the
Children of the Chapel—both of whom would perform at court in the following
revels season. Even more critically, another adult troupe, the Earl of Derby’s
Men, had already performed at court in the winter of 1599–1600, and had taken
up residence in the Boar’s Head playhouse, in every respect flouting the Privy
Council’s orders. Or, more precisely, flouting them in every respect bar one—
they were paying the Master of the Revels 15s. per playing week at the Boar’s
Head, and so apparently submitting to his authority, even though that was not
supposed to extend beyond the two ‘allowed’ companies (Berry, 1986, p. 130).
Despite numerous reiterations by the Privy Council of the two-company
restriction, Derby’s Men remained at the Boar’s Head unmolested, and
performed again at court in the winter season of 1600–1. In the autumn of 1601,
however, they were replaced at the Boar’s Head by a new company, an
amalgamation of troupes patronised by the Earls of Oxford and Worcester,
which would be known by the latter’s name. They would perform at court in the
1601–2 season, and finally join the Admiral’s and Chamberlain’s Men as a third
formally ‘allowed’ adult company. Herbert Berry is not alone in seeing all this as
very odd, not least in that the Privy Council emerges from it as wildly
inconsistent—in 1597 apparently on the verge of eradicating the playhouses
altogether (and certainly stopping playing at The Swan for several years), but
thereafter complaining rather lamely that their directives were not being
enforced, yet doing nothing about it: ‘The Privy Council in Elizabeth’s time
must eventually have thought of theatrical enterprises as falling into one of three
categories: 1) those that the central government for one reason or another would
not allow at all; 2) those that it would allow and take fees from but not protect
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 211
from local authorities; and 3) those that it would allow, take the same fees from,
and protect from local authorities’ (p. 130). The Swan after 1597 would fall into
category 1, the Boar’s Head from 1599 to 1602 into category 2, the Globe and
Fortune from 1600, and the Boar’s Head from 1602, into category 3.
The issue may be more intelligible, however, if we stop looking at the Privy
Council as the driving force in all this. Clearly they were an interested party, and
their authority could be all but definitive when they chose to exert it (as they did
with The Swan). But the habit of reviewing events from a government-centred
perspective, as if a modern Prime Minister or President was deliberately
dictating policy—an approach so much encouraged by E.K. Chambers’
beguilingly helpful assemblage of all ‘Documents of Control’ into a single, quasi-
narrative appendix—may actually be very misleading (Freedman). I want to think
laterally here, of the situation as it related to the regulation and censorship of
printed books. From 1586 this was in the hands of the Church Court of High
Commission, under the control of the Archbishop of Canterbury and the Bishop
of London, though most of the day-to-day licensing was handled by their
chaplains and other lesser clergy.
From a distance the Star Chamber decree setting this up looks like the
imposition of an arbitrary and repressive government. The reality, however, was
rather different. It was actually the Stationers’ Company, rather than the
government, who agitated for this development. Edward Arber, the Victorian
editor of the Stationers’ Register, observes that the ‘Star Chamber decree of the
23 June 1586 ... was undoubtedly promoted, not by the Government, but by the
principal Stationers chiefly as a protection for their own literary property as an
article of commerce’ (Arber, 3, p. 17: see below, Chapter 8 ‘Buggeswords’). The
striking thing is that the Stationers’ Company already had a monopoly of the
English printing industry, under the terms of its 1557 charter. But it was a
monopoly they found very difficult to enforce. John Wolfe in particular found
ways of conducting business despite not being a Stationer. The 1586
arrangements changed the ground-rules (and Wolfe promptly became an
extremely loyal and leading member of the company) since the licensing of books
and the business of selling them henceforth went hand in hand.
That is, the legal framework was driven by a business imperative, securing
an enforceable monopoly (or, strictly, a cartel since members traded
independently) for the Stationers’ Company: royal and church authority blended
seamlessly with self-policing commercial privilege in a perfectly reciprocal
pattern of patronage. The Privy Council directive of 19 February 1598 reads like
a parallel case, and in my view was—to paraphrase Arber—if not undoubtedly,
very probably ‘promoted, not by the Government, but by the principal actors and
theatre owners chiefly as a protection for their own theatrical property as an article
of commerce’. There are no records to confirm this, but it makes the best sense
of the evidence we have. Rather like the Stationers before 1586, the Admiral’s
and Chamberlain’s Men after 1594 had established a de facto monopoly of regular
212 Richard Dutton
London and court playing, collaborating harmoniously (as far as we can tell) with
Tilney. Lord Cobham’s brief tenure as Lord Chamberlain may well have rocked
the boat, while the Isle of Dogs business erupted outside the charmed circle, with
destabilising effects on the whole industry which had to be taken seriously, given
the (by now) entrenched opposition of the city authorities.
The Admiral’s and Chamberlain’s Men naturally sought to preserve their
livelihood—and an arrangement whereby they publicly submitted to Tilney’s
authority and licensing in return for quasi-monopoly trading conditions must
have suited them very nicely. As with the Stationers, the legal framework and
commercial self-interest reinforced each other perfectly. There were, of course,
differences between the 1586 and 1598 situations, but some were more apparent
than real. The 1598 provisions do read as though Howard and Hunsdon were
taking personal advantage of their positions to protect the interests of their
companies (which perhaps they were); but this is not really so different from
Archbishop Whitgift convincing the Court of Star Chamber—in reality only the
Privy Council in another capacity, and he belonged to both—to set up a system
of licensing which secured a comfortable income for a dozen of his clergy, at the
same time as it tied the Stationers into bonds of mutual self-interest with himself
and the government as a whole.
One real difference was that the Stationers determined their own
membership. Although it was subject to many constraints, the acting profession
had no such self-limiting mechanism. And the immediate response by those
excluded under the 1598 restrictions was a determination to break into the
privileged inner circle. The first to succeed were the boy companies. The
Children of the Chapel had ceased commercial activities by the mid–1580s, while
Paul’s Boys stopped performing around 1590–1, possibly in the wake of the
Martin Marprelate affair. But it has never been established what official action—
if any—put them out of business or permitted them to restart. In the absence of
evidence to the contrary it is sensible to conclude that there never was any
intervention by the authorities—that they ceased performing because demand
for them tapered off (possibly as a result of increased competition from London-
based adult companies in the mid–1580s), and that they started up again when
the demand returned, very probably because the Privy Council’s action reduced
the supply of drama on offer.
Their special patents as choir schools remained in force throughout, and
from 1599–1600 they effectively joined the cartel of the Admiral’s and
Chamberlain’s Men, under Tilney’s authority, though official pronouncements
from the Privy Council and elsewhere at this time continue to treat them as a
special category, not as common players. (This was to change early in James’s
reign). Clearly, the Privy Council could have suppressed these activities if they
had been determined to. The fact that they did not strongly suggests that the
measures of 1598 were less a matter of clinical public policy than of collusion
(reciprocal endorsement) between the agents of government and those in the
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 213
profession with the resources and the patronage to negotiate privileged trading
conditions. When others emerged with as persuasive a claim, the logic was to
include them within the cartel rather than attempt to suppress them.
The Admiral’s and Chamberlain’s Men were perhaps less distressed than
they might otherwise have been at this infringement of their privileges, because
the boys offered something distinctively different: smaller and much more
expensive theatres, a niche market perhaps only marginally in competition with
their own. (There was even to be collaboration between the Chamberlain’s Men
and Paul’s Boys over Satiromastix). But the 1598 arrangement also in practice left
the door open to adult companies with the right qualifications: they established
certain principles, but not the definitive numbers. Actors with a noble patron
could still ply their trade in the provinces: and those with sufficient resources and
patronage might bid to join the inner sanctum. This is what Derby’s, and
subsequently Worcester’s Men, did. The privileges enjoyed by Derby’s Men
seem to have followed an intervention by their patron, or more precisely their
patron’s wife, who was Robert Cecil’s niece:
London cartel were equally free to use their own influence to try to protect their
privileges. This must surely lie behind the directive of June 1600, which confirms
the Admiral’s and Chamberlain’s Men as the only ‘allowed’ companies, but
confines them to their ‘usual houses’. Again, this looks like another arbitrary
restrictive whim of government, anxious to assert its control. But in reality it
raises the stakes in the patronage competition, and favours those who already
have an advantage. Exclusive use of a purpose-built and authorised theatre
becomes a minimum condition for joining the élite of the ‘allowed’ companies.
The strongest argument for this reading of events is its timing: the
directive seems to have been issued as soon as The Fortune was complete.
Indeed, it is the earliest evidence we have that The Fortune was ready for use.3
Thus the Admiral’s Men had caught up with the Chamberlain’s Men, whose
Globe had been completed about a year before. The Theatre had been
dismantled to create The Globe, The Rose was deteriorating and its lease
running out, use of The Swan was proscribed, and one of the conditions of the
1600 directive was that The Curtain should cease to be used for playing. The boy
companies had their own theatres—Paul’s Boys in the Chapter Precinct of St
Paul’s, while the Children of the Chapel gained the use of the Burbage’s
Blackfriars theatre, a measure of their difference from the adult companies. The
whole situation clearly suited those in possession, and the directive merely
reinforced the prerogatives of the status quo.
But in this it was not totally successful. In the late summer of 1599, just as
The Globe was coming into use, the Boar’s Head was refurbished for the use of
Derby’s Men, who had hitherto been touring in the provinces (Berry, p. 34–5).
This was literally just outside the City precincts, and for that reason not subject
to the proscriptions that had brought the regular use of inn-yard theatres to an
end within London by 1596. But the patronage which gained Derby’s Men an
entrée at court that winter presumably kept the theatre safe in June 1600. Derby
himself remains a relatively shadowy figure, though he must have had
considerable influence at court. This was the period in which his involvement
with the theatres was at its most intense. It was in June 1599 that George Fenner
intriguingly recorded: ‘Therle of Darby is busyed only in penning comedies for
the common Players’, and Derby also (significantly) financed the re-opening of
Paul’s Boys. His alliance by marriage with Cecil must have given an edge to his
august title.
Yet somehow this did not translate into securing his actors a permanent
place among the ‘allowed’ companies—merely a temporary sojourn. The sticking
point may well have been that Derby, for all his influence and enthusiasm, was
not a Councillor—the final hurdle built into conditions of membership in 1598.
The Council itself, steered by Cecil, may tacitly have deferred to his status but
denied his company formal recognition. This possibility is reinforced by what
happened to those who succeeded Derby’s Men at the Boar’s Head and at court,
but unlike them did break into the charmed circle of ‘allowed’ companies.
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 215
Much of this, of course, is guesswork, trying to make the best sense of events and
documents whose full context we know very imperfectly. What I want to suggest
now, however, is that the theatrical community itself recognised the events of
1598–1600 (or 1602) as a watershed, something that changed their status, and
their relationships with both the court and the City, in a major way. Their plays
from this period keep alluding to it. There is room for debate as to what these
allusions finally tell us, but their existence is hardly to be doubted.
I start with The Shoemaker’s Holiday, for which Henslowe paid Thomas
Dekker on 15 July 1599, and these observations by R.L. Smallwood and Stanley
Wells in their Revels Plays edition:
In the context I have been outlining, I suggest such identifications are much
stronger than ‘not unlikely’. Dekker is crowing here over the ‘misfortunes’ of a
known opponent of the theatres—one of those former Lord Mayors who must
have been exasperated beyond measure by the 1598 developments, which
effectively put the ‘allowed’ companies beyond their grasp once and for all. We
can even imagine Tilney taking pleasure in the discomfiture of one of those who
(in the 1592 negotiations with Whitgift) had sought to sever his links with the
public theatres altogether: Dekker’s ridicule remains just sufficiently anonymised
that Spencer would have to make a fool of himself even to object to it.
But there is more here than simply a ‘hit’ at a known individual. The
Shoemaker’s Holiday is perhaps the classic example of the citizen comedy genre,
which is commonly thought to have started in 1598 with William Haughton’s
Englishmen for My Money (like Dekker’s, an Admiral’s Men’s play). As Alexander
Leggatt argues, ‘citizen comedy may be about citizens, but it does not necessarily
uphold their values, nor was it necessarily written for them as an audience’
(Leggatt, p. 4). In the hands of the boy companies the genre became openly
satirical, ridiculing citizens’ pretensions. But in these early examples, in the hands
of Haughton and Dekker, the tone is affectionate, celebrating the city, its history,
traditions, locales and heroes, like Dick Whittington and Dekker’s own Simon
Eyre. The romanticised view of the past may cover veiled criticism of the
present—as Eyre’s private munificence stands in marked contrast to the stark
poor law and vagrancy legislation of the previous year. But the main thrust of
such drama is to identify the theatres which stage it with the citizenry it
celebrates: sharing together in the royal blessing which Dekker introduces into
his play, a detail missing from Deloney and the other sources on which he draws.
There had always been a side of Elizabethan theatre that put it on the
fringes of respectability, its playhouses located beyond the city limits to rub
shoulders with brothels and prisons, its actors classed in legislation as no better
than vagrants and masterless men—the side most clearly delineated by Steven
Mullaney in The Place of the Stage.5 But Mullaney underplays the extent that there
was always a confederacy between the court and the leading acting companies
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 217
The day after Dekker had received final payment for the play, we
find Henslowe (under the date of what he terms 31 November)
advancing the dramatist the sum of £1 ‘for the altrenge of the boocke
of the wholl history of fortewnatus’. The reason for this is contained
in Henslowe’s entry of 12 December, where a further sum of £2 has
been paid to Dekker ‘for the eande of fortewnatus for the corte’. The
play was being adapted for court performance, where it was duly
played before the Queen on 27 December.
(Hoy, 1, p. 72)
This is unusual in the extreme. Firstly Henslowe pays Dekker a full fee for
amending or adding to an old play, producing a text which we must assume the
actors regarded as serviceable. But the very next day he engages him to rewrite
the same material ‘for the corte’, paying yet another £3, a full half-fee. Nothing
exactly parallels this in Henslowe’s Diary, nor is there evidence elsewhere that it
was usual to amend a text as extensively as is implied here for court performance.
Above all, it seems particularly odd that a text should be amended in this
way before it could even be tried out on an audience. The usual assumption is
that success in the theatre singled out a play for performance at court, possibly
then amended under the guidance of the Master of the Revels. Here we have
what amounts to the creation of a play especially—possibly even solely—for
court performance (since Henslowe records no subsequent performances). Only
Jonson’s Bartholomew Fair and possibly Shakespeare’s The Merry Wives of Windsor
suggest themselves as comparable examples, so this was very unusual indeed—a
uniqueness compounded by being published, in what is clearly an authorised
edition, only weeks after that court performance (Stationers’ Register, 20
February 1600).
I suggest that the only explanation for these unique circumstances must be
prior knowledge, at least in court circles, that The Fortune was to be built. Roslyn
Knutson argues that, since the contract for the new playhouse was not signed
until 8 January, it can only have been ‘a happy coincidence’ that the Admiral’s
Men’s purchased ‘in November ... a play with the name of their playhouse in the
title’, though she recognises what good publicity it would be (Knutson, 1991, p.
82). But she ignores the payments made for revision in December and the special
circumstances both of the court performance and of publication. This was more
than publicity—it was the Admiral’s Men basking in their new status, which was
to be further confirmed in the building of the new theatre. It is in textual
moments that Dekker certainly wrote for the court performance that this is most
fully confirmed, as when the Goddess Fortune kneels before the Queen,
acknowledging ’tis most meete/ That Fortune falle downe at thy conqu’ring
feete’ (5.2. 313–14) and the two old men who speak the Epilogue address
Elizabeth as a ‘deere Goddesse’ whom they will entreat with ‘praiers that
we/May once a yeere so oft enjoy this sight’ (Epilogue, 12–13: Old Fortunatus in
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 219
Dekker, 1953–61, I). The actors acknowledge that their ‘Fortune’ owes
everything to the Queen, but hope to see their privileges confirmed in yearly
court performances.
Chapman’s All Fools is also obsessed with Fortune, though the date and
provenance of the text that has survived makes it difficult precisely to locate in
relation to these concerns. Henslowe paid Chapman for a play called All Fools but
the Fool or The World Runs of Wheels between January 1598 and July 1599; the play
that survives was published in 1605 as ‘Presented at the Black Fryers, And lately
before his Majesty’. E.K. Chambers argued that they were distinct plays: ‘the
change of company raises a doubt, and there is no fool in All Fools’ (Chambers,
3, p. 252). But in a play where all the characters are fools, the absence of a
distinctively scripted ‘fool’ is hardly conclusive (especially since, as I shall argue,
‘fooling’ and acting are sometimes suggestively synonymous at this time).
Moreover, the text seems to retain distinct allusions to an outdoor theatre with a
‘heaven’ and ‘hell’ the Blackfriars did not have (Prologus, 3–4) and a date before
the turn of the century is cited in the text: ‘the seventeenth of November, fifteen
hundred and so forth’ (4.1.330: Chapman, 1968). Chapman presumably did
revise the play for the Children of the Chapel, but this text seems to retain at
least some earlier features. And it is here that its preoccupation with Fortune is
so intriguing.
One of the principal characters is called Fortunio, while the Prologus twice
links Fortune with the theatre: ‘The fortune of a stage (like Fortune’s self) /
Amazeth greatest judgments ...’, ‘So Fortune governs in these stage events’ (1–2,
33). Thereafter, the theme recurs repeatedly, most tellingly in the opening lines
of both the final scenes: ‘I see these politicians / (Out of blind Fortune’s hands)
are our most fools’ (3.1.114–15); ‘Fortune, the great commandress of the world,
/ Hath divers ways to advance her followers’ (5.1.1–2); ‘We will shift rooms / To
see if Fortune will shift chances with us. Sit. ladies, sit. Fortunio, place thy wench
...’ (5.2.1–3). It would, of course, be difficult to find a more common theme than
Fortune in Elizabethan drama. But its very particular reiteration in this play
seems pointed in a way that suggests an extra-textual referent, for which the new
theatre is the prime candidate. Whenever precisely this text was penned, it seems
to be part of an advertising campaign for the Admiral’s Men new ‘usual house’,
and so to stress the good fortune of those who are licensed to play at The
Fortune.
There are numerous other plays in which Fortune (and, as we shall see,
Globes) are foregrounded in such a way as to suggest extra-textual referents,
which must surely be the theatres. Some seem more in the spirit of rivalry rather
than advertising. We may, for example, suspect something of this in Hamlet’s
badinage with Rosencrantz and Guildenstern, which leads eventually to the
announcement of the players’ arrival: Guildenstern claims that ‘on Fortune’s cap
(Q2: ‘lap’) we are not the very button’ but Hamlet twists their answers to put
them ‘In the secret parts of Fortune’ (2.2. 218–19; 235). In the context of
220 Richard Dutton
theatrical London c. 1600–1 (to which the text alludes repeatedly in other ways)6,
that is a coded way of acknowledging them as rivals, as the enemy. I shall return
to this point.
For the Chamberlain’s Men more generally I want firstly to turn to a play
which was not new in 1598–1600 but a (presumed) revival from 1595–96. A
Midsummer Night’s Dream was first published in 1600 ‘As it hath been sundry
times publickely acted, by the Right honourable, the Lord Chamberlaine his
servants’. Roslyn Knutson proposes a close correlation between the publication
of plays more than a year or so old, and their revival on stage, and cites this as a
plausible example (1991, pp. 12–13, 81). Certainly, if the play was revived in late
1599/early 1600, Oberon’s boast—‘We the globe can compass soon/Swifter than
the wand’ ring moon’ (4.1.94–5)—would have had a local and topical edge to it
then, albeit not as resonant as the ‘All the world’s a stage’ speech from As You Like
It which Shakespeare must have penned with The Globe in mind. The possibility
of a c. 1599 revival of A Midsummer Night’s Dream is particularly intriguing from
my perspective, since it is the only play I know where the Master of the Revels is
himself brought on stage—Philostrate in the quarto text and Egeus in the folio,
respectively Theseus’s ‘usual manager of mirth’. Strikingly, Philostrate figures
much more prominently in the quarto text than (in this respect) does Egeus. In
the quarto Philostrate is the one who outlines to Theseus the whole range of
theatrical delights available on his wedding night and vainly attempts to prevent
him having Pyramus and Thisbe performed. In the folio Egeus shares his lines
with Lysander and the nature of his court post is sidelined by his plot centrality
as Hermia’s father. Editors of the play have (until recently) favoured the quarto
version, but Barbara Hodgdon has argued to some effect that the folio is both
dramatically and thematically more effective, providing a resolution of sorts to
the Hermia/Egeus split which ignites the play’s action (1986).
What we cannot know is when the differences between the two versions
emerged. The publishing sequence prompts the assumption that the folio version
is a post–1600 revision, but this is far from being a necessary conclusion. I simply
want to point out that the quarto version is a peculiarly apt fable for the situation
of the actors in 1599–1600—whether it was a simple revival or revised for the
occasion. As my colleague, Richard Wilson (1993b), has argued it is a play about
very English forms of censorship, in which the class-conscious deference of the
‘mechanicals’ compounds with their fear of giving offence to ensure a
performance of utterly guileless ‘entertainment’. And the services of a censor are
unnecessary (despite suspicions elsewhere of ‘satire, keen and critical’) when
Theseus is determined that ‘never anything can be amiss,/When simpleness and
duty tender it’ (5.1.54, 82-3). By subscribing to this formula the Chamberlain’s
servants are indeed ‘made men’, secure in their ‘sixpence a day’ so long as they
submit to Philostrate/ Tilney’s authority. The common assumption that
Shakespeare’s play, like that of his ‘mechanicals’, was meant to celebrate an
aristocratic wedding has long overshadowed the documented fact that it ‘hath
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 221
indisputable is that, quite early on in his association with the Chamberlain’s Men,
Armin became somehow associated with their new status as an ‘allowed’
company, and that this was semi-formalised in his ‘licensed fool’ roles. Wiles (p.
145) identifies seven of these between 1599 and 1605, mainly but not exclusively
written by the company’s resident playwright: Touchstone (As You Like It, c.
1599), Carlo Buffone (Every Man Out of His Humour, 1599), Feste (Twelfth Night,
c. 1601), Thersites (Troilus and Cressida, c. 1601–2), Lavatch (All’s Well That Ends
Well, c. 1602–3), Passarello (The Malcontent, c. 1604) and the Fool (King Lear, c.
1605–6).
There were, of course, numerous other roles which shared some
characteristics with these—Wiles identifies various ‘orthodox clown parts’ and
‘latent clown parts’ (pp. 150–1)—but the ‘licensed fools’ are particularly resonant
precisely because their recurrent identity mirrors that of the acting profession as
a whole. With the exception of Buffone, they are all servants of aristocrats and
all uniquely licensed to speak their minds and not give offence (or be shielded
from harm if they do give offence—the whip is invoked more than once, but
never actually used). That is what the 1598 provisions established for the actors
in the ‘allowed’ companies, with Tilney empowered to convey that licence. In all
of these roles, therefore, Armin invokes a metadramatic dimension, a reminder
of the precise rules—social and political, as well as aesthetic—under which the
actors are allowed to ‘hold a mirror up to nature’.
Even though the role and its conventions must have become a familiar one,
Shakespeare in particular goes out of his way to write in the specific fact of
‘licence’. So Olivia, defending Feste, reminds us all that ‘There is no slander in
an allowed fool, though he do nothing but rail’ (1.5.89–91); Lafeu describes
Lavatch as ‘A shrewd knave and an unhappy’, to which the Countess replies: ‘So
a is. My Lord that’s gone made himself much sport out of him; by his authority
he remains here, which he thinks a patent for his sauciness, and indeed he has no
pace but runs where he will’ (4.5.63–7); Achilles has to remind Patroclus about
the fool he ‘inveigled’ from Ajax: ‘He is a privileged man. Proceed, Thersites’;
Goneril famously complains to Lear of ‘your all-licensed fool’ (folio; 1.4.183),
who is threatened with the whip but never actually suffers it.
In each of these instances there are reasons within the action of the play
itself why the issue should be raised. But its familiarity becomes so foregrounded
as always to have extra-textual reference—which can often be linked to the wider
status of the actors: their licensed cartel and their incessant rivalry within it.
Lavatch’s position in All’s Well, for example, sets him up for a virtuoso broadside
on Fortune, which can only be a slandering of the rival house (‘Truly, Fortune’s
displeasure is but sluttish ...’ 5.2.3–34).7 Feste’s position in Twelfth Night is
particularly suggestive. He entertains the aristocrats in Illyria (usually by wittily
ridiculing them to their faces), with a shrewd professionalism which insists above
all on payment for his ‘pains’. What is never fully explained is the streak of
vindictive cruelty that runs through his treatment of Malvolio. Their mutual
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 223
antagonism is established early on, but within the play Feste suffers no more at
Malvolio’s hands than do Toby, Andrew, Fabian and Maria. Yet when they tire of
the trick played on him—indeed, begin to worry that it has gone too far—Feste
persists in his ‘exorcism’, arguably taking the play beyond the confines of
comedy. And his mockery persists to the very end, denying the play the all-
inclusive resolution it so nearly achieves.
Malvolio the ‘puritan’ is, of course, the antithesis of the ‘cakes and ale’
world which is Feste’s natural habitat, and it is easy enough to see this as a
Lent/Carnival alternation in which for once—and for now—Carnival gets the
upper hand. But this does not entirely square with what I have called Feste’s
professionalism: he is not responsible for the topsy-turveydom in Illyria, which
derives from the self-indulgent aristocrats he serves. It is, rather, the condition of
his trade: a world not dominated by self-love, misplaced grief and scrounging
would have no time or appetite for the ‘entertainment’ he provides. A world in
which Malvolio ruled would deny Feste an economic or legal existence, removing
the licence of the ‘allowed’ fool because it would serve the interests of nobody
who mattered. In these senses, like The Shoemaker’s Holiday, Twelfth Night
contains its riposte to those who would have closed down the theatres altogether.
Feste’s position as the ‘licensed’ fool exactly mirrors that of the ‘allowed’ actors
who have survived that threat. The closing lines of his closing song acknowledge
this, as he openly becomes their spokesman: ‘our play is done,/And we’ll strive to
please you every day’ (5.1.403–4).
Strikingly, though not untypically, it is neither Shakespeare nor the
Chamberlain’s Men who most fully articulate the special status of the licensed
fool: it is Marston in Antonio’s Revenge (1600). The hero, Antonio, disguises
himself as a fool:
This was for Paul’s Boys, but there is ample evidence that Marston has Armin and
The Globe squarely in his sights. Balurdo, the play’s ‘true’ fool, says ‘Truth is the
touchstone of all things’ (1.3. 16–17, my emphasis), and there is endless playing
224 Richard Dutton
dramatist William Rowley, who (for example) wrote the role of Lollio for himself
in his collaboration with Thomas Middleton, The Changeling (1622), while
Middleton wrote the role of the Fat Bishop as a late addition for him in A Game
at Chess (1624). In the former there is some ironic play on the fact that Lollio
threatens the fools and madmen of the asylum he oversees with a whip, standing
on its head the vulnerability of an Armin-style fool. But the greatest comic capital
in both roles derives from Rowley’s enormous size, rather than his licensed wit
(Dutton, 1999, xxvi-xxvii). It is a measure of how assured the most privileged
actors felt of their allotted place in the late Jacobean scheme of things (an
assurance reflected in A Game at Chess and perhaps taken too much for granted
with The Spanish Viceroy).11 And it is a far cry from that moment in 1597 when
the total eradication of the theatres seemed to be on the cards.
NOTES
1. There is evidence that inn-yard theatres within the City continued to be
used after 1596. But no company was able to use one as a regular base, and that
is the critical distinction here.
2. Glynne Wickham (1969) supposes that it was an elaborate bluff, that the
privy Council were in effect challenging the City Council to buy out the owners
of the theatres while playing was suspended (knowing that they would not be able
to afford it). But this is undercut by the fact that the orders were issued to the
relevant Surrey and Middlesex magistrates, not to the Lord Mayor. There is
nothing in them to suggest that the magistrates were not supposed to carry out
the destruction of the theatres forthwith.
3. This would mean it took just about six months to build, work having
started on 17 January. This is comparable with The Globe, which in many
respects it copied; that was reported to be newly built about five months after
The Theatre was dismantled, though it was nine months (September 1599)
before we can be sure it was ready for use, when Thomas Platter saw Julius Caesar
there.
4. The major exception to this proposition is what happened to the
Children of the Chapel, who became the Children of the Queen’s Revels, were
taken out of Tilney’s control, and given their own licenser by Queen Anne,
Samuel Daniel. See below.
5. See p. 192, Note 4.
6. As, for example, in Polonius’s reminiscence of playing Julius Caesar (3.2.
103–4); Hamlet’s advice to the actors on acting (3.2.1–45) probably carried quite
specific barbs for its original audience.
7. Thersites’ ‘privileged’ position in Troilus and Cressida has few of these
metadramatic resonances, which must fuel the common suspicion that it was not
Licensed Fools: the 1598 Watershed 227
(at least as we have it) written for the public theatre. His freedom to speak is only
one among several that are carefully nuanced. Agamemnon tells Aeneas to ‘Speak
frankly as the wind’ (1.3.253), while Ulysses begs his fellows ‘Give pardon to my
speech’ (1.3.357), and Diomedes has to ask his enemies: ‘Let me be privileged by
my place and message / To be a speaker free’ (4.4.130–1). The most resonant
moment is perhaps where Cressida complains to Diomedes ‘One cannot speak a
word / But it straight starts you’ and he replies ‘I do not like this fooling’
(5.2.103–4), but it is far from certain that theatrical ‘fooling’ is implied here,
though Thersites is one of those watching this scene.
8. See Clegg, 1997a, pp. 8–11, on the status of cum privilegio licences.
9. There are parallels here with Autolycus in The Winter’s Tale, not strictly
a licensed fool but an analogous Armin role. He introduces himself as having
‘serv’d Prince Florizel, and in my time wore three-pile’ (4.3.13–14)—the rich
velvet of a royal servant, though whether as a player or not is never specified.
10. On theatre in the court of Queen Anne, see Barroll, 1991b, and Lewalski.
11. On The Spanish Viceroy, see pp. 13, 49–50.
J A M E S P. B E D N A R Z
From Shakespeare & the Poets’ War. © 2001 by Columbia University Press.
229
230 James P. Bednarz
Recent studies have indicated that between 1599 and 1601 Jonson began a
labor of poetic self-creation in his trilogy of comical satires. Here, in a more
intense manner than he would ever attempt again, he fictionalized his own
laureate status by creating a second self to assist in the management of his plays.
These works, writes Richard Helgerson, “stand on the threshold of Jonson’s
career.” He would never again write drama of this kind, “in which a character so
clearly represented his own sense of himself.”1 Jonson subsequently receded into
his work or hovered at its margins in prologues and prefaces. Once he abandoned
comical satire, he was free from the absolutist mythology he had invented to
sanction himself through this unique genre. Near the beginning of his career,
however, in a supreme act of wish fulfillment, he projected himself into the roles
of Asper, Criticus, and Horace in an effort to establish for himself and for his age
a new paradigm of poetic authority. Jonson’s autobiographical personae are
interesting not only in themselves as symbolic acts of self-fashioning but also as
the first examples in the history of English drama of a playwright self-consciously
defending his status and explicitly defining the literary principles upon which his
art is based.
There was never a consensus at the time, even among Renaissance
humanists, on the status of the “author” or “poet” who wrote plays for the
commercial theater. The word “poet,” the early modern term for all creators of
fiction, including drama, could suggest either a madman or a sage. “He is
upbraidingly call’d a Poet,” Jonson complains in Discoveries, “as if it were a most
contemptible Nick-name” (8:572), even as he insists that his audience revise its
meaning in response to his own unique performance. When feeling most at ease,
Drummond notes, “he was wont to name himself the Poet” (1:150). Despite his
best effort, however, the Poets’ War staged the term’s duality. The controversy
can only be reconstructed, however, by examining the relation between
Shakespeare’s drama and a set of linked plays by Jonson, Marston, and Dekker
that are almost off the map of contemporary criticism. My goal is to present the
first comprehensive account of the Poets’ War as a crisis of legitimation, a
literary civil war during which Jonson’s vanguard project clashed with the
skepticism of Marston, Shakespeare, and Dekker, who literally laughed him off
the stage. Disturbed by his satiric attacks, Jonson’s rivals challenged the
epistemological, literary, and ethical assumptions upon which he based his
assertion of poetic authority. For in their most radical mood they were willing to
object to what Thomas Greene calls Jonson’s “centered self” and Jonathan
Dollimore terms the philosophy of “humanist essentialism.”2 Yet by virtue of its
insight into the insubstantial and transient condition of human consciousness,
Shakespeare’s modern sensibility paradoxically militated to confer a very
different kind of authorship on him, making him both Jonson’s most spectacular
critic and his foremost beneficiary.
232 James P. Bednarz
I
What initially attracted scholars in the nineteenth century, who first defined the
Poets’ War, was the fact that it consisted of a quarrel between rival playwrights
embedded in a network of self-reflexive plays closely interlinked by patterns of
literary allusion and personal satire. This research, best represented by Roscoe
Addison Small’s The Stage-Quarrel Between Ben Jonson and the So-Called Poetasters,
demonstrated that the dramas that constituted this debate were not autonomous
and self-contained. They were instead fused parts of a single historical moment
of literary confrontation that pitted Jonson against Shakespeare, Marston, and
Dekker, his principal rivals in the commercial theater. But while twentieth-
century scholars usually gave pride of place to Small’s short volume in their
footnotes, they rarely examined either its merits or its mistakes.3 Indeed, it is a
scandal of contemporary criticism that on the four hundredth anniversary of the
Poets’ War, Small’s brilliant but outdated treatise is still cited as the definitive
work on this important controversy. This is particularly unfortunate since
contemporary scholarship of Renaissance drama enjoys two advantages of
belatedness—the accumulation of new evidence and a more sophisticated
approach to topicality. In particular, the work of David Bevington, Oscar James
Campbell, W. David Kay, Cyrus Hoy, E.A.J. Honigmann, and Richard
Helgerson has made it possible to perceive with greater sophistication the
controversy’s theoretical, generic, allusive, and institutional dimensions.4 It is,
most importantly, through Bevington’s study of “Satire and the State” in Tudor
Drama and Politics that the Poetomachia has come to be viewed as a debate over
substantive issues, in which
Bevington was able to demonstrate that the Poetomachia was primarily focused
on the writer’s responsibility to society. The task of modern criticism at its best
has been both to account for the historical significance of the Poets’ War and to
limit its scope, turning it into a viable narrative. “Any criticism of any play
bearing as a date of production one of the three years 1599 to 1601 which does
not take account of this, for the time, stage-absorbing matter, must be imperfect
and of small utility,” Frederick Fleay, one of the first commentators, wrote at the
end of the nineteenth century.6 But the old historicists who rediscovered the
Poets’ War trivialized it by treating it more as a literary anecdote than as the
most complex and thorough transaction of dramatic criticism in the English
Renaissance. What is worse, their multiplication of unfounded biographical
Elizabethan Dramatists as Literary Critics 233
II
Alfred Harbage’s mid-twentieth-century Shakespeare and the Rival Traditions, the
next major reconceptualization of this controversy, defined it as a “War of the
Theaters,” a clash between rival repertory companies. Following his example,
modern critics of Renaissance drama would continue to use the rubrics
“Poetomachia” and “War of the Theaters” interchangeably. Yet only the first was
coined at the time; the phrase “War of the Theaters” owes its existence primarily
to nineteenth-century research.9 Harbage, however, employed the latter to
define the quarrel as an institutional competition, stoked by ideological interests
in a struggle for economic and social power, between the public theaters and
their private counterparts. According to his much disputed formulation, the
revival of two private theater companies, the Children of Paul’s at the end of
1599 and the Children of Queen Elizabeth’s Chapel the following year, ignited a
commercial “war” between them and the established adult acting companies.
What was so appealing about Harbage’s approach was that it seemed to provide
234 James P. Bednarz
and the Children of Paul’s. Satiromastix was produced by a private and a public
company, and Dekker drew fire from Jonson for each of these affiliations.
Harbage’s institutional conflict is contradicted by yet another pattern of
theatrical aggression. Jonson’s comical satires at Blackfriars were critiqued by
public and private theaters, by Shakespeare at the Globe, Marston at Paul’s, and
Dekker at both playhouses.
Associated with the Children of the Chapel between 1600 and 1601,
Jonson heaped as much scorn on the Children of Paul’s, their writers, and their
managers as he hurled at members of the Chamberlain’s Men. Both troupes were
social, commercial, and literary rivals that, according to Jonson, merited
criticism, and they responded by collaborating against him on Satiromastix. In
1599, Jonson attempted to create a visionary theater of social catharsis capable of
fulfilling the highest expectations for drama enunciated by the leading humanist
theoreticians of his day. The world that he represented to this end was peopled
largely with humorist misfits who neglected the possibility of gaining their full
humanity to pursue compulsively self-demeaning delusions. One would expect
that Jonson’s satiric drama would from the outset be plagued by official
censorship. And indeed he was threatened from this quarter throughout his
career, beginning with his earliest experiment in social criticism, the ill-fated Isle
of Dogs. But what was equally devastating was the resistance his project
encountered from his fellow playwrights, who, between 1599 and 1601, turned
his satiric techniques against him.
Despite the personal tone of Jonson’s quarrel with Shakespeare, Marston,
and Dekker, the Poets’ War was, on its most abstract level, a theoretical debate
on the social function of drama and the standard of poetic authority that
informed comical satire. This literary debate commands attention not only
because it engaged the interest of Jonson, Shakespeare, Marston, and Dekker but
also, more impressively, because they were willing to argue with incredible
specificity about the basic issues of their art. In a passage in Satiromastix alluding
to the conflict, Dekker comically explains that his colleagues have been
attempting to dominate each other with such “high words” that they have
appropriately written for players wearing “Chopins,” their customary elevated
shoes (“To the World,” line 10). By 1599, the first permanent playhouses built in
London were attracting a vast following, including an inner circle highly attuned
to questions of theatrical politics. It was to this knowledgeable audience that the
Poets’ War was addressed, as the contenders ripped each other apart to bring
these special spectators together.
III
Exciting new scholarship has been done on how Shakespeare and Jonson revised
their work. This aspect of their activity is a vital part of this project, which
suggests that Jonson added an interpolation to Every Man Out mocking Marston
236 James P. Bednarz
and Dekker and that Shakespeare inserted the “little eyases” allusion into Hamlet
to deride Jonson at Blackfriars. More important in this regard, however, is the
manner in which this self-revision was affected by both writers rethinking each
other’s dramatic forms. The techniques they evolved for mutual self-reflexivity
required modes of interpretation that went beyond the formal limits of individual
plays, as their discussion of self-construction helped create a sophisticated
audience capable of attending to both the philosophical and personal issues
involved in their debate. For this audience, individual dramas produced by
competing theaters had to be played off each other for their competing meanings
to arise. The Poets’ War was consequently a series of literary transactions
between writers of topically charged fictions who used their plays to master each
other’s language and drama. Often dismissed in our own time as a spectacle of
self-advertisement calculated to generate publicity by furnishing its audience
with the verbal equivalent of bear-baiting, its personal satire was nevertheless
coordinated with a discussion of drama that was as entertaining and serious as
theater itself. As Nestor remarks in Troilus and Cressida: “Though’t be a sportful
combat, / Yet in the trial much opinion dwells” (1.3.335–36). The Poets’ War
is, to borrow Gregory Bateson’s distinction, a social game that tests the serio-
ludic limits of theater, constructed “not upon the premise ‘this is play’ but
rather around the question ‘is this play?’”11 The controversy was a source of
amusement, but it would never have occurred if Jonson had not insisted on his
unique status in a salient example of what Jacob Burckhardt identified as the
Renaissance cult of the artist as hero.
In the aftermath of Fleay’s wild enthusiasm for expanding the Poets’ War
to almost every drama written between 1599 and 1601, one of the most imposing
problems that faces contemporary analysis is the need to establish a plausible
chronology of the plays into which its metatheatrical strategies were written.
The process of establishing the sequence is, however, fraught with all the
difficulty that attends the dating of Renaissance plays, some of which were
published long after they were first staged in altered forms that reflect
subsequent revisions. A few insurmountable impediments of this kind will always
exist, but we are currently in a better position than critics were a century ago to
outline its historical dialectic. And if we work a series of refinements on the
chronological models proposed by earlier scholars, the pattern becomes
relatively clear.12 We can currently retrieve enough of its development to
conclude that the Poets’ War had three phases, each of which was initiated by
one of Jonson’s comical satires followed by responses to it from Shakespeare,
Marston, and Dekker. The conflict’s duration can be fixed with reasonable
precision as the period beginning with Jonson’s bold claim to philosophical
independence from the suffocating conventions of Elizabethan drama in Every
Man Out of His Humour and concluding with his apology for Poetaster and
Shakespeare’s retort in the “little eyases” passage of Hamlet.
CHRONOLOGY OF THE POETS WAR
PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III
MARSTON Histriomastix Antonio and Jack Drum's Antonio's Revenge What You
Mellida Entertainment Will
DEKKER Satiromastix
Elizabethan Dramatists as Literary Critics
PHASE I
—Every Man Out of His Humour first performed by the Chamberlain’s Men in
autumn 1599.
—Histriomastix, or The Player Whipped, with imitations of Every Man Out and The
Case Is Altered, performed by the Children of Paul’s at the end of 1599.
—Every Man Out, with the addition of the Clove and Orange episodes, produced
after Histriomastix in 1599.
—As You Like It acted by the Chamberlain’s Men between January and 25 March
1600.
—Jack Drum’s Entertainment, or the Comedy of Pasquil and Katherine first
presented by the Children of Paul’s, after As You Like It, between 25 March and
8 September 1600.
PHASE II
—Cynthia’s Revels, or the Fountain of Self-Love premiered by the Children of the
Chapel between 29 September and 31 December 1600.
—Twelfth Night, or What You Will produced by the Chamberlain’s Men after 6
January but before 25 September 1601.
—What You Will originally presented by the Children of Paul’s, after Twelfth
Night but before 25 September 1601.
PHASE III
—Poetaster, or The Arraignment acted by the Children of the Chapel between late
spring and 25 September 1601.
—Satiromastix, or The Untrussing of the Humorous Poet staged by the
Chamberlain’s Men and the Children of Paul’s, after Poetaster but before 24
October 1601.
—Troilus and Cressida produced by the Chamberlain’s Men, after the staging of
Poetaster and Satiromastix but before 24 October 1601.
—The “Apologetical Dialogue” of Poetaster recited only once on the stage of the
Blackfriars theater, after Troilus and Cressida but before 21 December 1601,
effectively ending the Poets’ War.
Elizabethan Dramatists as Literary Critics 239
—Hamlet (first staged in 1600) acted with the addition of 2.2.337–62 (the “little
eyases” passage referring to Poetaster, Satiromastix, and possibly Troilus and
Cressida) by the Chamberlain’s Men, near the end of 1601.
English drama and its criticism between Sidney’s Apology for Poetry and Dryden’s
Essay of Dramatic Poesy underwent a complicated evolution. Drama criticism was
at this time an emerging genre—a set of needs seeking realization that was
steadily being formalized. It is generally agreed that no other critic between the
time of Sidney’s inauguration of English dramatic criticism and Dryden’s
validation of it contributed more to its development than Jonson. A strain of
neoclassical criticism reverberates from Sidney through Jonson to Johnson and
Dryden. Jonson’s commentaries also had a profound impact on Shakespeare,
Marston, and Dekker, who from 1599 to 1601 forged a culture of dramatic
criticism within drama itself, building into their plays semi-autonomous strata of
literary criticism that placed their works in relation to the theories and practice
of their rivals. Under the competitive circumstances of the commercial theater
that shaped their dissension, playwrights began the project of assessing their own
quality.13
The question of how seriously we should take what Hamlet refers to as this
“throwing about of brains” (2.2.358–59) can be answered in two different ways.
It was, on one level, a publicity stunt calculated to draw attention to itself and an
audience to the theater. In his “Apologetical Dialogue,” Jonson charged that the
only reason he had been attacked was for money. Predicting more personal satire
in future plays, Dekker’s Captain Tucca in Satiromastix promises the audience
that, “if you set your hands and Seals to this,” Jonson “will write against it, and
you may have more sport,” since his critics “will untruss him again, and again,
and again” (Epilogue, lines 20–24), repeating the war’s three phases. Marston’s
Lampatho Doria, his most complete caricature of Jonson in What You Will, fully
appreciates the power of invective to attract spectators:
Jonson, however, foiled any plan to continue the War with his Apology for
Poetaster, late in 1601. Nevertheless, its influence lingered, and several years later
240 James P. Bednarz
George Chapman in his “Prologus” to All Fools complained that the recent
restoration of Old Comedy had changed the nature of comedy itself:
Referentiality in comedy at the turn of the century, Chapman reveals, had made
it difficult to write without engaging in an invective of “personal application.” He
could easily have answered his own rhetorical question: the change had occurred
when the satiric spirit of Old Attic Comedy (represented here by Aristophanes’
two greatest contemporaries) was revived by the Poets’ War. Jonson’s
responsibility for creating this climate of invective (“your humour only in
request”) was, for his critics, the struggle’s single most important issue. The
Poets’ War did not invent topicality. David Bevington has shown how personal
allusion, a component of social satire, had effectively served as a political weapon
in Renaissance drama. The stagequarrel merely refocused this satiric technique
self-reflexively on the status of poets and players. It is widely known that Jonson
criticized Shakespeare for the first time, along with Marston and Dekker, in
Every Man Out, and that he would then go on to criticize the Chamberlain’s Men,
with escalating vehemence, in Cynthia’s Revels and Poetaster, his final
contributions to the Poets’ War. Shakespeare, in reaction, criticized Jonson’s new
emphasis on satire through his parody of the melancholy Jaques, who would
purge the world in As You Like It; his subversion of Jonsonian satire in the
festivity of Twelfth Night; his purge of Jonson as Ajax in Troilus and Cressida; and
his censure of the way the child actors had been used at Blackfriars in the “little
eyases” passage of Hamlet. It was at this time that Shakespeare, along with
Marston and Dekker, engaged in what Thomas Fuller, later in the seventeenth
century, would refer to as a series of “wit-combats” with Jonson. The dialogue
Fuller imagined as personal repartee can be traced back to this series of theatrical
responses to Every Man Out, Cynthia’s Revels, and Poetaster in As You Like It,
Twelfth Night, Troilus and Cressida, and Hamlet. One primary objective of this
study is to document the origin of the Shakespeare-Jonson legend in these seven
plays. But the terms of Shakespeare’s critical duel with Jonson between 1599 and
1601 become clear only when their criticism of each other is read against the
simultaneous involvement of Marston and Dekker, who would find no place in
the ensuing legend but were an important part of its making.
Jonson never considered Shakespeare to be one of the “band” of
“poetasters” mentioned in the preface to Satiromastix: this barb is aimed only at
Elizabethan Dramatists as Literary Critics 241
NOTES
Passages from Shakespeare’s plays, unless otherwise specified, are quoted from
The Riverside Shakespeare, ed. G. Blakemore Evans, 2nd ed. (Boston: Houghton
Mifflin, 1997). I have lightly modernized spelling and some punctuation for all
non-Shakespearean early modern texts. Quotations from Jonson’s writings,
including the “Conversations with Drummond,” are derived from Ben Jonson,
eds. C.H. Herford and Percy Simpson, II vols. (Oxford: Clarendon, 1925–1952).
Quotations from Marston’s dramas are from The Plays of John Marston, ed. H.
Harvey Wood, 3 vols. (London: Oliver and Boyd, 1934–1939). Since this edition
does not assign line numbers, references are by volume and page. His
nondramatic poetry is quoted from The Poems of John Marston, ed. Arnold
Davenport (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1961). Passages from Dekker’s
plays are from The Dramatic Works of Thomas Dekker, ed. Fredson Bowers, 4 vols.
(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1953–1961). All citations from these
works will hereafter be referenced in the text.
Poets’ War with unprecedented success. In this regard, Small shaped a master
narrative that has been accepted by twentieth-century theater historians from E.
K. Chambers to Anne Barton with little reservation. The scope of his
achievement, however, is diminished by his failure to conceptualize the issues of
literary theory beneath the controversy’s topical veneer. According to Small, the
“stage-quarrel” between Jonson on the one hand and Marston, Dekker, and
Shakespeare on the other was an escalating war of wits that began when Marston
attempted to praise Jonson as a character called Chrisoganus in Histriomastix but
enraged him instead, prompting Jonson to mock his vocabulary in Every Man
Out of His Humour. This led to a series of plays in which these two playwrights
traded caricatures: (Jack Drum’s Entertainment, Cynthia’s Revels, What You Will,
and Poetaster), before Dekker and Shakespeare offered parodies of Jonson in
Satiromastix and Troilus and Cressida. Based on Small’s model, I have extrapolated
the following sequence:
Histriomastix Chrisoganus
Every Man Out Clove Orange
Jack Drum’s Entertainment Brabant Senior
Cynthia’s Revels Criticus Hedon Anaides
What You Will Lampatho Doria Quadratus
Poetaster Horace Crispinus Demetrius
Satiromastix Horace Crispinus Demetrius
Troilus and Cressida Ajax Thersites
1957), 7; and John J. Enck, “The Peace of the Poetomachia,” PMLA 77 (1962):
386. Gabriele Bernhard Jackson, Vision and Judgment in Ben Jonson’s Drama (New
Haven: Yale University Press, 1984), 29n, treats such analysis as irrelevant. “The
question of the identification of Crispinus and Demetrius as Marston and Dekker
and of Horace as Jonson along with all the subsidiary identifications which may
or may not be valid,” she writes, “are omitted as irrelevant to the subject under
discussion.” As a sop, she refers readers to Penniman and Small.
Enck’s formalism is rooted in the early twentieth-century concentration
on the so-called intrinsic qualities of literature instead of its “extraneous”
context. This overreaction to the excess of nineteenth-century biographical
speculation surfaces in the work of Oscar James Campbell, “The Dramatic
Construction of Poetaster,” Huntington Library Bulletin 9 (1936): 37–62; and
Ernest William Talbert, “The Purpose and Technique of Jonson’s Poetaster,”
Studies in Philology 42 (1945): 225–52. Any study of the Poet’s War must consider:
(1) the relation of literature to the personal and cultural conditions that produce
it; (2) the intertextual patterns of imitation and parody that fuse separate works,
causing their mutual dependence on each other for completion; and (3) the
process of revision that yields variant texts irreducible to a single archetype.
9. Frederick Fleay in A Chronicle History of the Life and Work of William
Shakespeare (London: John C. Nimmo, 1886) refers to this controversy as the
“war of the theaters” (42) and as the “stage quarrel” (138); in A Biographical
Chronicle of the English Drama, 1559–1642, 2 vols. (London: Reeves and Turner,
1891), 2:69, he uses a compromise formation and writes of the “three years’ stage
war between Jonson and Marston.” By the time Penniman wrote The War of the
Theatres (1897), this phrase had become common parlance. There is nothing
inherently misleading about Small’s reference to the “Poetomachia” as a “stage-
quarrel”—once we recognize that this term is a conflation based on Jonson’s
confession to Drummond in 1619 that he had “quarrels with Marston” resulting
from Marston’s having “represented him in the stage.”
10. Alfred Harbage in Shakespeare and the Rival Traditions (New York:
Macmillan, 1952) tends to stereotype the audience of the private theaters as
aristocratic degenerates, a gang of skeptical libertines. The adults’ audience was,
in this view, healthy, optimistic, and sincere, and the children’s following was
perverse, negative, and duplicitous. The popular theater was as well-adjusted as
its democratic constituency and the private theater as twisted as the privileged
class that patronized it. Current scholarship has revised this assessment by
showing that members of the Inns of Court, who are often associated with the
private theaters, demonstrated a wider range of tastes. Gray’s Inn, for instance,
sponsored Francis Bacon’s masque for Queen Elizabeth and encouraged the
philosophical tradition he advocated.
Harbage’s social history of the theater has been challenged by Ann
Jennalie Cook in The Privileged Playgoers of Shakespeare’s London, 1576–1642
244 James P. Bednarz
(Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1981). The question that Cook asks goes
to the heart of his theory—who was attending theatrical performances in
London on weekdays at two o’clock in the afternoon? Much of Shakespeare’s
audience must have come from a leisure class. Cook concludes that “the
privileged represented the most consistent patrons of the drama, no matter
where or when it was performed.” The majority of gentlemen and would-be
gentlemen thus “made it possible for them to dominate the audience of the huge
public theatres as well as the small private playhouses” (273 and 272). But Martin
Butler, Theatre and Crisis, 1632–1642 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
1984), in Appendix II, “Shakespeare’s Unprivileged Playgoers 1576–1642,”
counters Cook’s argument by pointing to the extensive evidence indicating that
the public theaters had a mixed audience. The privileged were in attendance; but
to assume that only this class (along with a small group of cutpurses and
prostitutes) frequented the public theaters is wrong. It was against this mixed
audience that the private theaters could offer, for a higher fee, to exclude some
of the underclass. In doing so they created the aura of being elite. The higher
tariff they imposed on their customers eliminated just enough of the “garlic-
breathed stinkards” to be trumpeted for its snob appeal, even though the
difference between the two audiences would have been more quantitative than
qualitative in this respect. This de facto exclusion of the unprivileged was used as
a premise to praise and bond (indeed to create) its “fashionable” audience.
The distinction between the outdoor and indoor theaters as “public” and
“private” was based on a legal fiction used to allow the children to perform within
London. Playhouses erected for the purpose of staging public performances were
banished to the suburbs, and in 1599 the Chamberlain’s Men exchanged one
suburb for another, moving from the Theater and Curtain, in Shoreditch, half a
mile outside the Bishopsgate entrance, northeast of the city, to the Globe in
Southwark, centrally across the Thames. The theatrical entrepreneurs who
backed the revived child acting companies at Paul’s and Blackfriars circumvented
the law by maintaining that their performances were actually “private” dress
rehearsals for later presentations at court, although they charged a fee for
admission that was at least double that of their competitors in the suburbs. This
difference—a point of pride—could also be strategically enlisted, when
necessary, to stigmatize the adult companies.
11. Gregory Bateson, Steps to an Ecology of Mind (New York: Ballantine,
1972), 182.
12. See the Chronological Appendix for the analysis behind my dating of the
Poet’s War plays.
13. Herbert Berry, Shakespeare’s Playhouses (New York: AMS Press, 1987),
121, states that “we have no reviews of the thousands of productions that passed
on the stages of Shakespeare’s playhouses,” and concludes that “this silence about
how plays were played and received is one of the most important ways in which
Elizabethan Dramatists as Literary Critics 245
Jonson on Shakespeare:
Criticism as Self-Creation
“I will not do as PLAUTUS, ... beg a Plaudite, for go’s sake; but if you (out of
the bounty of your good liking) will bestow it; why you may (in time) make
lean MACILENTE as fat as Sir JOHN FALSTAFF.”
—Every Man Out of His Humour
In 1599 Ben Jonson invented comical satire—a new kind of drama that he
conceived as an assault on existing theatrical conventions. In doing so, he not
only precipitated a profound change in the structure of late Elizabethan drama
but also instigated the Poets’ War, a debate on the nature of poetic authority that
arose in the subsequent attacks on and defenses of his bold dramatic experiment.
In Jonson’s First Folio, only three plays are designated (in early modern spelling)
“comicall satyres”: Every Man Out of His Humour, Cynthia’s Revels, and Poetaster.
Through this innovative trilogy he rejected the work of his competitors,
especially Shakespeare, as inadequate for inducing the social catharsis that he
then conceived as being the principal rationale for literary representation.
Motivated by the humanist ideal of a theater of social transformation, Jonson
originated a satiric form that embodied what G. K. Hunter has described as “an
insistence on judgment, which is completely new in Elizabethan comedy.”1
One major incentive Jonson had for inventing comical satire was that it
provided him with an alternative mode of writing comedy in a late Elizabethan
theatrical culture dominated by Shakespeare. It was at this early point in his
career, writes Anne Barton, that the “young Jonson of the 1590’s forged a comical
From Shakespeare & the Poets’ War. © 2001 by Columbia University Press.
247
248 James P. Bednarz
style for himself by dissenting from the Elizabethan popular tradition which
achieved its finest realization in the comedies of Shakespeare.”2 The motto “Non
aliena meo pressi pede” (I don’t walk in other people’s steps) that he emblazoned on
the title page of Every Man Out epitomizes what Harold Bloom has eloquently
termed “the creative mind’s desperate insistence upon priority.”3 Still, Jonson
never conceived of the poet as an autonomous creator. Instead, he held a
dialectical view of representation that involved the simultaneous discovery and
creation of meaning. He regarded imitation, the ability to “convert the substance
or Riches of an other Poet to his own use,” as a prerequisite for poetic
achievement, and he urged writers “to make choice of one excellent man above
the rest, and so to follow him, till he grow very He” (8:638). Yet he was aware of
the danger of unreflective mimicry “wherein every man, forgetful of himself, is
in travail with expression of another” and “we so insist in imitating others, as we
cannot ... return to our selves” (8:597). A further complexity in Jonson’s situation,
however, is that in rejecting Shakespearean comic precedent in Every Man Out
he purged Every Man In as well, or at least the part—its open-ended
subjectivity—that most resembled Shakespeare.
I
Scholars once thought that Jonson had revolutionized Elizabethan theater by
inventing the “comedy of humours” and that Every Man in His Humour was the
pivotal play through which the younger dramatist established a new comic
paradigm. And it was widely believed that its dark sequel, Every Man Out of His
Humour, was an artistic dead end and theatrical failure. Yet, due to the pioneering
work of W. David Kay, critics now generally agree that Every Man Out, not its
predecessor, “marks a watershed in Jonson’s work” and was recognized as such by
his contemporaries. Prior to the composition of Every Man Out, Kay observes,
Jonson had been “content to write superior plays of a popular nature,
occasionally introducing new type characters to the stage but essentially
following, not leading, the current dramatic fashion.”4 “Every Man Out
represents a major change in psychic weather,” concurs John Gordon Sweeney.
Its innovation, he suggests, “is not just a new choice of subject or genre but a
radical shift in Jonson’s relation to his audience,” toward “an amazing vision of
theater as a real social force” that “transforms its spectators by calling on them
to enact their own best selves.”5
The most frequently cited explanation for this shift in Jonson’s comedy in
1599 was formulated by Oscar James Campbell in the only comprehensive study
of comical satire.6 Campbell believes the Bishops’ ban on the publication of verse
satire in June of that year channeled its subversive energies into drama. Jonson’s
new form represented the return of the repressed; its distinguishing
characteristic was its importation into drama of elements already present in
formal verse satire, especially the controlling voice of the poet. But while
Jonson on Shakespeare: Criticism as Self-Creation 249
parallels between these literary kinds do exist, Campbell reduces the genre of
comical satire to the persona of the satirist, overestimates the influence of the ban
on Jonson’s work, and disregards the evolution of his dramaturgy from 1598 to
1599. Since Jonson was not involved in publishing verse at this time, he was
unaffected by its censorship. Besides, the ban on satire seems to have been
ineffective. When Jonson published Every Man Out in 1600, the fact that its title
page designated it a comical satire did not prohibit it from being printed in at
least two, if not three, editions that year, generating a minimum of 1,400
available copies. On the contrary, the quarto of Every Man Out met with less
interference than its script had at the Globe, where Jonson was forced to change
the ending by eliminating his depiction of Queen Elizabeth.7
In tracing the origin of comical satire to formal verse, Campbell neglects a
more important factor: the process of generic revision that led Jonson from The
Case Is Altered through Every Man In to Every Man Out. Anne Barton points out
that these three early comedies involve a two-stage rebellion against Elizabethan
comic conventions through which he increasingly estranged himself from the
Plautine norm of The Case Is Altered that aligned his work with Shakespeare’s. She
endorses Kay’s reformulation of Jonson’s career when she explains that in Every
Man Out, “he fought his way out of the brilliant but restricting manner of the
early humour plays” with “the help of Aristophanes.” Barton acknowledges that
Every Man In was probably only “moderately successful” and that it did not bring
“the kind of attention and acclaim that he received in the following year when ...
he pushed his new method to a conscious, and very literary, extreme.” But she
also regards it as a transitional play that “mediates in certain important respects
between The Case Is Altered and the three more rigorous and unbending comical
satires which succeeded it.”8 Every Man Out established Jonson’s reputation as an
innovator, but it did so as the result of a revolution that began, however
tentatively, with Every Man In.
Every Man In and Every Man Out are what Herford and Simpson call
“humour comedies” to the extent that they postulate that character is determined
by powerful psychological fixations to which Jonson, influenced by Galenic
medical terminology, refers by analogy as “humours.” Since “in every human
body / The choler, melancholy, phlegm, and blood, / ... Receive the name
Humours,” Jonson explains in Every Man Out,
thus far
It may, by Metaphor, apply itself
Unto the general disposition:
As when some one peculiar quality
Doth so possess a man, that it doth draw
All his affects, his spirits, and his powers,
In their confluctions, all to run one way.
(“AFTER THE SECOND SOUNDING,” LL. 98–108)
250 James P. Bednarz
But applying the rubric “humour comedy” to both Every Man plays elides their
major difference. The phrase “every man in his humour” suggests that
consciousness is comprised of ineradicable compulsions. It furthermore implies
a benign and self-deprecating acceptance of “humour” as a universal condition of
subjectivity. Yet such a condition must always be psychologically imbalanced,
limited by its partial perspective, and slightly absurd in its manifestations. It is
bound to be appetitive and irrational. The phrase “every man out of his humour,”
however, implies that “humour” induces a false consciousness that must be
purged for a potentially ideal human condition to emerge. Since the term
“humour comedy” flattens out this distinction, it is helpful to identify Every Man
In as a humour comedy but distinguish it from the genre of comical satire created
to supplant it. The linked titles of Jonson’s Every Man plays suggest that the
latter is a sequel, yet not a single character or plot strand from Every Man In is
continued in Every Man Out. Like Jonson’s original spectators, instead of finding
Every Man In, Part II, we encounter a new fiction with new characters in a new
genre that purged the theory of subjectivity implicit in his earlier poetics.
Humours seem ineradicable in Every Man In because they are produced by
the four basic domestic relations that defined an Elizabethan middleclass
household: descent (the father-son pairing of Lorenzo Senior and Junior);
affinity (the husband and wife, Thorello and Biancha, echoed in Cob and Tib);
consanguinity (the brothers Giuliano and Prospero); and service (the master-
servant relation of the Lorenzos and Musco, Thorello and Pizo, and Doctor
Clement and Formal). Each of these symbiotic social couplings engenders a
characteristic set of interlocking psychological fixations. Lorenzo Senior is a
humourist to the extent that his role as a father prompts him to worry excessively
about his son’s well-being, just as Lorenzo Junior’s humour is shaped by a need
to evade supervision. Thorello and his wife Biancha are spurred by the very
condition of their union to suspect each other of being unfaithful. Prospero, the
younger brother, is witty and carefree in the face of his disenfranchisement, while
his older half-brother Giuliano has the peremptory temper of a privileged man.
And just as Lorenzo Senior and Thorello seek to control their servants, Musco
and Pizo assert their independence. The social bonds that conjoin these
characters also divide them psychologically from one another.
This social discordia concors is presided over by the madcap magistrate
Doctor Clement, who, at the play’s conclusion, fosters festive tolerance by
clearing up the misconceptions that have aggravated relations between the
characters’ stereotypical temperaments. A walking oxymoron, he amalgamates
eccentricity and law, imagination and reason, symbolizing a benign acceptance of
“humour” as the subjective container of perception. It is through Clement’s
intercession that Lorenzo Junior is pardoned for exhibiting the humour of youth,
the overprotective father Lorenzo Senior is resigned to his son’s pursuit of
pleasure and forgives the impertinence of his servant Musco, the jealous
husbands Thorello and Cob resolve to trust their wives, and the elder brother
Jonson on Shakespeare: Criticism as Self-Creation 251
II
Arguing for the possibility of unassailable standards of judgment, Jonson’s first
comical satire pushes its characters and audience toward the perception of an
empirical reality that purges the life-lies of appetitive humour. Humour comedy
and comical satire are similar to the extent that the deep structure of both genres
involves a series of converging plot lines in which mobile bands of characters
display their obsessions. But they are antithetical insofar as Every Man Out—
beginning with its startling opening scene—reevaluates Every Man In’s collective
subjectivities.
Three trumpet blasts introduced plays in the Elizabethan public theater.
These “soundings” formalized the playgoing experience and imparted an air of
martial authority. They summoned spectators to attention, furnishing a formal
transition between the world outside the theater and the events represented
onstage. After the third sounding the Prologue spoke. All three comical satires,
however, (and only these plays in the Jonson canon) are launched “after the second
sounding,” with scenes that invade the theater. When Asper, the presenter of
Every Man Out, marches out on the stage of the new Globe—after the second
sounding—he seems to voice real anger at a society in crisis as he outlines the
need for Jonson’s new genre:
In the character sketches added to the First Quarto of 1600, Asper is one of only
two characters (the other being “the Author’s friend,” Cordatus) immune from
criticism. “He is of an ingenious and free spirit,” Jonson writes, “eager and constant
in reproof, without fear controlling the world’s abuses. One, whom no servile hope of
gain, or frosty apprehension of danger, can make to be a Parasite, either to time, place,
or opinion” (lines 1–6). And although Jonson’s prefatory material describes him as
the play’s spokesman, Asper implies he is its author:
After the induction, Asper returns as an “actor, and a Humourist” (line 214),
taking on the role of his opposite, Macilente: a “Scholar ... who (wanting that place
in the world’s account, which he thinks his merit capable of) falls into such an envious
apoplexy, with which his judgement is so dazzled, and distasted, that he grows violently
impatient of any opposite happiness in another” (characters, lines 8–13). Asper acts
this role until the play’s climax, at which point he becomes himself again.
Saturated with metatheatrical allusions, comical satire announces the
significance of its revisionism. In the play’s superior moral community we
invariably encounter two pivotal characters—the author’s surrogate who invents
“devices” to purge humourists and the monarch who sanctions him. Through
this coupling of poet and sovereign—Asper and Queen Elizabeth in Every Man
Out, Criticus and Cynthia in Cynthia’s Revels, and Horace and Augustus Caesar
in Poetaster—Jonson asserted that literary and political power were equal sources
of moral authority. And since Asper, Criticus, and Horace are in various ways
254 James P. Bednarz
ideal self-projections, comical satire becomes the medium through which Jonson
first postulates his own ideal status.
Despite Jonson’s defense of his new genre’s neoclassical poetics, its
multiple plots are entirely unclassical. No matter how much he was influenced by
ancient literary theory and practice, his rich plotting remained indebted to native
dramatic traditions. Every Man Out takes shape from a different kind of old
comedy: the estates satire of the morality tradition. Within its web of
interconnected episodes, characters drawn from representative classes of English
society are purged of their illusions in the third and fifth acts. The first of these
purges occurs when Sordido, the grain hoarder saved from suicide by those he
has starved, announces his conversion: “Out on my wretched humour, it is that /
Makes me thus monstrous. ... / I am by wonder chang’d” (3.8.40–41, 55). The
remainder are reserved for the fifth act, where a sequence of such climaxes ends
the play.13 To ensure that the audience recognizes their significance, Jonson’s
commentators, Mitis and Cordatus, analyze and predict them between scenes. In
the chorus following Sordido’s conversion, Mitis wonders “what engine” Jonson
“will use to bring the rest out of their humours!” (3.8.95–96), and Cordatus
advises him to expect “a general drought of humour among all our actors”
(3.9.149). By the end of the fourth act, however, the impatient Mitis again
queries how Jonson “should properly call it, Every man out of his Humour, when
I saw all his actors so strongly pursue, and continue their humours?” Cordatus
replies that Mitis will have to wait for the conclusion when, at the “height of their
humours, they are laid flat” (4.8.163–68).
In Jonson’s purge of festive comedy, the promise of the wedding feast that
concludes Every Man In degenerates into a violent tavern scene in Every Man
Out. Where Every Man In ends with the coupling of Lorenzo Junior and
Hesperida, Every Man Out focuses on the disintegration of Delirio’s marriage to
Fallace. Unlike a festive comedy such as A Midsummer Night’s Dream, which
depicts the irrational attraction of unmarried lovers complicated by misalliances
that end happily, Every Man Out traces the erosion of marriage through a
husband’s discovery of his wife’s infidelity. Henceforth Jonson’s treatment of
sexual desire would be wholly subsumed by the “device” or “trick” of the
exposure plot, which became the mark of his comedy in Epicoene, Volpone, and The
Alchemist. By revising this pivotal motif, he challenged Shakespeare’s concession
to desire at the expense of judgment.
In Shakespearean comedy, marriage or its promise sanctions desire in a
communal spectacle before the actors and the audience disband. His most radical
closural variation before 1599 was to delay, not deny, the alliances of Love’s
Labor’s Lost (which might have been realized in Love’s Labor’s Won). At the end of
Every Man Out, however, romance is subjected to satire: Macilente leads the
doting merchant Delirio to the debtor’s prison where his pampered wife Fallace
has come to seduce the dissolute courtier Fastidious Brisk. “Ay? is’t thus,” Delirio
Jonson on Shakespeare: Criticism as Self-Creation 255
asks Macilente, who replies that he must either believe this ocular proof or cling
to a delusion.
MACILENTE Why, look you, sir, I told you, you might have suspected
this long afore, had you pleas’d; and ha’ sav’d this labour
of admiration now, and passion, and such extremities as
this frail lump of flesh is subject unto. Nay, why do you
not dote now, signior? Methinks you should say it were
some enchantment, deceptio visus, or so ha? If you could
persuade yourself it were a dream now, ‘twere excellent:
faith, try what you can do, signior; it may be your
imagination will be brought to it in time, there’s nothing
impossible.
FALLACE Sweet husband:
DELIRIO Out lascivious strumpet.
(5.11.6–17)
Gone is the crowded scene of social reconciliation that concludes festive comedy.
Now only the poet-scholar-actor Asper and the impersonated queen share center
stage as icons of moral authority. Comical satire is not a primarily negative or
parodic genre, since it furnishes a counter-ideal for what it condemns. Delirio is
disenchanted by Fallace, after which Macilente and, by implication, the audience
are enchanted by Elizabeth. Comical satire recapitulates the happy ending of the
comedy of humours. But Every Man Out shows a professional bias in narrowing
the community that partakes in that moment to Asper and Elizabeth. The play
that opens with defiance for the real ends with an ideal reverence.
Yet the original conclusion of Every Man Out—in which an actor
impersonated Queen Elizabeth—proved to be so controversial that Jonson was
forced to alter it, replacing the queen’s appearance with an account of her effect.
“It had another Catastrophe or Conclusion, at the first Playing,” Jonson recalls in
the First Quarto, which “many seem’d not to relish ... and therefore ’twas since
alter’d” (3:602). Still, he defended his original choice as integral to his poetics,
since he could not have discovered a more “worthy Figure, than that of her
Majesty’s: which his Election (though boldly, yet respectively) us’d to a Moral and
Mysterious end” (3:602). As in the later masques that evolve from this
experiment, the sovereign’s “Figure” helps to stabilize the new genre. Why did it
prove so inflammatory? Stephen Orgel plausibly explains that “when Ben Jonson
mimed the queen openly, in Every Man Out of His Humour, the theater was
considered to have overstepped its bounds, making the monarch subject to the
whim of the playwright. Only Jonson would have presumed so far, using the
power of royalty to establish the authority of his fiction.” When actors are
allowed to impersonate the monarch, David Kastan relates, representation tends
to undermine rather than confirm political authority. What was dangerous about
Jonson’s representation of royalty in Every Man Out was that despite its
encomiastic mood, it threatened, in Orgel’s words, an “erasure of the distinction
between sovereign and subject.”15 The form of political power collided with the
power of literary form. When at the end of 1599 the play was produced at court,
however, Elizabeth was content to have her actual presence create the necessary
balance between poet and monarch, as Macilente addressed her directly in the
play’s third conclusion.
Modern readers of comical satire rarely focus on this important element of
Jonson on Shakespeare: Criticism as Self-Creation 257
resolution. John Enck, for instance, writes that the “comic tempo” of Every Man
Out features a single technique of “discontinuity” that “emphasizes ineffectuality
through ardent schemes which, worthless from the start, come a cropper or
dribble away.” Through this technique, he concludes, Jonson established an
“unprecedented” and “puzzling change” in theatrical representation that
significantly “altered drama” at the turn of the century.16 Yet comical satire is
meant to leave its audience restored. Each play concludes with an idealized
moment of concord: a pageant of the true poet and monarch. Whatever
discontinuity may fragment society at large is transcended in this final moment of
social rapport. Witnessing this spectacle of conversion, Jonson reasoned, would
encourage spectators to undergo a cathartic purge of their own corresponding
humours. The effect would be a purely moral comic equivalent of Aristotelian
anagnorisis. The sight of Elizabeth, the antitype of Fallace, transforms Macilente
back into Asper. Each of the three comical satires ends with a scene of social
harmony that unites the Jonsonian poet and his responsive monarch.
Much late sixteenth-century satiric comedy, Walter Cohen observes,
“structurally excludes a positive moral perspective from the action,” since its
“vigor derives from the disjunction between the social assumptions and
resolution of the plot, on the one hand, and the implicit moral judgment by the
author, on the other.”17 Comical satire breaks this pattern. L. C. Knights
suggests that Jonson’s plays “do not merely attack abuses in the light of an
accepted norm, they bring in question the ability of the society depicted to
formulate and make effective any kind of norm that a decent man would find
acceptable.” In his view, it was only in the poems and masques, prepared for an
elite audience, that Jonson’s “acceptance of shared codes in a given social order”
encouraged him “to formulate and proselytize for an ideal.”18 But this is true
only for Jonson’s great Jacobean comedies. It was not the case in 1599.
III
A new sense of purpose led Jonson in Every Man Out to idealize both the nature
of the theatrical medium he employed and his own role as a dramatist. Through
comical satire he distinguished himself from his competitors by insisting that the
putatively disgraced medium of commercial drama could serve as the basis for a
specifically literary career. At the Globe, Jonson defined his new form of
Aristophanic comical satire in opposition to Shakespeare’s Plautine festive
comedy and made this contrast an explicit theoretical concern of his drama. In
one of the most suggestive exchanges between Mitis and Cordatus, the former
worries that Jonson’s new play might disappoint the Globe’s audience, whose
expectations of comedy are Shakespearean. In response to this criticism, Jonson’s
“friend” Cordatus defines the theoretical superiority of comical satire to the
genre it was constructed to supplant.
258 James P. Bednarz
NOTES
1. G.K. Hunter, “English Folly and Italian Vice: The Moral Landscape of
John Marston,” in Jacobean Theatre, eds. John Russell Brown and Bernard Harris
(New York: Capricorn, 1967), 85.
2. Anne Barton, Ben Jonson, Dramatist (Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1984), x. Percy Allen, Shakespeare, Jonson and Wilkins as Borrowers
(London: Cecil Palmer, 1928), 45, had earlier noted that “Jonson’s first attempts
at drama probably found him, temporarily, under Shakespeare’s influence among
the Romantics. ... Romanticism, however, could not hold Jonson for long. Eager
acquisition and absorption of classical learning, working upon an intensely satiric
and rationalistic temperament—together, no doubt, with a tinge of native
jealousy—drew him swiftly, and permanently, away from Shakespeare and his
fellow romantics.”
3. Harold Bloom, The Anxiety of Influence, A Theory of Poetry (New York:
Oxford University Press, 1973), 13.
4. W. David Kay, “The Shaping of Ben Jonson’s Career: A Reexamination
of Facts and Problems,” Modern Philology 68 (1970): 231. See also his
discussion of Every Man Out in Ben Jonson: A Literary Life (New York: St.
Martin’s, 1995), 43–62.
5. John Gordon Sweeney III, Jonson and the Psychology of the Public Theater:
To Coin the Spirit, Spend the Soul (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1985),
18, 34. Sweeney writes that through comical satire Jonson “asks us to participate
in significant theater, theater that promises self-knowledge and realizes the
instructive potential of fiction” (9).
6. Oscar James Campbell, Comicall Satyre and Shakespeare’s Troilus and
Cressida (San Marino: The Huntington Library, 1970), 54–81.
7. See Ben Jonson, eds. C. H. Herford and Percy Simpson, II vols. (Oxford:
Clarendon, 1925–1952), 3:410–11, for the difficulty of dating the third quarto,
and 3:599–600, 602–3, and 9:185-86 for his alternative endings.
8. Barton, Ben Jonson, Dramatist, 44.
9. Elizabeth Woodbridge, Studies in Jonson’s Comedies (1898; reprint, New
York: Gordian Press, 1966), 29.
10. Robert Ornstein, “Shakespearian and Jonsonian Comedy,” Shakespeare
Survey 22 (1969): 43.
11. Quoted from the introduction to Every Man in His Humor, ed. Gabriele
Bernhard Jackson (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1969), 2.
260 James P. Bednarz
Jonson’s comical satires can be seen as polemical plays about literature in general
and comic drama in particular. The representation of real people in them is a
central, thematic part of their campaign that comic drama should be treated
seriously. In this chapter, I look at the responses to Jonson, Marston’s What You
Will and Dekker’s Satiromastix, and argue that each of these plays may be read in
the same way. Each uses representation of real people as one of its means of
conducting an argument about the status of professional drama, and to argue
against Jonson’s insistence that comedy is fundamentally a matter of text.
It was Jonson’s attitude that produced his 1616 Folio, which—as the truism
goes—set the precedent and laid the foundations for the academic study of
English Literature; but it’s an attitude that may appear a little simplistic next to
What You Will’s celebration of the ludic and irrational, or the stance taken in
Satiromastix, which sees performance as a continually negotiated compromise,
and mocks the rootlessness of uncontextualised text. Perhaps unsurprisingly,
neither of these plays has been especially well served by the academic disciplines
whose origins they mock. Neither has attracted much secondary criticism, and
uncertainties still surround the texts themselves. With What You Will, the
uncertainties are the unavoidable starting-point.
W H AT Y O U W I L L AND F A N TA S Y
What You Will is clearly a play with things to say about satire and comedy: two of
its characters in particular, Quadratus and Lampatho Doria, discuss the subject
261
262 Matthew Steggle
insults him too. Furthermore, Lampatho’s plays (as seen in Act V) are in rivalry
with those of Quadratus. So Lampatho is to Quadratus as Jonson is to Marston,
a rival satirical playwright.
Against this broad similarity, Finkelpearl puts a catalogue of biographical
reasons why Lampatho Doria is not a caricature of Jonson. “Probably the most
effective way to portray a public figure on the stage is to stress his best-known
characteristics,” but this is not done.5 There are no references, argues
Finkelpearl, to Jonson’s bricklaying, or his background as an itinerant player,
both of which would surely be gifts for any satirist, and which are used in
Dekker’s Satiromastix. This is true enough in itself, but his own examples show
up the problem with using this as proof that Lampatho is not Jonson. He quotes,
for instance Lampatho Doria’s renunciation, near the end of the play, of his
former self: “Lampoil, watch-candles, rug gowns and small juice, / Thin
commons, four o’clock rising, I renounce you all” (1562–63).
It is true that in passages like this Lampatho Doria is pictured as a former
university student: which Jonson, biographically speaking, was not. But Jonson’s
own self-fashioning as a scholar was so successful that the false idea that he had
attended Cambridge was believed by Jonson’s contemporaries and by editors as
late as William Gifford.6 And if we look at the presentation of Jonson or the
Jonson-character in the three plays which no-one doubts to be involved in the
War—namely Cynthia’s Revels, Poetaster and Satiromastix—we find him presented
in scholarly terms: indeed, terms which use precisely the objects named here. In
Cynthia’s Revels Crites is a “candle-waster”; “he smells all lamp-oyle”; and
although not actually wearing rug, he is a “grogran-rascall”—wearing a similarly
uncourtly fabric. In Poetaster’s Apologetical Dialogue the Author talks about the
“pinching throes” of his writing endeavours lit by a “dumbe candle”; and the
Horace of Satiromastix, “that Iudas yonder that walkes in Rug,” that “staru’d
rascall,” writes by the light of a candle thematic enough to be specified in the
scene-direction.7 Satiromastix calls Jonson “self-creating Horace,” and in What
You Will it’s the self-fashioned Jonson being satirised, while Satiromastix makes
capital of the difference between the self-fashioned self and the sordid reality.
This is the reason why Satiromastix digs up the stories of bricklaying and
imprisonment, to create two contrasting versions of Jonson, while What You Will
contents itself with the simpler and less inflammatory task of reducing Jonson to
a single, unitary humour: the out-of-step ex-scholar.
Finkelpearl points out correctly that Lampatho does not obviously
resemble Jonson. On the other hand, Jonson’s “little fat HORACE,” described
as “pigmey” in Satiromastix, is no portrait of the tall and (at this stage of his
career) raw-boned Jonson whom, in Satiromastix at least, the character is
intended to represent.8 So, perhaps surprisingly, physically accurate personal
representation of the victim of one’s satire was not put at a high premium in these
plays. Finkelpearl also expresses concern that Lampatho Doria is not portrayed
as “a professional man of letters.”9 But What You Will is very vague about how
264 Matthew Steggle
any of its characters make a living. They are all gallants, all—as Finkelpearl
complains—on perpetual holiday. Insofar as Lampatho is a producer of court
entertainments, he is portrayed as a professional man of letters, just as Crites is.
So Finkelpearl’s point about personal appearance is irrelevant. It is not
surprising that no allusion is made to Jonson’s disreputable past. And the
argument about Lampatho’s career as a scholar tends to prove rather than deny
the point. It therefore seems perverse to maintain Finkelpearl’s doubts on
grounds of biographical similarity, and one may conclude that Lampatho Doria
does sufficiently resemble Ben Jonson.10
Secondly, What You Will has a relationship with the text of Cynthia’s Revels.
Indeed its reworking of some Jonson passages provides some of the best evidence
for the date of What You Will. For instance, Jonson’s Crites says:
If good CHRESTUS,
EUTHUS, or PHRONIMUS, had spoke the words,
They would have moou’d me, and I should haue call’d
My thoughts, and actions, to a strict accompt
Upon the hearing: But when I remember,
’Tis HEDON, and ANAIDES ...
Another instance of the connection between the two plays can be found a
little later in the same scene, and again in lines spoken by Quadratus. Among the
things satirised in Cynthia’s Revels as symbols of frivolity are anchovies, caviar,
fantasticness personified as the character Phantaste, and extravagance in clothing
and headgear. Thus, the following speech by Quadratus, whose praise of fantasy
may be considered an epigraph to all of What You Will, takes its opening verbal
cues directly from Cynthia’s Revels:
........................
If Albano’s name
Were liable to sense, that I could taste or touch
Or see, or feel it, it might ’tice belief;
But since ’tis voice and air, come to the musk-cat, boy:
Francisco, that’s my name ...
(1239–40, 1259–62)
The concept of the organic soul, and in particular of the interpretative power of
the fantasy—which is lacking in both Lampatho and Albano, unable to cope with
anything not directly discernible by mere “sense”—provides a unifying theme for
What You Will. Furthermore, the same imagery of the fantasy occurs in the
Induction, directly linked to statements about the nature of comic drama.
The Induction to What You Will sets up an opposition between two
characters, Doricus and Philomuse. Doricus is a devotee of fantasy, something
that becomes apparent quickly not merely through his direct mention of it but
through his associative, imaginative manner of speaking:
Philomuse, on the other hand, is less tolerant of such unbuttoned frivolity. When
he mentions fantasy, it is in a derogatory context, as an example of one of the
things that an author should take no notice of in writing his work, along with
things like the reaction of the audience:
The important thing about Philomuse’s speech, shot through as it is with a vivid
imagery of sickness that weakens one’s confidence in the speaker’s self-
Marston and Dekker 267
The imagery is taken not from the body but from workmanship. Music, metal
stamping and carpentry make their appearance in Doricus’ alternative
conception of art as an artefact: something external to the author. The author is
deposed from a position of almost vatic authority to that of a mere artisan who
must obey certain standards of workmanship. Where one might expect a
Horatian stress on balancing the “utile” and the “dulce,” Doricus concentrates
instead purely upon the “dulce.” In addition, he rejects literary precedent in
favour of “common sense.” Again, the vocabulary of the organic soul surfaces:
common sense is what provides the raw material for the fantasy to work on.
Doricus’ tirade has its effect. Chastened, Philomuse lapses into prose.
Doricus asks him the genre of the play they are about to watch:
The spectators’ active role in creating the play before them is stressed even in the
title. Doricus throws onto the audience the responsibility of generically locating
the play, if they think it worth their trouble. In its refusal to conform to any of
the genres into which Elizabethan critics such as Sidney, Puttenham, Webbe and
Meres had classified all drama, this piece refuses to play by the rules of these
268 Matthew Steggle
characters and drawing its sting. Among the other details which it is assumed
Jonson has scooped is the running-title of Dekker’s play, since this phrase is used
by Jonson’s poetasters of the play that they themselves are writing. But there are
some self-evident problems with this scenario. Fifteen weeks, which is according
to Envy, the amount of time taken to write Poetaster, is arguably a short time for
the notoriously laborious Jonson, but it would imply that Dekker’s play had
lingered in composition for longer still: and Dekker was notoriously prolific.14
Furthermore, all the satire in Satiromastix as it stands is crucially dependent
upon the characterisation of Jonson as Horace and on the role of Captain Tucca,
both of which Dekker himself freely says (in the preface) are themselves
dependent upon Poetaster. As for Rufus Laberius Crispinus and Demetrius
Fannius, one cannot even argue that Jonson has pre-empted names envisaged by
Dekker. These names are combinations of those of bad poets mentioned in the
works of Horace, emphatically not the names of choice for sympathetic
characters in any setting, let alone the early mediaeval.15 It is a sign of what Julia
Gasper calls the “condescending picture” painted of Dekker by critics that it has
been assumed that Jonson outwitted him so completely by stealing his names and
his subtitle, when clearly the reverse has happened.16
The reason, then, that Jonson in Poetaster appears so well able to predict
what will appear in “The Untrussing” promised by Demetrius and Crispinus is
not that he knows in advance what it will contain; on the contrary, it hasn’t yet
been written. Instead, it’s because Dekker sets about writing a play that will fulfil
all Jonson’s predictions and take on Jonson on Jonson’s own terms, complete with
a version of the man himself.
Satiromastix, in its printed incarnation, opens with a dedicatory letter, and
a flurry of Latin that is not at all characteristic of the play that is to follow. The
preface explicitly distinguishes the classical “true Venusian Horace” from “Horace
the second,” author of “Euery Man in’s Hvmour,” “our new Horace.”17 Taking
material that Jonson gives him, and altering the context to make the material
ridiculous, Dekker does to Jonson’s assumption of the character of Horace what
he will go on to do to Jonson’s own words. For instance, he describes the conflict
in these terms:
stating boldly the parallel Poetaster made implicitly between the two authors;
Dekker’s strategy here is merely to report Jonson’s claim, but in a way that makes
it appear self-evidently hubristic. By contrast, Dekker’s tone is casual, self-
mocking, and far removed from the “high words” of Jonson’s side of the quarrel.
The imagery of a physical struggle implicit in “Poetomachia” is carried on in the
next paragraph: “All mount Helicon to Bun-hill, it would be found on the
Poetasters side Se defendendo” (To the World 20–21).
Again, Jonson would resist not merely the verdict here but the whole
imagery of a fight. In the Apologetical Dialogue he refuses to state that Poetaster
is part of a campaign: it’s a once-only response to sundry impotent libels, a play
of quite a different order to the material his opponents have been producing.
Thus bringing in Mount Helicon here is a reminder of Cynthia’s Revels (in which
Helicon was prominent), and hence the fact that Poetaster was not so much of a
one-off as Jonson disingenuously claimed. Dekker goes on:
Dekker’s assertion has been most fully investigated by Tom Cain, who locates a
“captayne Haname” on the fringes of theatrical life in the 1590s, pawning bed-
linen to Henslowe. Cain further points out that there was a family named Hanham
with strong links to the Middle Temple, which—if this Haname may be identified
as one of them—would make him, like Charles Chester, or like Jonson himself, a
figure on the margins of the Middle Temple society whose influence on comical
satire appears to have been so important.18 All this is even more involved, since a
Tucca of very similar propensities to Jonson’s had appeared in Guilpin’s Skialetheia
of 1598, as an auditor of some bawdy love poetry, leading to speculation that all
three Tuccas, along with a handful of other characters in Marston’s verse satires,
are personations of the same person.19 The problem with this is sheer lack of
evidence: we have no biographical information on Hannam to prove or deny the
resemblance, or to explain why he should be accorded any role (let alone a central
role) in a conflict between playwrights. The Tucca of Poetaster is, as Herford and
Simpson note, a miles gloriosus with strong affinities to Captain Shift and others of
his genre: so Dekker’s allegation must remain “not proven.”
Again, the central importance of personal satire to these plays is
highlighted, but of interest here is less the truth of this particular allegation, than
the question of why Dekker makes it. It is phrased as an accusation of plagiarism
against Jonson—that Jonson couldn’t have made Tucca without taking Hannam’s
words. Dekker has taken over Jonson’s material, but the Hannam allegation
Marston and Dekker 271
The phrase “The diuinest part of true Poesie” is just the kind of rhetoric over
which Jonson was seeking to gain a monopoly by posing as the representative of
true poetry: Dekker refuses to concede. Similarly, Dekker claims for the “naked
lines” of his texts the same sort of victim-status as that Jonson likes to claim for
his: Jonson’s Envy had asked her minions to “Shew your rustie teeth / At euerie
word, or accent” (Envy’s Prologue 47–48). And even Envy herself resurfaces,
complete with snakes, later in Dekker’s preface: “Enuy feede thy Snakes so fat
with poyson till they burst” (To the World 51–52).
Dekker says that his lines need not be tortured, as they have nothing to
hide. But even here, as in the Poetaster Apologetical Dialogue, the limitation of
272 Matthew Steggle
HORACE: I thinke but what they are, and am not moou’d. The
one a light voluptuous Reueler, The other, a strange
arrogating puffe, Both impudent, and arrogant enough.
This exchange can be set beside the corresponding lines spoken by Criticus in
the 1601 quarto form of Cynthia’s Revels:
274 Matthew Steggle
Horrace, Horrace,
To stand within the shot of galling tongues,
Proues not your gilt, for could we write on paper,
Made of these turning leaues of heauen, the cloudes,
Or speake with Angels tongues: yet wise men know,
That some would shake the head, tho Saints should sing,
Some snakes must hisse, because they’re borne with stings.
(I.ii.204–10)
misinterpretation. Jonson fears the idea that the spectator is an active constructor
of the drama they are watching—since at least part of the audience have
“basiliske’s eyes,” and will try to “Peruert, and poyson all they heare, or see”
(Poetaster, Envy’s Induction 36, 39). Jonson wants a banished Envy and an
inviolable text that the audience should passively accept, but the Envy in
Dekker’s Epistle is to die not by force but by her own poisonousness (Epistle
51–52). Dekker claims not to fear debate and dissent, seeing it as a process of
moving towards truth. In fact, what Dekker proposes is a dialectical model of
moral advice in general and satire in particular, in which “friends” can administer
each other gilded “pills” for correction and improvement. This emphasis on
reciprocity can be seen especially clearly—again in connection with the point
about oaths—in Crispinus’ next speech:
once. But, says Dekker, Horace/Jonson is using it and overusing it and not
convincing his enemies at all. It is a point which the play comes back to again and
again; Horace’s swearing is mocked by the other characters in almost every scene
in which he appears. Vain swearing is another example of the uselessness and
powerlessness of mere language.26
Tucca’s prose insults overlap thematically with the charges established by
Crispinus and Demetrius in their blank verse. For example, Tucca warns: “That
ludas yonder that walkes in Rug, will dub you Knights ath Poste, if you serue
vnder his band of oaths, the copper-fact rascal wil for a good supper out sweare
twelue dozen of graund luryes” (I.ii.283–87). Again, the profligacy of Horace’s
oaths is under attack, linked this time not to debates about the textual status of
scripture, but to an allegation of perjury; and this is typical of the way in which
Dekker uses Tucca to provide a scurrilous biographical complement to the more
theoretical and moral objections against Horace made by Crispinus and
Demetrius. The end of this scene is a compromise. Tucca offers to be Horace’s
“Mæcenas” and to get Crispinus and Demetrius to provide scenes for the next of
his “strong garlicke comedies” (I.ii.374, 334–35), thus insouciantly trampling on
two of Poetaster’s main ideals, the virtuous patron and the idea of art as the
product of a single, literary author. Subsequent scenes with Horace merely
repeat this theme with variations, like What You Will’s satirical sub-plot and
unlike the more linear structure of Poetaster. The stage action and the form of the
chastisement may be different—the whipping with nettles, the stripping of
Horace of his satyr’s disguise—but the structure is the same. Therefore, these
later scenes do not need discussion at length.
However, one later insult by Tucca is worth quoting in full, because it makes
explicit the connection in the War between personal reputation and poetics:
To take the last insult first: Tucca refers to the benefit of clergy by which Jonson
had saved himself from the gallows, a custom over which Jonson himself makes
jokes, trying to privilege literacy as a tool for understanding drama (see Cynthia’s
Revels Induction 39–41). This is mainly gratuitous muck-raking, but the rest of
the insult is more sophisticated.
Marston and Dekker 277
the “multitude” who listen to his enemies to “the barking students of Beares-
Colledge”—Paris Garden. He claims to be uninvolved, watching on “Pleas’d,
and yet tortur’d, with their beastly feeding”: and yet somehow the emotive verbs
hint at a weakness in Jonson’s armour on this point which Dekker, clearly, is
seeking to exploit.30
Bear-baiting, then, becomes a metaphor for the War as Dekker and his side
would like to see it. Casting Jonson as the bear is calculated to annoy Jonson
immensely, and to discredit his pose of aloof supremacy from any sort of combat.
So this paragraph of abuse by Tucca in fact represents a well-chosen and
pregnant set of insults that attack his personal credentials, but in a way that is
focussed on poetics. Tucca also speaks the Epilogue, which serves as an epitome
of the difference between Dekker’s approach and Jonson’s, and might almost be
said to be part of a manifesto for drama. Jonson’s original Epilogue to Poetaster is
lost, suppressed, he says in the quarto, by “authority”; but whatever it contained,
on the basis of his other Epilogues it is unlikely to have been as colloquial as that
delivered after Satiromastix. Captain Tucca speaks it in characteristic prose (as
opposed to the verse more usual in Epilogues):
Let’s part friends. I recant, beare witnes all you Gentle-folkes (that
walke i’th Galleries) I recant the opinions which I helde of Courtiers,
Ladies, and Cittizens, when once (in an assembly of Friers) I railde
vpon them: that Hereticall Libertine Horace, taught me so to mouth
it. Besides, twas when stiffe Tucca was a boy: twas not Tucca that railde
and roar’d then, but the Deuill and his Angels: But now, Kings-truce,
the Capten summons a parlee, and deliuers himselfe and his prating
companie into your hands, vpon what composition you wil.
(Epilogue 5–13)
The allusion to the “Friers” is of course to the theatre of the Blackfriars, where
Poetaster was played. Tucca is concerned with the theatre as a physical structure,
with galleries and “two penny Tenants,” and with rival theatres around the city:
he is more concerned with the theatre than with the play, again a position
antagonistic to Jonson.
Tucca is claiming that it was not the real Tucca who spoke in Poetaster; in
fact, Tucca is alleging that Jonson personated him. The temptation is to take this
allegation as evidence in favour of the Tucca/Hannam identification discussed
above, but this is deeply problematic in view of the fact that Dekker would be
trying to remedy the situation with a second personation. Also, the statement
that Tucca was formerly a “boy,” and has now grown—ostensibly a punning
reference to the fact that Poetaster, unlike Satiromastix, was played by a boys’
company—suggests that Tucca has developed as a character too: which would sit
uneasily with the idea that he was a personation designed to reflect some external
referent such as Captain Hannam. More plausibly, the allegation is cheekily
Marston and Dekker 279
So the meeting with the King is being rehearsed as a dramatic event, but it is a
dramatic event without a script. Sir Quintilian and Celestine are trying to work
280 Matthew Steggle
out a script—perhaps even predict a script—but it’s not one that they already
possess. (One could contrast, again, Cynthia’s Revels where all the gallants already
have scripts worked out.) It’s precisely because the conclusion of their scene isn’t
a foregone conclusion that they need to rehearse it to work out how it will go.
When the event comes to be played out for real, it is set within the
dramatic framework of a masque: Terrill’s party are wearing masks, and enter
“two and two with lights like maskers.” The King, too, believes that his interview
with Celestine will take a dramatic form, offering to help Celestine through “the
Sceane of blushing,” only to find that he is addressing her apparently dead corpse
and “none plaies heere but death.” Thereupon Terrill seizes the moment in a
phrase that is almost Brechtian in its treatment of the dramatic illusion: “Now
King I enter, now the Sceane is mine” (V.ii.36, 48, 52, 54, 61).
But Terrill, too, is deceived as to the sort of drama in which he is
participating, mistaking it for a tragedy. The true nature of the drama in which
they are participating is eventually revealed by Sir Quintilian, who declares: “I
am an Actor in this misterie, / And beare the chiefest part,” and reveals that the
poison is not really fatal and that the generic resolution is really that of neither
masque nor tragedy, but tragi-comedy. In terms of the imagery used to describe
them, the death and resurrection of Celestine are dramatic events. Furthermore,
it is important that the scene is a performance and not a script, since King
William’s self-recrimination and recognition of his guilt are, only caused by his
erroneous belief that Celestine is dead—by the fact that he has been deceived by
the dramatic illusion. Thus a play which will “wed a Comicall euent, / To
presupposed tragicke Argument” is privileging the forgiving unpredictability of
performance at the expense of text (V.ii.96–97, 113–14).
The same is true of the most glaring incongruity in the play. Everyone
knows that, in the historical texts on which Satiromastix is based, Wat Terrill ends
up murdering King William II. In unexpectedly converting the tragedy into a
comedy, Satiromastix is rewriting English regnal history with an alarming
freedom. (An obvious contrast is Jonson’s Sejanus, weighed down with marginalia
supplying textual warrant for its fiction.) Just as Dekker’s Horace/Jonson is
shown to have put too much trust in the power of texts, so Satiromastix ends by
cocking a snook at the whole idea of a performed play being constrained by the
prescriptions of historical texts.
In conclusion, this analysis shows that What You Will and Satiromastix
pursue very different sets of poetics in their different reactions to the challenge
of Jonsonian satire. Both, in different ways, attack Jonsonian logocentrism. What
You Will actively celebrates the ludic, while in Satiromastix the relativity and
limitation of fixed pieces of speech or text are treated more soberly. Whereas
What You Will invokes ideas of fantasy and phantasmata to undermine the
Jonsonian stress on self-sufficient decorum, Satiromastix uses imagery of drama
and introduces a metadramatic instability. What You Will bypasses conventional
poetics as far as possible; Satiromastix is prepared to mock them insofar as they
Marston and Dekker 281
underpin Jonsonian discourse, and use them offensively when they can help
discredit Jonson. To Marston, Jonson is Lampatho Doria, an inept, pedantic
gallant deaf to fantasy; to Dekker, he is Horace, an arrogant would-be laureate
with a sordid past and a hardly less sordid present.
The resulting plays expose ideological tensions that lie at the heart of a
struggle over what professional drama might be and might become. As
playwrights define themselves more and more in oppositional terms, the War
becomes an active force that pushes Marston into writing an Epicurean comedy,
Dekker into broadening the intellectual and satirical limits of tragicomedy, and
Jonson into writing Sejanus, the learned tragedy which he promised at the end
of Poetaster.
NOTES
1. What You Will 520 (Lampatho threatens to write a satire against
Quadratus); 1142 (Lampatho refers to the popularity of satirical comedies); 1555
(Quadratus says Lampatho might put him in a satirical comedy); 1915
(Quadratus wishes that Simplicius might be satirised in a comedy).
2. Finkelpearl, John Marston 162–77; Anthony Caputi, John Marston, Satirist
(Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1961) 156–78, quotation from 169: Richard A. Levin, “The
Proof of the Parody,” Essays in Criticism 24 (1974): 312–16.
3. Jonson, Conversations 285–86; H&S I. 140.
4. Josiah H. Penniman, The War of the Theatres (Boston: Ginn, 1897)
137–43. The two characters certainly are similar in their social milieu and
intellectual interests, leading to one description of Lampatho as a “teasing
anamorphic double-portrait of the two rivals [Marston and Jonson]”: The Selected
Plays of John Marston ed. Macdonald P. Jackson and Michael Neill (Cambridge:
Cambridge UP, 1986) Introduction xv.
5. Finkelpearl, John Marston 163.
6. John Taylor’s elegy on Jonson, cited from H&S XI. 425; The Works of Ben
Jonson, ed. William Gifford, Introduction 3.
7. Cynthia’s Revels, III.ii.3,9,6; Poetaster Apologetical dialogue 213;
Satiromastix I.ii.282, 309, I.ii.o (stage direction).
8. Poetaster IV.vii.24; Satiromastix I.ii.354.
9. Finkelpearl, John Marston 163.
10. Other similarities include Lampatho’s “Jebusite” Catholicism; What You
Will 514.
11. Cynthia’s Revels III.iii.18–23 (cf. also III.iii.26–27); What You Will 567–74.
12. The Cambridge History of Renaissance Philosophy, ed. C.B. Schmitt and
282 Matthew Steggle
27. Jonson, Discoveries 2677: Bartholomew Fair, Induction 106; Hoy I.195.
Previously it had been assumed that Dekker was merely being prophetic.
28. See, for example, Volpone Dedication 57: “Where haue I beene particular?
Where personall? except to a mimick, cheater, bawd or buffon, creatures (for
their insolencies) fit to be tax’d?” Or, Cynthia’s Revels III.iv.20, where he brackets
together “mimiques, jesters, pandars, parasites.”
29. OED s.v. “Stagirite”: there is, however, a prior use by John Marston, in
The Scourge of Villanie IV.99. See The Poems of John Marston, ed. Arnold
Davenport (Liverpool: Liverpool UP, 1961).
30. Poetaster Apologetical Dialogue 45, 48. Dekker, on the other hand, makes
it clear in his preface that he welcomes audiences who enjoyed the first Tucca and
now want to enjoy the second as well.
J O N AT H A N D O L L I M O R E
Many critics have felt that if The Revenger’s Tragedy1 cannot be shown to be
fundamentally orthodox then it cannot help but be hopelessly decadent. If, for
example, it can be shown to affirm morality-play didacticism and its
corresponding metaphysical categories (and hence idealist mimesis), an
otherwise very disturbing play is rendered respectable. Moreover, the
embarrassing accusation of a critic like Archer—that the play is ‘the product
either of sheer barbarism, or of some pitiable psychopathic perversion’—can be
countered with the alternative view that it is a ‘late morality’ where ‘the moral
scheme is everything’.2
Numerous critics have tried to substantiate the morality interpretation by
pointing to (i) the orthodox moral perspective which is, allegedly, implicit in
characters’ responses to heaven, hell, sin and damnation, and (ii) the extensive
use of ironic peripeteias which allegedly destroy evil according to a principle of
poetic justice. I want to challenge in turn each of these arguments.3
PROVIDENCE AND PA R O D Y
In Vindice’s rhetorical invocations to heaven there is a distinctive sense of
mockery:
285
286 Jonathan Dollimore
The implied parody of the providential viewpoint, the caricature of the vengeful
god, becomes stronger as the play progresses:
The hollowness of this rhetoric is, of course, compounded by the sheer hypocrisy
of its delivery: the Duchess is seen speaking not from the pulpit, but in the act of
seducing her stepson and inciting him to murder his own father.
Still in Act I there is a moral posturing more revealing even than that of
the Duchess. Antonio, celebrating publicly his wife’s ‘virtue’ (she has committed
suicide after being raped) is seen to value it even more than her life. ‘Chastity’
and ‘honour’ emerge in fact as the ideological imposition and self-representation
of the male ego in a male dominated world. What compels us to consider the
episode thus is not the simple facts themselves but the fact of their caricature;
thrown into exaggerated relief ‘honour’ and ‘chastity’ are turned inside out and
held up for inspection. As with the interrogative representation of providence,
parody here invites distrust, ironic distance and refusal. Thus, discovering his
wife’s dead body to ‘certain lords’ Antonio exclaims:
be sad witnesses
Of a fair, comely building newly fall’n ...
Piero: That virtuous lady!
Antonio: Precedent for wives!
(I. iv. 1–7)
Antonio: I joy
In this one happiness above the rest ...
That, being an old man, I’d a wife so chaste.
(I. iv. 74–7)
DESIRE AND D E AT H
Inseparable from this play’s subversion of some of the conventions of idealist
mimesis is an alternative representation of the relations which bind sexuality,
power and death. It centres on the frenetic activity of an introverted society
encompassed by shadows and ultimately darkness—the ‘heedless fury’ and
‘Wildfire at midnight’ which Hippolito describes (II. ii. 172). The Court, ‘this
luxurious circle’, is a closed world where energy feeds back on itself perpetuating
the ‘unnatural’ act in unnatural surroundings: the location of the Duke’s death is
an ‘unsunned lodge’, ‘Wherein ’tis night at noon’. Decay and impermanence
stress the futility of each person’s obsessive struggle for power. Yet there is no
anticipation of otherworldly compensation, Junior’s cynical rejection of the
relevance of heaven to his impending death (III. iv. 70–4) being typical. The
play’s view of mortality is reminiscent of Schopenhauer; I quote briefly from his
Parerga and Paralipomena simply to emphasise that it is not necessarily a view
which entails a conception of man as inherently sinful or governed by divine law.
The experience Schopenhauer describes is a contingent one with secular
boundaries:
One is reminded too of the more restrained, yet somehow almost as pessimistic,
account of London by Tourneur (or whoever that ‘C.T.’ was)8 at the opening of
‘Laugh and Lie Downe: Or, the Worldes Folly’:
Now in this Towne were many sundrie sorts of people of all ages; as
Old, and young, and middle age: men, women and children: which
did eate, and drinke, and make a noyse, and die ... they were
Creatures that serued the time, followed Shaddowes, fitted humours,
hoped of Fortune, and found, what? I cannot tell you.9
Moreover, characters move into the line of vision already ‘charged’ with a
common motivating energy—sexual, aggressive or otherwise—which varies in
intensity only depending on whether it is the dramatic foreground or
background that they occupy. It is, consequently, a world whose sense ends with
its activity—a world, that is, whose senselessness becomes instantly apparent
when activity culminates in death. Vindice highlights this through a detached
awareness which Tourneur exploits to full effect as part of a structural interplay
between movement and stasis.
Movement illustrates repeatedly the forces that impel, but simultaneously
constrain and destroy people; the most extreme is the sexual—the ‘riot’ of the
blood (I. i. 11). ‘I am past my depth in lust,/And I must swim or drown’ says
Lussurioso (I. iii. 88–9), testifying to the destructive yet compulsive force of
desire. Social forces are powerfully realised as either grinding poverty or
thwarted ambition—both of which render the individual vulnerable to court
exploitation. Thus we see Hippolito being sent from court—
while for Lussurioso ‘slaves are but nails, to drive out one another’. For his
second slave he demands one who,
Both Machiavellian intrigue and lust are depicted as inherent aspects of the
frenetic movement and become inextricably linked with it in imagination:
Vindice: my brain
Shall swell with strange invention; I will move it
Providence, Parody and Black Camp 291
The point is stressed throughout with the recurrence of that word ‘swell’ in
imagery of tumescence: ‘drunken adultery/I feel it swell me’ (I. ii. 190–1); ‘I
would embrace thee for a near employment,/And thou shouldst swell in money’
(I. iii. 76–7); ‘Thy veins are swell’d with lust, this shall unfill ’em’ (II. ii. 94); see
also I. ii. 113 and IV. i. 63.
Movement involves an incessant drive for self-fulfilment through
domination of others.10 It is also represented as a process of inevitable
disintegration; dissolution and death seem not in opposition to life’s most frantic
expression but inherent within it: ‘O, she was able to ha’ made a usurer’s son/Melt
all his patrimony in a kiss’ (I. i. 26–7, my italics); ‘I have seen patrimonies washed
a-pieces, fruit fields turned into bastards, and, in a world of acres, not so much
dust due to the heir ’twas left to, as would well gravel a petition’ (I. ii. 50–3). The
assertion of life energy does not stand in simple contrast to the process of
disintegration but rather seems to feed—to become—the very process itself.11
Vindice’s silk-worm image makes for the same kind of emphasis at a point
immediately prior to the height of the dramatic action (the bizarre murder of the
Duke with a skull, poisoned and disguised as a ‘country lady’): ‘Does the silk
worm expend her yellow labours/For thee? for thee does she undo herself?’12
(III. v. 72–3). Dissolution, the sense of helpless movement and lack of purpose
are all concentrated in this image. The sense of uncontrollable movement
towards dissolution also recalls Vindice’s earlier lines where drunkenness releases
barely conscious desire: ‘Some father dreads not (gone to bed in wine)/To slide
from the mother, and cling the daughter-in-law’ (I. iii. 58–9). Here, in lines
whose meaning is reinforced by the stress falling on ‘slide’ and ‘cling’, the
involuntary action of a human being is reduced (casually yet startlingly) to the
reflex action typical of an insentient being. In all these ways the futility and
destructiveness of social life seem to have their source in some deeper condition
of existence; at the very heart of life itself there moves a principle of self-
stultification.
Contrary to this use of movement, the stasis with which it contrasts
involves a form of detachment, the medium of insight and a limited foresight.
Whereas to be caught up in the temporal process is to be blindly preoccupied
with the present ‘minute’ (a recurring expression—see especially I. ii. 168; I. iii.
26; I. iv. 39; III. v. 75), the brief moments of inaction allow for a full realisation
of just how self-stultifying is this world’s expenditure of energy, of just how poor
is the benefit of the ‘bewitching minute’. It is reflected, initially, in the way
Vindice’s opening commentary is delivered from a point of detached awareness—
a detachment represented spatially with him withdrawn into the shadowed
292 Jonathan Dollimore
region of the stage and directing attention at the procession. And at III. v. 50 ff.,
just before the (by now) anticipated climax, his own contemplative state directs
attention to the lifelessness of the skull, a wholly static but tangible
representation of death and a striking visual contrast to the frenetic activity of life
in this court. Insight of this kind is limited to Vindice; by others it is actually
evaded. Thus whereas Vindice realises that ‘man’s happiest when he forgets
himself ’ (IV. iv. 84) but cannot in fact forget himself for very long, Ambitioso
checks his realisation that ‘there is nothing sure in mortality, but mortality’ with
a resolve to action: ‘Come, throw off clouds now, brother, think of
vengeance,/And deeper settled hate’ (III. vi. 89–90; 92–3).
There is one view of the characters in this play which sees them as
morality type abstractions—‘simply monstrous embodiments of Lust, Pride and
Greed’ (Salingar, ‘The Revenger’s Tragedy and the Morality Tradition’, p. 404).
But their sub-humanity indicates more: displaying considerable desire, some
intelligence but little self-awareness, they fit this play’s depiction of life lived
obsessively and destructively within the dislocated social ‘minute’. Moreover
such awareness as does exist is turned inward, brought to bear on immediate
desire, but always in a way that fails to discover a unified, autonomous self.
Instead their soliloquies indicate the forces which in-form and dislocate them.
The Duchess, for example, is first seen as a voice of ‘natural’ mercy pleading for
her ‘youngest, dearest son’ (I. ii. 103). But in her first soliloquy, while
presumably retaining this affection, she becomes the ruthless schemer intent on
having her husband killed by his bastard son and herself having an illicit—in the
terms of the play, ‘incestuous’ (I. ii. 175)—sexual relationship with the latter.
Moments later, the bastard, Spurio, accedes to both proposals only to then
repudiate the Duchess just as she repudiated her Duke: ‘Stepmother, I consent
to thy desires,/I love thy mischief well, but I hate thee’ (I. ii. 193–4). Thus
Spurio casts himself as the avenger, making the appropriate alliance, but in so
doing makes a distinction in commitment that stalls all possibility of empathy.
In the same soliloquy, brilliant, imaginative compression of mood and image
suggests a dissolving of Spurio’s present consciousness into the very
circumstances of his conception: ‘... some stirring dish/Was my first father ... /
... drunken adultery/I feel it swell me’ (ll. 181–2; 190–1). ‘Impudent wine and
lust’ now infuse his veins such that ‘Adultery is my nature’ (l. 179), while
alliteration and stressed single-syllable words give a rhythmic insistence
blending into the ‘withdrawing hour’ to insinuate exactly the concealed activity
in which he was ‘stol’n softly’:
exposes the hypocrisy and deception of the pious; through parody it declares
itself radically sceptical of ideological policing though not independent of the
social reality which such scepticism simultaneously discloses. Vindice, living that
reality in terms of social displacement and exploitation, lives also the extreme
instability of his society and is led thereby to meditate on mutability and death.
Even the meditation takes on a subversive edge because transferred from the study
to that place to which Vindice’s displacement has led him: the domain of sexuality
and power, the ‘accursed palace’ where his brother finds him ‘Still sighing o’er
death’s vizard’ (I. i. 30, 50). Just as displacement compels action so the meditation
is, as it were, enacted. Yet no one in the process is allowed the role of heroic
despair; in relation to no one is human suffering made to vindicate human
existence. To that extent The Revenger’s Tragedy is beyond—or before—‘tragedy’.
NOTES
1. I am assuming nothing, nor contributing to the debate, about the
authorship of this play.
2. Archer, The Old Drama and the New, p. 74; John Peter, Complaint and
Satire in Early English Literature, p. 268. Instead of Archer’s indignation, or
Peter’s rendering of the play respectable, another tradition of critics showed a
deep fascination with ‘Tourneur’s’ psychopathology. Thus J. Churton Collins
writes that ‘Sin and misery, lust and cynicism, fixed their fangs deep in his
splendid genius, marring and defacing his art, poisoning and paralysing the artist’
(The Plays and Poems, p. lvi), while T. S. Eliot, described the motive of the
Revenger’s Tragedy as ‘truly the death motive, for it is the loathing and horror of
life itself ’ (Selected Essays, p. 190).
3. These arguments are more fully outlined, and contested, in Jonathan
Dollimore, ‘Two Concepts of Mimesis: Renaissance Literary Theory and The
Revenger’s Tragedy,’ pp. 38–43.
4. This is, perhaps, the ‘pose of indignant morality’ that Archer detected
(The Old Drama and the New, p. 74) but misunderstood. But even Archer had
misgivings: ‘One cannot, indeed, quite repress a suspicion that Tourneur wrote
with his tongue in his cheek’ (p. 75). Indeed one cannot!
5. If, as seems probable, The Revenger’s Tragedy was written after May 1606,
such obliquity may, apart from anything else, have been an effective way of
avoiding a tangle with the statute of that month to restrain ‘Abuses of Players’.
This act not only forbade the player to ‘jestingly or profanely speak or use the
holy name of God or of Jesus Christ, or of the Holy Ghost or of the Trinity’, but
also commanded that the same were not to be spoken of at all ‘but with feare and
reverence’ (my italics). It is precisely this kind of ‘feare and reverence’ which is
being parodied. The statute is reprinted in W.C. Hazlitt, The English Drama and
Stage, p. 42.
Providence, Parody and Black Camp 295
Bussy D’Ambois (c. 1604) occupies an interesting position in the radical drama
of the period. Like the earlier plays it interrogates providence and decentres the
tragic subject but now the emphasis is shifted; before, the emphasis had tended
to fall on the first of these projects, now and henceforth the reverse tends to be
the case.
SHADOWS AND S U B S TA N C E
The very first line of Bussy repudiates stoic providence in a way even more direct
than that found in the Antonio plays and Troilus and Cressida: ‘Fortune, not
Reason, rules the state of things’. Bussy is preoccupied with the instability of this
‘state’ (ie. the body politic): ‘Reward goes backwards, Honour on his head;/Who
is not poor, is monstrous’ (I. i. 2–3). He repudiates politicians (‘statists’, 1. 10)
who, with their ‘Authority, wealth, and all the spawn of Fortune’ are deluded into
thinking they are everything whereas in fact—and in Time—they are nothing:
‘Man is a torch borne in the wind; a dream/But of a shadow, summ’d with all his
substance’ (ll. 18–19). That word ‘substance’ had a fascinating range of meanings
in this period not dissimilar from those it retains today. But it possessed an
ambiguity more telling then than now: it could mean ‘essential nature’—
especially when, as here, it was contrasted with ‘shadow’ (cf. ‘He takes false
shadows for true substances’, Titus Andronicus’, III. ii. 80); alternatively, it could
mean virtually the opposite—that is, not what man intrinsically is, but what he
297
298 Jonathan Dollimore
acquires: ‘Authority, wealth and all the spawn of Fortune’ (1. 13). There is not
here the Christian belief that the ways of the world tempt man from the ways of
the spirit; on the contrary, man is seen to construct an identity from shadows
because they are in some sense prior. What Montsurry says of princes—that
‘form gives all their essence’ (II. ii. 123)—is the view of man presented in this
play: his essential nature goes missing as does the universe’s teleological design;
reluctantly yet determinedly Chapman concentrates on the social realities
disclosed by their absence.
Given its political dimension, the play’s opening stage direction—Enter
Bussy D’Ambois, poor—is hardly less significant than its first line. Bussy’s poverty
runs quite contrary to the circumstances of his historical source. It is an
innovation of Chapman’s and serves as the pre-condition for Bussy’s
understanding of human identity and of the state. Exclusion and poverty give
him—or rather force upon him—a true view of things yet one which is anything
but disinterested; that is, they offer to Bussy a vantage point from which he
experiences the relative worthlessness of the social order and, simultaneously, his
dependence upon it. Monsieur politically exploits such dependence and his view
of the exploited is simple: ‘None loathes the world so much .../But gold and grace
will make him surfeit of it’ (I. i. 52–3). Tamyra later speaks of ‘great statesmen’
who ‘for their general end/In politic justice make poor men offend’ (III. i. 44–5);
Monsieur is one such but with the important distinction that justice is not his
objective. Bussy accepts Monsieur’s offer of preferment but rationalises his
choice: ‘I am for honest actions, not for great’. He will, he tells himself, ‘rise in
Court with virtue’ (I. i. 124 and 126). It is this rationalised—and compromised—
position which characterises Bussy from here on.
Monsieur sends to Bussy, via Maffe, one thousand crowns. Maffe is the
state servant who is eminently employable as an instrument of power because
shrewd yet gullible: shrewd enough to play the game, gullible enough to
internalise its rules. He has been instructed to give Bussy the money but has not
been told why. Seeing the impoverished Bussy he asks: ‘Is this man indu’d/With
any merit worth a thousand crowns?’ (I. i. 140–1). By ‘merit’ he means
usefulness—specifically, the capacity to serve his master, Monsieur. Maffe thus
invokes a criterion of human worth which is, as it were, second nature to those
bound up in the struggle to maintain or achieve power. It is a criterion which
Hobbes later makes the corner stone of his theory of the state: ‘The value, or
WORTH of a man, is as of all other things, his price; that is to say, so much as
would be given for the use of his power: and therefore is not absolute; but a thing
dependent on the need and judgement of another’ (Leviathan, chapter 10). Maffe
aspires to understand ‘policy’ (1. 202) but as he himself admits (ll. 199–200), he
does not have the ears of great men, nor does he understand such men. His view
of the court is both determined and ideologically distorted by his position within
it—a position which, for example, leads him erroneously to assume a
conventional range of potential roles for Bussy—the poet-pamphleteer, a soldier
Bussy D’Ambois (c.1604): A Hero at Court 299
or joker. Bussy is angered by this and turns Maffe’s criterion of merit back upon
Maffe; referring to those parts of the latter’s dress which signify his stewardship,
he demands: ‘What qualities have you sir (beside your chain/And velvet jacket)?’
(I. i. 191–2). Thus Bussy taunts Maffe with being nothing apart from his
position as state servant. Such is his own impending position, and such too is the
recurring emphasis of this play: identity is shown to be constituted not
essentially but socially.
Bussy arrives at court dressed in a new suit. His entry follows immediately
after Henry and Montsurry have been criticising the vanity of dress. In the
previous scene Bussy showed himself especially anxious not to have to appear at
court ‘in a threadbare suit’ (I. i. 106). This anxiety is another aspect of the same
awareness which prompted his interrogation of Maffe. In this society man’s
identity, like his worth, is, in the words of Hobbes, ‘a thing dependent on the
need and judgement of another’; more exactly, this identity exists in terms of the
role ascribed to the individual by others or, alternatively, a role which he
proposes for their ratification. It is precisely the courtiers’ refusal to ratify Bussy’s
new role which leads to the quarrel in which five die. Bussy, manifestly insecure,
is over-assertive. This prompts L’Anou to observe: ‘See what a metamorphosis a
brave suit can work’ (I. ii. 118). But Barrisor’s taunt is the more vicious for being
even closer to the truth: ‘This jealousy of yours sir, confesses some close defect
in yourself, that we never dreamed of ’ (I. ii. 185–6). Unerringly he provokes in
Bussy insecurity born of dependence. They vow to fight and so the first act
concludes.
C O U RT P O W E R AND N AT I V E N O B L E S S E
Monsieur and the King eulogise Bussy, or rather they construct for him a
conception of himself as innately noble, self-determining and uncompromised.
To the extent that he ‘lives’ this identity he becomes not in fact autonomous but
the more exploitable. Monsieur is especially accomplished in achieving this. His
initial description of Bussy as incomparably heroic (I. ii. 140–6) is not a
spontaneous recognition of him as such but the testing out of a predetermined
role for him. Monsieur’s hyperbole picks up on something more general: even as
a life and death struggle is developing between Bussy and Guise, a self-
consciously theatrical court is construing it as performance; for the king the
quarrel is a kind of entertainment (1.147) while L’Anou (later to die in the fight)
describes it as ‘one of the best jigs that ever was acted’ (I. ii. 152). By the close of
this scene Bussy has taken on the part devised for him by Monsieur. Later, after
Bussy has deserted him, Monsieur gives a very different assessment of his former
protégé, one which speaks very much to the conditions in which he found him.
Lacking a rational soul, he is, says Monsieur, not ‘diffused quite through’ with
that which would make him all ‘of a piece’. As such he is unpredictable and
erratic; he is, in effect, the decentred, soulless subject who ‘wouldst envy,
300 Jonathan Dollimore
betray,/Slander, blaspheme, change each hour a religion,/Do anything ...’ (III. ii.
349–56, my italics).
Bussy, once raised by Monsieur (the king’s brother) is taken up by the one
person even more powerful: the king. To the latter Bussy becomes protector and
play-thing (‘my brave Eagle’, IV. i. 108). The king’s similarly hyperbolic praise of
Bussy is especially revealing at the point where he indulges in role reversal; Bussy
is, he says—
Even more conclusive (and in the same scene) is the moment when the
hyperbole, and indeed virtus itself, is shown to dissolve into the policy of which
it was only ever the effect; plotting against Monsieur, Bussy declares: ‘I’ll soothe
his plots: and strew my hate with smiles ... And policy shall be flank’d with policy’
(ll. 155, 161).
Bussy D’Ambois (c.1604): A Hero at Court 301
The play does not merely show noblesse defeated by policy. Were this in
fact the case it might be legitimately defined as humanistic tragedy in the sense
already outlined in chapter 2: that is, a tragedy of defeated potential in which the
defeat only confirms the potential. Rather, the play shows the putative noblesse
to be the effect of policy and thus, by noblesse’s own essentialist criteria, to suffer
erasure.
Bussy dies in a scene which begins with one of the most direct repudiations
of teleology, providence and natural law to be found anywhere in Jacobean
tragedy:
So nature lays
A mass of stuff together, and by use,
Or by the mere necessity of matter,
Ends such a work, fills it, or leaves it empty
Of strength, or virtue, error or clear truth.
(V. iii. 1–4; 12–16)
Even the play’s supernatural dimension works against providence. In fact Act IV,
scene ii works as a burlesque of the supernatural similar to that which we have
already seen in The Revenger’s Tragedy (above, pp. 139–43; Chapman’s is of course
the earlier play). Behemoth and his spirits are shown to be incompetent (1. 60)
and at cross purposes (ll. 73–5); finally they exit (‘descend’) in disarray advising
that Bussy have recourse to ‘policy’ (1. 138). In fact they seem themselves to be
instruments of policy: they are controlled by ‘Fate’ while ‘Fate’s ministers’ are
said to be ‘The Guise and Monsieur’ (V. ii. 61–2; cf. the association of ‘Destiny’
with ‘Great statesmen’ at III. i. 43–4). Thus the significance of the supernatural
comes back, via a kind of closed circuit, to the secular.
Just as Monsieur rejects the notion that nature is encoded with a
teleological design, so Bussy dies repudiating the existence of the soul (once
again the disintegration of providentialism is accompanied by this decentring of
the tragic subject):
is my body then
But penetrable flesh? And must my mind
Follow my blood? Can my divine part add
No aid to th’ earthly in extremity?
Then these divines are but for form, not fact.
(V. iii. 125–9)
302 Jonathan Dollimore
let my death
Define life nothing but a Courtier’s breath.
Nothing is made of nought, of all things made;
Their abstract being a dream but of a shade.
(V. iii. 131–4)
The sense of those last two lines is as follows: ‘all things are created from and
return to nothing. Therefore the idea of substantial essence is an illusion’.1
NOTE
1. For a diametrically opposed reading of Bussy and one firmly within the
perspective of essentialist humanism, see Richard S. Ide’s Possessed With Greatness
(1980): ‘Bussy does not renounce his heroic conception of self at death. Rather
he transcends it by progressing to a higher, more admirable mode of heroism ...
“outward Fortitude” is not rejected, but ... improved upon by an inner fortitude
equally extraordinary, equally heroic, and in this situation morally superior’
(p.99).
G A I L K E R N PA S T E R
In Jonson’s wry joke about the excellent badness of London, the self-
congratulation of masque and pageant reappears in a new, ironic light. London
becomes an ideal commonwealth only for satirists feeding the stage. The
abundance and prosperity attributed in the entertainments to exemplary
government has here bred better matter for whores and rogues; the social
behavior held up for civic emulation has now become the source of comic spleen.
Jonson’s mocking boast about London as exemplary comic subject represents the
other side of the coin: instead of a society “joyfully contemplating its well-being,”
we have a society ironically contemplating its viciousness.1 Ideal reciprocity has
given way to obsessive striving for place.
Of the many playwrights who contributed to the rapid emergence of city
comedy early in the seventeenth century, Jonson and Middleton, heavily involved
with the city comedies and with court or civic entertainments, represent most
clearly the polarized attitudes toward the city which is my continuing focus.
Middleton’s career as a pageant writer begins in earnest in 1613, the same year
his finest city comedy, A Chaste Maid in Cheapside, appeared at the Swan.2 At the
From The Idea of the City in the Age of Shakespeare. © 1985 by the University of Georgia Press.
303
304 Gail Kern Paster
same time that Jonson was undertaking commissions to portray the court as
classical or Arthurian heroes, the usurer had become the type of contemporary
villain because he symbolized “forces of aggression, ruthless materialism,
aspiration and anarchy in Jacobean society.”3 Part of the discrepancy between the
city as it appears in the playwrights’ entertainments and the city as it appears in
their plays may be attributed to the usual differences between a city as it ought
to be and a city as it is. The problem with this inference is that it requires not
only a simplistic dismissal of the idealization in the entertainments but a
simplistic acceptance of the satire in the comedies as well. In fact, exaggeration
in both directions links the genres, laus lining up quite specifically against
vituperatio for antithetical literary treatment. Thus the festival celebration of the
present moment is echoed negatively in the insistence of the comedies that times
have never been worse. “Every part of the world shoots up daily into more
subtlety,” laments the courtesan’s mother in Middleton’s A Mad World, My
Masters (1.1.140). She would prefer less competition. In The Devil Is An Ass, Satan
mocks Pug for underestimating London vice: “We must therefore ayme / At
extraordinary subtill ones, now” (1.1.115–16). If the entertainments require
dressing up topography and people in heroic or allegorical trappings, the city
comedies require the reverse—a symbolic dressing down, an apparent removal of
artifice. In the Induction to Michaelmas Term, personifications of the four
London law-terms enter dressed in “civil black”—the color belonging both to
the gowns of city officials and to the devil. Serious moral intent and artful
selection are quickly denied, however, in Michaelmas Term’s offhand comment:
“He that expects any great quarrels in law to be handled here will be fondly
deceived; this only presents those familiar accidents which happen’d in town in
the circumference of those six weeks where of Michaelmas Term is lord”
(Induction, 69–73).4
A similar disclaimer against artifice is presented more elaborately in the
induction to Bartholomew Fair. As part of his contract with the spectators, Jonson
asks his audience to expect no better than a fair will afford; what is probable in a
fair is absolutely essential in a play about a fair by an author “loth to make Nature
afraid in his Playes” (129). Jonson also insists on the social realism of The
Alchemist by setting the play “here, in the friers” (1.1.17), which is a reference to
the place of the play and to the place of the playhouse as well.5 Such insistence
on creative self-limitation, on treating only what the “familiar accidents” of the
city have provided, functions like the symbolic decoration of the entertainments.
Both assert that the city, rather than the playwright, is ultimately responsible for
its praise or blame.
This assertion is essential to urban portraiture in the city comedies
precisely because that portrait is so negative. If the masques present a benign
world where natural law has been brought under human control, the comedies
offer a polar image of urban society in the sway of natural law as predatory
appetite. In such a city, the idea of community means that each character defines
The City as Predator in Jonson and Middleton 305
place only in terms of his self-interest. The members of this community have ties
not to each other, but only a direct tie of self-interest and survival to the city
itself. The participation and unity so central to masque and pageant turn out here
to be the main-springs of intrigue. Civic order in such a city is as fixed and as self-
perpetuating as the order of masque and pageant. Instead of the benevolent circle
of reciprocities, however, the satiric city regulates the lives of its citizens through
a ruthless and competitive predatory cycle that gives every rogue his gull, dooms
every guller to be gulled himself, values intellectual cunning over moral integrity,
and rewards no one.6 Patterns of predatory behavior underlie the action of all
these comedies in varying degrees and turn the comic convention of “the biter
bit” into a summary judgment of urban society. The predatory order comes to
take on the universal validity of natural law.
Jonson and Middleton make the impersonal operations of the predatory
cycle believable by creating an urban atmosphere in which aggressive
individualism has become an accepted behavioral norm and reductive
conceptions about human nature hold sway. Such an atmosphere becomes an
implicit counterstatement to the pageants’ praise of mercantile adventurism as
the source of so much civic benefit. Community in the city comedies does have
a common world-view, like the communities of masque and pageant. This
community, however, because it is degenerate, simply accepts ruthless self-
interest as governing human behavior. It assumes what in fact usually turns out
to be true—that each man is like his neighbor in being his neighbor’s enemy.
A good index to the moral temper of these comedies is their general
depiction of women, because the idealization of women which we found to be so
conventional in praises of cities is here turned around. London is a reverend
mother in the entertainments; the mothers in city comedy may well be bawds.
Female sensuality, a given in most city comedy, is particularly common in
Middleton. The unmarried woman is often a courtesan, the virtuous virgin is
almost an anomaly. But the most common female type is the wife whose leisure
feeds sensuality and makes time for adultery. Examples abound, from Fallace in
Every Man Out, to Mrs. Harebrain in A Mad World, My Masters. Female
sensuality is most often expressed as cliché in city comedy, the inevitable
complement to the endless cuckoldry jokes. Andrew Lethe, for instance, assumes
that Thomasine Quomodo’s objections to him as prospective son-in-law concern
her designs to have him “as a private friend to her own pleasures” (Michaelmas
Term, 1.1.201–11). But she is outraged at the suggestion because “tis for his
betters to have opportunity of me” (2.3.7–8). The gallants Rearage and Salewood
make casual conversation comparing a “little venturing cousin” to a “virgin of
five bastards wedded” (1.1.9,15). A Chaste Maid in Cheapside is supposed to sound
oxymoronic, like Dekker’s Honest Whore.7 In Bartholomew Fair, Mrs. Littlewit
accepts Knockem’s argument that “it is the vapour of spirit in the wife, to cuckold,
now adaies; as it is the vapour of fashion, in the husband, not to suspect”
(4.5.50–51). The sensuality of city wives is such, according to Ramping Alice, the
306 Gail Kern Paster
punk of Turnbull, that “the poore common whores can ha’ no traffique, for the
privy rich ones” (4.5.69–70). Touchwood Senior keeps a stable of gullible young
men around to marry the wenches he has ruined, and Middleton often makes the
trick of his plots the marriage of an unknowing man to a whore.
The significance of female sensuality for the city is that sexual stereotypes
finally become expressive of pervasive cynicism. Middleton’s citizens assume
gallants to be lecherous—and are usually right. If merchants like Quomodo seem
not to be particularly interested in sex, it is because they have traded sexual
prowess for financial gain and value women at a lesser rate than “that which she
often treads on, yet commands her: / Land, fair neat land” (Michaelmas Term,
1.1.100–101).8
The corollary to treating people like property is to treat property like
people. In A Trick to Catch the Old One, Witgood apostrophizes to his newly
recovered mortgage in the diction of a lover: “Thou soul of my estate I kiss thee,
/ I miss life’s comfort when I miss thee” (4.2.87–88). Old Hoard waxes as
rhapsodic about the lands he thinks his rich widow owns: “When I wake, I think
of her lands—that revives me” (4.4.6–7). Perhaps it is this habit of humanizing
property while dehumanizing people which makes credible the casualness G. J.
Watson has noticed in A Trick to Catch the Old One with which characters accept
vicious sharking as the way of the world.9 After Lucre and Hoard quarrel over
the right to cozen a young heir, Lucre appeals to the way of the world in his
defense: “I got the purchase, true: was’t not any man’s case? Yes. Will a wise man
stand as a bawd whilst another wipes his nose of the bargain? No, I answer no in
that case” (1.3.11–14). Dick Follywit, the most sympathetic character in A Mad
World, My Masters, lightheartedly describes the downfall of his own higher
nature: “I was wont yet to pity the simple, and leave ’em some money; ‘slid, now
I gull ’em without conscience” (1.1.19–21).
This acceptance of human baseness as predictable and thus natural is
reinforced by the evident physicality of human nature: the community becomes
merely a collection of appetites. This low assessment of human nature is
particularly apparent, perhaps, in A Chaste Maid in Cheapside. Middleton fixes the
mental focus of all Cheapside well below the navel: his characters are
preternaturally alert to obscene innuendo, which they find everywhere.
Characterization in the play is almost exclusively a matter of sexual capacity and
proclivity, which serves to lower our mental focus as well in what R. B. Parker
has called the mood of a soiled saturnalia.10 Jonson’s depiction of the human
animal tends to be less exclusively sexual than Middleton’s, but it is not more
exalted. Pig-woman Ursula, the life-force of Bartholomew Fair, “is all fire, and fat,
... I doe water the ground in knots, as I goe” (2.2.50–52). The urge to relieve
themselves brings Mrs. Overdo and Win Littlewit to Ursula’s booth, where
Knockem persuades them to become “birds o’the game.” Jonas Barish has noted
the frustration of physical function in Epicoene epitomized by LaFoole’s captivity
with a full bladder in a locked closet.11
The City as Predator in Jonson and Middleton 307
they’re above ground, and that makes so many laugh at their fathers’ funerals”
(1.1.45–47). And his attitude is confirmed by Lucre’s denial of the nephew by
whom he has profited: “If he riot, ’tis he must want it; if he surfeit, ’tis he must
feel it; if he drab it, ’tis he must lie by’t; what’s this to me?” (A Trick to Catch the
Old One, 1.3.30–32).
Ironically, the consequence of denying familial or communal bonds is to
reassert them in the parodic form of inverted community. Involuntary fellowship
becomes the order of the day, as when Pursenet complains that “a man cannot
have a quean to himself! let him but turn his back, the best of her is chipt away
like a court loaf” (Your Five Gallants, 3.2.97–98). However, he achieves self-
command by realizing the impossibility of keeping anything to oneself in the city.
Sharing finally represents a cyclical order by which all live:
The age-old hierarchies remain, but reciprocity here ironically opposes the
bountiful order of masque and pageant. The emblem of cyclical order in the play
is a chain of pearl which travels around the circle of gallants by gift and theft.
The crucial recognition occurs when, tracing the ownership of the jewels, the
gallants learn they are all parasites and thus form a community of interests.
“‘Sfoot,” declares Goldstone, “I perceive we are all natural brothers” (4.7.213).
In most of the plays, this recognition of ironic fellowship is less conscious.
But because such sharing is always involuntary, it seems to result inevitably from
the discrepancy between the limited resources of the city and the limitless
appetites of its citizens. Over and over action reinforces the fact of limit. In all
Bartholomew Fair, there is apparently one chamber pot, while Ursula’s fear that
she and Knockem will be “undone for want of fowle” (4.5.14) persuades
Knockem to turn to Mrs. Overdo and Win Littlewit. Jonson’s alchemical rogues
pretend to transform men and matter, but all they really do is broker money and
goods. A similar illusion about the meaning of gold deceives Volpone, Mosca, and
the suitors, for Volpone elevates gold into a symbol of aspiration beyond the fact
of limit or, more importantly, need of community, surpassing “all sublunary joys
in children, parents, friends” (1.1.17). Volpone declares himself outside the
common exchange of gold for labor, since he lives by “no trade, no venter”
(1.1.33). For their part, the suitors regard him as the city merchants regarded the
fabled Indies—as an investment repaying tenfold the worth of ventured goods.
But the predatory cycle of city comedy is at its barest in Volpone, where the
sequence of visits probably represents the order in which birds descend on
The City as Predator in Jonson and Middleton 309
inevitability in urban settings: no one escapes being drawn into the predatory
chain of events.
Much of this suggested centrality in Jonson’s comic city results from his
skill at deploying the classical unity of place, particularly in the four great
comedies from Volpone to Bartholomew Fair. Each setting in those plays has a
magnetic attraction of its own, which functions as an intensification of the
attraction which the city as a whole seems to have for country. It is a crucial part
of the opening business of each play to demonstrate the attraction of the setting
(as in Volpone and The Alchemist) or to orchestrate a movement into it (as in
Epicoene and Bartholomew Fair).
Each setting, furthermore, becomes progressively more inclusive and
seemingly more compelling than its predecessor. The bedchamber that draws
predatory birds in Volpone is succeeded by Morose’s house in Epicoene, invaded by
a college of ladies and their followers. The alchemical rogues would like to draw
into their house in the Friars whoever has not left the plague-ridden city.20 But
the Smithfield fairground does attract everyone, and Jonson strains the limits of
coherent dramatic plotting to prove it.21 More important, Jonson gives his
settings a civic dimension, making them expressive not only of the characters but
also of an idea of the city as well.
Volpone for instance is structured neatly around a contrast between private
and public space. More precisely, the contrast between Volpone’s house and the
Venetian courtroom is mediated by the neutral, communal space of the piazza,
where Volpone is free to erect his mountebank’s platform. Each of these settings
becomes a theater within the theater, containing scenes from different dramatic,
or quasidramatic, genres—the deathbed scene, the seduction scene, the
mountebank’s spiel, the judgment scenes. For Volpone, other places are
secondary to the prime space of his bedchamber, which is as essential to his
security as London, camera regis, was to the king’s. His claim to physical
centrality is supported by the behavior of the suitors, who identify their deepest
selfinterest with the outcome of events in the Magnifico’s chamber. Private space
stimulates private interest and the reverse; anyone who acts in Volpone’s
bedchamber has entered a competition that opposes his own interests to the
community’s. Jonson even suggests that Volpone’s bedchamber is itself a kind of
city. Alberti argued that a “city, according to the Opinion of Philosophers, be no
more than a great House, and ... a House be a little City” (De re aed., bk. 1, chap.
9, p.13). The members of Volpone’s household—Nano, Androgyno, Castrone—
represent a spectrum of deficiencies, a parody of urban variety. They also provide
this city’s version of civilization, offering parodies of history and culture in their
little entertainment. And, as Alvin Kernan has pointed out, Volpone’s initial act
of worshipping his gold attempts to redefine Renaissance cosmology and
religious belief.22 Volpone’s house, moreover, redefines the nature of human
bonding. By persuading Corbaccio to disinherit his son and Corvino to
prostitute his wife, Volpone attempts to destroy the two bonds in which a city has
312 Gail Kern Paster
most at stake. He would reduce all bonds, social and familial, to the single,
material bond implied in a legacy.
Volpone’s claim of physical centrality is thus also a claim of supreme civic
authority which goes essentially undisputed until act 5. Our awareness of Mosca’s
greater power in the role of hypocritical servant helps to prepare for Corvino’s
flogging of Volpone in the piazza and, more importantly, for Volpone’s defeat in
the courtroom. Until the final judgement scene, Volpone suffers only partial and
temporary setbacks, yet he does so because he has ventured outside his secure
chamber. Even Volpone’s performance on the mountebank’s stage, usually
regarded as an expression of the genuine, dangerous individuality of the
Renaissance actor, brings Volpone an unaccustomed vulnerability.23 So does his
involuntary introduction to the courtroom in act 4, as he says:
Measure.26 Jonson’s aesthetic contract with his audience yields to a more complex
presentation of the social contract which underlies the fair itself and the idea of
the city which it expresses. For all their disparateness before and during the fair,
the fairgoers do function as a minimal community simply because each has
identified a reason to collect in the same space. The parallel with citizenship is
clear. Whether opposed to the fair or not, the fairgoers share a status that for the
occasion highlights and limits other differences among them. In its
concentration, the fair is even more a city than the city itself, its notion of
reciprocity simpler but no less fundamental since everyone at the fair expects to
get or lose something in its course. That Jonson intends us to accept the fair
world as a manic version of everyday rather than as an alternative to it is clearest
in the experience of Overdo himself. His expectation of finding enormities
ignores Jonson’s warning against those who would expect servant monsters or
“better ware then a Fayre will affoord” (115–16). Furthermore, like the city itself,
the fair is only apparently chaotic. While it may intensify normal social and
comic processes, Jonson has insisted at the beginning that it will not deviate from
them. And if the fair breaks down preexisting relationships, it serves its own best
interest in creating new ones—the two marriages in prospect at the end.27
But none of Jonson’s plays, not even Bartholomew Fair, exceeds The
Alchemist in a significant interpretation of the city through extreme adherence to
unity of time and place. By setting the play in the Blackfriars neighborhood in
1610 and making the fictive time coterminous with performance, Jonson
attempts to make the stage an extension of everyday reality.28 The effect is not
only to imply that the audience is capable of being gulled like Dapper or
Drugger; it is also to make the audience into Blackfriars neighbors doing exactly
what the trio is always worrying about—listening in. Edward Partridge has
noticed the martial and political references that join the alchemical imagery that
pervades the play, references that John Mebane has recently argued constitute
Jonson’s attack on the radical millenary and utopian movements of his day.29 But
the gulls, too, have civic pretensions. Epicure Mammon wants, among other
things, to eradicate disease, age, poverty, and other social ills. Like the merchant
princes of the pageants, he would disperse his fortune in pious works and public
service. That solutions to such problems should come as pallid afterthoughts to
elaborate sensual fantasies suggests a disproportion between self-interest and
public service in the amassing of great speculative fortunes which the pageants
overlook. The temporal ambitions of the Anabaptists are more explicit, although
their willingness to use bribery satirizes the corrupt “civil Magistrate” (3.1.42) no
less than the religious enthusiast.
Here, as in Volpone, Jonson uses the city within a city to imply inevitable
defeat for all who dream of turning the age to gold. The gulls imagine the one
prosaic city house in the play as the home of the Queen of Faery, Novo Orbe,
the seat of necromancy, an alchemical laboratory, a school for quarreling, and a
matchmaker’s data bank. Yet even its fictive reality is an illusion. What Jonson
The City as Predator in Jonson and Middleton 315
makes especially absurd about his gulls’ illusions is their expectation that
actuality can ever be more than actuality, that a city can be other than the sum of
everyday. Our recognition of this absurdity becomes inescapable when Jonson
turns the focus of the play inside out with the arrival of Lovewit and the
neighbors, preparing the audience for the moment when he will turn them out,
too, into the actual world of the Blackfriars. Transformation will occur only in
the least ambitious character of all; Dame Pliant becomes Mistress Lovewit. The
commonwealth promises once again to renew itself, but the promise in so cynical
a union is ironic.
Thus The Alchemist represents an intensification of the dramatic strategy
which Jonson uses to good effect in the other three great comedies. His urban
settings take on a suggestion not simply of probability, but of inevitability in an
emphatic use of the metaphoric dimensions of the Elizabethan stage. Jonson
demonstrates the symbolic centrality of his urban settings by offering no
alternative. Most Jonsonian characters live physically constricted lives. Morose
never leaves his house. Volpone, who seems to have spent three years
entertaining suitors in his chamber, encounters disaster each time he leaves it.
Face makes forays into plagueridden London, but we only see their results. Only
Bartholomew Fairgoers represent an apparent exception, since they are not
trapped in one place and the fair is temporary. Yet the fair, man-made like
Jonson’s other environments, cannot escape the implication that man—not
nature—is responsible for what goes on within it.30 Such a recognition explains
the poverty of nature imagery in Jonson’s plays, a lack directly attributable to the
characters.31 There is much more nature imagery in the masques. The satiric
meaning these dramatic characters attribute to their settings is a function not of
their importance but of their dramatic creator’s skill and ethos. In all four of the
comedies, for instance, there is an evident, highly charged tension between the
narrow physical scope of the scene and the complexity of the action and
atmosphere it contains. Jonson evokes the urban world by filling up his stage
with diverse people, an often immense range of physical reference, and a tangle
of linguistic accents. The contrast with the ordered materiality of the masque
world is conspicuous. Part of the action of any masque is one of selection—
excluding or transforming certain environments, extolling uniformity in the
masquers. Unacceptable landscapes vanish, while characters from the city act
their parts in the antimasque and either leave or step aside for the advent of their
social superiors. The ideal community is thoroughly at one with a benevolent,
pristine natural world that it understands and in some measure controls. The
operating principle of the ideal commonwealth, like all the ideal cities of the
Renaissance, is one of controlled inclusiveness. But inclusiveness in the comic
communities represents diversity without distinction, the antithesis of
hierarchy.32 Jonson’s comic societies include one fox, one fruitfly, one crow, one
vulture, two parrots, and a hawk; or three rogues of differently disreputable
backgrounds who assume different roles while gulling one tobacconist, one
316 Gail Kern Paster
lawyer, one quarrelsome rustic, two Anabaptists, one knighted voluptary; or one
near idiot, his tutor, one lunatic, one disguised justice, and so forth.33 The degree
and uniformity of the masque has yielded to disorderly heterogeneity, to the
sensation of uncontrolled inclusiveness—a city planner’s nightmare. Even so,
these communities are communities because they are packed into the same dense
urban space.34 Morose cannot prevent the city from moving in on him any more
than he can prevent his wife from talking. The fair takes its own course despite
the attempts of Overdo, Busy, and Wasp to control it. And the biggest problem
for the alchemical trio—where they are going to put everyone—is a miniature
version of the basic urban dilemma. Furthermore, the density of verbal texture
in these plays ties the Jonsonian characters even more firmly to their settings and
gives their heterogeneity correspondences throughout the microcosm. Like the
characters in the antimasque, these are characters tied to and expressed by the
objects in their worlds.
Thus, if the sense of centrality which the masques and pageants create for
the places they celebrate confirms a sense of spaciousness in order and decorum,
the kind of centrality to which the comic city aspires produces an imitation of
chaos. This is the negative side of the pageants’ glorification of urban abundance.
The city is so crowded, so complex, so full, and so dramatically sufficient to the
action that its inhabitants are almost inevitably deluded into thinking that it and
they are complete and essential.
Of course Jonson delights in the imaginative power of his comic cities and
of the real city they imitate. But the juxtaposed visions of the communities in the
comedies and the communities in the masques—a rough juxtaposition of real and
ideal—suggest an imaginative division in Jonson comparable to the division we
found in Juvenal.35 He cannot reject the disorderly city that so fascinates him any
more than Juvenal can leave Rome. And, although it is true that the approximate
justice of Jonson’s denouements may imply recognition of a more perfect city,
that justice is far more rigorous in Volpone and Epicoene than it is in the two later
comedies where the city is most disorderly. Order as a social phenomenon within
the plays yields to order as an aesthetic phenomenon achieved by the playwright
alone. He is the urban alchemist, transforming the materials of actuality into art.
The regularity, uniformity, and unanimity so essential to the masque give way to
a comic celebration of the urban particular, even if the place is as dirty as
Smithfield and as stinking every whit.
Perhaps Jonson did see the image of an ideal city reflected in the splendor
of the court on masquing nights. But the ideal city itself can only have existed for
him as it did for the Platonic Socrates—in heaven. In order to celebrate ideal
community on earth, he had to bring in the antimasque.
Instead of concentrating narrowly on a specific place and group of
characters, Middleton focuses interest on a generalized scene or action, as titles
like A Mad World, My Masters or Michaelmas Term or even A Chaste Maid in
Cheapside suggest. Middleton is less interested in outsize personalities than in the
The City as Predator in Jonson and Middleton 317
promoters or represented by the christening prove not only corrupt but also
powerless either to express or to regulate actual behavior.)
A more effective method of social control seems to exist in the informal
pressure of the community on the Yellowhammers when they try to prevent Moll
from marrying Touchwood Junior. The activities of the promoters, and the
reactions of other characters to them, have already hinted that few actions in
Cheapside go unobserved. This is one negative aspect of the group solidarity
celebrated in the civic pageants or the masques. But, if the nameless promoters
represent official forms of surveillance, equally anonymous watermen and
Cheapside neighbors condemn the Yellowhammers for their cruelty to Moll.
Fear of the neighborhood motivates Yellowhammer’s decision to stay away from
Moll’s funeral:
All the whole street will hate us, and the world
Point me out cruel: it is our best course, wife,
After we have given order for the funeral,
To absent ourselves till she be laid in ground.
[5.2.92–95]
Sir Oliver declares he “would not have my cruelty so talk’d on/To any child of
mine for a monopoly” (5.3.27–28). The funeral itself draws “such running,/Such
rumours, and such throngs” (5.3.20–21) that the Yellowhammers’ behavior seems
prudent. And the community becomes partially responsible for the lovers’
wedding when they arise from their coffins.
There is also a suggestion, however, that the emotional outpouring of the
community here is prompted by the self-indulgence so evident at the Allwit
christening. The Puritan gossips are sloppily demonstrative to the Allwit baby
and to Tim Yellowhammer, while Lady Kix spends much of the play in tears.
Emotional indulgence thus becomes part of the general lack of self-restraint
throughout Cheapside. If social control first requires self-control, Cheapside
seems virtually ungovernable. Allwit’s question to the promoters—“What cares
colon here for Lent?” (2.2.79)—could stand as motto for the play. The Kixes’s
offer to house the Touchwoods will not curb Touchwood’s ungovernable
potency; the play is not even sure that it should.41 But Sir Oliver will provide
Touchwood with a sexual outlet that may lessen the social damage he has
heretofore created. And Sir Oliver will take Allwit’s place as the contented
cuckold of Cheapside. The best that the mind can do in Cheapside is
exemplified in Tim Yellowhammer’s syllogistic attempt to prove his newly
married whore an honest woman.
This sense of social panorama in Middleton’s comedy eventually creates a
symbolic centrality for his cities no less powerful than it is for Jonson’s. The
magnetism of the city appears strongest, perhaps, in Michaelmas Term where the
The City as Predator in Jonson and Middleton 321
Michaelmas Term makes much use of the familiar city-country contrast, in part to
underscore the comic contrast between Easy’s desire to leave his country estates
and Quomodo’s desire to possess them. But, although Michaelmas Term regards
conscience as a garment to be discarded in London, Middleton himself blurs any
distinction between country virtue and city vice in the characters who actually
come up.42 The Country Wench is only too eager for a taste of city life. Her
transformation by fashionable clothes repeats that of Andrew Lethe, which
predates the play. Their metamorphoses demonstrate that shape-shifting is not a
device restricted only to the citizenry. And their marriage at the end of the play,
which Lethe regards as an unjustifiable humiliation, actually unites two country
characters of comparable social backgrounds.
Michaelmas Term is also the play in which Middleton most strongly
emphasizes the city’s sense of itself as a world apart, with its natural law and
internal dynamic. Another symptom here of the predatory relation of the city to
the countryside is the urban characters’ appropriation of nature imagery to
rationalize a hunter-victim relationship that they regard as universal. Gulls are
lambs to be fleeced, bucks to be struck, and trouts to be caught. Michaelmas Term
describes writs as “wild fowl” that return with “clients, like dried straws, between
their bills” to use for nest building (Inductio, 57, 60). Characters’ frequent use of
such urban adages establishes the predominance of class consciousness among
citizens and gentry. Even the characters in this play regard the warfare between
the two classes—“our deadly enmity, which thus stands: / They’re busy ‘bout our
wives, we ‘bout their lands” (1.1.106–7)—as a social truth almost too tired to be
worth repeating. Quomodo is as aware as we are of the utter conventionality of
his social aspirations to own land, to educate his son and to marry his daughter
to a gentleman. His confidence about gulling Easy stems less from Shortyard’s
skill than from the victim’s predictability:
The fascination that the city holds for newcomer Easy is complemented by
the equal appeal that the country holds for Quomodo, the quintessential citizen.
The country is not, however, any more real an alternative to London in
Michaelmas Term than it is in Jonsonian comedy. Quomodo’s descriptions of the
natural landscape have the tone as well as the essential unreality of vision:
Oh, that sweet, neat, comely, proper, delicate parcel of land, like a
fine gentlewoman i’th’ waist, not so great as pretty, pretty; the trees
in summer whistling, the silver waters by the banks harmoniously
gliding. [2.3.82–86]
Quomodo laughs to think “how the very thought of green fields puts a man into
sweet inventions” (4.1.79–80), which in this case are apparently unfamiliar sexual
daydreams. But Quomodo never really imagines himself as anything other than
a citizen of London. The city provides the essential context for his most rapt
dreams of landowning, the mirror for his self-admiration. Thinking he will now
be “divulg’d a landed man / Throughout the Livery,” (3.4.5–6), Quomodo turns
himself into the subject of an imaginary London conversation:
Even for a citizen like Quomodo, however, the city is no less a trap than it is for
the gulls he fleeces. His acquisitiveness so alienates his family that they rejoice in
his death. And Quomodo listens, ashamed, while his fellow liverymen disparage
both him and his fortune: “Merely enrich’d by shifts/And coz’nages” (4.4.16–17).
Because Quomodo cannot prevent Sim from losing his patrimony as the other
prodigal sons of the play lose theirs, Quomodo himself ends up behaving
prodigally. Like Easy he has foolishly set his hand to a deed that takes all his
property away and that cannot be remanded by the profession of ignorance: “I
did I knew not what” (5.3.72).
Having the “freedom of the city” in this play becomes an increasingly
ironic phrase. Formally it designates those who belong to one of the livery
companies in the city; informally, it connotes insider status, as when Dick
Hellgill tells the Country Wench, “Virginity is no city trade,/You’re out o’th’
freedom, when you’re a maid” (1.2.43–44). Michaelmas Term describes his hand
The City as Predator in Jonson and Middleton 323
as free from restraint or scruple. Easy is repeatedly described as free and fresh,
free-breasted, meaning free from suspicion, free to spend, and vulnerable. Easy
is free in a different way after losing his lands to Quomodo. “Y’are a free man,”
Quomodo tells him, ironically, “you may deal in what you please and go whither
you will” (4.1.49–50). Freedom here is just another word for nothing left to
lose.43 But the idea of freedom rebounds ironically on Quomodo since Easy is
also free to marry Thomasine Quomodo, just as she imagines herself free to
marry him. In the end the freedom of this city exists for no one. Quomodo ends
up being his “own affliction” (5.3.164), free neither from himself nor from his
awareness of having been cuckolded. But the play is especially grim in its denial
of distinction between gulls and rogues and natives and newcomers in the
successive stages of the “city powdering.” The veteran gallants regard
newcomers like Lethe and Easy with some condescension. But they too have
been deceived by Shortyard’s impersonation of Master Blastfield and are just
about to turn on him when he assumes a new identity. The country parents who
travel to the city in the course of the action have difficulty recognizing their off
spring, but Quomodo also has been deceived by Lethe’s transformation from
Andrew Gruel to fashionable gallant. The Country Wench’s father has not
learned enough from a youthful experience as urban victim to detect his daughter
under her new clothes. The most he manages is to realize that he serves no
gentlewoman, but a bawd. What unites the country people is not a common
commitment to simple virtue, but a common identity as past, present, or future
victims of the city powdering. Lethe’s mother and the Country Wench’s father
almost immediately lose their freedom since necessity turns them into servants.
Middleton refuses, however, to idealize any of his countryfolk, sharply
undercutting the country father’s status as spokesman for rural virtue and giving
Mother Gruel a sexual appetite for young courtiers comparable to—if more
grotesque than—Thomasine Quomodo’s.
The entrapping magnetism of the city thus becomes part of a patterned
temporal sequence which—like the predatory cycle with which it is aligned—
effectively negates the possibility of positive urban change. The city alone
benefits from this pattern, since it serves to perpetuate the city’s imaginative
appeal. In this sequence, gentry like Easy come up to town and lose their money
by gambling or whoring and their patrimony in a commodity swindle. Debt- and
disease-ridden, they may remain in the city like Rearage and Salewood and think
of the country only for rent collections. They may, like the country father, finally
reject “this man-devouring city” entirely and return to rural poverty.
This Juvenalian rejection of the city counts for very little in the moral vision
of the play. More significant is the circularity within which the merchant class is
trapped. Turning their profits into the means to purchase gentlemanly status
means becoming prey to sharpers like themselves. Recognition of this irony is so
widespread in city comedy that Jonson rings a final change on it in The Devil Is an
Ass, when Plutarchus begs his father not to make him a gentleman:
324 Gail Kern Paster
But the importance of this pattern for the satiric thrust of city comedy is to
suggest at least one way that the city ensures its survival as the ultimate predator.
If every swindling citizen is either a potential gull or the producer of gulls, there
will always be prey for the predatory city. It is the one commodity that transcends
the fact of limit. For Middleton, the contentious fathom of the city is so powerful
that it allures the countryman and traps the citizen. The city’s power is a product
of the greediness of the city’s embrace, because the city is a version of the
Renaissance overreacher, unwilling to let anyone or anything go.
NOTES
1. The phrase is Jonas Barish’s in Ben Jonson and the Language of Prose
Comedy (1960; reprint, New York: Norton, 1970), p. 244.
2. For this date, see Parker, ed., A Chaste Maid in Cheapside, p. xxviii–xxxv.
3. Gibbons, Jacobean City Comedy: A Study of Satiric Plays by Jonson, Marston,
and Middleton (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1968), p. 30. The other
standard treatment of city comedy is by Alexander Leggatt, Citizen Comedy in the
Age of Shakespeare (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1973).
4. In seeing a significant thematic purpose to the induction, I disagree with
Ruby Chatterji, “Unity and Disparity in Michaelmas Term,” SEL 8 (1968): 352.
5. See F. H. Mares, The Alchemist, Revels Plays (London: Methuen, 1967),
p. xlvii.
6. Gibbons, Jacobean City Comedy, pp. 153–55.
7. Parker, ed., A Chaste Maid, p. xlvii. For other discussions of women in
Middleton, see Caroline Lockett Cherry, “The Most Unvaluedst Purchase:
Women in the Plays of Thomas Middleton,” Institut für Englische Sprache und
Literatur (Salzburg: Universität Salzburg, 1973), pp. 62ff. See also Leggatt’s
chapter, “Chaste Maids and Whores” in Citizen Comedy, pp. 99–124.
8. On the sex-money equation, see Richard Levin, The Multiple Plot in
English Renaissance Drama (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1971), pp.
168–74; also George E. Rowe, Jr., Thomas Middleton and the New Comedy
Tradition (Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1979), p. 64.
9. Watson, ed., A Trick to Catch the Old One, p. xxi. All quotations refer to
this edition.
10. Parker, pp. xlvii–lvi.
11. Barish, Ben Jonson and the Language of Prose Comedy, p. 181.
The City as Predator in Jonson and Middleton 325
12. See Alvin Kernan, The Cankered Muse: Satire of the English Renaissance
(New Haven: Yale University Press, 1959), pp. 168–70; also, Alvin B. Kernan,
ed., Volpone, Yale Ben Jonson Series (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1974),
pp. 9–10.
13. Samuel Schoenbaum, “A Chaste Maid in Cheapside and Middleton’s City
Comedy,” in Studies in the English Renaissance Drama:In Memory of Karl Julius
Holzknecht, ed. Josephine W. Bennett, Oscar Cargill, and Vernon Hall, Jr. (New
York: New York University Press, 1959), p. 292.
14. I have treated the connections between Middleton and Plautus at length
in “The City in Plautus and Middleton,” Ren D, n.s. 6 (1973): 29–44.
15. Edward B. Partridge, The Broken Compass: A Study of the Major Comedies
of Ben Jonson (London: Chatto and Windus, 1958), p. 85.
16. Ibid., p. 107.
17. Alvin B. Kernan, The Plot of Satire (New Haven: Yale University Press,
1965), p. 153.
18. I disagree, implicitly, with Rowe here who finds more evidence of urban
change in this play than I do; see his Thomas Middleton and the New Comedy
Tradition, p. 64.
19. See Levin, The Multiple Plot in English Renaissance Drama, pp. xvi–xvii;
also Rowe, Thomas Middleton and the New Comedy Tradition, p. 66, and Chatterji,
“Unity and Disparity,” pp. 360–61.
20. See Alan C. Dessen, Jonson’s Moral Comedy (Evanston, Ill.: North-western
University Press, 1971), pp. 108–9.
21. See Levin, Multiple Plot in English Renaissance Drama, pp. 207–11.
22. Kernan, ed., Volpone, pp. 1–2.
23. See George R. Kernodle, “The Open Stage: Elizabethan or
Existentialist?” Shak S 12 (1959): 3; see also Kernan, ed., Volpone, textual note to
2.2.2.
24. Barish, Ben Jonson and the Language of Prose Comedy, p. 183.
25. On the staging of Bartholomew Fair, see Eugene M. Waith’s edition of the
play for the Yale Ben Jonson Series (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1963), p.
214; and R. B. Parker, “The Themes and Staging of Bartholomew Fair,” UTQ 39
(1969–70): 294–96.
26. A parallel pointed out by Leo Salingar, “Crowd and Public in
Bartholomew Fair,” Ren D, n.s. 10 (1979): 158.
27. Levin, The Multiple Plot in English Renaissance Drama, pp. 207–11.
28. See Mares’ edition of The Alchemist, p. xlv.
29. John Mebane, “Renaissance Magic and the Return of the Golden Age:
Utopianism and Religious Enthusiasm in The Alchemist” Ren D 10 (1979):
117–39.
326 Gail Kern Paster
30. I have treated the theme of Jonson’s confined settings at more length in
“Ben Jonson’s Comedy of Limitation,” SP 72 (1975): 51–71. See also a more
recent discussion by Patrick R. Williams, “Jonson’s Satiric Choreography,” Ren
D, n.s. 9 (1978): 121–45.
31. See Barish, Ben Jonson and the Language of Prose Comedy, pp. 181–82.
32. Waith, ed., Bartholomew Fair, p. 11.
33. Gabriele Bernhard Jackson, ed., Every Man in His Humor, Yale Ben
Jonson Series (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1969), p. 15.
34. In “Crowd and Public in Bartholomew Fair,” Salingar remarks that the
characters “affect one another chiefly by contiguity” and concludes that “they are
not a community but a crowd.” Yet crowdedness is a chief characteristic of urban
life then as now; it may be truer to say that the characters in the play are a crowd
in the process of discovering themselves to be a community.
35. On the relationship of Jonson’s platonizing beliefs in universal truth to
the question of setting, see Gabriele Bernhard Jackson’s discussion of the
“truthful setting,” in Vision and Judgment in Ben Jonson’s Drama (New Haven:
Yale University Press, 1968), pp. 77–94.
36. This is Rowe’s observation in Thomas Middleton and the New Comedy
Tradition, p. 64. He also ties this observation to the influence of the morality play
tradition noticed by Gibbons in Jacobean City Comedy, p. 129.
37. Rowe comments that the youths’ journeys from country to city symbolize
“their acceptance of chaos,” Thomas Middleton and the New Comedy Tradition, p.
65.
38. Watson, ed., A Trick, p. xix.
39. Levin, The Multiple Plot in English Renaissance Drama, pp. 194–202.
40. On this subject, see R. B. Parker, “Middleton’s Experiments with
Comedy and Judgment,” in Jacobean Theatre, ed. John Russell Brown and
Bernard Harris, Stratford-upon-Avon Studies, no. 1 (London: Edward Arnold,
1960), pp. 179–99.
41. Parker comments on the ambiguities of the portrayal of fertility in the
play; see ibid., pp. l–li. He thus undercuts Arthur F. Marotti’s account of the
festive qualities of the play in “Fertility and Comic Form in A Chaste Maid in
Cheapside,” Comp D 3 (1969): 67.
42. Rowe comments that the induction associates “the country with purity
and goodness,” in Thomas Middleton and the New Comic Tradition, p. 63; but the
play as a whole treats the country as irrelevant to the action except as it functions
as an illusory goal for Quomodo and provides a supply of gulls.
43. See Rowe’s excellent discussion of the allied subjects of prodigality and
freedom in ibid., pp. 63–67.
LEAH S. MARCUS
“And never rebel was to arts a friend,” John Dryden observed in Absalom and
Achitophel. That notion is, of course, untenable: one wonders what John Milton
would have made of it. But it was a common perception in seventeenth-century
England, at least in certain circles. Traditional pastimes and the theater were
parallel cultural forms in that they held the same ambivalent status, outside the
rules of ordinary life, yet integrally bound up with it. They tended to happen
together, masques, plays, and traditional games all being particularly rife at
holiday times and enjoyed in the same places—at court and, in the London area,
in the no-man’s-land of the liberties, outside the City’s legal jurisdiction and
under the protection of the crown. Queen Elizabeth I had been an avid, if frugal,
supporter of the drama, and the “precise people” who had ventured to condemn
plays and players during her reign had sometimes acknowledged warily that they
were opposing a group “privileged by a Prince.”1 Under the Stuarts, however,
defense of the drama came to be much more closely tied to defense of the
monarchy. As in the case of the Book of Sports, James I deliberately forced the
issue. He made the theater a royal monopoly—a branch of his prerogative—so
that anyone attacking the drama was assailing an aspect of his power.
Enemies of the stage regularly charged that plays rested on lies and
hypocrisy, reminding their readers that the Greek word hypocrite had meant both
actor and pretender. But defenders of the drama were quick to return the charge.
Those who muttered against plays and masques were “open Saints and secret
varlets” who concealed their true natures for nefarious ends.2 In Love Restored,
From Staging the Renaissance, eds. David Scott Kastan and Peter Stallybrass. © 1991 by
Routledge, Chapman and Hall.
327
328 Leah S. Marcus
earthiness. There is considerable tension in the play between the “fair” and the
“foul” levels of its argument. But in Bartholomew Fair the author’s ambivalence,
or at least some of it, is channeled into defense of the king. The “fairing” offered
King James is the “true delight” of seeing one’s cherished beliefs about the
potential functioning of plays and pastimes reflected in the uncommon looking
glass of a play about plays and pastimes.
In both the Induction to the Hope audience and the Prologue to King
James, Jonson adamantly denies that Bartholomew Fair is meant to satirize
individuals. In the Induction he wards off any “state-decipherer, or politic
picklock of the scene” so “solemnly ridiculous as to search out” models for the
personalities who wander his fair, and in the Prologue to James he again protests
that he writes “without particular wrong, / Or just complaint of any private man
/ Who of himself or shall think well or can” (Fair, 23, 33). This formulation
effectively shields Bartholomew Fair against accusations of slander. If any
individual is so rash as to protest that he has been singled out for reflection in the
unflattering mirror of the play, it will be because he cannot think well of himself.
His protest will be motivated (according to the standard theory) by secret
recognition of his own culpability and will therefore amount to a confession that
he needs the play’s tart correctives. And yet Jonson’s pious caveats against politic
picklocking have the effect of whetting our curiosity for precisely the activity he
warns us against. Several modern critics, suspecting that the poet doth protest
too much, have set out to identify historical figures as the butts of Jonson’s satire
and found striking parallels among his contemporaries. The Lord Mayor of
London in the year 1614, like Adam Overdo, ferreted out dens of iniquity
through spies and went “himself in disguise to divers of them”; he also seasoned
his discourse with references to classical authors, much in Overdo’s style. The
famous Banbury Puritan William Whately, known as the “roaring boy of
Banbury,” habitually preached at fairs, as Zeal-of-the-Land Busy does, to gather
a “fairing of souls” for God. Bartholomew Fair was a favorite time for Puritan
invective against the drama because the crowds of fairgoers visiting London filled
the playhouses to overflowing.5
Jonson almost certainly expected a similar picklocking on the part of his
contemporary audience, but that does not mean that his warnings against it are
entirely disingenuous. When the poet steers us away from attempts at specific
identification he is not denying that parallels with contemporaries can be found,
but advising us not to dwell on them at the expense of larger issues. Many
Puritans preached at fairs; several Lord Mayors played detective. Overdo’s
bustling in search of “enormities” and his grave distress over the corrosive effects
of puppetry and poetry also recapture the attitudes of a number of contemporary
Justices of the Peace, whose court records are full of similar opinions and long
lists of “notable outrages.” There are even intriguing parallels between Overdo
and Chief Justice Edward Coke, the king’s principal opponent in issues of royal
prerogative.6 But we are not encouraged to stray in search of particulars. Jonson’s
330 Leah S. Marcus
viewers may, like the Hope stage keeper, object to the play’s lack of such fine
fixtures of the fair as the juggler and “well-educated ape”; nonetheless, Jonson
assures us, his “ware” is precisely the same. He has even observed a “special
decorum” as regards unity of place, the Hope Theater “being as dirty as
Smithfield, and as stinking every whit” (Fair, 34). This “special decorum” serves
an important rhetorical function. It forces us to see the similarities between the
two and therefore points out the inconsistency of those contemporaries,
particularly in London, who damned the “license” of the king’s theater on all
sorts of high moral grounds but managed to tolerate their own fair. The tu quoque
of Bartholomew Fair is aimed especially at them.
For decades, as any student of theatrical history knows, the City fathers
had opposed virtually all dramatic activity in and about London, as the king’s old
enemies, the Kirk, had in Edinburgh and for many of the same reasons. But the
patents issued by James I to his own acting companies specifically exempted them
from local restrictions. Although privy council records for the period have not
survived, we know from numerous other sources that the years just before 1614
were a time of tug of war between the king and his privy council on one hand,
and the Mayor and the City Corporation on the other. The king claimed power
to license plays and players in and around London, and to override local
ordinances against them; the City claimed the right to curb the royal monopoly
within its liberties through enforcement of its own and parliamentary
ordinances.8 But what the City fathers condemned when it produced revenue for
the king, they found considerably less objectionable when it produced revenue
for themselves. Bartholomew Fair had two parts and it is important that we keep
them straight. There was, first of all, the cloth fair, mostly business, which took
place within the walls of St. Bartholomew Priory; its revenues went to Lord Rich,
owner of the priory. Secondly, there was the pleasure fair outside the priory walls;
Jonson’s play deals almost exclusively with the pleasure fair, whose profits went
to the London Corporation.9 The area of the pleasure fair had not become part
of the liberties of London until 1608. In that year, reportedly in return for funds
to build a new Banqueting House, the king offered the city a new charter which
specified that the “circuit, bounds, liberties, franchises, and jurisdictions” of
London be extended to include the area around the priory, noteworthy for its
annual fair, and Blackfriars and Whitefriars, noted for their theatrical
connections.10 Just as he was asserting royal control over the culturally marginal
institution of the theater, he invited the City to try its hand at coping with the
fair. However, while City fathers applied their new authority over Blackfriars and
Whitefriars to curb the drama as much as they could, they showed less zeal in
Smithfield. There was a notable “reform” in 1614: the muddy swamp of the
fairgrounds was paved at City expense and made a “clean and spacious walk.”
The impetus for this improvement came from the king, who sent a letter to the
Lord Mayor ordering it done. The Lord Mayor obeyed only after considerable
protest.11
332 Leah S. Marcus
the two locations have other physical features in common. The stage at the Hope
was not the usual fixed platform, but a movable scaffold resembling the street
stages used at fairs.13 A major contribution to the Hope’s stench was that it also
served as a Bear Garden and the animals were stabled nearby. On alternate days
its scaffold stage was removed and bearbaiting took the place of plays. After 1616
the theater was given over exclusively to bearbaiting, another monopoly of the
king’s and a frequent form of entertainment at court. City authorities opposed
the sport as a danger to public order. In 1583 when a Paris Garden scaffold had
collapsed during a Sabbath baiting, the Lord Mayor and other authorities had
attributed the catastrophe to the wrathful hand of God, and the sport was not
permitted in London.14 But the City’s own fair nevertheless boasts its own
holiday bearbaiting: Ursula, the gargantuan brawling “enormity” at the heart of
it, has a name signifying little bear and she is forever being baited by the other
characters. Knockem calls her “my she-bear” and she disdains the “lion-chap”
with which he snaps at her (lions did in fact bait bears—a variation on the sport
introduced by King James himself). But her encounter with Knockem is a mere
opening skirmish. When Quarlous and Winwife enter her booth, the baiting
begins in earnest. They snap at the “she-bear,” seeking to wear her down with
wit, and she roars back with epithets which turn them into her dogs: “dog’s-head”
and mongrel “trendle-tail” (Fair, 80). She begins to tire, but after a brief mêlée
and a scalding, she emerges the wounded but triumphant “Ursa major,” as bears
against dogs generally did.
Jackson Cope has pointed out that Jonson associates Ursula with the
standard symbols of Ate, goddess of mischief and discord.15 However Londoners
may rail against royal bearbaiting as a source of riot and disorder, they harbor an
equivalent manifestation of the Goddess Discordia in the center of their own fair.
Just as the Hope Theater, in the Liberty of the Clink and safely out of their
jurisdiction, was transformed into a bear ring every other night, so the “theater”
of the fair becomes a ground for the baiting of Ursula. We know that puppet
plays were sometimes performed after the baitings at Paris Garden, and the same
custom was probably continued at its successor, the Hope. If, as some critics have
suggested, Ursula’s booth was either adjacent to or actually transformed into the
puppet theater for act 5, then the imitative sequence is even closer. The scene of
the fair becomes in turn a bear garden and then a puppet stage, as the Hope
Theater did in 1614.16
Once Jonson’s symbolic equivalence is established, it is easy to recognize
how the particular types of foulness which surface in his fair parallel the vices
City fathers berated in the theater. They condemned plays as the “occasyon of
frayes and quarrelles” and argued that tolerance for the theater had brought the
fall of Rome,17 but their fair harbors equal disorder. In act 4, with its complicated
and pervasive wrangling, any remaining semblance of social coherence breaks
down into lawlessness. They complained that the theaters were a favorite resort
of cutpurses and suppressed the jigs at the end of plays ostensibly for that reason
334 Leah S. Marcus
in 1612, but at Bartholomew Fair cutpurses do a thriving business under the very
noses of the authorities. They condemned plays as “very hurtfull in corruption
of youth with incontinence and lewdness” and the “alleurynge of maides” into
debauchery,18 but their fair is equally rife with sexual laxity and in a more
organized form. Even upstanding citizens like Win and Mrs. Overdo are easily
enlisted among “my Lord Mayor’s green women” (Fair, 146).
Plays, according to City authorities, were reprehensible even when they did
not spawn worse forms of vice because such mere tinsel and trifles foolishly wasted
“the time and thrift of many poore people.” The fair is also crowded with cheap
allurements and the promise that drums and rattles can transform a life. “What do
you lack?”, its vendors cry to all comers, and Bartholomew Cokes, a young person
notably poor in judgment, heeds their cry, loading himself up with baubles more
obviously superfluous than anything he would find at the theater. As Jonson may
have known, Bartholomew Fair had been founded by a notable trifler, the court
jester of King Henry I.19 For Jonson’s most unsympathetic contemporaries, plays
were nothing less than madness: “What else is the whole action of Playes, but well
personated vanity, artificiall folly, or a lesse Bedlam frenzie?”20 Yet the madness of
the stage yields nothing to the “frenzie” of the fair, which boasts its traditional
resident maniac Arthur O’Bradley, which teems with fools natural and “artificiall,”
and where the very notion of sanity threatens to dissolve altogether.
Jonson’s portrait of the fair also speaks to anti-theatrical arguments of an
overtly Puritan stamp. Extremists among the Puritans likened playhouses to hell
itself, calling them “devil chappels” and evoking lurid visions of the actions on
stage as the machinations of demons, half-hidden in the stychian smoke of
tobacco.21 The same can be said of the fair. It is shrouded in noxious “vapors”
and its center, Ursula’s booth, is its bottomless inferno, belching forth fire and
fumes. “Hell’s a kind of cold cellar to’t, a very fine vault” (Fair, 65), or if not Hell
itself, then the hellish fires of paganism. Some of the most avid play-scourgers
condemned drama on account of its heathen origins and its association with
Roman fertility rituals and sacrifices, an argument which receives satiric short
shrift in Jonson’s own “Execration upon Vulcan” when he describes Puritan
reaction to the burning of the Globe Theater in 1613:
But as Jonson and other contemporary classicists knew, fairs, festivals, plays, (and
even brothels), had been closely related cultural forms in classical times, found
Bartholomew Fair (1614) 335
together as part of the same ceremonial structures. Jonson steeps his fair in
paganism. It has its resident deities and heroes, an “Orpheus among the beasts,”
a “Ceres selling her daughter’s picture in ginger-work,” its Neptune and its
Mercury, its “oracle of the pig’s head,” its overlay of fertility symbols and
blessings for increase, its leafy pagan bowers (the fair booths), and its ritual
sacrifices with fire “o’ juniper and rosemary branches” (Fair, 76, 93). Eugene
Waith suggests that the staging of the play may have been designed to emphasize
the fair’s connection with medieval and classical conventions: “The booths recall
the mansions of the old mysteries, and more dimly, the houses of Plautus and
Terence” (Fair, 217).
But Jonson’s strongest argument for the hypocrisy of City authorities
comes from the fact that all the dramatic arts they declaim against when
supervised by the king, they permit in debased form as major attractions of the
fair. The Smithfield area had lingering theatrical associations of its own. The
royal office of the revels, which prepared masques and plays for court, had until
1607 been located near Smithfield, and Inigo Jones himself had been born in
Saint Bartholomew Parish. Jonson certainly had this fact in mind, despite his
disclaimers, when he created the character of Lanthorn Leatherhead, whose
booth peddles the debased shards of masquing—puppets and tinsel baubles.22
But the only masque contemplated at the fair is the forty-shilling wedding
masque for Bartholomew Cokes—a travesty of the noble spectacles at court—to
be scrapped together out of Leatherhead’s fiddles and toys, Nightengale’s
doggerel, and Joan Trash’s gingerbread. Smithfield was also associated with plays.
The old interludes performed at Skinner’s Well, some of them probably in
connection with the Feast of St. Bartholomew, the patron saint of Skinners, had
died out—perhaps as late as the 1580s23—but puppet plays, some of them with
religious themes, were allowed at the fair. Near Smithfield there was also a
theater, the notorious Red Bull, derided by contemporaries for catering to the
lowest citizen tastes and noted from time to time for its attempts to stage
opposition plays.24 Appropriately, then, the reigning dramatic authority at the
fair is John Littlewit, who stands upon the supremacy of law (his own) in the
kingdom of wit. His wife is as well dressed as any of the wives of the players, and
the local Justices of the Peace are on his side. While those “pretenders to wit,”
the “Three Cranes, Mitre, and Mermaid men,” are dependent on “places” at
court for their livelihood, he can “start up a justice of wit out of six-shillings beer,
and give the law to all the poets and poet-suckers i’ town” (Fair, 37).
But Littlewit’s “dainty device” of a bawdy puppet play stands up rather
poorly alongside the work of his rivals, the “Three Cranes, Mitre, and Mermaid
men.” His puppet play has all the external trappings of a regular stage play:
“motions” and other visual effects, elaborate costumes, and an audience with the
usual complement of dimwits who fail to understand the nature of dramatic
illusion. In Littlewit’s play, however, there is precious little but scurrility and
illusion. Through the puppet play, Jonson cleverly exposes Smithfield theatrical
336 Leah S. Marcus
tastes, which ran from empty spectacle to simplified rehash of the classics.25 As
Leatherhead explains, to play by the “printed book” would be “too learned and
poetical for our audience” (Fair, 164). City moralists were tireless in condemning
the “license” of the great theaters about London, yet allowed puppet plays at the
fair—a drama deprived of noble essence and shabbily jumbled together like
baubles from Leatherhead’s stand.
Bartholomew Fair does have its would-be correctors: Humphrey Wasp, who
buzzes against it out of some secret and incomprehensible wrath; Adam Overdo
who tolerates the fair in theory but seeks to curb its enormities in the name of
civic zeal; and Zeal-of-the-Land Busy, who declaims against plays, fairs, toys, and
every sort of sport on grounds of Puritan principle. On the face of it, this
acknowledgment of reforming efforts by contemporary magistrates and religious
leaders would seem to blunt the force of Jonson’s indictment. If the opponents of
the king’s public mirth were simultaneously working to redress kindred evils
under their jurisdiction, then they were not easily accused of hypocrisy. But they
all fail. At the end of the play, they have been disarmed and silenced while the fair
continues unabated. And they all fail for the same basic reason: they are so
blinded by their own unrecognized faults that they cannot discover what lies
beyond. In the mirror of Jonson’s play (which is simultaneously the fair) they
unwittingly see themselves and their own secret vice. Each learns that the tu
quoque applies to him.
NOTES
1. E.K. Chambers, The Elizabethan Stage (Oxford: Clarendon, 1923),
1:129–30; and William Rankins, A Mirrour of Monsters: Wherein is plainely
described the manifold vices ... caused by the infectious sight of Playes ... (London,
1587), fol. 2. The Dryden quotation is from Absalom and Achitophel, line 873.
2. See the commendatory poems to Heywood’s Apology, especially Richard
Perkins’s, fols. 22v–23r; William Prynne, Histrio-Mastix (London, 1633), 160;
and Ian Donaldson, The World Upside-Down: Comedy from Jonson to Fielding
(Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1970), 66–69.
3. I have tried to be exhaustive in my reading of Bartholomew Fair criticism
and have gleaned some insight from nearly every piece I have read. I cannot
hope to be exhaustive here; I mention only those works to which my own
discussion is most greatly indebted. These include, among the “fair” critics,
Jonas Barish, Language of Prose Comedy (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Univ. Press,
1960), 230–39; Joel H. Kaplan, “Dramatic and Moral Energy in Ben Jonson’s
Bartholomew Fair,” Renaissance Drama, n.s. 3 (1970): 137–56; Richard Levin,
“The Structure of Bartholomew Fair,” PMLA 80 (1965): 172–79; Michael
McCanles, “Festival in Jonsonian Comedy,” Renaissance Drama, n.s. 8 (1977):
203–19; C. G. Thayer, Ben Jonson: Studies in the Plays (Norman, Oklahoma:
Bartholomew Fair (1614) 337
Barthelmew day, being the 24, of August 1578 (London, 1578) is a splendid example
of an attack on the theater made in connection with the fair.
6. Like Overdo, Coke was an “upstart” judge, had a loose and meddling
wife, and was “silenced” by being removed from his post of Chief Justice of the
Common Pleas to the post of Chief Justice of the King’s Bench on 25 October
1613, a year before the premiere of Jonson’s play. See Thayer, Ben Jonson, 144;
and Catherine Drinker Bowen, The Lion and the Throne: The Life and Times of Sir
Edward Coke (Boston: Little Brown, 1951), 125–26, 313–50.
7. See especially Donaldson, World Upside-Down, 50–59; and Wells,
“Jacobean City,” who has shown the play’s engagement with issues relating to
royal licensing. I am also indebted to Steven Mullaney’s work on the ideology of
theatrical marginality, in The Place of the Stage: License, Play, and Power in
Renaissance England (Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press, 1988).
8. In the absence of Privy Council records, elements of the conflict must be
pieced together from other sources. For the general conflicts between the king
and the City or town corporations during these years, see Chambers, Elizabethan
Stage, I:337–38 and 4:249 (which describes a inflammatory 1608 sermon by
William Crashaw that may have touched off a renewal of the old controversies in
London); and Virginia Cocheron Gildersleeve, Government Regulation of the
Elizabethan Drama (New York: Columbia University Press, 1908), 44–214. For
an account of the controversy as carried out through pamphlet warfare, see
Elbert N. S. Thompson, The Controversy Between the Puritans and the Stage (1903;
rpt New York: Russell & Russell, 1966), 134–42; Richard H. Parkinson, ed., An
Apology for Actors (1612) by Thomas Heywood, A Refutation of the Apology for Actors
(1615) by I. G. (New York: Scholars’ Facsimiles & Reprints, 1941); and for
individual literary works which argue one side or the other, Robert Tailor, The
Hogge Hath Lost His Pearl (printed in 1614), a play performed illegally by
apprentices in 1613 and popularly taken to be about the controversy between the
Lord Chamberlain and the Lord Mayor (a proof of the strength of the
controversy in the public mind, since the work itself seems to carry only scattered
references); Hogge is reprinted in Robert Dodsley, A Select Collection of Old English
Plays, ed. W. Carew Hazlitt, vol. 11, 4th ed. (1875; reprint, New York: B. Blom,
1975), 423–99. See also the dedicatory poems to Heywood’s Apology; the
contemporary sermons and characters cited in Chambers, Elizabethan Stage,
4:254–59; and the skirmishes recorded in G. E. Bentley, The Profession of
Dramatist in Shakespeare’s Time: 1590–1642 (Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press,
1971), 175–76. Coke himself had argued that local magistrates had the power to
suppress the “abuse of Stage Players” at least in some cases. See The Lord Coke His
Speech and Charge ... (London, 1607), sig. H2r.
9. Morley, Memoirs, 80–114.
10. Morley, Memoirs, 112; Chambers, Elizabethan Stage, 2:480. For an
account of some of the limitations of the charter, see also Valerie Pearl, London
Bartholomew Fair (1614) 339
and the Outbreak of the Puritan Revolution: City Government and National Politics,
1625–43 (London: Oxford Univ. Press, 1961), 27–33.
11. Morley, Memoirs, 114; and for continuing pressure, Analytical Index to ...
the Remembrancia ... AD 1579–1664 (London: E. J. Francis, 1878), 471.
12. Morley, Memoirs, 172–81.
13. C. W. Hodges, The Globe Restored: A Study of the Elizabethan Theatre, 2d
ed. (London: Oxford Univ. Press, 1968), 63.
14. Chambers, Elizabethan Stage, 2:453–54, 470–71; Gildersleeve,
Government Regulation, 165.
15. Cope, “Bartholomew Fair as Blasphemy,” 143–44.
16. See Hamel, “Order and Judgment,” 63; William A. Armstrong, “Ben
Jonson and Jacobean Stagecraft,” in Stratford-Upon-Avon Studies I, Jacobean
Theatre (London: Arnold, 1960), 54; the discussion of staging in Fair, 205–17;
and Elliott Averett Dennison’s excellent “Jonson’s Bartholomew Fair and the
Jacobean Stage,” Ph.D. diss., Univ. of Michigan, 1970, 49.
17. Gildersleeve, Government Regulation, 156; and for later recapitulation of
the same arguments, the anti-theatrical sources cited in note 8 above.
18. Quoted in Gildersleeve, Government Regulation, 164 and 156.
19. Gildersleeve, Government Regulation, 164; and Morley, Memoirs, 1–19.
20. Prynne, Histrio-Mastix, 174.
21. The most colorful example I have found is William Rankins’s Mirrour of
Monsters cited in note 1 above. Rankins later fell into the very vice he declaimed
against and applied his fertile imagination to the writing of plays. See Elbert N.
S. Thompson, The Controversy between the Puritans and the Stage (New York:
Holt, 1903), 89.
22. Chambers, Elizabethan Stage, 1:102–3; and for the early life of Inigo
Jones, Peter Cunningham, Inigo Jones: A Life of the Architect (London:
Shakespeare Society, 1848), 1–4. Cunningham points out that Jones’s father was
a clothworker who lived in the clothworkers’ area and is therefore certain to have
had very close connections with the Smithfield cloth fair.
23. See Chambers, Elizabethan Stage, 2:119; Heywood, Apology, sig. G3r; and
John Stow, A Survey of London, ed. C. L. Kingsford (Oxford: Clarendon Press,
1908), 1:16, 104. Morley (Memoirs, 65–67) speculates that religious plays may
have survived in the Smithfield area even into Ben Jonson’s adulthood.
24. On the reputation of the Red Bull, see G. E. Bentley, The Jacobean and
Caroline Stage (Oxford: Clarendon, 1968), 6:238–47; on the staging of opposition
plays, Margot Heinemann, Puritanism and Theatre (Cambridge: Cambridge
Univ. Press, 1980), 231–32; and on the unlicensed theater, Chambers,
Elizabethan Stage, 4:327. Thomas Dekker’s If This Be Not a Good Play, the Devil Is
340 Leah S. Marcus
in It, a nearly contemporary opposition play, was, according to its 1612 title page,
acted at the Red Bull. See also Martin Butler, Theatre and Crisis 1632–1642
(Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1984), 181–250.
25. Jonson may have had in mind works like Thomas Heywood’s four plays
in badly rhymed couplets on the golden, silver, bronze, and iron ages; they had
been acted at the Red Bull and were published in London between 1611 and
1613.
STEPHEN ORGEL
341
342 Stephen Orgel
the Austrian archdukes, Henry VIII, extravagance in rulers was not a vice but a
virtue, an expression of magnanimity, and the idealizations of art had power and
meaning. This was the context in which James I, and above all Charles I, saw
their own courts.
To the Renaissance, appearing in a masque was not merely playing a part. It
was, in a profound sense, precisely the opposite. When Inigo Jones and Ben Jonson
presented Queen Anne as Bel-Anna, Queen of the Ocean, or King James as Pan,
the universal god, or Henry Prince of Wales as Oberon, Prince of Faery, a deep
truth about the monarchy was realized and embodied in action, and the monarchs
were realized in roles that expressed the strongest Renaissance beliefs about the
nature of kingship, the obligations and perquisites of royalty. Masques were games
and shows, triumphs and celebrations; they were for the court and about the court,
and their seriousness was indistinguishable from their recreative quality. In England
the form had roots in a strong native tradition of mummings and disguisings. It
came into its own artistically with the accession of the first British Renaissance
monarch, Henry VIII, who loved playing the central role in any enterprise, and
retained the great composer William Cornysshe and the musicians of his Chapel
Royal to provide his revels. For the next century and a half masques were staple
elements of the Christmas and Shrovetide seasons, and formed an indispensable
part of the courtly celebration of any extraordinary event, whether personal, social,
or political—a royal marriage, the visit of a foreign dignitary, the conclusion of a
treaty. In form they were infinitely variable, but certain characteristics were
constant: the monarch was at the center, and they provided roles for members of the
court within an idealized fiction. The climactic moment of the masque was nearly
always the same: the fiction opened outward to include the whole court, as masquers
descended from pageant car or stage and took partners from the audience. What the
noble spectator watched he ultimately became.
The greatest problems in such a form are posed by protocol. Masquers are
not actors; a lady or gentleman participating in a masque remains a lady or
gentleman, and is not released from the obligation of observing all the complex
rules of behavior at court. The king and queen dance in masques because dancing
is the perquisite of every lady and gentleman. But playing a part, becoming an
actor or actress, constitutes an impersonation, a lie, a denial of the true self.
Hence “Woman-Actors,” said William Prynne in 1633, with a large body of
British opinion behind him, were “notorious whores.”1 For speaking roles,
therefore, professionals had to be used, and this meant that the form, composite
by nature, was in addition divided between players and masquers, actors and
dancers. In the hands of Ben Jonson and Inigo Jones, this practical consideration
became a metaphysical conceit, and the form as they developed it for James I and
his queen, Anne of Denmark, rapidly separated into two sections. The first,
called the antimasque, was performed by professionals, and presented a world of
disorder or vice, everything that the ideal world of the second, the courtly main
masque, was to overcome and supersede.
The Royal Spectacle 343
from Lincoln’s Inn, deprived of his academic degree, and his ears were cut off by
the public executioner.
Prynne was guilty not merely of an attack on the queen. There were many
such that went unnoticed; against her Catholicism, her associates, her growing
influence over the king. It was the attack on the queen as actress, on the royal
theatricals, that was treasonable. The loss of Prynne’s ears, freedom, and
livelihood did not seem to the court too severe a penalty, nor did it seem to
Prynne’s Puritan supporters a punishment suffered in a trivial cause. Both sides
rightly saw The Scourge of Players as a call to revolution, and Prynne became a
popular hero.
Court masques and plays, then, were recognized to be significant
expressions of royal power. The most important Renaissance commentary on the
subject is itself a theatrical one, Prospero’s masque in The Tempest. It is, of course,
not a real masque, but a dramatic representation of one, and it is unique in that
its creator is also the monarch at its center. This is Shakespeare’s essay on the
power and art of the royal imagination. By 1611, when The Tempest was produced
at Whitehall before the king, the playwright’s knowledge of the work of Jones
and Jonson must have been intimate. With James’s accession in 1603
Shakespeare’s company had come directly under the king’s patronage; he and the
other directors were made Grooms of the Chamber, members of the royal
household, and wore the royal livery. We know that after 1612 the King’s Men
were the regular professional players employed in the Christmas masques, and it
is reasonable to assume that they had been at least occasionally so employed from
the beginning of the reign. That all this conferred a new status on the company
of actors is attested by the fact that around 1612 they also began calling
themselves not merely the King’s Men or the King’s Servants, but Gentlemen,
the King’s Servants. Shakespeare’s figure of Prospero, the royal illusionist,
derives from a profound understanding of court theater and the quintessentially
courtly theatrical form of the masque. Masques are the expression of the
monarch’s will, the mirrors of his mind.
Prospero produces his masque to celebrate the betrothal of his daughter
Miranda to Ferdinand, heir to the throne of Naples; it is both a royal masque and
a wedding masque. The lovers are shown a pastoral vision, presided over by
Ceres and Juno. The goddess of agriculture directs the play back to civilized
nature, away from Caliban’s search for pig-nuts and the mysterious scammels,
away from his dams for fish; and the goddess of power takes on her most benign
aspect as patroness of marriage, pointing the way to a resolution of political
conflicts, to the proper exercise of authority and the uniting of ancient enemies
in nuptial harmony. All the destructive elements of love have been banished.
Venus and Cupid, confounded by the chaste vows of Ferdinand and Miranda, are
safely elsewhere. The agent of all this is Iris, the rainbow, the messenger of
heaven and the pledge of God’s providence after the universal flood.
346 Stephen Orgel
The Tempest is temporally the most tightly and precisely organized of all
Shakespeare’s plays, the only one in which the action represented takes precisely
as long as the performance of it. But the action of Prospero’s masque has a
different time scheme; it moves from “spongy April” through spring and high
summer to the entry of “certain reapers,” “sunburnt sicklemen, of August weary.”
After this Ceres promises Ferdinand and Miranda not the coming of winter, but
The masque’s world is able to banish even winter. As its love contains no lust, its
natural cycle includes no death. Appropriately, it is at this point that the magician
interrupts his creation to recall himself and the play to the other realities of the
world of action. “I had forgot that foul conspiracy of the beast Caliban”: it is
precisely death, in the persons of Caliban, Stephano, and Trinculo, that threatens
at this very moment. Prospero’s awareness of time comprehends both masque
and drama, both the seasonal cycle of endless fruition and the crisis of the
dramatic moment. This awareness is both his art and his power, producing on the
one hand his sense of his world as an insubstantial pageant, and on the other, his
total command of the action moment by moment.
Prospero’s vision of nature, then, is a vision in two senses. First, it is an
imaginative projection for an audience—both the lovers and ourselves—of an
ideal, a world of ordered and controlled nature from which all the dangerous
potentialities have been banished. But it is also Prospero’s vision, something
unique to him, and a realization of the qualities of mind that have been
controlling the play. The masque, with its apparitions and songs, and even more
directly the tiny spectacular charades that Ariel performs for the shipwreck
victims, are the royal magician’s power conceived as art. In an obvious way that
power is the power of imagination, but only if we take all the terms of the phrase
literally. Imagination here is real power: to rule, to control and order the world,
to change or subdue other men, to create; and the source of the power is
imagination, the ability to make images, to project the workings of the mind
outward in a physical, active form, to actualize ideas, to conceive actions.
The mind for Prospero, then, is an active and outgoing faculty (not, that
is, a contemplative one), and the relation between his art and his power is made
very clear by the play. His control over nature is exemplified in the masque,
performed by spirits, extensions of his will, who act, in both senses, at his
direction; Ariel, the spirit of air, is his servant; the destructive elemental forces
are his to command. After the storm he has raised at the play’s opening, he lays
aside his wand, the symbol of his power, with the words “Lie there my art.”6
Miranda describes his power in the same terms:
Prospero is, of course, that god of power his daughter wishes to be: it is primarily
his authority over elemental nature that is, for the age, godlike.
Modern critics are made exceedingly uncomfortable by the idea of
Prospero as God. Can Shakespeare have meant to deify a figure so arbitrary, ill-
tempered, vindictive? But Renaissance Christianity was not a comforting faith;
we find Milton’s God equally unsympathetic, and for similar reasons. Even the
gentle George Herbert characterizes Christ in terms that are strikingly
reminiscent of Miranda’s view of her father: “Storms are the triumph of his art”;
and a few lines later refers to him explicitly as “the God of Power.”8 We want our
God all love, our Jesus meek and mild, but Herbert’s God is, like Prospero, a god
of storms and power too.
As with gods in the Renaissance, so with kings. Here is the legal
philosopher John Selden on the right of monarchs to bar their territorial waters
to foreign shipping:
Selden was not a fanatical supporter of Divine Right; on the contrary, he was a
strong and litigious opponent of the autocracy of Charles I. Nevertheless he
assumes that the appropriate analogy to the royal will in a commonwealth is the
law of nature.
Again and again masques draw the same analogy. Pastoral, that
traditionally contemplative mode, becomes an assertion of royal power; and the
use of pastoral in masques is a remarkable index to the age’s changing attitudes
toward the monarchy. We may trace in this a significant development. In the
early years of James I, when a pastoral scene appears as part of a sequence,
contrasted with cities or palaces, it invariably comes at the beginning and
embodies the wildness of nature or the untutored innocence that we pass beyond
to clear visions of sophistication and order, usually represented by complex
machines and Palladian architecture. But after about a decade, from 1616
onward, this sequence is reversed. When pastoral settings appear they come at
the end, and embody the ultimate ideal that the masque asserts. For the earlier
348 Stephen Orgel
sequence we might take as the normative masque Jonson’s Oberon, which opens
with “a dark rock with trees beyond it and all wildness that could be presented,”
then moves to a rusticated castle, and concludes with a Palladian interior. For the
later sequence, a good example is Jonson’s Vision of Delight, which opens with a
perspective of fair buildings, changes to mist and cloud, and concludes with the
Bower of the Spring. There are of course any number of other instances, but the
important point is that the sequences are invariable: in a Stuart court masque
with this sort of structure, when a pastoral scene appears before 1616 it always
comes at the beginning, after 1616 it always comes at the end.
Obviously two different notions of both nature and the function of pastoral
are at work here. But the change is really more interesting for what it says about
the masque and its patrons than for what it says about pastoral—it is no news that
to the Renaissance, nature was either better or worse than civilization. There is
more than mere contrast in Jones’s and Jonson’s transitions. In the early
productions they conceive the masque as starting somewhere else, very far from
the realities of Whitehall: a landscape, a great red cliff, an ugly hell. But the work
concludes with the realities of the court: the queen on a throne surrounded by
her ladies, or in a classical House of Fame; the Prince of Wales emerging from a
Palladian tempietto. The architecture of these final visions extends the
architecture of the colonnaded and galleried Banqueting House in which the
performance itself is taking place, just as spectator merges with masquer in the
great central dance.
But the later productions tend to start with the realities of Whitehall—in
the cellars, in the court buttery hatch, or most often simply in the masquing hall
itself, and the masque begins by claiming that what is taking place is not fiction
but reality. Indeed, in the most extraordinary example, Jones, ignoring Jonson’s
text (which demands an indoor scene) opens Time Vindicated (1623) with a
perspective setting of the façade of his own uncompleted Banqueting House.
Even this, London’s new Palladian masterpiece, is rejected in favor of a final
pastoral vision of Diana and Hippolytus in a wood. The Caroline productions go
even further, and tend to resolve all action through pastoral transformations. The
apotheoses of nature become immensely complex and inclusive visual statements
about the commonwealth, accommodating within their vistas even traditionally
anti-pastoral elements—distant views of London, the fleet in full sail, the
fortified castle at Windsor.
What is recorded in these productions is the growth of a political ideology.
The masques of James I and Charles I express the developing movement toward
autocracy—it is not accidental that Jones’s pastoral visions become most
elaborate during the 1630s, the decade of prerogative rule. Monarchs like
Charles and his queen are doubtless attracted to the vision of themselves as
pastoral deities because the metaphor expresses only the most benign aspects of
absolute monarchy. If we can really see the king as the tamer of nature, the queen
as the goddess of flowers, there will be no problems about Puritans or Ireland or
The Royal Spectacle 349
Ship Money. Thus the ruler gradually redefines himself through the illusionist’s
art, from a hero, the center of a court and a culture, to the god of power, the
center of a universe. Annually he transforms winter to spring, renders the savage
wilderness benign, makes earth fruitful, restores the golden age. We tend to see
in such productions only elegant compliments offered to the monarch. In fact
they are offered not to him but by him, and they are direct political assertions.
We might compare John Selden on the king’s will as the law of nature with
Jonson’s justification of the appearance of spring in midwinter in The Vision of
Delight (1617). The dialogue is between Fantasy and Wonder, embodiments of
the creativity of the artist and the response of the spectator. Wonder asks,
Behold a king
Whose presence maketh this perpetual spring,
The glories of which spring grow in that bower,
And are the marks and beauties of his power.10
What is expressed through the unseasonable glories of nature and the scenic
marvels of Vitruvian mechanics is royal power. The choir takes up the theme,
turning it to a political affirmation, and initiating the court’s revels:
The culmination of pastoral is, in the masque, the state and the court.
350 Stephen Orgel
For modern readers, the scientific assumptions of the masque and the stage
that was created for it require particular emphasis, because we are much more
likely to view the form in terms of magic than of science. Thus a recent and very
influential critic writes that the elaborate mechanics of the masque “were being
used, partially at least, for magical ends, to form a vast moving and changing
talisman which should call down divine powers to the assistance of the
monarch.”15 Possibly; but no contemporary observer ever writes about the form
in this way, and when the creators of masques explain what they are doing, it has
nothing to do with magic. It has to do with wit and understanding, with the
ability to control natural forces through intellect, with comprehending the laws
of nature, and most of all, with our own virtue and self-knowledge. There are, to
be sure, ways of describing virtue, knowledge, and science as magic, but that is
not how the masques describe them. And when magic appears in the masques, it
is regularly counteracted not by an alternative sorcery, black magic defeated by
white magic, but by the clear voice of reason, constancy, heroism. Inigo Jones
wrote that he had devised his splendid costume for Queen Henrietta Maria in
Tempe Restored “so that corporeal beauty, consisting in symmetry, color, and
certain unexpressible graces, shining in the queen’s majesty, may draw us to the
contemplation of the beauty of the soul, unto which it hath analogy.”16 Masques
are not magical talismans, they are analogies, ideals made apprehensible, so that
we may know ourselves and see what we may become.
This is not to say that such a patron as Charles I did not rely on these
visions of permanence and transcendence in a way that we may call magical.
There are always people who believe in magic. He also relied on judicial
decisions, architectural façades, and depictions of himself in imperial trappings in
precisely the same way, and, like all magical thinkers, without any ability to
perceive such phenomena in relation to their real effects. But insofar as the texts
give us evidence, Jones and his poets did not think of their creations in this way.
What is provided for the court is not a mystic charm, but roles to play that relate
the present to the heroic ideals of the past on the one hand, and to the immutable
laws of nature on the other. They teach, they celebrate virtue, they persuade by
example; they lead the court to its ideal self through wonder.
So the king is allegorized in ways that imply intellect, control, power: as
Neptune, tamer of the elements, or Pan, the god of nature, or the life-giving sun,
or, in a Jonsonian tour de force, as pure energy, a principle of physics, through
whom the ultimate mysteries of infinite power and perpetual motion are finally
solved:
Jonson’s metaphor expresses not only the absolute authority increasingly asserted
by the Stuart monarchy, but even more the age’s wonder at the infinite
possibilities of machinery scenic or otherwise. The metaphor will seem less far-
fetched if we set beside it a passage by Marsilio Ficino, the great Florentine neo-
Platonist, discussing mechanical models of the heavenly spheres:
Since man has observed the order of the heavens, when they move, whither
they proceed and with what measures, and what they produce, who could
deny that man possesses as it were almost the same genius as the Author of
the heavens? And who could deny that man could also make the heavens,
could he only obtain the instruments and the heavenly material, since even
now he makes them, though of a different material, but still with a very
similar order?18
This is the context within which the court audience saw the masque, with its
scenic illusions and spectacular machines: as models of the universe, as science,
as assertions of power, as demonstrations of the essential divinity of the human
mind. The marvels of stagecraft—the ability to overcome gravity, control the
natural world, reveal the operation of the heavenly spheres—are the supreme
expressions of Renaissance kingship.
NOTES
1. In Histrio-Mastix, or the Scourage of Players, 1633. See below, pp. 43–44.
2. J. E. Neale, Elizabeth I and her Parliaments (New York, 1958) 2:119.
3. C. H. Mcllwain, ed., Political Works of James I (Cambridge, Mass., 1918),
p. 43.
4. Ibid., p. 30.
5. Love’s Triumph through Callipolis, lines 3 ff.
6. 1.2.25.
7. 1.2.1–11.
8. “The Bag,” lines 5, 9.
9. Mare Clausum (London, 1663), f2r.
10. Lines 164–192.
The Royal Spectacle 353
Tragicomedy
From English Drama 1586–1642: The Age of Shakespeare. © 1997 by Oxford University Press.
355
356 G.K. Hunter
I dare not call it a comedy or tragedy; ’tis perfectly neither .... Some
things in it you may meet with which are out of the common road: a
duke there is, and the scene lies in Italy, as those two things lightly
we never miss. But you shall not find in it the ordinary and overworn
trade of jesting at lords and courtiers and citizens, without taxation
of any particular or new vice by them found out but at the persons of
them. Such he that made this thinks vile; and for his own part vows
that he did never think but that a lord born might be a wise man and
a courtier an honest man. (Prologue, ll. 12–26)
One thing is clear in this Prologue: the satiric impulse that lies behind the
dramaturgy of Marston and Jonson (with its sharp antinomies in style and
structure) is being disowned (as is, one might add, the whole tradition that
descends from the Morality play). The author, we are told, ‘means not to
purchase [his audience] at the dear cost of his ears’ (as the authors of Eastward Ho
had been in danger of doing).2 The loosely articulated plot is carried by a smooth
and fluent verse that engages our admiration but distances it. This is an Italian
dukedom, as the Prologue says, but the court’s corruption is presented as a source
of laughter not anger, and the duke’s political function is mentioned only to be
denied. We begin with the ‘humorous’ duke getting up at four in the morning.
Tragicomedy 357
His courtiers guess that this is the beginning of a disguised duke play. Has he
risen ‘to cure some strange corruptions in the commonwealth’ or ‘to walk the
public streets disguised / to see the street’s disorders’? No. ‘I break my sleeps thus
soon to see a wench’ (I. i. 11–29).
There is no evidence that The Woman Hater, in spite of its claim to novelty,
raised much interest. The second Beaumont and Fletcher play, Cupid’s Revenge (c.
1607–1612), seems, however, to have been one of the most prized properties of
the Queen’s Revels company,3 as that body passed through its various
transformations.4 It was played at court in 1612, 1613 (twice), 1624, and 1637.
This time the authors start from the tragic end of the spectrum, picking up a
melodramatic confrontation with evil from Sidney’s Arcadia.5 A tense political
situation is offered, but politics is evaded. An infatuated old king is destroying the
integrity of the State, but the noble prince cannot deal with what is happening
except in terms of personal relationships. Cynical commentary by the courtiers
is presented but is not given any political significance; their attitudes point to
natures disengaged from any active interchange with the system. The ‘humours’
that drive the characters confine them to set roles, but these are not held up to
scorn; they are shown merely as representations of social fact.
Beaumont and Fletcher’s enormously popular play for the boys, The
Scornful Lady (1613–1616), begins as if it was going to be a Middletonian city
comedy. The young heir loses the mortgage on his estates to a city usurer. And,
as usual, the usurer’s next target, a rich city widow, is more affected by the young
heir’s sexual potential than by the old man’s money bags. But no intrigue emerges
from this situation. The prodigal heir recovers his fortune without wit or
reformation. Opposites are placed in relation to one another as psychological
elements not as pressures in society and can be resolved without social
consequence. The young man’s erotic energy is separated from economic and
political disruption; his desires can be fulfilled without bringing into play the
contradictions of society. The usurer repents and gives away his money; the
economic potential of the story is lost in the complexities of the struggle for
personal ‘maistrie’ in the will-she-won’t-she main plot.6
In these terms it does not appear that Fletcher’s The Faithful Shepherdess is,
as often thought, an extraordinary diversion from the main line of the Beaumont
and Fletcher canon. One can recognize that, though it comes at the issue from a
different direction, it centres on the same reduction of politics to erotics as has
been noticed above. Chastity has become the controlling feature of social life in
this never-never land of self-sufficient amours. Varieties of sexual arrangements
are presented (as elsewhere in the œuvre) but all are subjected to a single
standard, enforced in Clorin’s reeducation establishment. The liberation of the
female voice, even inside the practical arrangements of Jacobean social life, is one
of the triumphs of this new depoliticized drama; but the failure of The Faithful
Shepherdess in the playhouse seems to show us that Italian avant-gardism had
pushed the point beyond what London was prepared to tolerate.
358 G.K. Hunter
reprint stakes—I Henry IV comes first). The source story, Which Shakespeare
had already used for the Aegeon plot in The Comedy of Errors, is drawn from the
Latin (perhaps originally Greek) romance of Apollonius of Tyre. Two English
versions of this are used in the play: Gower’s, from the Confessio amantis of the
late fourteenth century, and Lawrence Twine’s The Pattern of Painful Adventures:
Containing the History of Prince Apollonius (1594; 1607). Even if Shakespeare’s
attention was stimulated by the 1607 publication of Twine, none the less it was
Gower he chose as his presenter, and the choice indicates something about the
response he was aiming at. Gower begins by telling us that this is ‘a song that old
was sung’, one which
The story is presented to an audience with ‘wits more ripe’ as a distanced and
naïve piece of ancient fiction. They are invited to construe it from the vantage
point that allows sophisticated persons to enjoy fairy stories and folk-tales,
narratives of marvels and surprises, flat characters, sudden conversions, long-
drawn-out alternations of good and bad fortune. Tragic emotions are presented
in terms of description rather than experience, and suffered across the many
contrasting locations that exemplify, and to some extent predetermine, the
alternations of sorrow and joy (and of the generic modes that convey them). But
Shakespeare’s concern is not only to flatter the audience’s sophistication; he uses
the story to focus for naïve as well as sophisticated the pattern of an individual’s
struggle to maintain identity in an essentially unstable world—the same pattern
as in the Henslowe historical romances. In these terms Pericles seems well
designed to appeal to the mixed audience of the Globe and the Blackfriars.
Ben Jonson thought Pericles ‘a mouldy tale’,14 and by neoclassical standards
almost everything is wrong with it. But public approval clearly encouraged
Shakespeare and company to build on its success. Sophisticated nostalgia for
older modes may be seen as a key to open up a new dramaturgy at once artful and
emotional, distanced and immediate, romantic and comic.15
In writing in this way, Shakespeare was not flaunting innovation. He was,
in fact, returning to the mainline taste of the Elizabethan theatre. E. C. Pettet in
his Shakespeare and the Romance Tradition notes that the new Shakespearian mode
aimed ‘deliberately at the far-fetched, the astounding and the incredible ... quite
unhampered by any considerations of verisimilitude ... With realism jettisoned,
extravagance becomes a virtue’ (p. 163).16 It would be hard to find a better
description of such paradigms of the Henslowe repertory as The Four Prentices of
London (1592–c.1600), Look About You (c.1598–1600), The Blind Beggar of
360 G.K. Hunter
society unable to separate private from public can be ended only when political
necessity breaks into the magic circle of personal distress. The king arrests the
prince, and the populace rises in revolt. National stability can be restored only
by the marriage of prince and princess—a stability now based on personal
qualities of chaste and selfless virtue; innocent love and political correctness
become joint enabling powers, so that misrepresentations can be cleared up and
all can end happily.
An analysis of Cymbeline yields a very similar pattern: chaste love in
Posthumus and Imogen, forbidden by the king, spotted by evil lust in Iachimo
and Cloten, leads to female self-sacrifice, guilt and agony over loss of identity, all
caught up in the political issues of a remote time which can achieve peace only
when purity of motive is revealed as the ethical basis of the state. But ethics is not
buried under cynicism in Cymbeline as in Philaster, so that redemption can be
more easily believed. Shakespeare’s good characters have a sustaining continuity
in their sense of self and world which enables them to take responsibility for their
reactions. We can easily understand the movement of their lives even while the
changing world is forcing them to change position. Likewise with the evil
characters: Iachimo, the Queen, Cloten show qualities which are individual
rather than representative. And so we understand their changes of role as aspects
of character rather than justifications for the theatrical frisson of surprise. The
Queen, who is in part a fairy-tale witch like that in Snow White, and Cloten, the
traditional uncouth witch’s son (like the ‘losel’ in The Faerie Queene, III. vii), lead
the nation in its patriotic defiance of Rome, and they are ‘sorely missed’ when the
Romans attack; but we are invited less to gasp at the shift of focus than to register
how a person who seems vicious in one context can be virtuous in another.
Posthumus first exalts and then curses the sexuality of Imogen, and so finds
himself, like Philaster, caught between opposed emotions. But these personal
issues do not become mirrors of state policy; we see them cross-cut and
counterchecked by other personal business. The heroine herself can show us, in
typical Shakespearian fashion, a more direct way of drawing on resources of
character to overcome misfortune.
A glance at the denouements of the two plays shows some of the ways in
which these distinctions shape the meanings we attach to the action. The
denouement of Philaster works as a series of increasingly desperate reversals as
characters are required to deal with situations they cannot understand and
actions they cannot justify. The fourth act in the woods has shown us Philaster
dragged into meaninglessness, stabbing the Princess (although not wishing to),
being wounded by an intervening ‘country gentleman’—who seems incapable of
understanding the protocol of courtly stabbing—crawling away into the forest
(while not wishing to), finding his page Bellario asleep, wounding him to deceive
the pursuers (and immediately regretting it), being hidden by Bellario, who
would rather die than betray his master, allowing the pursuers to drag Bellario
away, and then crawling out of the brush to demand that they recognize that he
364 G.K. Hunter
himself is the guilty party. The fifth act finds Philaster, the Princess, and Bellario
all in prison. Each one wishes to die for the others. But the populace revolts,
captures and tortures the Spaniard. Philaster must take charge, and can save the
day and the Spaniard by marrying the Princess. But even at this point there is a
last twist to the tale. The accusation of unchastity between the Princess and
Bellario resurfaces. Bellario must be stripped and tortured. The melodrama of
this occasion produces the surprising discovery that the page is a girl; and so the
Princess must be innocent, and all is well—but only for the moment, we must
feel, in a world so composed (like a Matisse painting) of brilliant juxtapositions
on a flat surface.
The concentration in this process is on states of mind (rather in the mode
of nouvelle vague films), not on the alternative lines of action available to a unified
moral purpose.26 In Cymbeline, however, the denouement is not expressed by an
alternating current between emotional polarities, but must be discovered in the
destiny the gods have laid up for the family and the state. The Act V changes of
Posthumus from Roman to Briton and back to Roman again represent not only
an emotional switchback but an effort—controlled by the need to achieve a single
and well-understood end—to die in expiation for his sin against Imogen. The
major change in him is achieved by the vision of Jupiter and his parents, where
he learns that ‘the strength of the Leonati’ he thought he needed to face guilt is
in fact a strength needed for life. This gives him (and us) an assurance that
Philaster does not search for—that the apparent psychological instabilities are
only the troubled surface of a stable universe. The extraordinary series of
recognitions in the last scene is not only a theatrical tour de force but also an
enactment of the interconnected strength of this world, as each revelation
inevitably triggers the next one (as Iachimo’s confession leads to Posthumus’,
Posthumus’ to Imogen’s, Imogen’s to Pisanio’s, Pisanio’s to the tale of Cloten’s
mission, the tale of Cloten to Guiderius’ confession, Guiderius’ to Bellarius’), so
that the whole tangled skein is reduced to a straight thread, as predicted in the
tablet that Jupiter handed down. The stability of the British state is not
underwritten by the forced conversion of the king’s character as in Philaster (‘Let
princes learn / By this to rule the passions of their blood’ (V. v. 216–17)), but by
a conjoint acceptance of the supernatural order that stands above kings:
As the camera draws back for the final take, what is revealed in these late
Shakespeare plays is that the whole scene corresponds to a pattern laid up on
high, now miraculously reassembled out of all the jarring elements that have
seemed to compose it. The dead are returned to life, not merely in the discovery
Tragicomedy 365
of their lost social identities, but as recreated out of emptiness, from the despair
and helplessness that has imprisoned them in their pasts, making them no longer
able to imagine renewal. The catatonic Pericles, who has seen his wife’s coffin and
daughter’s tomb, Imogen, who has seen her husband’s dead body, the guilt
obsessed Leontes, the revenge obsessed Prospero, are all rewarded for an
underlying continuity of purpose they did not know they possessed. The
excitement of a Beaumont and Fletcher tragicomedy, on the other hand, depends
on final truths emerging with a shock of surprise. Only thus can the brilliance of
its alternations be secured.
FLETCHERIAN TRAGICOMEDY
The poems in the 1647 folio hold up for particular admiration two aspects of
Fletcher’s dramaturgy: first, his portrayals of soldierly honour (Mardonius,
Arbaces, Melantius) and of female pathos (Aspatia, Bellario, Lucina, Arcas)—the
two polarities of his tragicomic mode—and, secondly, his ‘wit’, his artful poise,
seen as a middle point between the smoothness of Shakespeare and the
weightiness of Jonson, so that he can draw on the qualities of both. The
description has remained extraordinarily constant through time, though the
values encoded have been reversed. This is not surprising, for we must allow that
the 1647 praise itself encodes a particular historical moment. The volume is
clearly a royalist manifesto; the authors are being co-opted into a celebration of
the (now-closed) theatre as a royalist institution: and, as that political and ethical
connection raised their esteem in 1647, so in later centuries it has damaged it,
Fletcherian tragicomedy coming to be seen as ‘decadent’, reflecting in its
‘evasiveness’ (between tragedy and comedy) courtly society’s flight from
responsible action, and so the conditions that led to the Civil War.27
These ‘historical’ judgements are neither focused enough to describe the
actual characteristics of Fletcherian tragicomedy nor comprehensive enough to
allow for the overlap between Fletcher’s tragicomedy and his comedy (discussed
above, pp. 409–15). Fletcher, like other prolific playwrights of the period
(Middleton, Dekker, Heywood, Shakespeare), was a dramatist before he was an
ideologue, and moved his ethical assumptions to suit his dramatic focus.28
Moreover, the ‘Fletcherian’ combination of passionately individual and socially
farcical manifests itself in a great variety of forms, many of which are tragicomic
only in the traditional sense that they mix comic and tragic impulses, subject
characters to life-threatening violence and then restore them to happiness. One
may instance the disguised maiden’s flight from patriarchy and her wanderings in
forests full of outlaws in The Pilgrim (1621); printed 1647); the haphazard
criminality of deracinated gentlemen and their disguised sisters in The Night
Walker or the Little Thief (1611; printed 1640); the disguised maidens’ pursuit of
their philandering seducer in Love’s Pilgrimage (?1616; printed 1647); the pseudo-
historical labyrinth of usurpation in Beggar’s Bush (c.1615–1622; printed 1647),
366 G.K. Hunter
with its lost heirs, disguise among gypsies, fortunes lost at sea; or the Spanish
cloak-and-dagger imbroglio of The Chances (1613 X 1625); printed 1647), where
random passers-by find themselves caught up with royal babies passed out of
doorways, distressed beauties demanding protection, and duels in which the
fighters cannot guess what is going on. In terms of the Guarinian ideal of a mixed
genre sustained in coherent continuity by the balance of opposite points of view,
these are very rough and ready approximations, where Guarini’s interlacing of
different levels of the plot is sacrificed to the standard excitements of a quick
moving narrative. In Fletcher’s handling of such plots, there is very little that
would surprise Henslowe or Alleyn or that requires us to change our
nomenclature from romance to tragicomedy.
There are, of course, clear distinctions to be made. Characters placed in
worlds of indeterminate ethos are given little chance to impose themselves on the
action.29 The Fletcherian handling of these romantic stories concentrates less on
heroic patience and active response than on emotional confusion, often of
military men stranded in an unstable and corrupt society (as in The Loyal Subject).
The hero has still, of course, to be a potential man of action, but he hardly ever
needs to fight on stage; militarism has become a quality of character rather than
performance, so that ‘honour’ appears as an ethical issue to be investigated rather
than a duty to be fulfilled.30 Constancy in love, rather than in war, is recurrently
invoked as the true test of honour (as also, outside Fletcher, in Heywood’s The
English Traveller (c.1627), Ford’s Love’s Sacrifice (?1632), Shirley’s Love’s Cruelty
(1631; printed 1640)). The usurer is still a characteristic blocking figure but is no
longer a central source of dismay.31 Intrigue is more tightly organized, but with
a greater variety of interlocking mechanisms; double plots remain common (very
often in the standard mode of romantic main plot, comic sub-plot),32 but tend to
be held together as contrasting aspects of a single world judged by a single social
standard, so that they seldom offer antithetical visions of life. Thus there is no
sense in which the parasite Bessus in A King and No King can break out into a
different dimension, as does the parasite Parolles in All’s Well that Ends Well with
his ‘simply the thing I am / Shall make me live’ (IV. iii. 333–4). Bessus can offer
only a debased version of the ethos ruling elsewhere in the play, and so with
Syphax in The Mad Lover or Perez in Rule a Wife. Instead of socially contrasted
plots, Fletcher generally prefers cognate actions where brothers or sisters or
companions work out the same attitudes in different adventures.33 Though the
liaison des scènes is not yet a shibboleth, we can feel the stress on continuity
getting closer as playwrights learn to avoid the unmediated transitions of the
Elizabethan stage that carry us without preparation from one matter to another,
related only by analogy—what Harbage calls ‘plot ellipses’.34
The central suppositions of Fletcherian tragicomedy have been masterfully
analysed in Eugene Waith’s The Pattern of Tragicomedy in Beaumont and Fletcher.
These, Waith finds, derive from the co-presence of two impulses inside a single
situation, one involving distance, the other requiring immediacy, one pointing to
Tragicomedy 367
romance and idealism, the other to satire and reductive realism: ‘operating
together they produce the theoretical, the factitious, the hypothetical’.35
If we set this formula against that which sustained the romances of the
Henslowe dramatists, we can see the change as a shift in the relation of character
to context. Heywood’s The Royal King and the Loyal Subject (1602–1618; printed
1637) creates reality for its characters by making their beliefs reflections of the
system they live in. The warrior monarch and his Earl Marshal display the
esteem of great comrades-in-arms for one another’s magnanimity, daring,
outspokenness. But in peacetime they are faced by an equally clear assumption
that they are now sovereign and subject. This is a clash of characteristics that
exemplifies the basic structure of feudal society, where the political is always
having to be renegotiated as a form of the personal.36 So there is ample space for
villainy to subvert the negotiation. But so many values are shared here that a
return to a stable understanding appears, inevitably, as a confirmation of the
agreed value system underlying the whole play.
One can see why this plot appealed to Fletcher. His The Loyal Subject (1618
(revised ?1633); printed 1647) offers a much more complex political diagram, in
which the loyal subject can no longer cling to a standard morality and so appears
much more an isolated ‘humour’, finding no consensus outside himself; his
theatrical force becomes that of paradox. His loyal emotions have to focus on a
duke who is without royal qualities. And they must do so without support from
his natural constituency, those military purists (his son and his captains) who wish
to destroy the political hierarchy (the only thing he can be loyal to) in the name
of military ethics. The contradiction that Fletcher has set up between personal
beliefs and a corrupt social scene stresses the theoretical status of both: no
resolution can be imagined except by a coup de théâtre.
What is perhaps the most brilliant tragicomedy in the Beaumont and
Fletcher canon, A King and No King (1611; printed 1619), tells a story of puzzling
incompatibility between values that stands somewhere between The Two Noble
Kinsmen and The Loyal Subject. It is a more accessible play than either, because
Arbaces, the hero, manages to contain laughter and wonder inside a single
believable character. This quality transforms the contradictions in which he is
involved from the remote and the ritualized into a brilliantly tragicomic
immediacy of theatrical presence. Arbaces begins as a sharply foregrounded
comic figure, a successful general, like the loyal subject, enamoured of his own
(genuine) virtues, and possessed of a gay determination to impose equal
happiness and virtue on all men around him. When tragedy strikes him, in the
form of an incestuous passion for his supposed sister, Panthea, his comic self-
assurance, and his determination to take every problem by the shoulders and
shake it into conformity create a simultaneously comic and tragic effect,
characteristically Fletcherian in its use of personal, domestic, and potentially
comic means to cope with political issues and tragic dilemmas. The use of incest
to create the tragic potential has been objected to (most categorically by Thomas
368 G.K. Hunter
Rymer37) but in fact the dramaturgy ensures that it is never more than a
hypothetical topic upon which Fletcher can compose arias of passion and despair.
We can appreciate these for their rhetorical power without being convinced that
reality will justify their force.38 Indeed, our distance allows us to suspect that the
incest theme exists only as a further reflection of Arbaces’ emotional excess; and
it is one of the play’s pleasures to discover that we are right.
The indeterminacy of a psychology that seems realistic in separate
moments but wildly improbable in its alternations enables Fletcher to generate
an exciting drama of surfaces (like a Fauve painting); a series of unprepared
reversals of attitude keep us continually on the edges of our seats. The Mad Lover
(1617; printed 1647) offers us again the paradox of a great and successful general,
somewhat given to talking about his exploits, whose happiness in himself is
destroyed by love. When Memnon meets the princess he is stunned into silence;
he no longer knows who he is and can think only to impress her by a deed of
suicidal courage, to give her as a gift the heart cut out of his body. The collision
between grandeur and absurdity thus set up is never resolved (as it is in the case
of Arbaces); clearly the effect that Fletcher is after, the sense of paradox and
indeterminacy in experience, does not require it to be.
The often remarked rhetorical fluency of the Beaumont and Fletcher
verse—its projection of strong emotions that define situations but stand apart
from character—is an important part of the tragicomic effect. If we compare it
to the distorted syntax of Shakespeare’s last plays39 we can see how far the
psychological extremism of one stands from the other’s careful orchestration of
pathos and potential violence—in a scene of naturalistic dialogue like the
following. Young Archas, the general’s grandson, disguised as Alinda, is the
Princess Olympia’s beloved companion. But ‘she’ has also attracted the attentions
of the corrupt duke, and it is supposed he has seduced her:
ALINDA. Madam, the Duke has sent for the two ladies.
OLYMPIA. I prithee go: I know thy thoughts are with him.
Go, go, Alinda, do not mock me more.
I have found thy heart, wench, do not wrong thy mistress,
Thy too much loving mistress: do not abuse her.
........................
ALINDA. Oh, who has wronged me? who has ruined me?
Poor wretched girl, what poison is flung on thee?
Excellent virtue, from whence flowes this anger?
OLYMPIA. Go ask my brother, ask the faith thou gav’st me,
Ask all my favours to thee, ask my love,
Last, thy forgetfulness of good: then fly me.
For we must part, Alinda.
Tragicomedy 369
It will be noted how effectively the rhetoric here conveys realistic emotions, but
with a force of expression that has no basis in fact (for we know that Alinda has
not been seduced). The emotions are thus cut off from any external consequence
in action;40 they are turned in on themselves as specimens of a poetic
management which undermines the truth of the situation at the same time as it
magnifies its emotional power,41 and so substitutes connoisseurship for
identification. Or take the more violently passionate dialogue (now usually
attributed to Beaumont) between Philaster and his page, Bellario:
370 G.K. Hunter
What we see here is Philaster and Bellario aiming at one another their
powerfully realized and fluent theatrical emotions. As the power struggle swings
to and fro, we see each contestant being made to take up the position that will
best undercut the other, pushing into extremity both the obsessive imagination
of total disloyalty and the assertion of total loyalty (Bellario bids Philaster to ‘hew
me asunder, and whilst I can think, / I’ll love those pieces you have cut away /
Better than those that grow’ (III. i. 245-7). One line of assertion in the dialogue
is known to be true, the other false, and it may be assumed that the true will
triumph in the end; but this distinction matters little; it is the power of the
rhetorical strokes that marks our pleasure in the game. It is not a case of the art
pointing to the suffering but of the suffering pointing to the art.
We find the prefatory material for the 1647 Folio making the same point.
Shirley’s Epistle speaks of ‘passions raised to that excellent pitch and by such
Tragicomedy 371
insinuating degrees that you shall not choose but consent and go along with them
... and then stand admiring the subtle tracks of your engagement’. Just so!42
OTHER TRAGICOMEDIES
Describing Fletcherian tragicomedy, I have spoken of the instability of the
situations set up and of the hypothetical responses therefore imposed on the
characters. The tragicomedies of Massinger, Middleton, and Webster, while not
to be described simply as products of ‘the school of Fletcher’, show the extent to
which these techniques continued to offer different writers opportunities each
could exploit in his characteristic way, usually in terms of more slow-burning and
so less brilliantly illuminated emotions than Fletcher uses.
It is not surprising that Philip Massinger, Fletcher’s recurrent collaborator,
should stay closest to Fletcher’s model. The Maid of Honour (c.1621?1632) sets up
the contradictory structure of tragicomedy by using (like Fletcher) a corrupt
court as the context for noble aspirations. Bertoldo is a warrior purified in battle,
presented in strong contrast to his cowardly and time-serving brother, the King.
Camiola, the ‘Maid of Honour’, is a great lady, scornful of the courtlings who
come to woo her, carrying recommendations from the king. The mutual esteem
of these two figures of virtuous opposition cannot be resolved, given the world
they live in, by tragic loss or comic fulfilment. When Bertoldo is captured in
battle in his quixotic attack on Siena, the King refuses to ransom him. Camiola
will sell her estate to right this wrong. But Bertoldo cannot secure his release
without permission from the Duchess of Siena; and she will grant it only in
return for a promise of marriage. Prospect of the power his brother has denied
him makes Bertoldo accept the proposition. But Camiola’s dignity persuades the
Duchess that Bertoldo cannot be the man of integrity she took him for. Camiola
sends for a priest, not to marry her, but to secure a monastic refuge from the
twists and turns of the tragicomic world. Bertoldo must restore his honour in the
Christian warfare of the Knights of Malta. The tragicomic form thus validates a
middle space between acceptance of the status quo (comedy) and transcendence
of its limits (tragedy), in which noble natures are too mired in the world to
achieve more than half lives dedicated to selflessness.
Middleton’s More Dissemblers Besides Women (?1615; printed 1657) tells a
very similar story of a great lady’s renunciation of the shifts and subterfuges that
are needed to succeed in love. When we first meet the Duchess she is an icon of
chastity, dedicated to the memory of her late husband. But, when she sees
Andrugio, her heart melts, and she becomes an expert player in the game of
deceptions and disguises she finds all around her. However, understanding the
steps she would have to take to secure her desires, she prefers nobility to success
and retreats from involvement.
Middleton and Rowley’s A Fair Quarrel: with the new additions of Mr
Chough’s and Trimtram’s roaring, and the bawd’s song (c.1615–1617) handles a
372 G.K. Hunter
similar mismatch between the impulse to honour and a real world in which
intention must twist before it can reach action; but the process is seen this time
from a masculine point of view and in an uncourtly (English) setting. Captain
Agar and the Colonel return from warfare and immediately find themselves
embroiled in family quarrels about money. Tempers rise. The colonel calls Agar
‘the son of a whore’; they must fight to clear their consciences. But what must
Agar do when his mother tells him (to ensure his safety) that the charge is not a
slander but a truth? Agar’s honour tells him that he must not fight on this theme,
and so he is disgraced. But when he is called a coward he is freed from the
inhibition, and he gravely wounds the Colonel. Now it is the Colonel’s turn to
show exemplary honour; he must recompense Agar for the insult: he will
bequeath his estate to his sister and his sister to Agar.43 She objects, of course,
but allows that this is the only way family honour can be cleared. Meanwhile, on
the nonmilitary side of the story, love and money are secured by trickery and
military decorum is parodied in a school of ‘roaring boys’. The choice of honour
appears in this context as a purely hypothetical virtue, not validated by anything
outside itself, but still demanding the allegiance of good men.
Middleton’s The Witch (c.1609–c.1616) handles the discontinuities of the
tragicomic plot from an opposite direction. Here we do not meet characters of
honour trying to live inside a world governed by alternative assumptions.
Instead, we find a cast of characters intent on tragic violence, but required to
pursue their aims not in a world of real action but in a hall of mirrors, so that no
move ever leads in the direction intended. We begin with a grand tragic gesture
in which the duke (as in Davenant’s Albovine) requires the duchess to pledge him
in a cup made from her father’s skull. The duchess plans revenge. But everything
thereafter goes awry. The duchess seduces Almachildes, so that she can require
him to kill the duke. Faced by the alternative of execution for attempted rape, he
does the deed (as it seems) and now he must be killed in his turn. But it was not
the duchess he was in bed with, and neither duke nor assassin dies. In a second
plot a jealous husband kills his wife and her supposed lover, and then himself falls
into a vault and dies. But again no one dies in fact.44 This is to push the
Guarinian definition of tragicomedy, as wanting deaths but bringing some near
it, to such a degree of absurdity that one wonders if Middleton is not simply
playing games with the tragicomic convention of evil turned into good. The local
witches (whose songs somehow got into the printed text of Macbeth) offer all the
characters of possibility of short cuts that will lead intention directly into effect.
But the offer exceeds the result; even the witches are hobbled by discontinuity:
they too are simultaneously threatening and comic, as pleased with a marzipan
toad as with ‘the privy gristle of a man that hangs’. Their charms quickly lose
their efficacy or are overtaken by natural causes. The complex world cannot be
simplified by their interventions.
Webster’s The Devil’s Law-Case; or when women go to law the devil is full of
business (1610–1619) is more like Webster’s two great tragedies than it is like the
Tragicomedy 373
other tragicomedies considered here. Yet one can see that it resembles them in
its use of labyrinthine plotting to turn evil intentions into improbable agreement
and so fulfil the central issue of its form (it is called Tragecomedy on the title-
page). In Webster’s tragedies society exists only to serve the lusts and ambitions
of the princes in power; the individual who tries to break free is quickly
eliminated. In The Devil’s Law-Case, however, we meet a bourgeois society in
which power (and so the capacity to resist and achieve success) is made available
in many forms to many people. Romelio, the protagonist, resembles Flamineo
and Bosola, the tool villains in the tragedies, in his relish for corruption, his
opportunism and wry self-awareness; but as a wealthy merchant he is his own
master, constantly able to redefine his aims as one check after another requires
him to trim his course, always in motion, always enjoying himself, like Marlowe’s
Barabas whom he so closely resembles. But, unlike Barabas, Romelio is subject
to a power above himself: not that of the duel-fighting aristocrats, who are quite
démodé here, but the power of the law to disentangle point by point the lies,
deceptions, and inventions that have snared everyone in the complex society of
the play. And so the law becomes the instrument by which tragedy is turned into
tragicomedy, as the murderous intentions that bring many ‘near death’ are
turned into legal debates, where lost identities become evidence in court, pieced
together to create a denouement. And so, having discovered their actual
relationships, the pregnant nun, the two supposedly dead aristocrats (the
Palamon and Arcite of the story), and the Romelio family can survive, not only
to enjoy happiness with one another but to use the money that has been the cause
of so much complex plotting to achieve the most virtuous things imaginable—
build nunneries and equip galleys to fight the Turks.
poetic truth and of the shared moral meanings that genre strictly applied gives to
the image of society.
The critic as historian, looking at these alternative judgements, must
recognize that they raise a specific question about his enterprise. He can allow
that both points of view are justified, for hypotheses to ‘prove’ each view exist;
but the contradiction between them can be resolved only by constructing an
infinite regress of further hypotheses. In this book I have sought to avoid the too-
easy unification that comes from either sentimentalizing the past (by assuming
that its values are our own) or from demonizing it (for its failure to be politically
correct). I assume that the first impact of Elizabethan drama on readers and
spectators in the present is likely to be one of recognition—a recognition of the
present in the past; I hope to complement that by a recognition of the past in the
present, as when we register the contradiction the detail of the past imposes on
the limiting certainties and unnoticed presuppositions of the present. In this
situation the critic must, like Desdemona, confess to a ‘divided duty’—a duty to
compose an intelligible picture, faced by a contradictory duty to evoke the
shadows that speak to us in strange tongues from behind the particular structures
that can be described. The multiplicity of these semi-intelligible voices cannot be
reduced to any unison, let alone the unison of today, but the duty to record their
challenge to neat coherence must be (and I hope has been) acknowledged.
NOTES
1. Cloak and garland provided the characteristic dress for Prologue actors.
2. Of course such assertions of innocence are standard features of plays that
are clearly uninnocent. The Woman Hater does contain elements that could be
part of a political satire, but they are organized in a way that defuses such
potential.
3. See John H. Astington, ‘The Popularity of Cupid’s Revenge’, SEL 19
(1979), 215–27.
4. See below, n. 7.
5. Technically speaking, Cupid’s Revenge is a tragedy; but, as E. M. Waith
remarks, ‘if all the characters were saved from death and if the play ended in
repentance and reconciliation, its total effect would be very little different’ (The
Pattern of Tragicomedy in Beaumont and Fletcher (New Haven, 1952), 14). Cf. Una
Ellis-Fermor, The Jacobean Drama (London, 1936), 205: ‘Something, then, in the
mood ... has disabled us from distinguishing, in the world we are now moving in,
the characters, emotions and events that will lead to tragedy from those that will
lead through romantic stress to escape’.
6. On this see further pp. 412–13.
7. The transfer of the Queen’s Revels boys to the Whitefriars playhouse in
Tragicomedy 375
1609 should probably be seen as part of their ghostly afterlife. By 1613 they had
combined with the Lady Elizabeth’s Men, the combined company alternating for
a time between the private theatre and one or another of the public ones. The
original boys’ company was by then reaching adult status. In a lawsuit of 1635 the
Burbages explain the takeover by the King’s Men: ‘the more to strengthen the
service, the boys then wearing out, it was considered that house [the Blackfriars]
would be as fit for ourselves’ (Chambers, ii. 509 n. 7). It must be supposed that
‘the boys then wearing out’ means they were already adults and showed that the
playhouse was appropriate for a truly adult company.
8. Edward Dowden, in his Shakespeare (1876), seems to be the first person
to use the word ‘romance’ for this purpose. He says that these plays ‘have a grave
beauty, a sweet serenity which seems to render the name “comedies”
inappropriate ... Let us then name this group ... “Romances” ’ (p.56). It is worth
noting that the word appears in Dowden as part of an effort to construct an
artistic chronology. My sometime pupil Chris Cobb has pointed out a startlingly
prescient definition of romance in Hazlitt’s notes on Cymbeline in his The
Characters of Shakespeare’s Plays (1817) (ed. Howe, iv. 179). Hazlitt calls the play
‘a dramatic romance’ and says that the reading of it ‘is like going a journey with
some uncertain object at the end of it ... Though the events are scattered over
such an extent of surface, and relate to such a variety of characters, yet the links
which bind the different interests of the story together are never entirely broken
... The ease and conscious unconcern with which this is effected only makes the
skill more wonderful.’ But Hazlitt never uses the word ‘romance’ in his
discussions of the other plays in the group. Lacking the support of chronology,
he cannot see the characteristics he describes so well as generic markers for a
whole set of plays.
9. John Danby (Poets on Fortune’s Hill (London, 1952)) notes that Beaumont
and Fletcher’s plays ‘could easily compete with the popular theatre in dramatic
stir and skill; they had something to offer, too, to the aristocrat ... whose
connoisseurship was reserved for ‘wit’ (p. 180).
10. To avoid recurrent excursions on theories of authorship I follow the 1647
Folio’s concept of a coherent canon of Beaumont and Fletcher plays, even
though modern scholarship has anatomized the corpus into elements attributed
to Beaumont, Fletcher, Massinger, Field, and Daborne. I attribute the authorship
of all fifty or so plays to ‘Fletcher’ (meaning ‘the school of Fletcher’). He seems
to be the most recurrently present of all the collaborators, and to have provided
the model dramaturgy that others followed. The 1647 poems recurrently speak
of the volume as ‘Master John Fletcher’s Plays’ (25 poems are addressed to
Fletcher, 4 to Beaumont, 5 to the two of them (4 address the stationer, the
edition, etc.)). On the other hand, it is now generally believed that Beaumont
wrote the major part of plays in which he collaborated.
11. Lois Potter (‘True Tragicomedies’, in Nancy K. Maguire (ed.),
376 G.K. Hunter
Renaissance Tragicomedy (New York, 1987), 196–7) has noted that there is no
consistent use of the word ‘tragicomedy’ in this period (the same is true of
‘comedy’, ‘history’, and ‘tragedy’). But it can also be said that a majority of the
Fletcher plays most esteemed in 1647 and now (for example, Philaster, A King and
no King, The Humorous Lieutenant) appeal to a specific taste that is easy to call
tragicomic, given their romantic excess, contradictory and violent emotions,
happiness snatched at the last moment from despair, laughter (often
contemptuous laughter) attached to corrupt characters.
12. The shift can look logical if one pursues Shakespeare chronology looking
for continuities. The romantic comedies show us heroines who know what they
want and have a fairly good idea how to get it. The ‘middle comedies’ (Measure
for Measure and All’s Well—perhaps Twelfth Night belongs here as well) have
heroines either puzzled about what is to be desired (Measure for Measure) or who
face great difficulty in knowing how to secure it (All’s Well). Helena has to learn
that she is not in a romantic comedy but must embrace self-abnegation (‘Come
night, end day! / For with the dark, poor thief, I’ll steal away’) before she can
have what she wants. She thus provides a preview of the later heroines, Marina,
Imogen, Perdita, Miranda, who, though royal children, are given little or no
power to impose themselves on the world and have to wait with passive
endurance until fortune finally provides what effort could not achieve: time ‘gives
them what he will, not what they crave’ (Pericles, II. iii. 47).
13. If we allow that the plan of the play is of Shakespeare’s devising—and
many would not (it is not included in the First or Second Folios)—we must also
allow that he could never have envisaged it as a tightly organized piece. Clearly
the text we have does not represent Shakespeare’s language with any accuracy
and this no doubt adds to our sense of incoherence in the structure.
14. Jonson, ‘Ode to Himself ’, published with The New Inn.
15. The record seems to show that the impressiveness of the theatrical past
weighed heavily on Jacobean taste. In 1615 John Chamberlain remarked of court
performances that ‘our poets’ brains and inventions are grown very dry insomuch
that of five new plays there is not one pleases, and therefore they are driven to
furbish over the old, which stands them in best stead and brings them most
profit’ (The Letters of John Chamberlain, ed. N. E. McClure (2 vols.; Philadelphia,
1939), i. 567).
16. (London, 1949), 163.
17. The play tells the story (commented on by Time) of a daughter cast adrift
at sea for marrying (and conceiving a child by) the Prince of Sicily, a man
unacceptable to her father, the King of Thrace. A plague is then visited on the
kingdom; a mission is sent to Delphos to find the cause; the message comes back
that the King is guilty and will not be cleared till a ‘Thracian wonder’ appears as
a shepherd. At first defiant, the King eventually repents and undertakes a
Tragicomedy 377
pilgrimage to search for his daughter and son-in-law. They are now living among
Thracian shepherds, unaware of one another’s existence. At a shepherds’ feast the
princess is abducted. The pursuit gets absorbed into a general war between
Thrace and Sicily, in which all the characters participate and, recognizing one
another, achieve a happy ending. The relevance of this story to both Cymbeline
and The Winter’s Tale needs no elaboration.
18. Such figures as Autolycus, Trinculo–Stephano, the Jailor in Cymbeline,
Boult in Pericles are mere shadows of the clown figures of earlier comedies. They
are not oppositional figures, given the power of deconstructive commentary, but
are absorbed as mere extras into the main story.
19. The often-remarked stretching of time and place in these last plays is
used, however, in a different way from that found in the earlier romances. Here
the narrative energy is less; the recapitulation of the past in the final moments of
presence gives time something of the effect of space (hence, no doubt, G. Wilson
Knight’s notion of ‘spatial form’), as if all the events could finally be seen as a
process and yet as simultaneously present.
20. The pattern is clearest here because, where Pericles is only the victim of
evil, Cymbeline only its accidental cause, Leontes is the active destroyer of his
family and himself.
21. I have chosen to talk about The Tempest in terms of the relation between
Prospero and Miranda, not (as commonly in the 1980s) between Prospero and
Caliban. The former is more central to the dramatic structure and is the element
that links this play to those around it.
22. The Absolved Riddle’, NLH 17 (1986), 552.
23. The usual discrimination between Shakespeare’s and Fletcher’s stints
gives Fletcher the dominant role in the sub-plot, but also indicates that Fletcher
wrote some of the main-plot scenes.
24. (London, 1969), pp. xxix–xxx.
25. Lee Bliss (‘Pastiche, Burlesque, Tragicomedy’ in The Cambridge
Companion to English Renaissance Drama, ed. A. R. Braunmuller and Michael
Hattaway (Cambridge, 1990)) notes how Beaumont and Fletcher develop
Sidney’s ‘timeless thematic structure, allowing for sharp contrasts between kinds
of scenes’, that ‘replaces plot as the primary organizing principle’ and so provides
‘a shifting configuration of lovers rather than a true narrative sequence’ (p. 249).
26. Cf. Dryden, Preface to ‘Troilus and Cressida, Containing the Grounds of
Criticism in Tragedy’: ‘’Tis one of the excellencies of Shakespeare that the
manners [mores, ethos] of his persons are generally apparent, and you see their
bent and inclination. Fletcher comes far short of him in this ... there are but
glimmerings of manners in most of his comedies, which run upon adventures ...
you know not whether they resemble virtue or vice, and they are either good or
bad or indifferent as the present scene requires it’ (Essays of John Dryden, ed. W.
P. Ker (2 vols.; Oxford, 1926), i. 217.
378 G.K. Hunter
enjoyment, the audience will naturally loathe and detest it, rather than favour
and accompany it with their good wishes.’
38. We might compare the double effect to that, for example, of such an aria
as Come scoglio in Mozart’s Cosi fan Tutte where (once again) we wonder how the
brilliant emotionalism of the expression can be justified by the farcical ‘reality’ of
the situation.
39. See Lamb’s famous explication: ‘His [Fletcher’s] ideas moved slow; his
versification, though sweet, is tedious, it stops every moment; he lays line upon
line ... adding image to image so deliberately that we see where they join.
Shakespeare mingles everything, runs line into line, embarrasses sentences and
metaphors; before one idea has burst its shell, another is hatched and clamorous
for disclosure (The Works of Charles and Mary Lamb, ed. E. V. Lucas (7 vols.;
London, 1903–5), iv. 341).
40. This is what Shakespeare, in the scene of Guiderius’ and Arviragus’
mourning for the supposed death of Imogen (Cymbeline, IV. ii)—the nearest he
comes to this mode of rhetoric—calls ‘in wench-like words ... protract[ing] with
admiration.’
41. We admire the excesses of Arcite refusing to leave prison (Two Noble
Kinsmen, II. ii–iii), but we do not believe them.
42. Cf. William Cartwright’s poem in the 1647 Folio: ‘all stand wondering
how / The thing will be, until it is.’ (sig. d2.)
43. In these moves Middleton is following the lead of Heywood in the second
plot of A Woman Killed with Kindness.
44. The same device of tragic action suddenly cancelled by the discovery it
did not happen appears in the Middleton-Rowley-Massinger The Old Law
(c.1615–1618; printed 1656) where the law that fathers and mothers over age
must face euthanasia is used as a hypothesis to reveal the consequences of youth
liberation; but then we learn that the law was never carried out. See also
Middleton, Anything for a Quiet Life (c.1620–c.1621; printed 1662) where the
imperious and spendthrift wife suddenly reveals that she has only been teaching
her husband a moral lesson.
45. T.S. Eliot described Webster as ‘a very great literary and dramatic genius
directed towards chaos’ (Selected Essays (London, 1932), 117)—that is, as part of
‘the movement of progress or deterioration which has culminated in Sir Arthur
Pinero and the present regime in Europe’. Webster and Pinero are equally in
thrall to ‘the aim of realism’ (p. 111) and share the need to represent their
characters as real people with whom the audience can identify; so they step
outside ‘the conditions of art’.
A N T H O N Y B . D AW S O N
From The Elizabethan Theatre XII, eds. A.L. Magnusson and C.E. McGee. © 1993 by P.D.
Meany Company.
381
382 Anthony B. Dawson
saddled with his cast-off mistress (the courtesan who has been masquerading as
the widow Medler), Witgood proclaims:
That the puns on aunt and meddling are part of the texture here is clear from the
frequent play on medlar (rotten fruit/punk) in the text and from the underlining
of the double meaning of aunt in Lucre’s speech earlier, where he justifies his
cozening of Witgood by asking, “was [the inheritance] not then better bestow’d
upon his Uncle, then upon one of his Aunts, I neede not say bawde, for every one
knowes what Aunt stands for in the last Translation” (2.1.11–13). Middleton
glosses the term here, connecting it to the repeated motif of interlocking family
relationships, so that we can hardly miss it when it recurs at the end. Well, not
quite the end. The text actually concludes with a passage of primitive tetrameter
couplets designed supposedly to confirm Witgood’s and the Courtesan’s
repentance and reformation. The puns and the couplets suggest the possibility of
alternate futures, without exactly cancelling each other out. However, the easy
moral absolutes of the final speeches and the stage picture of the two kneeling
repentant figures are certainly complicated by the reminder that the medlar who
is no longer Medler is both Witgood’s aunt and not his aunt. The text here makes
a strong move toward closure, complete with Calvinistic retreat from the
energies that had propelled the comic intrigue, and at the same time keeps those
energies afloat through language that escapes from fixed meaning.
In another, exactly contemporary comedy, A Mad World My Masters, moral
rhetoric again conflicts with ironic interrogation; in fact the ironies so threaten
to destabilize the world of that play that the heavy moral absolutes asserted in the
conversions of Penitent Brothel and Mistress Harebrain seem to serve as a kind
of brake to the threat of deconstruction set in motion by the subversive irony. But
such terminology may seem too weighty for this relatively light-hearted play;
let’s just say that the comedy undoes itself in a kind of effusive overflow. I select
one prominent instance—the play-within (known as “The Slip”) that comically
calls into question the very distinctions and identifications on which the play
itself as a theatrical text is based. In a device that recalls the masque in The
Spanish Tragedy and that Middleton will use again in Women Beware Women, “The
Slip” plays havoc with onstage audience expectation, Follywit as an “actor”
improvising a scene that erases the conventional boundaries between the real and
the fictive. For Sir Bounteous and his guests, the play is received as an actual play.
For the beleaguered Constable, the action is confusingly real; his “theatrical”
persona derives from Dogberry and Elbow (the players, says Sir Bounteous, “put
Puns and Transgression in The Changeling 383
all their fools to the constable’s part still”—5.2.93–94)2 but his “reality” is not
actorly at all, not played. And for Follywit, the player-magician, “The Slip,”
which began as another of his dazzling tricks, becomes a witty translation of life
into theatre. As such it makes explicit what has been implicit in many of his
exploits throughout the play. The players, says Sir Bounteous when they are first
announced, “were never more uncertain in their lives. Now up and now down,
they know not when to play, where to play, nor what to play” (5.1.32–35). The
very title of the playlet with its multiple meanings points to that wayward
uncertainty: the slip—a counterfeit coin, an escape or evasion, a slide. The title
proclaims not only the slipperiness of Follywit and his cronies, but a semantic
slippage, a failure to remain fixed, that the mixed generic status of the piece also
makes manifest. The madness of the world alluded to in the title of the larger
play turns out to be a madness of meaning. It is characteristic that even Follywit’s
name is paradoxically double.
The whole episode is itself a kind of extended pun, one that marks the
unstable boundaries of theatrical illusion even as it relies on them for comic
effect. It is amusingly appropriate then that when Follywit is finally unmasked by
the unexpected alarum of his grandfather’s watch in his pocket, his comeuppance
is marked by a pun that recalls the previous slips: “Have I ’scap’d the constable
to be brought in by the watch?” (5.2.281–82).
Follywit, like Hoard in Trick, finds himself inadvertently married to a punk,
a punishment that for Shakespeare’s Lucio is “pressing to death, whipping and
hanging”; note that Middleton, urbanizing Shakespeare, marries off his hero to
the whore. This element, like Follywit’s economic reversal, illustrates the
familiar comic pattern of the guller gulled. But Hoard, who has been “whored,”
represents in the pun that marks him, with its sexual and economic overtones, the
conflation of normally separated social-hierarchical categories. The verbal slip
has powerful social resonance, dealt with comically here but, as I hope to show
later on, handled with richer and darker meanings in The Changeling. The
questionable status of the whore, neither maid, wife nor even widow, is related
directly to her role in the social network.3 She occupies a “low” place (opposite
to that of the virgin) while at the same time providing a service that mirrors what
happens at a “higher” level—in relation not only to sexual desire but economic
exchange as well (virginity, as Parolles knows, is a valuable and “vendible”
commodity, a key token in the marriage market). The punk is a focus of both
disgust and desire—she may be marginal, but the “socially peripheral is often
symbolically central.”4 Marriage to a whore thus ironically confirms the
legitimacy of illegitimate desire and questions the differentiation between virgin
and whore that is both the sexual and the economic basis of patriarchal marriage-
broking.5 The whore’s marriage into the citizen class, into city money, at the end
of these plays is an inversion of hierarchy that is not merely satirical. What is at
issue is a revealing of contradiction, figured in the pun but extended into the
personal and social body. “No absolute borderline can be drawn between body
384 Anthony B. Dawson
De Flores is a “basilisk” (111). As it turns out, looks can kill; there is a deep and
ironic connection between the romantic gaze of Petrarchan devotion and the
deadly stare of the basilisk. Here the text ironizes and darkens elements in
Shakespearean comedy, As You Like It and A Midsummer Night’s Dream especially,
uncovering the potential violence beneath Petrarchan rhetoric. Both those texts
play happily with the magic and the fallibility of sight, the romantic force of the
devoted gaze, the dazzle of the eye, the mock cruelty of the scornful look. The
Changeling invokes and inverts such images.
Alsemero has first seen Beatrice in the temple, a fact he takes to be a good
omen; but he ignores the turn of the temple’s vane (1. 20), and is blithely unaware
of the slide of his religious language into Petrarchan images (devotion, temple,
saint, etc.), and equally blind to the metaphorical shift from temple to castle to
body. The play as a whole dramatizes the failure to arrest that sliding. It makes
manifest the difficulty of containing one discourse inside another, and of thus
maintaining the binary oppositions, the “violent hierarchies” to cite Jonathan
Dollimore’s phrase,9 that sustain social practices.
Vermandero, as I said, is keeper of the castle, an edifice that we are led to
associate with Beatrice herself, whom he also keeps. “Our citadels,” he reminds
Alsemero, “Are plac’d conspicuous to outward view [as Beatrice has been to
Alsemero] / On promonts’ tops, but within are secrets” (1.1.159–61): Secrets he
does not want penetrated by strangers. Much later in the play, when Alsemero
has replaced Vermandero as the keeper of the citadel of Beatrice’s virginity, he
administers a notorious test to her, one that has frequently been scoffed at by
commentators; but I would argue that it fits perfectly into the economy of the
play. (The fact that Middleton has shifted the source of this test to The Book of
Experiments, / Call’d Secrets in Nature is not without significance.) The test’s
function is to penetrate her secret without her knowing it—to know whether she
has been known (“This is the strangest trick to know a maid by” [4.2.143], says
Jasperino)—that is, to know secretly whether her secret is still intact. Beatrice,
having already lost her virginity, has her own knowledge, and so foils Alsemero’s
venture and guards her own secret.
There is another dimension to all this imagery of spaces, secrets and
penetration—murder. “How shall I dare to venture in his castle / When he
discharges murderers at the gate?” (1.1.218–19) wonders Alsemero as he follows
his future father-in-law out in Act 1. Here the “murderer” (the word means a
small cannon) is the news of Beatrice’s engagement to Alonso—she is
unassailable, already possessed. But the moment that follows Alsemero’s lament
promises otherwise. In a striking verbal and visual metaphor, Beatrice drops her
glove and De Flores retrieves it. She is horrified by his touch—so she strips off
her other glove: “There, for t’other’s sake I part with this; / Take ’em and draw
thine own skin off with ’em” (225-26). Here, as earlier, there are echoes that she
cannot control: for the sake of one she parts with the other—Alonso for
Alsemero, Alsemero for De Flores. The moment is a powerful example of a
386 Anthony B. Dawson
theatrical pun, one that doubles or even triples its range of referents. The
aggressiveness of her language only excites De Flores, who is a connoisseur of the
erotic and the violent: “I know she had rather wear my pelt tann’d / In a pair of
dancing pumps, than I should / Thrust my fingers into her sockets here”
(228–30). He violates her gloves as he will later violate Alonso’s hand and
Beatrice’s various secrets, most especially her virginity. In Act 3, De Flores
returns from the murder to an anxious Beatrice, who, in a reminiscence of
impatient Juliet, is waiting for news. He brings with him, as a reminder of one
violation and prelude to another, the dead man’s finger as a “token” (3.4.26). The
ring on the finger, which was “stuck” to it “As if the flesh and it were both one
substance” (38–39), had been Beatrice’s “first token” (34) to Alonso, one that “my
father made me send him” (emphasis added). It now returns to her as an ironic
sign of all such romantic pledges (the ring plots in Merchant of Venice, All’s Well,
and Cymbeline come to mind as precursors), and the link between such pledges
and the economic and social arrangements of patriarchy. De Flores now offers
the ring-encircled finger as a token of his “will” and his meaning, he transforms
it from proof of his past “service” (picking up the glove, cutting off the finger)
into a sign of his coming penetration of her virginity, a secret about which she is
not yet in the know. In The Merchant of Venice, to dwell a moment on the
Shakespearean parallel, we get Bassanio at his betrothal protesting: “But when
this ring / Parts from this finger, then parts life from hence;” and Portia later
scolding: “You were to blame ... To part so slightly with your wife’s first gift, / A
think stuck on with oaths upon your finger, / And so riveted with faith unto your
flesh.” Bassanio’s comic aside is also apposite: “Why, I were best to cut my left
hand off, / And swear I lost the ring defending it.” There the double meanings
function comically, the finger in the ring carrying sanctioned sexual and cultural
meanings, any threat of violence and betrayal easily turned aside.
If the scholarly consensus about authorial collaboration is correct,
Middleton’s first lines in the play are Beatrice’s to Jasperino: “Oh, sir, I’m ready
now for that fair service / Which makes the name of friend sit glorious on you”
(2.1.1–2; emphasis added). As Christopher Ricks argued years ago, “service” with
its Petrarchan and overtly sexual over-tones is a key term, and a slippery one.10
It is typical of Beatrice in the first half of the play to display a failure to control
her own rhetoric, to speak as if there were no such thing as ambiguity; that
“service” is the office of a friend as well as a lover no one would deny, but its links
with violence, dismemberment, invasion and madness are more covert. It is De
Flores’s role to make them emerge. One kind of service, one kind of
transgression, slides into another. Again here, Middleton ironically echoes
Shakespeare; like her namesake in Much Ado, Beatrice wishes she were a man and
confers a murderous duty on her servant: “There’s horror in my service, blood,
and danger” (2.2.119); but, she adds, “Thy reward shall be precious” (130). “The
thought ravishes” (132), replies De Flores, capping a series of double meanings
that he has invoked in response to her throughout the scene.
Puns and Transgression in The Changeling 387
That all such language parodies Petrarchan discourse, revealing what the
language of romantic devotion usually occludes—lust, dismemberment, social
and economic imperatives—goes almost without saying.11 The point is driven
home by the obvious parallelism between this part of the scene (the initial
interview between Beatrice and De Flores) and the first part, immediately
preceding, in which Alsemero speaks nobly of the honourable service that he
could perform to “strike off both [her] fears” (that is, of Alonso and of her father’s
“command”). As she so often is, Beatrice is behindhand: “Pray let me find you
sir; / What might that service be so strangely happy?” (2.2.25–26). But once she
finds out it means “valor”—honourable murder—she is quick to extend the
definition of manhood and service implied in Alsemero’s hollow courtliness by
applying it a few moments later to De Flores and his desire to serve her.
There is another set of meanings tied to the language of service—the
economic one. Words like recompense, use, precious, reward (“Never was man
dearlier rewarded”—“I do think of that” [2.2.137–38]), link Beatrice’s physical
body and De Flores’s desire for it to the social exchange of money for services.
Such language underlines the notion of the body itself as a token of exchange, a
cultural element that is implicit in the patriarchal marriage arrangements as the
play depicts them (a neat symbol of this is Vermandero pointing to Alsemero in
the dumbshow, marking him as the future husband). There is no absolute
borderline between the body and meaning in culture.
Thus, as Ricks showed (though with a different purpose in mind), the text
plays constantly with double meanings, teasing both audience and characters
with the possibility of not being in the know. At the same time, various
characters, notably Alonso, Alsemero, and especially Beatrice, talk confidently
and recurrently about judgement, understanding, knowledge, a language which
is the obverse of that of secrets. Lurking meanings, madness itself, can be a trap
for the unknowing who, like Beatrice, may have already articulated such
meanings while avoiding or missing recognition of them. We have already noted
several instances of this—with her father and Alsemero in the opening scene,
with Alsemero and De Flores in Act 2. When, at the end of scene 1, to return to
that moment, she strips off her glove to plague De Flores, she is unaware of the
erotic component in her hostility, unconscious of the links between the blood of
desire and the blood of violence that De Flores later makes concrete in the gift
of the finger as sexual token. She calls her revulsion from De Flores her
“infirmity,” but she fails to see it for what it is—the ironic emotional double of
her romantic infatuation with Alsemero (itself an “infirmity”) which has been the
primary subject of that opening scene. Her reaction to De Flores may remind us
again of how Shakespeare’s Beatrice, also perhaps unaware of the erotics of
hostility, uses witty aggressiveness as a cover for attraction; once again we see
Middleton ironizing Shakespeare’s romantic patterns.
The marvellous scene that follows De Flores’s offering of his token shows
him teaching Beatrice his meanings and, beyond that, his way of knowing. The
scene recalls similar ones in Measure for Measure and Women Beware Women, in
388 Anthony B. Dawson
which sexual blackmail is linked to, or indeed depends on, a power to make and
remake meaning. De Flores, like Angelo and Middleton’s Duke, displaces his
target’s confidence in the stability of her own meanings. Beatrice wants to keep
their discourse confined to the economic realm, using words like “fee” and
“recompense” which De Flores persists in rendering ambiguous. He refuses her
gold: “Is anything / Valued too precious for my recompense?” (3.4.68). Her
answer, “I understand thee not” (69), is the first in an escalating series of remarks
that emphasize her ignorance, her refusal to know: “I’m in a labyrinth” (72),
“What’s your meaning?” (83), “Heaven, I doubt him” (93), culminating in De
Flores’s “Justice invites your blood to understand me” and her reply, “I dare not”
(101–2). He bluntly forces his meaning upon her, she appeals to her “honor” and
her “modesty.” But De Flores has an answer for that: “A woman dipp’d in blood
and talk of modesty!” (127). Her final appeal is of course to hierarchy, based on
“blood” in yet a third sense of the term, but De Flores brushes it aside: “Think
but upon the distance that creation / Set ’twixt thy blood and mine and keep thee
there” (131–32), she warns. But now she is “the deed’s creature” and they are
equal: “You must forget your parentage.”
Alonso’s blood has made her “one with” De Flores. The “act” of murder,
as Ricks notes (295), has been equated with the act of love (“Justice invites your
blood to understand me”), and so there is a cruel logic to De Flores’s demand.
He makes manifest in his language what might be termed the play’s unconscious,
or, to put it in other terms, its delight in meanings that expose the fragility and
reversibility of its hierarchical affirmations: for example, the unsublimated desire
and impulse toward dismemberment that underlie its Petrarchan images of
devotion and service, the sexual “knowledge” that accompanies its preoccupation
with understanding and judgement, the blood of murder and desire that
surrounds its concern with the blood of caste, and the overt relation between
commerce and sex that is latent in the marriage transactions.
De Flores murders Alonso in the castle which has been associated with
Beatrice and her virginity. It is a metaphorical rape, confirmed by the cutting and
giving of the finger, itself an index of at least two meanings, one already
accomplished, the other still to be fulfilled. Alonso’s death, as Beatrice realizes
too late, is the “murderer of my honor” just as his living presence had been the
“murderer” (i.e., cannon) aimed at Alsemero’s hopes. De Flores, in a further
extension of the pattern, imagines Beatrice’s “wanton fingers combing out [his]
beard” (2.2.150), while he looks forward to the “banquet” (3.4.18) of his desires,
at which “some women are odd feeders” (2.2.155); and then, in the course of his
dialogue with Beatrice, he protests (with false innocence) her horror at the
offending digit—“A greedy hand thrust in a dish at court ... hath had as much as
this” (3.4.32–33). This is a sly comment which, besides giving us a stark glimpse
into seventeenth-century table manners, conceals De Flores’s pretense that his
gestures are accidental, without meaning, when he is then and there engaged in
constructing a network of signification.
Puns and Transgression in The Changeling 389
The antimasque at a great wedding [says Empson] ... stood for the
insanity of disorder to show marriage as necessary ... [and] ritually
mocked the couple. ... [T]he madmen brought in to be mocked
form, for [Beatrice] as for Isabella, an appalling chorus of mockers,
and assimilate her to themselves. The richness of the thought here
does not come from isolated thinking but from a still hearty
custom; to an audience which took the feelings about a marriage
masque and a changeling for granted the ideas would arise directly
from the two plots.14
Since Empson wrote we have learned a lot about symbolic inversion (which he
invokes in this passage in reference to the antimasque), and we know now that it
does not only and necessarily function to support and maintain traditional
hierarchies, though it may do so.15 Empson’s notion of the antimasque seems too
simple. But that the subplot functions as a kind of carnivalesque parody of the
main plot, an extended pun if you wish, seems incontrovertible. I do, however,
want to contest the view that it works only to support the hierarchies that it
affirms, that there is no “slip.” The subplot plays out a series of ludic
transgressions that mimic and mock the actions of the main plot. And it does so
in the context of a representation of madness as both transgressive in itself (a
threat to sanity and reason as well as a further seeing) and a form of play.
Madness is “low” but in the symbolic inversion of the text it turns out to be
“high”; and it is also a representation, a mimetic sign that proclaims its own
connections with theatricality and semiosis through the play-acting of the titular
changeling and his rival.
It is interesting that madness, or at least its representation in Jacobean
drama, is often associated with mimicry and theatrical imitation: Lear arraigning
his daughters, Ophelia repeating snatches of old song, the madmen in The
Duchess of Malfi and here imitating birds and animals.16 The comparison with
The Duchess of Malfi is apt since the dance of madmen in that play is a kind of
mock epithalamium, linking love and death through the classic Elizabethan
double entendre: “We’ll sing like swans, to welcome death, and die in love and
rest” (4.2.72–73). So too in The Changeling the dance of madmen is a kind of
charivari, a mock wedding dance, which takes place exactly as Beatrice’s marriage
is being consummated—with a substitute. The mockery is apt, since one function
of the charivari is to deride incongruous marriages, often through savage
imitation. The key issue here is substitution, since both Antonio and Francisco
are part of the antimasque, which is presented to them by the manipulative Lollio
as an opportunity to destroy each other as rivals, to avert the threat from each
Puns and Transgression in The Changeling 391
one’s point of view of the other acting as his substitute. But of course they seek
to substitute themselves for Alibius, and Lollio is waiting in the wings as a genial
De Flores. Thus the pattern and threat of substitution in the main plot is danced
and displaced in the subplot. It is noteworthy that Diaphanta, Beatrice’s virginal
substitute, recalls a notorious contemporary instance of substitution when
Beatrice first approaches her, seeking to penetrate her virginal secrecy: “She will
not search me, will she? / Like the forewoman of a female jury?” (4.1.99–100).
The reference is probably to the Countess of Essex’s divorce trial in 1613, where
her virginity was in question and rumour had it that a veiled substitute took her
place during the forensic examination. Nor should we forget that that famous
case also involved substitution of one lover for another and more crucially a
clandestine murder (that of Sir Thomas Overbury) as well. When Lady Frances
married the Earl of Somerset a few months after her divorce, she, like Beatrice,
wore her hair down as a token of virginity, a flagrant disguising of a more
damning loss of innocence than the sexual—murder by proxy.17 And it is at least
interesting that Middleton’s lost Masque of Cupid was written for that
extraordinary wedding.18
The charivari traditionally had a double nature, at once upholding and
challenging the hierarchical authority that the targeted marriage was seen as
disrupting (as Natalie Davis argues).19 Thus in The Changeling the dance of
madmen is Beatrice’s wedding dance. To recall that earlier metaphor: for the
bride who is no bride, De Flores’s pelt has indeed been “tann’d / In a pair of
dancing pumps” (1.1.228–29). And the moral ending confirms the madness—the
last couple at barley-break are left in hell. But at the same time, the derision of
the mad dance spills over into De Flores’s own derision, and our sense of the
intensity of the main characters’ experience challenges the platitudes with which
they are blandly put in their place.
Another side of the madness-imitation connection is suggested by the fact
that so often in Jacobean drama madness is feigned: a state that is represented by
a tendency to imitation becomes itself subject to imitation, so that the theatrical
propensities inherent within madness are doubled and redoubled. This process is
visible in The Changeling first in the playing of Antonio and Francisco, themselves
imitations of particular categories of lunacy, second in the fact that their pursuit
of Isabella mirrors the multiple pursuit of Beatrice in the main plot (with Lollio
as a mirror of De Flores), and third by Isabella’s entrance into the theatrical fray
by the adoption of the guise of madness to pursue Antonio in mockery. The
whole game plays out and plays with the fury of love-madness, its links to
imitation and rivalry (“mimetic desire” to adopt Girard’s phrase20), and its ironic
connections to the main plot’s Petrarchanism. When, as she leaves, Isabella
proclaims in mockery, “I came a feigner to return stark mad” (4.3.133), she
acknowledges the theatricality but continues the feigning; her stark madness is
also a fake, not only because it is a lie, but because it too is an imitation, part of
the mad discourse of love, where literal and metaphorical meanings intersect.
392 Anthony B. Dawson
Thus theatricality is itself tied up with madness, and the act of playing
paradoxically both inverts established meanings and confirms them. As Sir
Bounteous said, the players “were never more uncertain in their lives.” Their
lives are uncertainty; in a play that circles through change and changing only to
condemn it at the end, the players celebrate it through their associations with
madness and their shifts in identity.
In her mimicked madness, Isabella dons the persona of Luna, queen of
madness, goddess of chastity in love with Endymion, patroness of inconstancy
and change. Earlier, as Luna, she has been said to be responsible for Francisco’s
lunacy; she is also associated with Titania, a fact that along with the fairy
reference in the title, the various lunar associations, the “mimetic desire” of the
lovers, and numerous verbal echoes might suggest some linkage with A
Midsummer Night’s Dream, a new quarto of which was published in 1619. Many
years ago, Robert Ornstein pointed to the connections between The Changeling
and Romeo and Juliet but no one, as far as I am aware, has pursued its ties with A
Midsummer Night’s Dream, companion piece to Romeo and Juliet. Empson,
however, has pointed the way with his comments about the frightening fairy
world and his naming De Flores as the changeling. Ornstein talks about doubling
Petrarchan triangles, one lover replacing another21—a feature that is treated
comically in A Midsummer Night’s Dream, as madness is as well. Both Petrarchan
substitution and madness involve transformation and loss of identity, and both
are associated with theatrical mimesis (this is made explicit in the playacting of
the clowns and in the physical transformation of Bottom). What is potential in A
Midsummer Night’s Dream, but ultimately sidestepped—that is, an irretrievable
change or loss, an exchanged identity, losing the self and becoming the other—
is actualized in The Changeling. In A Midsummer Night’s Dream the protective
fairy world reinstates what was there before, undoing the madness of
transformation (with the interesting exception of Demetrius); in The Changeling
the fairy world, imaged as Empson says, not as a forest but as a subplot, takes its
revenge. The exchange of one lover for another becomes absolute and the image
of the circle shifts from the benign (“Two of both kinds makes up four”) to the
Dantesque: the circle of barley-break, of hell.
This whole paper, if I can reflect back on it now as a way of splicing
together some of the strands of my argument, may be seen as an attempt to
explore some relations between love and transgression in patriarchal culture.
The issue is an apt one for the theatre, since it is involved first of all with acting.
Acting in itself is transgressive in that it demands a change of identity, an
insertion of instability into what is constructed as stable. Not only that, the
Jacobean theatre blurred socially crucial distinctions, mixing meanings and
endangering divisions on which value and hierarchy were based. As Jonas Barish
has illustrated, one source of antipathy to play-acting and mimesis of any sort was
a distrust of boundary-crossing, especially the boundary of gender.22 This same
fear is manifest in a by now well-known text published in 1620, one that was part
Puns and Transgression in The Changeling 393
of the so-called “woman controversy” and that I want to invoke briefly here since
it connects in some interesting, if oblique, ways with The Changeling. Hic Mulier
comes out strongly against any kind of gender crossing, emphasizing division as
a basis for value and meaning. Boundaries allow for hierarchy, while
hermaphroditism is a threat to patriarchal authority. But there is a contradiction
in the stance taken by Hic Mulier in that it condemns crossdressing both as a
blurring of gender distinctions and a form of imitation, and at the same time it
proclaims sexual attraction as the main source of power in the fashions it
condemns. (A similar contradiction is dramatized in Middleton and Dekker’s The
Roaring Girl [1611].) Women are masculine, but they are also more dangerously
attractive. In both guises, they are prone to violence and transgression. At
intervals in the text, interestingly, the crimes and yellow ruffs of Lady Frances
Howard and her accomplice Mrs. Turner are waved at the reader like flags:
From the first [Mrs. Turner] you got the false armoury of yellow
Starch ..., the folly of imitation, the deceitfulnesse of flatterie, and
the grossest basenesse of all basenesse, to do whatsoever a greater
power will command you. From the other [the Countess], you have
taken the monstrousnesse of your deformitie in apparell, exchanging
the modest attire of the comely Hood, Cawle, Coyfe ... to the cloudy
Ruffianly broadbrimm’d Hatte and wanton Feather, the modest
upper parts of a concealing straight gowne, to the loose, lascivious
civill embracement of a French doublet, being all unbutton’d to
entice, all of one shape to hide deformitie, and extreme short-wasted
to give a most easie way to every luxurious action. ...23
The threat is to authority, but it is clearly a sexual one. And thus it can be
handled, as in the subplot of The Changeling, by a renewal of hierarchy, by an
assertion of power over madness that is parallel to power over sexuality: “You
need not fear, sir [says Lollio to Alibius]; so long as we are there with our
commanding pizzles, they’ll [i.e., Antonio, Francisco, and the mad folk] be as
tame as the ladies themselves” (4.3.60–61). Restored male sexual authority
controls and contains the threat of transgression.
How does all this apply to Beatrice? At the end of the play, she makes a
famous speech:
She retains the view that she had earlier expressed to De Flores (“Think but upon
394 Anthony B. Dawson
the distance that creation / Set ’twixt thy blood and mine”), but she reverses its
application. Her speech has come in response to her father’s bewildered
exclamation, “An host of enemies enter’d my citadel / Could not amaze like this”
(148–49), and registers her awareness of the dialectical relationship between
citadel and sewer. If before she had been the castle or the temple—“high” forms
of the “classical body” (Bakhtin’s term for what the grotesque body of carnival
puts in question), and if before she was a virgin, the sexual form of the same body,
there is a binary logic in her now being sewer and whore. A tellingly parallel
passage from Hic Mulier might be cited as commentary: “[Have] every window
closed with a strong Casement and every Loope-hole furnisht with such strong
Ordnance, that no unchaste eye may come neere to assayle them; no lascivious
tongue wooe a forbidden passage, nor no prophane hand touch reliques so pure
and religious” (B4r). This sentence combines the three salient images from The
Changeling, virginal body, castle, temple; and, in a further parallel, the
admonition is to offset the temptation to disguising and imitation, and the threat
of change that such boundary-crossing entails.
The point is not to assert direct influence but to suggest that in the social
economy represented by the text, Beatrice’s playacting guarantees the truth of
her fellow-players, while as a sewer she guarantees the purity of the world she has
abandoned. Her changes confirm the stability of the patriarchal world smugly
maintained by Alsemero at the end: “Here’s beauty chang’d / To ugly whoredom”
(5.3.198–99). Changing lovers has set her on a destructive course that leads to
punishment—an expiation that legitimates patriarchal marriage arrangements
and absorbs the “madness” of sexual attraction manifested by Antonio and
Francisco toward Isabella. That is one message of the charivari, the masque of
transgression that, like the antimasque subplot, actually confirms restitution and
“sane” social arrangements.
But, and this is my main point, there is also something derisive here. The
failure all the way through the play to keep meanings in their place, the inability
of language or representation to contain sexual attraction or keep boundaries
from being crossed, undermines the handy restitution of patriarchal values and
the legitimation that the end of the play proclaims. The play in a sense undoes
what it does, revealing a deep ambivalence about change, boundary-crossing, etc.
which are portrayed as dangerous and evil but at the same time revealed as
inevitable and engrossing. The whole mix is signalled by the slip of puns, the
hermaphroditism of language.
De Flores himself is derisive and unrepentant, proud of having taken
Beatrice’s “honor’s prize” as his “reward”. He stabs himself like Othello over the
dead body of Desdemona or Juliet over Romeo, reminding us in harshly
unromantic language of the token he has so faithfully delivered earlier: “Make
haste, Joanna, by that token to thee / Canst not forget so lately put in mind; / I
would not go to leave thee far behind” (5.3.176–78). The “token” here is the
wound he has given himself—a sign of their bond as the finger was earlier. The
Puns and Transgression in The Changeling 395
slide between murder and love ends with his own self-violation; the two
meanings collapse into one, focused on the two merged and bloody bodies that
form the centre of the stage picture. In a powerful production of the play at the
Toronto Free Theatre in 1985, the staging of this moment illuminated the
associations I have been trying to develop. Taking seriously Alsemero’s
injunction to De Flores when he sends him to her (“Get you in to her, sir. / I’ll
be your pander now; rehearse again / Your scene of lust” [114–16]), the
production treated her murder like an act of love, with climactic sounds and a
sudden bursting open of the stage-right door when the couple emerged. The
door was liberally daubed with blood, underlining again the connections with
violation and virginity, and the spurt of blood from De Flores’s neck when he
stabbed himself, coupled as it was with an erotic embrace, was again orgasmic.
The ending, a deliberate contesting of the restorative patness of the text, was
marked by an emphatically formalized rhetoric and an anti-illusionary dance
accompanying the epilogue, a kind of nosethumbing reminiscent of the end of
the Marat-Sade. This was brilliantly parallel to the dance of fools at the end of
Act 4, emphasizing derision and making clear how the antimasque can
undermine as well as confirm the authoritative values it confronts.
Such derision is appropriate in a play that parodies the love-death motif
wrought to the uttermost by Shakespeare in his love tragedies. The tableau at the
end of The Changeling is clearly and deliberately reminiscent of those at the end
of Othello and Romeo and Juliet. And, although the mocking tone creates a world
of difference, there is still a sense of perverse, pained nobility in De Flores’s
obsessive desire and his refusal to moralize the spectacle. The parallels with
Romeo and Juliet are extensive—not just the Petrarchan triangles that Ornstein
discusses, or the love-death, but also, and equally important, the link between
desire and blood, marriage and murder. The killing of Tybalt in Shakespeare’s
text is tied directly to the sexual love of Romeo and Juliet, even though the
distribution of the plot elements exonerates Romeo from guilt. Still, the
economy is similar: virginity, forced marriage, substitution, killing, sexual
consummation. No wonder there is so much talk of mutilation in Romeo and
Juliet (“when he shall die, / Take him and cut him out in little stars ...”). It seems
to me Middleton’s irony makes explicit what is implied but romanticized in texts
like Romeo and Juliet or Othello: that at the heart of love in patriarchal culture, or
at least in the Elizabethan-Jacobean manifestation thereof, there is a terrible
linkage between sex and murder, love and violence.
The final question is why this should be so. Recently, some feminist critics
of Shakespeare, working with psychoanalytic theory as their base, have argued
that Shakespeare’s tragic heroes are characterized by an ambivalence about
femininity that manifests itself either as a fear of absorption by the female, or a
fear of becoming themselves feminized, or both, leading first of all to feelings of
vulnerability and ambivalence, and then, frequently, to a retreat into male
bonding and aggressiveness. The most extreme form of this is, paradoxically, the
396 Anthony B. Dawson
NOTES
1. The text of A Trick to Catch the Old One I have used is that edited by
George R. Price (The Hague, 1976).
2. The text of A Mad World, My Masters I have used is from The Selected Plays
of Thomas Middleton, ed. David L. Frost (Cambridge, 1978).
3. I am aware that widows are problematic, even liminal, figures in Jacobean
drama and society, but I am thinking here of Escalus’s taxonomy in Measure for
Measure.
4. My analysis here relies partly on Bakhtin’s discussion of high and low,
“classical” and “grotesque” (in Rabelais and his World, trans. Helene Iswolsky
[Cambridge, Mass., 1968]) as well as on the notion of inversion developed by
symbolic anthropology. The quotation is from Barbara A. Babcock, ed., The
Reversible World: Symbolic Inversion in Art and Society (Ithaca, N.Y., 1978), 32. Sec
Peter Stallybrass and Allon White, The Politics and Poetics of Transgression (Ithaca,
N.Y., 1986), 1–26, for an excellent discussion of these ideas and their complex
relation to social subversiveness.
5. Similarly, at the end of Your Five Gallants, Fitzgrave exults that he has the
virgin while the gallants are all forced to marry whores.
6. V.V. Ivanov, “The Significance of Bakhtin’s Ideas on Sign, Utterance and
Dialogue for Modern Semiotics,” Papers on Poetics and Semiotics 4 (Tel Aviv, 1976),
Puns and Transgression in The Changeling 397
3; quoted in Stallybrass and White, 21. See also Mary Douglas, Natural Symbols,
2nd ed. (London, 1973), chap. 5.
7. Since Middleton probably wrote most of the main plot, and since the
contributions of the two authors are so remarkably well integrated (this point has
been a mainstay of criticism ever since N.N. Bawcutt’s edition of the play for the
Revels series in 1958), I have not considered the authorship question at all in this
paper. I am interested in the texts rather than their authors, and I see relations
between some of Middleton’s early texts and The Changeling even though I am
fully aware that Middleton is not the sole author of the later play.
8. The text of The Changeling I have used is the Regents edition, ed. George
Walton Williams (Lincoln, Nebr., 1966).
9. In a talk at the Shakespeare Association of America conference in 1987.
10. Christopher Ricks, “The Moral and Poetic Structure of The Changeling,”
Essays in Criticism 10 (1960): 296–99.
11. See Nancy J. Vickers, “Diana Described: Scattered Woman and Scattered
Rhyme,” in Writing and Sexual Difference, ed. Elizabeth Abel (Chicago, 1982),
95–109, for an interesting account of the motif of dismemberment implicit in at
least one version of Petrarchanism.
12. See my essay “Women Beware Women and the Economy of Rape,” Studies
in English Literature 27 (1987): 303–20.
13. The pun may not seem so farfetched if we take note that Middleton puns
on a crippled soldier’s “unjointed fortunes” in Father Hubburd’s Tales (The Works
of Thomas Middleton, ed. A.H. Bullen, 8 vols. [New York, 1964], 8:94) and that
Fletcher plays on the word “jointure” in a deliberately rude way in The Woman’s
Prize: or, The Tamer Tam’d (The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher
Canon;, ed. Fredson Bowers, 7 vols. [Cambridge, 1979], 4:2.1.39–43).
14. William Empson, Some Versions of Pastoral ((London, 1950), 51–52. On
the double plot, see also Richard Levin, The Multiple Plot in Renaissance Drama
(Chicago, 1971), 1–20, 34–48.
15. Here I am drawing on Bakhtin, Rabelais and his World, Natalie Zemon
Davis, Society and Culture in Early Modern France (Stanford, 1975), esp. chaps. 4
and 5, Victor W. Turrner, The Ritual Process: Structure and Anti-Structure
(Chicago, 1969), and Babcock, Reversible World.
16. Carol Neely made this point in an unpublished paper, “Madness, Gender
and Ritual in Shakespeare,” that she kindly sent to me; this essay, much revised,
has now appeared as “‘Documents in Madness’: Reading Madness and Gender
in Shakespeare’s Tragedies and Early Modern Culture,” Shakespeare Quarterly 42
(91): 315–38.
17. See Beatrice White, Cast of Ravens: The Strange Case of Sir Thomas
Overbury (London, 1965) for a full account of this scandalous event; G.P.V.
Akrigg, Jacobean Pageant (Cambridge, Mass., 1962), chaps. 15 and 16, also
398 Anthony B. Dawson
provides a lively account. Anne Lancashire (in “The Witch: Stage Flop or Political
Mistake?” in K. Friedenreich, ed. Accompaninge the Players [New York, 1983],
161–81) and Margot Heinemann (Puritanism and Theatre: Thomas Middleton and
Opposition Drama under the Stuarts [Cambridge, 1980], 110–11) both discuss
Middleton’s The Witch in the context of the Overbury murder and suggest
historical parallels.
18. The masque was performed before the Earl and Countess at the
Merchant Taylor’s Hall under the auspices of the Lord Mayor and Aldermen. See
Alexander Dyce, ed., The Works of Thomas Middleton, 5 vols. (London, 1840),
1:xix–xxi.
19. Davis, Society and Culture in Early Modern France, 102–3, 122–23, 124–51.
20. Rene Girard, “Myth and Ritual in Shakespeare: A Midsummer Night’s
Dream,” Textual Strategies: Perspectives in Post-Structuralist Criticism, ed. Josue V.
Harari (Ithaca, 1979), 189–212.
21. Robert Ornstein, The Moral Vision of Jacobean Tragedy (Madison, 1960),
186–87.
22. Jonas Barish, The Antitheatrical Prejudice (Berkeley, 1981), 80–117.
23. Hic Mulier (London, 1620), STC 13374, A4r–v. This text is reprinted in
Katherine Usher Henderson and Barbara F. McManus, eds. Half Humankind:
Contexts and Texts of the Controversy about Women in England, 1540–1640 (Urbana
and Chicago, 1985). See also Linda Woodbridge, Women and the English
Renaissance (Urbana and Chicago, 1984); she traces the controversy about cross-
dressing back to Phillip Stubbes who “characterized the fashion as a deliberate
challenge to the immutability of sexual distinctions” (139).
24. Madelon Sprengnether, “Annihilating Intimacy in Coriolanus,” in Mary
Beth Rose, ed., Women in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance (Syracuse, 1986), 95.
25. Stallybrass and White, 21. See also Bakhtin’s Rabelais and his World,
19–25.
Chronology
399
400 Chronology
PETER HAPPÉ is the author of multiple works, among them John Bale,
Medieval English Drama: A Casebook, and English Drama Before Shakespeare, a
volume in the Longman Literature in English series. He has also edited Ben
Jonson’s The Magnetic Lady and The Devil Is an Ass, English Mystery Plays: A
Selection, and, with John N. King, The Vocacyon of John Bale.
407
408 Contributors
GAIL KERN PASTER is the Director of the Folger Shakespeare Library and
author of The Body Embarrassed: Drama and the Disciplines of Shame in Early
Modern England and The Idea of the City in the Age of Shakespeare. She has also
edited texts by Shakespeare and Middleton.
Barber, C.L. Creating Elizabethan Tragedy: The Theater of Marlowe and Kyd.
Richard P. Wheeler, ed. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1988.
Bartels, Emily C. Spectacles of Strangeness: Imperialism, Alienation and Marlowe.
Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1993.
Belsey, Catherine. The Subject of Tragedy: Identity and Difference in Renaissance
Drama. New York: Methuen, 1985.
Bednarz, James P. Shakespeare & The Poets’ War. New York: Columbia University
Press, 2001.
Bevington, David M. From Mankind to Marlowe: Growth of Structure in the Popular
Drama of Tudor England. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1962.
Bloom, Harold. Hamlet: Poem Unlimited. New York: Riverhead Books, 2003.
———. Shakespeare: The Invention of the Human. New York: Riverhead Books,
1998.
Boas, Frederick S. Christopher Marlowe: A Biographical and Critical Study. Oxford:
Clarendon Press, 1940.
———. Marlowe and His Circle. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1931.
Bradbrook, M.C. The Growth and Structure of Elizabethan Comedy. Baltimore:
Peregrine Books, 1963.
———. John Webster: Citizen and Dramatist. New York: Columbia University
Press, 1980.
———. Themes & Conventions. London: Cambridge University Press, 1969.
Bradley, A.C. Shakespearean Tragedy. London: Macmillan, 1915.
Braunmuller, A.R. Natural Fictions. Newark: University of Delaware Press, 1992.
411
412 Bibliography
Orgel, Stephen. The Illusion of Power: Political Theater in the English Renaissance.
Berkeley: University of California Press, 1975.
Parker, R.B., Zitner, S.P., eds. Elizabethan Theater: Essays in Honor of S.
Schoenbaum. Newark and London: University of Delaware Press and
Associated University Press, 1996.
Paster, Gail Kern. The Idea of City in the Age of Shakespeare. Athens: The
University of Georgia Press, 1985.
Pinciss, Gerald M. Forbidden Matters: Religion in the Drama of Shakespeare and His
Contemporaries. Newark: University of Delaware Press, 2000.
Renaissance Drama (journal)
Rozett, Martha Tuck. The Doctrine of Election and the Emergence of Elizabethan
Tragedy. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1984.
Schoenbaum, Samuel. Shakespeare and Others. Washington: Folger Shakespeare
Library; London: Scholar Press, 1985.
Shakespeare Quarterly (journal)
Simkin, Stevie. A Preface to Marlowe. New York: Longman, 2000.
Smith, Molly. Breaking Boundaries: Politics and Play in the Drama of Shakespeare
and his Contemporaries. Brookfield, VT: Ashgate Publishing Company,
1998.
Steggle, Matthew. The Wars of the Theatres: The Poetics of Personation in the Age of
Jonson. Victoria, B.C.: University of Victoria English Literary Studies,
1990.
Tricomi, Albert H. Anticourt Drama in England, 1603–1642. Charlottesville:
University Press of Virginia, 1989.
Urry, William. Christopher Marlowe and Canterbury. Andrew Butcher, ed.
London: Faber and Faber, 1988.
Voss, Paul J. Elizabethan News Pamphlets. Pittsburgh: Duquesne University Press,
2001.
Waith, Eugene M. The Herculean Hero in Marlowe, Chapman, Shakespeare and
Dryden. New York: Columbia University Press, 1962.
Wharton, T.F., ed. The Drama of John Marston: Critical Revisions. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 2000.
White, Paul Whitfield, ed. Marlowe, History, and Sexuality: New Critical Essays on
Christopher Marlowe. New York: AMS Press, Inc., 1998.
Wiggins, Martin. Shakespeare and the Drama of His Time. New York: Oxford
University Press, 2000.
Wilson, Luke. Theaters of Intention: Drama and the Law in Early Modern England.
Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2000.
Woolland, Brian, Richard Cave, and Elizabeth Schafer, eds. Ben Jonson and Theatre:
Performance, Practice, and Theory. London; New York: Routledge, 1999.
Acknowledgments
417
418 Acknowledgments
Absalom and Achitophel, (Dryden), 327 associated with the ‘allowed company,’
Act of Common council, 32 222
Acte for Punyshment of Rogues on replacing Will Kempe, 221
Vogabondes and Sturdy Arraignment of Paris, The, (Peele), 32, 40,
Beggars, 208 141
Adams, Robert M. As You Like It, (Shakespeare), 141, 220,
on Jonson, 23 230, 258–259, 385
Admiral’s Men, 145–146, 206, 213
and one of ‘allowed companies,’ 214
Advancement of Learning, The, (Bacon), Bacon, Francis, 16–17, 167
18–19 his misquotation of Jeremiah, 18–19
Alastor, (Shelley), 3 Baines, Richard, 11
Alchemist, The, (Jonson), 23–24, 254, Barabas, character in The Jew of Malta, 1,
258–259, 309–310 3–5, 13–14
characters in, 307 a free man, 12
setting of, 303, 314–315 as Marlowe’s grandest character, 11
social realism of, 304 Barber, C.L., 89
Alleyn, 145 Barish, Jonas, 25, 193, 258
All Fools, (Chapman), 219, 240 physical function in Epicoene, 306
All’s Well That Ends Well, (Shakespeare), Barkan, Leonard, 118
160, 366 Bartholomew Fair
Anatomy of Abuses, (Stubbes), 32 the cloth fair, 331
Antonio’s Revenge, (Marston), 223–224 the pleasure fair, 331
Apius and Virginia, (R. B. ), 43 Bartholomew Fair, (Jonson), 193–194,
Apology for Poetry, (Sidney), 203, 239 218, 259
Apuleius, 141 characters of, 307
Arcadia, (Sidney), 356–357, 362 and city outside the walls, 313
Archer, 285 controversy over, 328
Aristotle, 265 on the “fair” and the “foul” in, 329
and analysis of tragedy, 61 founding of, 334
on poetry, 18 the Hope Stage, 333
Armin, Robert, 223–224 legalisms in, 330
419
420 Index
failure of, 357–358 God’s Free Grace and Man’s Free Will, Of,
Farrant, Richard, 31 (Perkins), 86
Faustbook, (Marlowe), 82, 88, 92–93 Golden Ass, The, (Apuleius), 141
on description of hell, 89 Gosson, Stephen, 32, 35–36, 47
Fenner, George, 214 Gower, 359
Ferrabosco, 343 Great Instauration, The, (Bacon), 350
Ficino, Marsilio, 352 Greenblatt, Stephen, 113, 121
Finkelpearl, Philip, 262 on literary criticism, 162
on Jonson, 263 and Marlowe and Spenserian poesy,
Fleay, Frederick, 236 113
on the Poets’ War, 232–233 Greene, Robert, 58, 120–121, 125
Fletcher, Angus, 18 Greene, Thomas, M., 20
Fletcher, John, 62, 355–356 on Jonson’s “centered self,” 231
his dramaturgy, 365, 373–374 Greg, W. W.
tragicomedies of, 361 on Methostophilis’ speech, 99
Ford, 5, 366 Guarini, Battista, 355, 360
Forker, Charles, 121 Guilbbory, Ashsah, 18, 21
Foucault, Michel, 229 Guilpin, 270
Four Prentices of London, The, (Heywood), Gurr, Andrew, 206, 362
359–360
Fox, Alistair, 172
on Spenser’s career, 172 Hamartia, 61
Foxe, John, 100 Hamilton, A.C., 173
the Good Friday Sermon, 97 Hamlet, (Shakespeare), 59, 145, 199, 202,
Friar Bacon and Friar Bungay, (Greene), 225
142–143 the “little eyases,” 236
reaction of audience, 197–198
Happe, Peter
Gallathea and Endymion, (Lyly), 37, 44 on Theaters and Companies: The
and impersonation of women by Context of the Professional Stage-
males, 41 James Burbage and John Lyly,
as Ovidian, 137 27–45
Game of Chess, A, (Middleton), 225 Harbage, Alfred, 136, 192, 235
Gammer Gurton’s Needle, 139 the audience, 192–193
Garber, Marjorie, 114, 115 on “War of the Theaters,” 233
Gaveston, character in Edward II Harrison, G. B., 165
his lapse into a Machiavellian plot, 117 Harvey, Gabriel, 120–121, 164
his soliloquy, 114, 116 Haughton, William, 216
George-a-Greene, (Greene), 142 Hawthorne, 3, 7
and patriotic in, 143 Hazlitt, 12, 15
Gifford, George Heale, Elizabeth, 173
on the devil in Doctor Faustus, 90 Helgerson, Richard, 231–232
Gifford, William, 263 on differences between Shakespeare
Globe Theater, 214, 223 Henslowe plays, 112
424 Index
Knight of the Burning Pestle, The, women have upper hand in, 170–171
(Beaumont/Fletcher), 203, 286 Love’s Metamorphoses, (Lyly), 37, 44, 118,
Knights, L. C. 123, 125
on Jonson’s plays, 257 human weakness in, 41
Knight’s Tale, The, (Chaucer), 361 as Ovidian, 137
Knutson, Roslyn, 220 plot of, 38
on the “little eyases,” 225 Love’s Sacrifice, (Ford), 366
Kocher, Paul H., Loyal Subject, The, (Fletcher), 366–367
on the Massacre, 156 dialogue in, 369–370
Kyd, Thomas, 5, 11, 47, 202 rhetorical fluency in, 368–369
on change in drama, 49 Lucan’s First Book, (Marlowe), 112
reinvented tragedy, 57 Lyly, John, 31, 48–49, 120, 137
the audience, 35
on authority and love, 42–43
Lamb, Mary Ellen his concept of the stage, 43
on breaking oaths, 168 the court revels, 135
Lawes, 343 idealism in, 40
Leech, Clifford his love of phrases, 136
on Edward II, 77 political in his plays, 39
the ending of The Massacre, 159 prose style, 41
and the fictional Navarre, 158 on setting a standard, 135
Leggatt, Alexander, 216 women in plays, 41
Leicester, 33
Leonardo, 343
Levin, Harry, 116 Macbeth, (Shakespeare), 372
on Edward II, 77 MacCaffrey, Isabel G., 18
Levin, Richard, 161, 262 Maccoby, Hyman, 11
on A Chaste Maid, 318–319 Machiavelli, 7, 177
on topicalism, 162 MacLean, Sally-Beth
Linaker, R., 92–93 on the Queen’s Men, 206
Lisca, Peter, 286–287 Mad World, My Masters, A, (Middleton),
Lipsius, Justus, 177 304, 306
Lord Admiral Howard, 207 moral rhetoric in, 382
Lord Chamberlain Hunsdon, 207–209 unconscious relationships in, 318
Lord Strange’s Men Mahood, M. M., 88
staged “drastic plays,”155 Maid of Honour, The, (Massinger), 371
Love’s Cruelty, (Shirley), 366 Maid’s Tragedy, The,
Love’s Labour’s Lost, (Shakespeare), 151, (Beaumont/Fletcher), 62
159, 195–196 Malcontent, The, (Marston), 5, 355–356
the audience, 196 Mallette, Richard, 179
contrast to Marlowe, 160 Mantegna, 343
critics puzzled by, 163 Map of Time, The, (Guibbory), 21
on Dumain, 165–166 Marcus, Leah S.
and oath making and breaking, on Pastimes and Purging of Theater:
168–169 Bartholomew Fair (1614), 327–340
426 Index
Real War of the Theatres, The, (Sharpe), and tragedy into comedy, 280
234 Schmitt, Saladin, 146
Redford, John, 31, 37 Scornful Lady, The, (Beaumont /Fletcher),
Renaissance Age 357
as exemplary figure,343 Second Part of Tamurlaine, The,
nature in, 348 (Marlowe), 50–51, 66–67
and the ruler, 243 conclusion of, 52–53
and stagecraft, 352 publicity by the prologue, 70
Renwick, William, 120 Second Shepherds’ Play, 74
Revenger’s Tragedy, The, (Tourneur), 5, Sejanus, (Jonson), 62, 281
288–289, 293–294 Selden, John, 347
Reynolds, Henry, 18 Selimus, (Greene), 58
Richard III, (Shakespeare), 58 Shakespeare’s Audience, (Harbage), 192
Richmond, Hugh, 166 Shakespeare and the Rival Traditions,
Ricks, Christopher, 386–387 (Harbage), 233
Roaring Girl, The, (Middleton/Dekker), Shakespeare and the Romance Tradition,
393 (Pettet), 359
Roberts, Penny Shakespeare, William, 5, 12, 112, 139,
on Marlowe and France, 156 147, 179–180, 241
Romeo and Juliet, (Shakespeare), 62, 126, his audience, 194
146, 395 his dependence on the news quartos,
Rosard, 343 160
Rose Theater, 155 his interest in France, 163
Rowley, William, 225–226 as Ovidian poet, 10
Royal King and the Loyal Subject, and popular writer, 146
(Heywood), 367 on Richard III, 4
Rozett, Martha Tuck his romance writing, 361–362
on Doctor Faustus, 81–109 turning Navarre into a character, 152
Rubens, 343 the war with Jonson, 229–230
Ruthless Rhymes for Heartless Homes, Shapiro, James
(Graham), 72 on Edward II, 113
Rymer, Thomas, 367–368 Shell, Alison, 172
Shepheardes Calendar, The, (Spenser), 121
Shoemaker’s Holiday, The, (Dekker), 143,
Sanders, Wilbur, 126 215–216, 223
Sappho and Phao, (Lyly), 31–32, 35–37 Shuger, Debora
long tirades in, 137 on The Massacre at Paris, 156
on love, 138 Sidney, Philip, 135, 203, 239, 343, 356
Satiromastix, (Dekker), 224, 239–240 on poetry, 18
contrasting versions of Jonson, 263 on tragicomedy, 355
on dramatic representation, 230 Shirley, Frances, 168, 366
and misunderstood, 268 Skialetheia, (Gulpin), 270
plot in, 279 Slights, William, 170
and real people, 261 Small, Roscoe Addison, 232, 262
Index 429
Twelfth Night, (Shakespeare), 222, 230, What You Will, (Marston), 239
240–241 celebrates the ludic, 280
Twine, Lawrence, 359 plot in, 265–266
Two Noble Kinsmen, The, (Shakespeare), on real people, 261
361–362, 367 and relationship with Cynthia’s Revels,
Two Sermons upon the Historie of Peters 264
denying Christ, (Udall), 86 and satire of Jonson, 262
Tydeman, William, 154, 159 White Devil, The, (Webster), 5
on death scene, 7–8
Whitney, Charles, 17
Udall, John, 86–87 on Bacon, 18–19
University Wits, 120–121 Wiggins, Martin
on New Tragedies for Old, 47–63
Wilde, 138
Virgil, 172 Wiles, David, 221–222
Virtue’s Commonwealth, (Crosse), 192 Wilson, Richard, 220
Visions of Bellay, The, (Spenser), 123 Wimsatt, William K.
Vision of Delight, (Jonson), 348 on Jonson, 20–21
Visions of the Worlds Vanitie, (Spenser), Winter’s Tale, The, (Shakespeare), 358
123 plot from, 360
Volpone, (Jonson), 254, 316 ritual in, 361–362
the city, 308–309, 314–315 Wisdom of Doctor Dodypoll, (anonymous),
contrast between private and public 142
space, 311 Wit and Science, (Redford), 31
landscape in, 307 Wit of a Woman, The, 139
Voss, Paul J. Witch, The, (Middleton), 372
on Marlowe, Shakespeare, Spenser, Woman Hater, The, (Beaumont/Fletcher),
and The Fictive Navarre, 151–189 356–357
Woman in the Moon, (Lyly), 37, 136–137
blank verse in, 48–49
Waith, Eugene, 366 Women Beware Women, (Middleton), 382,
on Marlowe and the Jades of Asia, 387–387, 389
65–80 Womersley, David, 171, 178
Ward, A. W. Woodbridge, Elizabeth, 251
on Marlowe, 65–66 Worcester’s Men, 213
Wars of Cyrus, The, (anonymous), 49 Wordsworth, 3, 9
Watson, G. J., 306
Webster, 1–2, 5, 371
society in his tragedies, 373 Yates, Frances, 161
Wells, Stanley, 215–216 Your Five Gallants, (Middleton), 307–308
Wernham, R. B., 154
West, Nathanael, 3
Westcott, Sebastian, 31